Home

introduction

1. Ahann OR 2 Start Ensight client only no connection will be made Easy on non windows machines Enter ensight8 client instead of ensight8 Hostname toy Executable ensight82 server Working dir Alt rsh cmd 1 Toy connection will be made E Use default rsh cmd Note You could also change the default if you Server Save New wanted this to be the connection that would be made the next time you started EnSight Serra alae Help Go to the Connection Settings dialog Select the desired server SOS Hit the Connect button Two different ways to do this interactively 1 Start EnSight SOS and let it connect to the default Conn name a Hostname alfrel Hit the New button which clears the fields Fill in the desired Conn name Hostname and Executable eee e eee and optionally the Working directory Login Executable ensight 2 server Working dir Login name 3 Alt rsh cmd name Alt rsh cmd if desired Use default rsh cmd weet wilt Hit the Save button if you want this to be l y a saved in the list for future invocations of New EnSight Set this as the default if desired for future aa y Wisi re zI A invocations of EnSight 5 c Hep Hit the Replace button
2. 3 X Axi All axes General X z Axes lw Visible Dimension gD A X Axis y Axis y Z Axis Line width 2pixels Asis Min agg Mas aaa R 1 00 G 1 00 B 1 00 Mix Value labels Axis location All i Wo Auto size Extent location Min Format Cog Format R 1 00 G 1 00 B 1 00 Mix Gradation Grid R 1 00 G 1 00 P 1 00 Mix Sub Gradation Sub Grid Gradation Sub Graed Grad type Tick of 5 SubG type Tick of 2 R 0 30 0 30 E 0 30 Mix Extent location Min Close Close Help User Manual Part Bounds Attributes Transparency 1 00 ae ay Length As specified Line width 1 pixel Line style Solid Line width 1 pixel Line style Solid Help ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 149 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides the capability to track a particular location on the model parts displayed in a viewport Tracking means that the viewport will be caused to center on the chosen location as time is changed This is particularly useful for models with changing geometry or applied displacements allowing one to stay focused on the moving bodies during an animation BASIC OPERATION Viewports can be displayed with a variety of attributes a 1 Click VPort in the Mode Selection area to enter Viewport mode 2 Select the desired viewport s vea dimena on 3 Click
3. Seung _ Mirror Click _ Mirror Z F GUCK UPOAl O eerren EEEE a E Mirror XY Rotational Symmetry creates instances by rotating _ Mirror XZ around the selected axis of the frame the specified _ Mirror YZ number of degrees The selected frame s axis must _ Mirror AYZ be aligned with the desired symmetry axis 5 Select Rotational from the Type pulldown X Frame computational symr 6 Select the frame rotational axis eae Gots Toone nesses Type Rotational 7 Set the desired rotation angle in degrees in the Angle field 2 2 2 2cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeececes PT Axis Zz 8 Set the desired number of instances in the oo Angle F 000Oe 01 Instances field number 1 is the original set Instances scatter Ua ARAA dite netted ee oaeee Uae oe 9 If a periodic match file is available toggle Use wa Use periodic file Periodic File and enter the file name Separate aie 17 amp File name Be a Periodic match files are discussed below Salen file 10 Click Update oo eee a S con Close Update Help 2 wA How To Index User Manual Page 304 Set Symmetry Translational Symmetry creates instances in the direction of the specified translation vector The translation vector is first rotated by the frame s rotation but is independent of the frame s origin location 5 6 Enter the desired
4. The selected particle trace part will update to a massed particle trace s taking into consideration the parameters you specified For the theory used in massed particle traces see the User Manual Particle Trace Create Update OTHER NOTES Lr Massed particle Massed particles Gravity Buoyancy Pressure Rebound wW Use drag in massed particle calculation Particle diameter 1 0000e 03 Particle density 1 0000e 0 Drag coefficient function Default 7 LE g needa oft Fluid dynamic viscosity None 7 Or 1 9620e 05 Or J Use ballistic coefficient HEEE Initial particle velocity Ww Use fluid Or K g Bande g pande tt G Seite tee a fhe Particle trace calculation can be expensive for large or transient datasets and or a large number of particles Be careful when you initiate a trace operation there is currently no way to abort it If you are calculating pathlines you should specify as many particles as possible at one time Much of the pathline execution time is in reading the transient data from disk and this operation has to be performed regardless of how many traces were specified The EnSight particle trace algorithm integrates the vector flow field over time using a 4 _order Runge Kutta method with a time varying integration step Several of the integration parameters can be changed by the user See Particle Trace Create Update in the User Manual for more information
5. a Samples Ee Beg bed time 2 Select the variable to query in a ald Value Variable 1 Show A Delete 1 W Marker visibility l Update p Help Leave Variable 2 as None unless you want a scatter query of two different variables over time _ _ 3 Enter IJK for the point 22 222222 e eee cece cece cece eee rinnen e 4 Optionally change the number of Samples defaults to number of time steps and whether to sample by Value of FFT epee nese aes 5 Click Create cccccccecceccceecceecceecteeceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeseeeseeeseeeeee M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 270 At XYZ Over Time After selecting the part to query and clicking the Query Plot icon Query items nn At XYZ over time 7 glastic vs Time at Pt EJ VY hl J IE raria e 2 plastic i J Noane optional 4 1 Select Sample as At XYZ E lal 55 a d Over Time Samples a Beg End time 1s a Yalue 2 Select the variable to query o one over time in Variable 1 shew amp Save i 7 W Marker visibility a Create Update Help Leave Variable 2 as None TTT ee unless you want a scatter query of two different variables over time 3 Either type in the desired xyz location or place the cursor where desired in the model either through picking o
6. 2 2 2 e ec eee eee een ener nnnnnnreennnnnannnnen n The default connection name has an asterisk by it and when the default connection is m Connection settings selected the default toggle is ON l Conn name localhost When you make changes to any of the fields 7 aeara S the Save button is activated so you can save 7 Executable ensight82 server these settings eee cere eee eee 3 If you toggle OFF the Use default rsh cmd i toggle the Alt rsh cmd field is activated eee eee on entry in Conn name fill in your data toggle the Default toggle if you wish this to be your default connection setting and press Save ee j Manual Conn to save your entry Right click on the Server SOS connection name on the left to rename it o Working directory is used when the server is 3 first started and the browser is opened e g for 3 Serer case add or case replace If the working tad caeatremeca rs sngen E l directory is not set EnSight uses the 1 The capability to Connect now if no connection has been preferences directory If that is not set then made occurs when you start the client only or to the current working directory will be Replace the current connection with the highlighted one dependent on the platform operating system is available and user settings Also note that you can Add a
7. SKI ATLL Bul 2 Click the variable legend s you The list contains legends for scalar variables and for magnitude of vector rae Show components variables The components of vector Co veloci Coordinates variables will become available in the 0 Ti list if Show Components is toggled on pite See S eter All off More than one legend can be selected concurrently ER eo ee Edit palette A button is provided to allow you to th ote To edit legend values and type select easily turn them all off 2 2 Edlit gt Variables Editor in the main menubar tW aote To edit legend positon and style select Annot mode on the left of the graphics window Close You can also easily get to the palette editor from here eeeee eee eeee Note indicates legend not currently visible indicates currently visible legend I 2 O HowTolndex User Manual Page 349 Resize or Reposition Color Legends in Graphics Window In Annotation Mode color legends can be selected in the graphics window and then scaled or moved 1 Make a color legend visible as described above 2 Click Annot in the Mode Selection area Like other annotation entities color legends must be selected prior to performing an operation A selected color legend has handles surrounding the color bar colored in the highlight color typically green U
8. T Creation attributes Adjust part coordinates Coordinates scale Factor 1 000000 coordinates scale factor 0 000000 variable Variable None iv Y Variable Hone y Variable None Y Feature Detail Editor Model o x File Edit View Help Hit a carriage return 5 Set the displacement variable for each component 225s rere eee eee eee eee 6 Hit the Apply changes button Note that it is possible displace in each component direction by a different variable It is also possible to scale the entire geometry by a factor Displacement applied in this manner actually modify the geometry on the server not just the visual representation on the client Any queries or computations will reflect this modified geometry HIC HIC Cylinder Collar and Base Desc Cylinder Creation attributes Adjust part coordinates Coordinates scale Factor 1 000000 coordinates gt scale factor a variable Variable Displacement Y Variable Displacement 7 Variable Displacement Y Using node ranges P General attributes Hode element and line attributes Displacement attributes f ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 226 Display Displacements ADVANCED USAGE Vibrational analysis typically produces eigenvectors EnSight can animate these vec
9. 7 If the dataset is transient specify the Time Step info Note that some writers produce static data and thus may only use the Begin Time Step info 8 Click Okay The userd defined writers can call the routines of an EnSight API to retrieve for example nodal coordinates node ids element ids of parts selected in the Parts window to be passed by value to be used manipulated and or written out in any format desired The User defined writer dialog includes a Parameter field that allows the passing of text into the writer from the GUI This text could contain extra options which the writer understands several example writers including source code header files Makefile and the corresponding shared library are included to demonstrate this capability The Case Gold Lite reader is included to demonstrate how to exercise most of the API and output a subset of the Case Gold format Complex numbers and custom Gold format are not supported with this writer The Case Gold writer ignores the Parameter field While the writer is not compiled the source code of this writer the required header files and the Makefile are included The Flatfile user defined writer is designed to demonstrate the output of selected part nodal data coordinates amp IDs as well as active variable values scalar and or vector only in a comma delimited format easily imported into other applications If any of the keywor
10. Case 1 F 1 Computational mes relocity 2 Particle trace part sleet aad it l Pick surface Interactive emitter peor fed Surface aviahie agste restrict ee SPOE points 10 Tool location Create Advanced Help 4 Double click the desired particle trace part in the Main Parts list 2 Toggle on Animate in the Quick Interaction PT eter ceneeecedncenenvenesee 3 Click Animate to open the Trace Animation Settings dialog Make changes as desired remember to press return for changes to text fields 2 2 2 2 eee eee Set the color of the tracers to either Trace Color i e the same color as the parent trace part or Constant and set the desired color using the Mix button or the RGB fields ae bee dee ee ee ee ce eee CANH is EEOSE Set the line width of the tracers Line width SEN E o bo ramelat If transient traces pathlines set the Start i AAN i fesem Time and or Max Time in FECES 98 Sie ue cs A Max ime ao PSSERC fare EH Tracer time 2 85Ale A Multiple pulses Length f Set the tracers length factor see below Tiicer delti PEE Puise Litercal eree EEIE i E 1 Speer Set the tracers speed factor see below ree ee ge ae eee Tracer head representation Type None e is Gostei Malan 3 be Constant set by the Scale value or e a variatie oor
11. poe gt 5 OOOe i oa Minimum plastic vs Tin ir the set the Scale Factor if Show Save Delete you want to scale a single Barker visibility E Update Help query or Select both er Query Items and set both Scale Factors if you want to scale and add algebraically 3 Click Create 22 cece cece ccc ccc ccc cece aoaaa aLa Note if integrate or differentiate is chosen you will only need to choose the query to operate on Queries From External Sources You can import previously created and saved or externally generated EnSight queries or Dytran time history ths files Read From An External File 1 Select Sample as Read 7st tttt ttt ree From An External File sample Read from an external file Query items Maximum plastic vs T 2 Click the Load XY Data Minimum plastic vs Ti Load XY data from file From File button to open Aoii a ae F the File Selection dialog and select any previously saved EnSight XY data file or a Dytran Show Save Delete ths file A Barker eletbiiies l i Create Update Help M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 272 H OW T O s Q e000 Plotting Once Queries exist they can be easily plotted in a new plotter in EnSight or if an existing plotter of the correct type exists they can be added to the existing plotter 1 Select the Query It
12. a Title gt Insert i symbal Set the size of the title of the axis Size 55 000 set the color of the title of the axis k io amp 1 00 E 1 00 Mix Set the type of axis label None show no value labels All eee show value labels at each gradation or Beg End show ALUE laoels only the first and last value labels rer ie scale Linear Set the size of the axis value labels AF yo Se Min 0 0000e 00 Max 1 0000e 00 Set the scale to linear or logarithmic log10 ol N Swap min max Reece Set the min max range of the variable displayed on the axis Note will be used as exact values only if the Auto Axis ear Cog Format Scaling toggle under the General Section is off He 1 00 S 1 00 1 00 Mix Set the display format of the value labels or click Format to select common formats from a list Gradation Sub Grad Set the color of the axis value labels rad type Tick A oat pe Set the type of gradation None no gradation marker Grid SubG Type None of 5 a vertical line or Tick a mark on the axis at the value label positions 2 eee eee eee eee Set the approximate number of gradations also depends on the min max range ee
13. BEEE ENEN The Plotter Specific Attributes dialog contains six sections Background Border Legend Position Time and Title Click the tab at the top to display the corresponding section The Background section controls the type and color of the plotter background E g 5d Plotter specific attributes Background at e 4 E JA a Border Legend Fosition Time 7 Title Rlo o00 Glo00 B ooo Mix A A Set background type to either None or Solid A solid background is opaque If the background type is Solid set the color either enter new values in the RGB fields or click the Mix button to open the Color Selector dialog M The Border section controls the visibility and color of the plotter border gt d Plotter specific attributes Border BRacksra kground Border Legend Position F T acct Title Toggle border visibility Visible R G B Set border color either enter new values in 1 00 1 00 1 00 Mix the RGB fields or click the Mix button to open the Color Selector dialog The Legend section controls the plotter legend text The actual text in the legend is specific to the individual curves displayed in the plotter See Set Curve Attributes below Plotter specific attributes Legend Bac Lan Border Leem Position F EEES Title Toggle legend visibility Set text size 2
14. e Alphabetical III OOS yw Chronological By ID The List button gives you control over many other ways to display the parts in the Part list including the order whether parent child hierarchy is to be shown and Show case Show part ID on left whether other details will be shown _ how bee _ F A Nome w Show abbreviated details w Parentichild w Show table of details we Misibility A Ho details e Shadediwieframe z Part type sf Element representation e Mode ID visibility se Element ID visibility ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 175 Intr od uction t Part Creation This shows the same part list as before but using the parent child tree which quickly and efficiently shows the parent of each part File Edt Query Y iew Tools Cas Si EnSight File Edt Query Yiew Tools Case Computational mesh lsosurface part 3 Contour part 4 Particle trace iag 6 Yector Arrow part Computational mesh lsosurface part Surface ormal 3 Contour part 4 Particle trace at 6B Yector Arrow part Create a Invert R A A Invisible i Yisible Hegion 3 howing Keyword Unselect There are several ways to easily select multiple parts a iis Qe selected parts can be deleted here f Do you really want to delete this part YS rs tJ Cancel leasan ove o 7 jross gt 7700 Hi Ot ably For model
15. errr crt r rrr Click opens the Color Selector to set the color for the axis triad of selected FMES secre cee ee E ger ses E E a E ss ears eeaeseneaaeeeecenaes Click the Frame Line Width pull down to set the line width for the axis triad of RE selected frames To adjust the length of the frame axes enter new values in the X Y and Z Length fields and press return cccrrrr tcc ccc cr To display a series of evenly spaced labels along an axis showing distance from the axis I Xlabels of a Origin toggle on the applicable Label button enter the desired number of labels in the of _ Y labels of a field and press return Close ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 139 H OW TO apa reate an Q e000 Determine What Frame a Part is Assigned To You can determine what frame a part is assigned to and change it by opening the Feature Detail Editor for the part 1 Open the Feature Detail Editor for the Feature Detail Editor Model part type Edit gt Part Feature Detail Editors gt or double click on the appropriate Feature Icon E e Ead DY x lt E 2 Select the desired part in the parts list at ri m f File Edit View Help the top of the Feature Detail Editor 1 M C1 Computational mesh Le Desc Computational mesh Creation attributes 3 Open the General Attributes section gt G
16. ee J 5 I La 3 ie m ea Sh aay b E m Ci e h SEE ALSO Annot Mode User Manual p i vu lt a wi dex How To In INTRODUCTION EnSight can display A 2D dial Such as a clock to measure time tied to a constant variable These 2D dials overlay the Graphics window and are not associated with any viewport BASIC OPERATION poe 1 Click Annot in the Mode Selection Area Click the Dials icon from the Mode Icon Bar to bring up the Annotation dialog 2 3 Create a new dial in the Graphics Window by selecting a variable in the Constant variable list and then clicking the New button Htird AnNGOTDS To manipulate dial attributes first select the dial s of interest in the list or while in Annot Mode pick them in the graphics window then To change visibility Toggle Visible on or off Note that in Annot Mode 3 E invisible shapes are drawn in a subdued col or 1 i To change whether border is drawn Toggle Border on or off 5 To change the number of tick marks Enter the number of tick marks To change the size of the dial Enter a value for the dial radius or use the slider Values are 0 to 1 To change location Either select the dial and drag it to the desired location or type appropriate coordinates into the Origin X Y fields The origin of a dial is the center To delete a dial
17. 0 eS SC eS ee ee ee ee ee ee a ee Se ee eee Se es ee ee See Se eee eee ee a aa The old connection will be dropped and your new connection will be made ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual OR 2 Start Ensight client only no connection will be made Easy on non windows machines Enter ee a ensight8 client instead of ensight8 tio e a Go to the Connection Settings dialog Executable Jensight 2 server i Working dir Hit the New button which clears the fields ia rs Fill in the desired Conn Name Hostname 3 Altrshcmd and Executable depose e sees E Use default rsh cmd and optionally the Working directory Login name Alt rsh cmd if desired Hit the Save button if you want this to be saved in the list for future invocations of EnSight Set this as the default if desired for future invocations of EnSight 221s eset e erent nee eee eee rn ee eee Hit the Connect button lt 2 2 22 e cece cee ee ee eee eee eee nee e eee e Connect E Manual Gonn Your new connection will be made CONNECTING MANUALLY You might use manual connection if your m Connection settings networking does not allow you to rsh or equivalent to the server SOS from the client Conn name toy Hostname Boy Two different ways to do this interactively a e a n F F 1 Start EnSight SOS and let i
18. 1 is a valid entry Element visual rep 3D border 2D full indicating the last plane Minus numbers are ways to specify Feature angle TE the plane from the max back toward the min thus 2 equals Domain All l the next to last plane Note Zero is treated the same as 1 Using node ranges From To Step Delta Min Max 3 Hit the Create Load from selected button or the Ba bene sce fees ra Create load all button oa ee eee ease In this example 4 parts will be created and they will each be 1 30 pie amp p y iS lest aly sais eatiee the full extent IK plane at J 1 for each of the four zones Structured part eae Note that the IK ranges can actually vary per part because the description max is specified but each zone may be less than the max Create load from selected Create load all we Unstructured data A Structured data Parts list Element visual rep sDborder 2D full Feature angle tah fs Domain All Using node ranges From To Step Delta Max l 4 a Min Se ee e eelene aoe l 20 ik 1 30 1 0 In our example we then changed From and To to be 0 thus aac gee extracting the last plane in each zone Note the image below description The image at the right includes complete zones that were Create load from selected Create load all extracted but shown in feature angle representation so you get the feel of the complete zone How To
19. Load palettes from a disk file Se See Re Result i wee Lemperature Gunth Scalar Select All Select all parts listed in the dialog s parts list velocity fe Gyni Vector Immediate Modification If on all changes in the dialog Coordinates te Gunth Vector have an immediate effect If off the Apply Changes button Time l Gynt Scalar at the bottom must be clicked to apply your changes good F for batching several expensive changes Vie mm p Activate all Deactivate Extended CFD Show Selected Part s Not available in Variables variables Feature Detail Editor Let tE Palettes are using Texture Map mode List of available variables Click to select a variable _ Simple interface Advanced interface HMagnitude wA wf y Buttons to control variable activation deactivation See How To Activate Variables for more information Variable Summary and Palette section Simple Interface is Min 0 0000e 00 Max 4 5192e 01 Shown See How To Edit Color Palettes for more W MOFO a E ae E E E a ares ES EAL ee pet of levels 5 eee 4 8192e 01 silir 0 0000e 00 3 614eH 1 Predefined palettes EnSightDefaultPalette PASTDefaultPalette A I ai EE EnSishtColorDef grayscale Fs carnation red white r 1 205e 01 bobs rainbow morning glory blue_tan Restore ae ae d Undo restore Flip colors Legend display attributes f Click to
20. hae 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 354 right brace is drawn To end the line the scale and offset are reset and example is drawn in blue The second line is a blank line The final line is a simple example of how to make a piece of text partially transparent Note that the red object behind the text can been seen through the text SEE ALSO How To Create Text Annotation User Manual Annot Mode ha 4 WAP How To Index User Manual Page 355 Customize Icon Bars INTRODUCTION EnSight uses several sets of icons to group functionality To suit personal preferences or simplify the interface the order of the icons within each set can be changed or icons can be removed altogether typically eliminating access to that portion of functionality The icon sets correspond to the seven major groupings of function within EnSight Main Feature the icons in the Feature Icon bar and the six Modes View Part Annot Plot VPort and Frame By default EnSight displays informative text labels underneath each icon in the Mode icon bars Once the icon functions have been learned these can be removed to save space in the icon bar BASIC OPERATION To customize an icon bar 1 Select Edit gt Preferences select General User_Interface and click the Modify and Save Icon Layout button Annotation A 2 Select the desired icon bar from the Which Icon Color Palettes Bar pulldown ies Wea fe bree Ghee Gece Ge
21. sa he 3 A ee M ae pe ofl pi g j lr ee ee oe 2 Cg a i eT E E i E E prame o m q 5 5 a 5 B j ae i as e Le ling fr Taz m W J q ho ie J i rh i J L a F m m z ar Ea i oE T i _ f 7 i I a li oe a far oe ee mae a 9 Da m Pe a oer ete pm ma i mi ie TP iaaea igm H B a tay i i me agi Di e A a ee poe F ie pr 7 a R i ae Ia oo 5 p j al p gt Th E F P a ei ey Bi Te e ee UE ir Jo eet be a a 5 z P aia g f mR a a Ma pe na EE Rp re a 2 oe og C ae be e T al g mi E 8 ni G a aye ae 7 zi i i z k a 2 Le f n al ry hc Te y 7 3 a it an k a ie P et ee z is sa a iss m y a i p amp s x Tr i n i S a i a i os E ia pa x 3 h T i k 3 Ben he Err n em E z al a bs m i Ben a Wine ag ates 4 a E i k i l 7 j A P 1 E 5 7 a q r 1 r i g i i i i a F r fi i l i la G 7 i r 2 n i 5 3 r i L k a r Eo i i z 7 E e be a a Eo J i h E eo N E J P a i J 5 E o Q e000 g ToolHelpers Any supporting python class files or other files should be stored in this directory NOTE Any files in the main mode directories ending in py pyc enc or ctx will be placed in the top level of the mode menu as a button which when clicked will cause the file to be executed Each of these mode directories contain the following file sub directory structure that can be modified by the site administrator or
22. 5 Select Query gt Show Information gt Element The Query Prompt dialog opens Enter the ID number of the desired element in the text field and click Okay The query results will be printed to the EnSight message window which will pop up It can also be accessed from the Info icon 2 2 2 22 22 ee eee eee me i The following shows sample output from an element query Element 321 Query Information Found in unstructured part 2 Type of element is 6 Noded triangle Number of nodes is 6 Node IDs are 1050 910 1054 1052 1053 1055 Neighboring Element Information is Element neighbor 318 is of type 6 Noded triangle Element neighbor 322 is of type 6 Noded triangle ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 262 t Node Elem Q 00e and Part Information Show Part Information To show information about a part 1 If your data is transient set the desired time using the Solution Time Quick Interaction area Edit gt Solution Time Editor 2 Select the desired part in the Main Parts List 3 Select Query gt Show Information gt Part The query results will be printed to the EnSight message window which will pop up It can also be accessed from the Info icon 2 2 eee e E E E gt hl The following shows sample output from a part query Part 2 Query Information Unstructured part Number of nodes 2380 Minimum coordinate In Frame 0 is 0 00000e 00 0 00000e 00 0 00000e
23. Extend a non contiguous Control click Place the mouse pointer over the item Press the control key and selection click the left mouse button This action will extend a selection by adding the new item but not those in between any previously selected items De select an item Control click Place the mouse pointer over the selected item Press the control key and click the left mouse button This action will de select the item Open the Quick Double click Place the mouse pointer over the item and click the left mouse Interaction Area for a part button twice in rapid succession Selecting Parts using the Select Options There are several other useful options for selecting parts 1 Click the Select button just below the main parts list es X B 2 Select the desired option File Edit Query View Tools Case Al Selects all parts in the list L Invert Inverts the selection Namely all parts currently Casel o l engi selected become unselected and all unselected a ae l become selected TE JF 4 lights Invisible selects all visible parts ae ee Visible Selects all invisible parts 6 rear body i T floor f Region Selects all parts that are within the selection tool eS 7 Requires that the selection tool be on l Select Delete Sort Showing Selects all visible parts which are showing in the ee te graphics window Invisible Key
24. Update step Pick onet _ defn te Set solution time ta timeset range 1 C1 T1 Mod Geo Var 2 C1 T1 Mad Geo Var SS i Shows the time value being aan Ls Show scale as Full time range af used at the current time Timeset CITI Mod Geo Var Defined For 1 a000e 01 y l All Model Geom 1 The timeset is used by the 0000600 ae ener FEN variables or geometry ert a ell S z 1 Ka eee enan Nearest i E Nearest Wi e Nearest i OP P shown In this list Timeset CITI Mod Geo Var Defined Far Model Variables Stress a eee E eee E ee E A ee A EE EE EE ee eee Displacement oo Sees eee eee 0 0000e 00 RR Analysis_Time Fi Leftof Undefined _ Between steps Interpolate _ Right of Nearest a step defn step defn r step defn Close Update selected timeset s When the current time from the When the current time from the When the current time from the Solution Time dialog and indicated solution Time dialog and indicated solution Time dialog and indicated in in the upper left corner of this in the upper left corner of this the upper left corner of this dialog is dialog is set to a value less than dialog is set to a value that does set to a value greater than what is what is available for this timeline not exist for this timeline available for this timeline use the use the Nearest value or make the Interpolate between defined time Nearest value or mak
25. 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog by X clicking Transf on the desktop File Editor function 2 Select Editor Function gt Tools gt Box gt gt amp em About axis OX yY vz y All 0 0 all ee zt Which frame scale settings Increment 1 000000 Limit 10 000000 E D m i t Cartesian Coordinates 3 To place and size enter the desired HE of Box Tool in Frame 0 coordinates for the Origin corner and the length in each of the directions and press return Length 2 995 1e 00 2 93951e 00 2 9951e 00 i Orientation vectors 4 To orient enter the components of the orthogonal axis orientation vectors a erate i 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 O 0000e 00 1 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 O O00Qe 0 0 000Qe 00 1 00000E 00 You can also rotate translate or stretch the Box Tool by selecting the desired Transform Action setting the desired axis and then manipulating the slider bar For these tool actions the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Box Tool since the numeric values always update to reflect the current location size and orientation If you are positioning the Box Tool interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released ADVANCED USA
26. 2 Position the mouse pointer over the frame axis triad the lines not the XYZ labels and click the left mouse button You can extend a selection of frames by holding down the Control key as you click on frames You can select all frames by clicking pe eee ee ee eee To select frames using the Transformation Editor dialog 1 Click the Transf icon in the Transformation Transtorm Control area to open the Transformation Fale Eater Pareto Help Editor dialog Transform ation G5 za 6 lt a A 2 Select Frame gt Transform from the Editor About axis poets All Function menu Note that this puts EnSight ee rrp reper into Frame mode 1r teeter tee 3 Select the desired frames in the Which Frame os eee Increment 1 0 O00000 ISE sedeceeeeeetete cer oecetec E E EE Coord frame oe ch Limit 10 000000 You can use standard Motif list selection techniques such as shift click to extend a selection or control click to de select an item The Which Frame list is also displayed if the Editor Function menu is set to one of the Tool modes e g Tools gt Cursor Assign Parts to Frames To assign a part to a frame 1 Click Frame in the Mode Selection area to enter Frame mode Note If Frame does not appear as an available mode first go to Edit gt Preferences select General User Interface and toggle on Frame Mode Allowed 2 Select the desired part s in the
27. BASIC OPERATION 1 Create the display you want to share with the EnLiten or Reveal user Select File gt Save gt Scenario to open the Save Scenario dialog s2eqceeenct mepa Select Single File to save a scenario file only or Project to save the scenario jpg image file and EnSight context file Choose the EnLiten els or Reveal cfs format Enter a name for the Scenario file directory You can browse to the directory file for the Scenario by clicking the Browse button to open a standard File Save Scenario scenario files are used by CEIl s viewer products which are capable of viewing all geometry Such as parts annotation plots etc that EnSight can display including flipbook keyframe and particle trace animations A scenario defines all visible entities you wish to view with EnLiten or Reveal and includes any saved views and notes that you want to make available to the viewer user Please specify a file name for the scenario file The scenario file will be created with els as the extension This file contains a scenario with views and notes that EPA y can be read into EnLiten To download EnLiten go to http www ensight com entliten html or install it with the EnSight Installer gave scenario Selection dialog a a Select the Time Animation Browse Ww a Options tab 2 222 222
28. Dar 64 4 4 42058080cusesd aa ee ee y 2 Make changes as desired The Beg and End fields control the available time range and also the range of the slider ni action The range markers on the slider can be moved to set these values or you can enter new values into the fields and press Clue ee ee ee ee d k Time Begi Current 11 Enel ig p Flipbook animation Display time annotation Help _ amp The slider bar lets you step through time Grab the slider and dial to The Current field sets the current time step E the desired time or click the left right slider arrows to increment the Either move the center slider or enter a new z increment can be set by changing the Increment field value in the field and press return Click to display time as annotation in the graphics window rr crt eter cere eee Click to open the Flipbook Animation Quick Interaction area cere step Mieremet prf i al CC Timeset details Set Scale Type to Discrete or Continuous see above for details Help set the number of time cycles in E Set the step increment size for the the time range Set Units to Step or Sim Time slider arrows Must be an integer see above for details if Scale Type is Discrete 2 wA How To Index User Manual Page 230 H OW To a Q e000 Recording an Animati
29. Documentation INTRODUCTION The EnSight online documentation consists of Installation Guide Consists of a pdf file in the doc directory as well as being available for easy reading from the web install page Also goes out as hardcopy with an EnSight distribution CD Getting Started The Getting Started Manual contains basic Graphical User Interface overview Manual information and several tutorials This manual is not cross referenced with any of the other manuals How To Manual The How To documentation consists of relatively short articles that describe how to perform a specific operation in EnSight such as change the color of an object or create an isosurface Step by step instructions and pictures of relevant dialogs are included In addition each How To article typically contains numerous hyperlinks colored blue to other related articles and relevant sections of the User Manual Note that although the entries in the How To table of contents and index are not colored blue you can still click on an entry and jump to the appropriate document How To Use the How To Manual How To Table of Contents How To Index User Manual The User Manual is a more traditional document providing a detailed reference for EnSight The User Manual contains blue hyperlinks as well Both the User Manual table of contents and index entries are hotlinked as well as cross reference entries within chapters which typically start with See Section
30. HowTo Index User Manual 7 eT anaa If you now run EnSight using this SOS casefile the two block parts should appear as you would expect Of course to avoid any visual or computational effects from the partitioning you would need to be using ghost cells between the Original partitions sets See EnSight Gold Geometry File Format and the example file below For a description of block range usage which the original partition sets use in describing the block geometry See EnSight Gold Geometry File Format An example of such is the third set geometry file Set_3 geo which is using uniform blocks with ranges Uniform Block Continuation Test set 3 node id assign element id assign extents 0 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 5 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 0 00000e 00 5 00000e 00 part 1 horizontal block uniform range 2 2 6 1 A 1 2 3 4 00000e 00 00000e 00 00000e 00 00000e 00 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 part eeN NOO vertical block uniform range 2 Tl 2 di 2 5 7 1 2 0 00000e 00 2 00000e 00 0 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 0 50000e 00 1 00000e 00 Curvilinear and rectilinear descriptions for block parts are of course also valid This same file using ghost cells is Uniform Block Continuation Test set 3 node id assign element id assign extents 0 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 5 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 0 00000e 00 5 00000e 00 part 1 horizontal block uniform with_ghost range 2 2 6 1 2 1 2 2 5 00000e 00 00000e 00 00000e 00
31. OTHER NOTES Tensor glyphs can be animated by animating the parent part e g a clip plane over space or time using flipbook or keyframe animation See How To Create Flipbook Animation or How to Create a Keyframe Animation for more information Unlike most part creation operators tensor glyphs are created from the client s representation of the part not the server s For example if you have a clip plane that is displayed using a feature angle or border representation only those elements comprising the reduced display will yield tensor glyphs even though all elements of the clip plane reside on the server See How to Change Visual Representation for more information SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation User Manual Tensor Glyph Parts Create Update ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 224 Displacements INTRODUCTION In structural mechanics simulations a common output variable is a set of vectors representing the movement or displacement of geometry Each displacement vector specifies a translation of a node from its original position an offset EnSight can display and animate these displacements to help visualize the relative motion of geometry In many cases the magnitude of the actual displacements is extremely small relative to the size of the model EnSight provides a displacement factor to scale the vectors and exaggerate the displacement Normally displacements are applied in the EnSight Client pr
32. The effect of this method is that the line clip remains tied to the two nodes even if their location moves over time Desc Clip_mesh_line Creation attributes Tool Line Interactive tool Domain Intersect Clip parameters Type Mesh Extents Finite Use nodes ID 1 ID 2 on ae a Pos amp YT Fa Pr 8 3829e 01 5 0000e 01 1 0000e 00 Pte 1 8383e 00 5 0000e 01 1 0000e 00 Bint pista der ya EF Get tool coords Set tool coords OTHER NOTES It is sometimes useful to display just the nodes of a line clip Using the Feature Detail Editor you can change the display such that only nodes not lines or elements are displayed The nodes can be shown as dots crosses or spheres If displayed as crosses or spheres the size radius can be constant or scaled by the value of a variable see How to Set Attributes for more information ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 195 ow TO Create Line Clips m EENAA YN i E SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Use the Line Tool How to Create Profile Plots How to Query Plot Other clips How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create Box Clips How to Create IJK Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips User Manual Clip Create Update ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 196 INTRODUCTION A clipping plane is a planar slice through a 3D mesh EnSight s clipping operation c
33. Unlike most part creation operators contours are created from the client s representation of the part not the server s If the parent part of the contour consists of one dimensional elements or has no client side visual representation at all the resulting contour will be empty This would be the case if the parent part was currently displayed as feature angle border representation or not loaded The 3D border 2D full representation is typically used for contour part parents See How to Change Visual Representation for more information SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Edit Color Maps User Manual Contour Create Update ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 182 Create lsosurfaces INTRODUCTION An isosurface is a surface of constant value in a three dimensional field It is the 3D counterpart to the contour loop the region on one side of the isosurface has values greater than the isovalue the region on the other side has values less than the isovalue In EnSight an isosurface can be generated from a scalar variable a component or magnitude of a vector variable or a component of the model coordinates An isosurface of a scalar or vector variable is typically a complex surface reflecting the distribution of the underlying variable lsosurfaces of coordinates however are typically regular geometric shapes such as planes cylinders cones or spheres BASIC OPERATION 4 Select an appropriate isovalue pee
34. X x File Edit View Help Set Displace By to either None no displacement or the vector variable to Displacement attributes USG TOP GISDISCEMEN 25c2cc4neceesecsed nee testes hea reer teen nee eee p gt Displace by None Set nodal displacement factor to reduce or exaggerate a displacement Facjor 1 0000e 00 a aa f Close Create Update parent A EY changes IJK Axis Display Attributes Model Parts and clips because they can be structured parts will have these attributes available These attributes will only be applicable to structured parts IJK axis display attributes _ IJK axis visible Scale 4 gggoe 00 SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation User Manual Part Attributes a amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 297 How To Display Labels m2 e000 INTRODUCTION lt is often useful to be able to identify specific nodes or elements within your model EnSight can display node and element labels in the Graphics Window If your data provides explicit node or element labels or you are using EnSight data formats and have asked EnSight to assign ids EnSight will be able to display those values Only model parts can have labels Displaying labels on parts with thousands of nodes or elements can obscure both the geometry as well as the labels of interest as well as degrading display performance EnSight provides a filtering mechanism to display only selected rang
35. _ Show parent ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Case Viewport Display One of the chief advantages of the case feature is the ability to perform side by side comparisons of different datasets One way to do this is to display each case in a separate viewport To do this 1 Create as many additional viewports as you need to gt d Case visible in which viewpor display your cases See How To Define and Change Viewports for more information Visible in viewport s 2 Select the case whose parts you wish to display only in certain viewports in the Case menu Case gt casename 3 Select Case gt Viewport Visibility 4 Click in the desired viewport to enable or disable display of the selected case Black means the selected case is not displayed in the viewport green means that it is displayed ADVANCED USAGE EnSight s cases capability has also been used to achieve coarse grained parallelism for very large datasets by partitioning a mesh into blocks and reading each block into a different case Each case can run on different machines or on different CPUs of a multiprocessor host Since the EnSight client places the geometry from the different cases in the same coordinate system the blocks are effectively stitched back together for viewing Operations such as clipping and isosurface calculation are then automatically performed in parallel However since there is no communication between the s
36. auto distribute on off Optional for structured or unstructured data EnSight will automatically distribute data to the servers specified below if this option is present and set to on This will require that each of the servers have access to the same data or identical copies of it For structured data use only if the datatype is gold ensight6 plot3d or a user defined reader For unstructured data use only if the datatype is gold or a 2 08 or greater user defined reader Additionally be aware that 2 user defined readers should implement the special functions defined in README_USERD_IN_BUFFERS file if memory is to be used efficiently in the unstructured auto distribute process use_resources onloff Optional to allow specification of server machines to come form the resource file plot3d_iblanked true false Required only if doing auto_distribute and datatype is plot3d plot3d_multi_zone true false Required only if doing auto_distribute and datatype is plot3d plot3d_dimension 1d 2d 3d Required only if doing auto_distribute and datatype is plot3d plot3d_source ascii cbin fortranbin Required only if doing auto distribute and datatype is plot3d plot3d_grid_double true false Required only if doing auto_distribute and datatype is plot3d plot3d_results double true false Required only if doing auto_ distribute and datatype is plot3d where iblanking multi_Zone dimension source type grid file doub
37. gt X x Optionally you can change the domain and provide a part gt v Unstructured data Structured data description Parts list Monet CU 2 Modify the From and To values 7 1 y an These can be anything between the ranges shown inthe Element visual rep _3D border 2D full Min and Max columns By default they willbe the entire Feature angle 14 4 range but you can modify them Domain Inside a ates node ee 3 Hit the Create Load from selected button __ Delta Min Max s o Tu i o as The part will be created and shown in the graphics n oon a l TG window In the example below it is shown in border F ot ae representation mode Note that you now get a portion pe peg payee instead of the whole Note also that we got original eee resolution because we set step values back to one The Teee Create load all step values can be other than one and your portion will be at the coarser resolution E E hi ee sia eee NOTE Variables will not be loaded for newly created parts until this dialog is closed Clase Help k Wd How To Index User Manual Optionally you can change the domain and provide a part description 2 Modify the From and To values so that one dimension is a plane 5 One of J or K must have the same values for both From and To indicating a plane in the other two dimensions 3 Ent
38. k M4 ho How To Index User Manual Page 125 Define Set Viewport Attributes Viewports can be displayed with a variety of attributes 1 Click VPort in the Mode Selection area to enter Viewport mode 2 Select the desired viewport s 3 Set the desired attribute as described below Click the Viewport Visibility Toggle to toggle display Off On of the selected viewports on or off when not in VPort Mode e reece eee Click the Viewport Border Attributes icon to open the Viewport Border Attributes dialog p pat Click the Visible toggle to display a border X W Visible Enter values in the RGB fields and press return or i click the Mix button to open a Color Selector R io amp io E 1 00 Mix Close Click the Viewport Special Attributes icon to open the Viewport Special Attributes dialog Help i T i BL 3 i TIbU s eT Each viewport has it s own toggles for perspective SEPA ere hidden surface and hidden line drawing styles These controls will toggle the respective attribute for the W Perspective selected viewports See How To Set Drawing Style and or How To Set Global Viewing for more Shaded information W Hidden line In addition a viewport can be 3D or 2D in nature If the viewport is designated as 2D only planar parts may be Track Off cal displayed in the
39. n p P Set interactive emitter emitter Add cmt Delete emit lt soando Set emitter direction total time a Melele Emit delete the selected emitter Set to emit at current time or Set Total Time to the default set emission time _ Emit at current time Set emission start and delta eet aaa Time passion 1 0000e100 as 0 0000e 00 Toggle on Surface Restricted Surface restrict _ Pick surface MacNN 226s ranesseseoeser ace ereattt eee p EPEY JEI m Set surface restricted variable BR neroni Rag coo BARRE in and display offsets Time step determination Massed particle _ Toggle on surface picking for emitter definition ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Create Particle Traces Massed Particle Traces Ensight also provides massed particle traces via the Feature Detail Editor for Traces 1 Select Edit gt Part Feature Detail Editors gt Particle Traces to open the Feature Detail Editor Traces dialog 2 Select the desired the particle trace part in the part list at the top of the dialog 3 Click the Massed Particle turn down to reveal the massed particle parameters 4 Modify the massed particle parameters according to your dataset eee Each term in the momentum balance equation has a separate tab containing the parameters which pertain 5 Toggle on Massed Particles
40. Allows different name for servers to connect back to Server of Servers with Server Examples when started manually ensight8 server c clientmachine readerdbg Specifies clientmachine as the machine on which the client is running and that information on user defined reader library loading should be printed out ensight8 server ports 1310 scaleg 10 0 scalev 10 0 ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Specifies that communication is to occur on port 1310 and that the geometry and all vectors are to be scaled by a factor of 10 ensight8 sos options si host indicates where the client is running Allows specification of socket communication port to the client See also ports sports The number of times 1 second per try to try to connect client and server gdbg Forces the server to use a named pipe connection must be on same machine passes on to servers Allows user specification of socket communication port passes on to servers Has the effect of setting cports and sports to be the same Prints user defined reader library loading information in shell window upon startup of server passes on to servers soshostname lt host gt Allows different name for servers to connect back to Server of Servers with passes on to servers Allows specification of socket communication port to the servers See also ports cports Prints out timing information passes on to servers Prints user defi
41. Center of transformation x Y Z 3 Set of modify the x y z coordinate location i 5 0000e 01 5 0000e 01 1 0000e 00 of the center of transform in the dialog which Comes up oe SEE ALSO User Manual Center Of Transform ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 147 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides model axes and extent bounds to help in orienting your model These features are toggled on off via the quick access area on the desktop 2 2 22 eee Help Current time step 10 000000 simulation 1 000000e 01 aN Poole i SAO oISIS F eS ee oe Ie BASIC OPERATION Model Directional Triad The model axes help maintain awareness of the principal directions of the reference frame of the model This is especially helpful during model transformations R OD RAAB DE Z e E al Click the Axis toggle to display the model directional at e E eke ee eee eds eee tecaeeenaes k Wd How To Index User Manual Page 148 Model Extent Bounds The model extent bounds also help maintain dimensional information pertaining to the extents of the model Z 2 R SEE ALSO x g To control the various attributes associated with the model extents 1 Select the Viewport Mode icon 2 Select the Model Extent Bounds icon which opens the Viewport 2D 3D Grid attributes dialog 3 Modify the various general and or axes attributes as desired
42. Introduction Use the Online Documentation Using The How To Manual EnSight Overview Connect EnSight Client and Server Command Line Start up Options Use Environment Variables Use Collaboration Read and Load Data Read Data Use ens_checker Load Multiple Datasets Cases Load Transient Data Use Server of Servers Read User Defined Do Structured Extraction Use Block Continuation Use Resource Management Save or Output Save or Restore an Archive Record and Play Command Files Print Save an Image Save Geometric Entities Save Restore Context Save Scenario Output for Povray Manipulate Viewing Parameters Rotate Zoom Translate Scale Set Drawing Mode Line Surface Hidden Line Set Global Viewing Parameters Set Z Clipping Set LookFrom LookAt Set Auxiliary Clipping Define and Change Viewports Control Lighting Attributes Display Remotely Save and Restore Viewing Parameters Create and Manipulate Frames Reset Tools and Viewports Use the Color Selector Enable Stereo Viewing Pick Center of Transformation Set Model Axis Extent Bounds Do Viewport Tracking Manipulate Tools Use the Cursor Point Tool Use the Line Tool Use the Plane Tool Use the Box Tool Use the Cylinder Tool Use the Sphere Tool s a z Use the Cone Tool Use the Surface of Revolution Tool Use the Selection Tool Visualize Data Introduction to Part Creation Create Contours Create Isosurfaces Create Particle Tra
43. Menu information to display when in Part mode b ModeAnnot Menu information to display when in Annotation mode c ModePlot Menu information to display when in Plot mode d ModeVport Menu information to display when in Viewport mode e ModeFrame Menu information to display when in Frame mode f General Menu information to display in each of the previous mode menus above These items will be after the mode specific items hae 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 383 gt a E TE F mE ey Se ee Th Pa tie A aea a ee T mi ine wo ta i mg 7 ee ae pa i x Fa Linor ge ee ee EF eg es aie ee a Se Be a ert ole een oi a a Oe ee ee y ae p a Le amS le ee rites at of geal ae i Pie Tall i 5 Ca Pee i 2 1s es a a e o e i m Ae bs a a 5 igr i pha p a n n pini i w oe E O ig a Da i na Tr H 2 a y a cm a Je i ia Oe os ool MU ae j 7 1 ee i fa j 5 a e Rab 7 ow Le j rI i x 4 i i hoa Oe z T Taa T ae 2 hasty s a ST k n oe A ma P E i Pia T i T m J 8 i oe ae ae ae TT Rai zi 2 b a i x Pei r i a ee 5 P F s m p m cts mee J l 2 a a ye fae A aj eg cnu pi A r A a 3 me pe rit 7 i ce eae kai l f J i Le 1 n j r F z in g z j E z Bs 1 z 2 d gig le n P a P al j F i a j s a Ge iI ie a oe a faa a OP ai a N T Fr F amp ef Pi H Be i i 1 i Errr z ig TE ia a as Tag qrp y n E 4 be E j _ EA 4 i Cee mi ee bE Furie e m p 8 EE d a od a he y k EH i i r n 1
44. ai e sae gt SS os 4 Click the Zoom symbol at the upper left of the tool to cause the zoom to occur aa SS Ses SSS SES loso lezers mI en g P as _ ig _ on ae oh Ee Tia MaS mE p a ss S Note the Undo button is useful if you want to undo the last transformation eee ere eee Undo F Tool tips You manipulate the tool by clicking and dragging on any corner to rubberband the tool V clicking and dragging on the center of the tool to move it Note the dotted box indicates the actual region being used It is preserving the aspect ratio ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 172 Element Blanking The selection tool can be used in the element blanking anne 1 Select the part s on which to do element DIANKINGs eener sees ce serene reese E E sone 2 Click on the Selection tool icon to turn on the ele Men ee ee ee ee 3 Position the tool as desired 4 Click on the element blanking symbol at the upper left of the tool Note in order for this to work the Element blanking allowed toggle needs to be on the default To undo the blanking click the Clear or Clear all parts button T ply Eiement blanking allowed a all parts EEN i E EES HowTo Index EnSight File Edit Query View Tools
45. f the Files list d JH esas Case add replace delete EA Le information 5 If desired specify an initial time Format N35 step the last step is the default J gt Specify starting time step Pipendiam HP IBM ACLS x ITRE EE PLIA ae 6 If you are reading a meshed Geometry Required Results Requirec dataset as directed in step 3 o EnSight Measured mres Optional select the file format a Set Geometry E l Set It ie 7 Click Set Measured to specify eee Doos the selected measured result file pe diigi boundary ee Path fusrlocal CETensizght 0 other_cdata nds Associate file extension to format 8 Click Okay to begin the reading PFOCESS rrr errr errr eees selection fusr local CElensight80 other_data n3s n3sflowt mreq Okay Apply filter Cancel Help 9 The Data Part Loader dialog corresponding to the selected data file format as set in step 6 will open You do not have to perform any further action to load the measured data However if you are also loading meshed data continue with the usual part loading process For details see the How To article for the chosen file format i 4b How To Index User Manual Page 228 How To Display Discrete m2 ee0ee Experimental Data Measured data is represented as a single part In the Main Parts list you should see a part named Measur
46. i SPH Bitar LEB a Close Update parent Sh baba by changes ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 213 How To A 00e SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips How to Create Box Clips How to Create IJK Clips yr WL e a Te Te a ea a aen pa a F Aya Fey era ies Fez tel Peak ae ey he ee al fs n po Ai i E h nines rae a i a oh es T eee a Dae eso Beet el dee a pe ara Bay ee byenary Sass eo ar er bay a a a a Hey ols oar k ih als a bine T is geet as ae esta E rE Fe lee yao s a a aa r p at a Lr b sae a a mi 7 DAD TE Tn r romans M oe 4 E el ProT k i x a F ape LTE A aF a ate ri al jera rta ba ea er ae ak Cha Pe a a hah ie i tf gt S ee A ee Gey io ae a ee te pe OET i a eb e ge amas E e ere ote ae a ed ee en eis OP gd oe lel et CANO is ue aa E ara es pps T Sad oe ie ee a reef Bias ay a eta pul hs ee ee es PSE ice See ry he ee ee a ere a a n o EAEE he e TU ce ee How to Create Revolution Tool Clips User Manual Clip Create Update How To Index User Manual Create Vector Arrows INTRODUCTION Vector arrows display the direction and magnitude of a vector at discrete locations in a model Although vector magnitude can be visualized with other methods e g color important directional information is provided
47. i temperature velocity Fill pattern O is solid Coordinates Time Edit palette Edit texture Close Fipe Help SEE ALSO User Manual Part Transparency hie 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 300 Select Parts INTRODUCTION Manipulating parts is one of the fundamental operations in EnSight Before you operate on parts they must be selected in the Main Parts list Parts can either be selected through standard mouse interaction with the items in the Main Parts list or selected by picking parts in the Graphics window BASIC OPERATION Selecting Parts using the Main Parts List ltems in the Parts List itself are selected using standard Motif methods To Do this Details Select an item Select or single click Place the mouse pointer over the item and click the left mouse button The item is highlighted to reflect the selected state Extend a contiguous Select drag Place the mouse pointer over the first item Click and hold the left selection mouse button as you drag over the remaining items to be selected Only contiguous items may be selected in this fashion Extend a possibly long Shift click Select the first item Place the mouse pointer over the last item in contiguous selection the list to be selected Press the shift key and click the left mouse button This action will extend a selection to include all those items sequentially listed between the first selection and this one
48. ports 23 prdist 23 rangel0 24 readerdbg 24 rsh 23 sc 24 scaleg 24 scalev 24 security 24 silent 24 single buffer 25 slimtimeout 25 smallicons 24 smallscreen 24 sort first 25 sort last 25 sos 24 soshostname 24 standard 24 stderr 25 stdout 25 stencil buff 25 swd 24 time 24 timeout 24 token try again 24 token wait for 24 token wait until 24 T U V W X Y Z Page 397 unmapdd 25 v 24 version 24 writerdbg 24 X 25 client examples 26 preferences 367 server c 26 ctarget 26 ctries 26 ether 26 edbg 26 h help 26 maxoff 26 pipe 26 ports 26 readerdbg 26 scaleg 26 scalev 26 security 26 sock 26 soshostname 26 time 26 writerdbg 26 server examples 26 SOS c 27 cports 27 ctarget 27 ctries 27 ether 27 edbg 27 h help 27 maxoff 27 pipe 27 ports 27 readerdbg 27 rsh 27 scaleg 27 scalev 27 security 27 sock 27 soshostname 27 sports 27 time 27 writerdbg 27 sos Sserver of servers examples 27 computation setup for parallel 390 computational symmetry 304 cone clip 202 tool 167 connection automatic 12 automatic on Unix systems 20 automatic on Windows systems 20 collaboration 33 contacting CEI 6 context restore 101 save 101 contour 181 copy part 285 created variables 247 creating parts 175 gt 2 OOA HowTo Index cursor tool 151 Custom Access to Tools amp Feautres 386 customize icon bars 356 mouse
49. 00000e 00 00000e 00 1 00000e 00 ghost_flags 1 O 1 PRROO part ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual vertical block uniform with_ghost range 2 11 2 1 2 4 8 1 2 0 Q00000e 00 1 50000e 00 0O Q00000e 00 1 Q00000e 00 0 50000e 00 1 Q00000e 00 ghost_flags 1 O O i Transient Example lf we change our example to be a simple transient model using the same sets but now with two time steps set_1 00 case set 2 00 case set 3 00 case set 4 00 case set_5 00 case set_1 00 geo set_2 00 geo set_3_00 geo set_4 00 geo set_5b 00 geo set _1 00 scl set 2 00 scl set_3 00 scl set 4 00 scl set_5 00 scl set _ 1 Ol case set 2 Ol case set 3 Ol case set 4 Ol case set 5 Ol1 case set_1 01 geo set_2 O1 geo set_3_01 geo set_4 01 geo set_5 O1 geo set _1 Ol scl set 2 Ol scl set 3 Ol scl set 4 Ol1l scl set _5 Ol scl The contents of the first of these casefiles set_1_00 case would now look something like FORMAT type ensight gold GEOMETRY model 1 set_1_ geo changing_coords_only VARIABLE scalar per node 1 set_1_ scl TIME time set number of steps filename start number filename increment time values 0 0 1 0 FONE With the contents of each of the other casefiles differing only in the digit following the first underscore To cluster these as described two sets in the first case and 3 sets in the second case we would need to create the following two casefiles cluster_1 case would contain FORMAT
50. 1 Select the parent part 3 F i SN 2 Click the Clip icon E a 6 Click Create 3 Select XYZ from the Use Tool pulldown K 4 Select the desired fixed dimension from the Mesh Slice pulldown 5 Enter the value for the fixed dimension in the Value text field and press return Note Multiple slices with a delta in the normal direction can be created easily by setting these values E Note that you can change the fixed dimension of an XYZ clip at any time with the Mesh Slice pulldown If you change the numeric value remember to press return for the change to take effect ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 207 How To A 2608 ADVANCED USAGE Interactive XYZ Clipping You can interactively sweep through the range of the fixed dimension by adjusting a slider with the mouse 1 Double click the desired XYZ clip part in the main parts list l Use toal AYZ Domain Intersect Interactive Manual al xl 2 Change Interactive to Manual to g Min 2 0000e 00 Max 3 0000e Increment 2 5000e 01 enable sweeping ue Mesh slice X Value 50000 01 Set to mid range 3 If desired enter values for the Min V8 of slices q Belle ggo Max and Increment to override the aa defaults remember to press return ae Aa Create Apply tool change Toci Pensa iti Advanced Help 4 Adjust the sl
51. Bis or set the current Edit Level ae ey a 1t 1 Display Undefined Regions a By part eolor i By Part Color or Invisible SEERWE SPE RSE AP Number of Levels in the ee oe palette Me aa note hesmean crepe oct he Bel Current Edit Level Automatic Level Variable value assigned to current Edit Level File RGB color assigned to OKKH current Edit Level p Flip colors Swap the colors from top to bottom Legend display attributes d Close 2 O HowTolndex User Manual Changing Color Palettes Basic Operation or double click the desired variable in the Part color lighting amp transparency dialog 1 Double click the Color icon in the Part Mode bar to open the Feature Detail Editor for Variables By default the changes you make to a color palette have an immediate effect For large models the response rate for interactive editing e g changing the minimum by moving the Minimum Palette Value slider in the histogram can be too slow To disable this behavior select Edit gt Immediate Modification in the Feature Detail Editor to toggle this setting off To apply your changes click the Apply Changes button at the bottom of the dialog Feature Detail Editor Variables File Edit View Help Available variable Type Result Lenperature 4 velocity fo Gantt Yector 2 Select the desired Coo
52. ENSIGHT8 COLLABHUB_SPAWNDELAY Collab Delay time in seconds between spawning distributed rendering clients ENSIGHT8 FIXED FONT SIZE defines font size expecting range between 10 and 100 gt 2 HowTotndex User Manual Name Locatio Category Description aan ENSIGHT8 HUB APP Collab the executable name for the collabhub when used with distributed rendering ENSIGHT8 HUB ARGS Collab a string of arguments passed to the collabhub executable when used with distributed rendering ENSIGHT8 HUB CONNBACKHOST Collab the hostname that the collabhub should use for the computer where the main client executes ENSIGHT8 HUB OUTPUTFILE Collab a file name containing the output from the collabhub when used with distributed rendering ENSIGHT8 INPUT Input device to use for EnSight same as CE _ INPUT ENSIGHT8 MAX CTHREADS Client Parallel The maximum number of threads to use for each EnSight client Threads in the client are used to accelerate sorting of transparent surfaces Parallel The maximum number of threads to use on the server of server in order to start up server processes in parallel rather than serially This is currently disabled Server Parallel The maximum number of threads to use for each EnSight server Threads are used to accelerate the computation of streamlines clips isosurfaces and other compute intensive operations ENSIGHT8 READER Path to the location of additional user defined readers ENSIGHT8 READE
53. If you have trace data for other types of particles e g for multi phase flow simulations you can use the discrete measured data facility to load the particle path positions and animate them over time SEE ALSO How To Animate Particle Traces User Manual Particle Trace Create Update User Manual Page 192 gt 2 O HowTo Index Create Clips INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a powerful set of clipping operators See the following How To articles for more information Create Line Clips Clip lines are linear clips through 2D or 3D models using the Line Tool with samples taken at evenly spaced intervals grid or at intersections of element boundaries of the parent parts mesh Values along a clip line can be visualized using profiles or queried and sent to a plotter Create Plane Clips A clipping plane is a planar slice through a 3D mesh using the Plane Tool EnSight s clipping operation can take arbitrary cuts through either structured or unstructured meshes The clip can be infinite in extent at least to the bounds of the parts it is created from or restricted to the bounds of the Plane tool The nodes of the resulting clipping plane can be based on the topology and resolution of the underlying mesh or sampled on a regular grid You can also create a clip that contains all the elements that intersect the plane value via the crinkly domain specification These clips help view the integrity of the mesh at these values
54. In addition to providing control over model manipulations EnSight also provides control over the virtual camera used to view the scene in the Graphics Window The two control parameters are the ook from point the position of the camera and the ook at point a point on the camera s line of sight vector The Global Axis is positioned at the look at point and is always in the center of the Graphics Window Initially the look at point is set to the geometric center of all visible objects and the look from point is set to a point on the positive Z axis such that all visible objects fit in the Graphics Window as shown in the top image below The white axis triad is the Global Axis and can be displayed by selecting View gt Axis Visibility gt Axis Global The bottom image shows the view after the look from point has been repositioned between the X and Z axes The diagrams to the right of each image show a top down schematic of each viewing case gt BASIC OPERATION The look from look at points are controlled via the Transformation Editor dialog 1 Click Transf in the Transformation Control Area 2 Select Editor Function gt Look At Look From k CE How To Index User Manual Page 118 File Editor function Viewer Area for interactive manipulation 5 0000e 01 5 00000 01 1 6459e 01 Text fields for entering numeric co values _ Text field for moving look from by setting an
55. NOTE Alpha transparency does not work correctly during flipbook animation because sorting is not done The final image will generally show this lack of proper sorting To view transparency during animations use the solution time streaming or keyframe animation SEE ALSO User Manual Flipbook Animation ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 321 Create a Keyframe Animation INTRODUCTION EnSight s ability to handle large transient datasets has led to its use in the production of many video animations of engineering and scientific data EnSight uses a keyframe animation system A keyframe is a set of viewing parameters that specify a particular view of the scene in the Graphics Window The view may be notable because of what is visible or because the view represents the transition point from one scene to another Once a set of keyframes has been selected EnSight can automatically generate frames to interpolate the viewing parameters between keyframes for a smooth animation The changes to viewing parameters between keyframes are not limited to simple rotations translations or Zoom operations You can also use EnSight s frames capability to move parts independently e g to animate an exploded view of a complex assembly You can also animate the global look from and look at points for fly by style animations While refining your animation you can display it directly in the Graphics Window When complete you can specify
56. Players for the format include xmovie and blockbuster blockbuster sourceforge net The format is internally tiled and includes multiple resolutions of the animation in the same file Print save Image Format Postscript Color Black and White POVRAY Geometry Microsoft AVI movie format ee alee aa Windows BitMaP Frame Rate 30 0 CEI EnVideo movie file Compuserve Animated GIF l Compression GZ PEG image file Quali F3 Moving Picture Experts Group cin Portable Network Graphics PNG Tilesize E Portable BitMap PPM PGM PBM Apple QuickTime Resolutions jo SGI RGB BW image file LLNL Streaming Movie file CE imana fila Cancel Help ka COAMA HowTo Index User Manual Print Save an Imag Options include Compression Raw GZ JPEG and RLE Similar to the CEI EVO format Quality JPEG quality setting Tilesize the size of the edge of one tile 256 uses 256x256 tiles while O specifies no tiling Resolutions the number of lower resolution movies to include If the original animation is 640x480 and the number of resolutions is 2 the file will contain animations at 640x480 320x240 and 160x120 Options for TIFF Format Tiff is a very portable lossless image file format Print save Image Format Microsoft AVI movie format 6 Color Black and White indows BitMaP F Fi al CEI EnVideo movie file e Compuserve Animated GIF IPEG image file Moving Picture Experts Group Compression method PackB
57. Proyectiori Absolute Origin 5 f T Ei Node IDa none const 0 5 T variable nonet const 0 5 Apply Llose Save Default Testures Help ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 306 Setting the texture map image thumbnails at the top of the dialog K EE Textures Loaded textures Rare EnSight supports up to 8 different textures which are displayed as A number of operations can be performed on the textures by right i clicking on the thumbnail image and SEM selecting from the menu 4 A new image can be set for the texture j using the Load texture file option Load texture file p By default all the textures are simple 16x16 transparent checkerboard patterns A texture can be reverted back to this pattern using the Clear texture menu Clear texture lt f Set border color Display RGBA Display RGB Each texture has a border color that is Display Alpha File C Documents and ze CEI DSWWIMAT s0 Desiten EEE used for colors outside of the texture Dims 267 200 Transparent yes l Barder color 1 00100 100 000 a H bounds This color RGB and opacity a 7 J can be set explicitly using the Set Use textur 5 Ta Repeat mode Repeat A border color menu os s os s os r The eight textures are numbered one through eight Each part in EnSight can have one of the eight texture associa
58. Q Query items Plotters of query s type o i body 4 F Rescale plotter when Main Parts List engine block y g All parts from your model as well as windshield f af ed So created parts e g clips isosurfaces Show Save Delete New plotter Delete are listed here Click an item to Select Delete List fl lt f gt select part s to operate on RO BB AO El Mode Selection Area displacements vs Time for Node 750 500 2 Si e ms Sets the major mode of EnSight Part Annot Plot VPort and loads the applicable set of icons into the vertical Mode Icon Bar Click the button to select the Mode 400 300 200 100 displacements Mode Icon Bar Ss ee The set of icons associated with the Sy current Mode Click the icon to access the function If Tool Tips are on bottom right of desktop the icon s function name will be shown when mouse is over the icon If necessary use the vertical scroll bar to access the remainder of the icons gt gt leao m o0K o o22 gt S 4 O ISIS 2 Transformation Control Area y Buttons that control the current an transformation operation e g rotate or translate associated with mouse action in the Graphics Window Other Se buttons open dialogs providing detailed transformation control Ha Graphics Window showing inset plot and view
59. Rotate Calculator Query Zoom Tool ca na ental Feature Icon Bar Elevated Surface Subset Parts Developed Surface Shock Region Surface Boundary Layer Vector Arrows Interactive Query lsosurface Tensor Glyph Material Parts Vortex Core Profile Plot Particle Traces Separation Attachment Line Plot Transformation Control Icons Selection ResetTools amp Viewports Look Down Axes BAR Recet Transt Fit X Z X Y Z Store Reeall Unda F Tool tips Tool Tip Help Translate Rubber Transformation Fit in Window Store Recall Undo last Band Editor last View transformation Zoom Global Toggle Tool and Other Desktop Icons Part Mode Visibility Color Transparency Visibility in Viewport Line Width Element Visual Rep Displacement Symmetry Elem Node Labels Node Rep Failed Elements Element Blanking Shaded Hidden Line Auxiliary Clipping Fast Display Rep 2 e How To Index RK Pick Action wa Shaded Hidden Line Vport Mode C Visibility Color Layouts Create Move Forward Move Back Lighting Border Location Special Settings Part Bounds Select All Delete Select Tool Cursor Tool xi Line Tool E Plane Tool Frame Mode Axis Visibility Color Line Width New Part Assignment Special Settings Comput Symmetry Axis Origin Orientation Transfo
60. Select New Delete POUT ed Sree See R Visible Consant variables a ees Border PAS DE_TEMPS Drientation Vertical TEMPS CPU DIVERGENCE RESIDU_LOGI ie nee 7 RESIDU_LOG2 Variable yr 0 000000 Max 7i59 000000 ee Origin 0 834 Y 0 582 To manipulate gauge attributes first select the a ea gauge s of interest in the list or while in Annot vo Songs eel a and Mode pick them in the graphics window then To change visibility Toggle Visible on or off Note that in Annot Mode Pha invisible shapes are drawn in a subdued color 5 11 To change whether border is drawn cere Toggle Border on or Off 2 0eeeeeee eee oi To change the orientation at Set the orientation to Vertical or Horizontal 5 1 To change the width height Enter a new width height value or use the sliders Values are O10 Vacs ecsecere pees peste sestacnareeeee 4 Example To change the variable range Adjust the min and max values If the variable value being tracked is greater than or equal to the maximum value the gauge will be full Similarly if the variable value is less than or equal to the a minimum value the gauge will be empty To change location Either select the gauge and drag it to the desired location or type appropriate coordinates into the The Gauge level Value and Background area Origin X Y fields The origin
61. Sree ale Sete ees Steed Command Line Parameters Data seneral User Interface Image Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Query gt Icon bar preferences f P Show help labels for mode icons aokoke kk Select the icon bar to change All Fields except the Hernu ID Fikk eneral user interface preferences Werkt SEHR EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE OE EE EE OEE OE EE The text below is in a simple positional text editor Just sele eNOTE You must restart EnSight to see changes to the order W Tool tips Which icon bar lt Menu ID Button Hame _ Large parts list _ Frame mode allowed Visible Urder Description Record part selection in Number ml FEAT_CNTRS Contours ON 7 Contour se eects a FEAT_IS SF Isosurfaces OH 8 Isosurface ___ Save above items to preference file FEAT_TRALE FParticle ntraces UM 11 Particle trace FEAT_CLIFS Clips ON 9 Clip FEAT_ARRUM Vector narrows UM 10 Vector arrow Save size and pocition of main windows FEAT_TENSURF Tensor ne Luphs OFF 20 Tensor glyph FEAT_ELSRF Elevated surfaces UM 14 Elevated surfaci FEAT_PROUFI Profiles OM 14 Profile FEAT_UVSRF Developed surfaces 0H 21 Developed surf ai FEAT_SUBST Subset niparts UM 12 Subset parts 1 E E save as default 3 To disable display of the icon help labels toggle off the Show Help Labels For Mode Icons button Off by de
62. This makes it easy to display one case per viewport To set case visibility per viewport 1 Select the desired case from the Case menu Case gt casename 2 Select Case gt Viewport Visibility to open the Case Visible in Which Viewport dialog 3 Click in a green viewport to disable display of the selected case in that viewport OR click in a red viewport to enable display of the case in that viewport Perform Transformations in Viewports You can transform objects in a user created viewport as easily as in the default viewport See How To Rotate Zoom Translate Scale for details For precise viewport transformations you can use the Transformations Editor on a per viewport basis x 1 Click Transf in the Transformations Control X area File Editor function Help Transform action PEE 2 To perform precise transformations in a viewport click the desired viewport in the Frou Sareea AX yY yZ vy All Which Viewport s window and perform the 0 transformation 2 lt c52022s2scecmescontdoesennseeus al a El To select more than one viewport cere Se i ee simultaneously hold down the control key ia nerement 1 000000 and click on additional viewports Limit 90 000000 Note that this action will change the currently selected viewport s _ Link interactive transforms i d wa Ghose hae 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 127 Viewports Reset Viewport Transformations
63. User Manual o 2 Advanced Interface The Data Part Loader dialog for the applicable format will now open and you are ready for the second step in the data reading process There are a couple of exceptions to this where additional information must be entered For example the Plot3D reader requires some confirmation on various formatting possibilities the ESTET reader allows for vector building from scalar components etc If not obvious please see the details for specific readers in Chapter 2 Other Readers of the User Manual The following table details the files required for each file type for the Advanced Interface Format Type Description Geometry Field 1st Field Result Field 2nd Field Extra Blank field indicates not used Options Case CEI format defined for version 7 x of file case EnSight Loads into EnSight much quicker and is much more memory efficient To troubleshoot see How To Use ens_ checker CEI format defined for version 6 x of file case EnSight Typically a superset of EnSight 5 format with support for structured data To troubleshoot see How To Use ens_ checker CEI format defined for version 5 x of file geo file res If variables provided EnSight Unstructured only Data written from ABAQUS file fil Will also read commercial FEM solver file dat if present in the same directory with the same root file name ABAQUS_ODB Data written from ABAQUS file odb SON parameter string commercial FEM s
64. Y Fi 0 000000 1 000000 0 000000 2 000000 YT 3 6849e 01 2 0000e 00 6 1084e 01 2 2 00 75e 00 2 0000e 00 6 2156e 01 3 503e 01 2 0000e 00 9975e 00 d Close You can also rotate translate or scale the Plane by selecting the desired transform action setting the desired axis and manipulating the slider bar In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Plane since the X Y Z numeric values always update to reflect the current location If you are positioning the Plane interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released The Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the tool transformation ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Plane center is set to the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry and parallel to the X Y plane The coordinates of the Plane are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Plane relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Plane tool to
65. a ere i a z i a hb a gt ai B o is _ Pa anr g 7 m d T i a F PI E Paa T fe Pa D F i TE m mo 5 z i F i 4 k f a ae ia oo Me p Kae os a x f an Eae ae pea b 2 a ee nr z i oar FET 5 ae 2 r al a i ol t a J pa K Zz id i Fs TE j _ i m D u j a E i s 7 2 F ja J B e a L a aye lis p a 7 ja i pe L g A a a y a a i a is fi ee oe r Brae N n a he ae 7 f o i a e a z a 5 ae y D e F p a iie g j i 5 T 5 I Pr f mr j n A 4 P 2 Fe a p e i r F er y a r A a by L 1 r ha 5 a r i i ari F J ad o r T g Y v 1 u E i i i a oy s y a 5 n i IEO ul p I as F p y b H m i u a 3 n m a E Q e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight8 with gold license key has the capability of dealing with partitioned data in an efficient distributed manner by utilizing what we call a server of servers SOS for short An SOS server resides between a normal client and a number of normal servers Thus it appears as a normal server to the client and as a normal client to the various normal servers Server of Servers This arrangement allows for distributed parallel processing of the various portions of a model and has been shown to scale quite well Currently EnSight SOS capability is only available for EnSight5 EnSight6 EnSight Gold Plot3d and any EnSight User Defined Reader data It is not directl
66. animation 332 creating 187 interactive 189 pathlines 191 streaklines 188 surface restricted 190 parts concept 10 performance preferences 374 periodicity 303 perspective projection 114 phone numbers 6 pick center of transformation 147 cursor tool 151 elements to blank 243 line tool 154 look at point 120 part 302 plane tool 157 plane clip 197 Plane tool 156 plotter anatomy 274 attributes 274 create 275 delete 280 moving resizing 275 preferences 375 selecting 275 visibility 275 PNG output options 92 point query 261 Pop Up menus customizing 382 PostScript output 90 POVRAY 105 output 90 PPM PGM PBM output options 93 preferences 364 annotation gt 365 color palettes 366 command line 367 data 368 general user interface 369 icon bar 356 image saving printing 370 interactive probe 371 macros 361 mouse and keyboard 372 part 373 performance 374 gt 2 OAA HowTo Index plotter 375 query 376 user defined input 377 variables 378 view 379 window positions 360 printing documentation 6 images 88 probe query 264 profile plot 220 Q quadric clip 202 query dataset 282 element 262 IJK 262 interactive 264 node 261 over distance 267 part 263 point 261 preferences 376 Quicktime output options 93 R reading Advanced Interface 38 Advanced Interface Load All 36 block continuation 70 data introduction 35 ens checker 44 ensight reader _extension map file 37 File gt Open 35 new data without quitting
67. animation files The names of the associated files will be that of the context file with a standard extension Saving a Context 1 Select File gt Save gt Context to open the Save Current Context dialog X x Current case is Case 1 anas p gt Save current case only wr hams ALE seat Context file A Select file we Save session command backup file also Okay Cancel 2 Toggle Save Current Case Only or Save All Cases Help 3 Enter a name for the Context File 22 2200ce00eeeeeeeee ee You can set the directory for the Context File by clicking the Select File button to open a standard File Selection dialog 4 Click Okay Restoring a Context Three options 1 Start EnSight and restore a context as described below This will recreate the parts of the original dataset and restore them to their saved condition 2 Start EnSight read a new dataset cancel the part loader without creating parts and restore a context as described below This will create the parts of the new dataset mapping as directed and restore the context of the original dataset 3 Start EnSight read a new dataset create the desired parts and restore a context as described below This will do the mapping as directed of parts and restore the context of the original dataset 1 Select File gt Restore gt Context Restore context from file Select
68. at line 11 FORMAT Section Ensight 6 Format set at line 2 gt 2 O HowTo Index 1 Must be run from directory in which casefile is located 2 Handles EnSighto and EnSight Gold formats only i KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKHK User Manual oe y m a Time set 1 at line 12 No description provided Number of steps 1 at line 13 Time values starting on line 14 time values 1 0 gt lt gt TIME section OKAY lt gt lt GEOMETRY Section Model filename is 3by3s geo at line 5 Static geometry Opened 3by3s geo successfully File type is ASCII Description 1 EnSight test geometry file Description 2 SSS SS 55 5 5 5 55 5 5 5 5 5 SS 555555 node ids assign element ids assign Global section Number of nodes O Part 1 Description is 3 x 3 xy block Structured Part Not iblanked 1j k 441 Number of nodes 16 Number of cells 9 Block X coordinates for 16 nodes found Block Y coordinates for 16 nodes found Block Z coordinates for 16 nodes found Part 2 Description 18 3 X 3 yZ block gt Problem Looking for one of the following valid line types element type unstructured types any of the following point Liao tetral0 pental5 bar2 gquad4 Oyramidy hexa8 bar3 quads pyramidl13 hexa20 tria3 tetrad penta6 block structured block part the next part but found the following 4 4
69. cshrc should contain setenv CEI HOME usr local CEI set path path SCEI HOME bin To verify the settings simply try to start the server 3 Your cshxrc file or files sourced or executed from there has no commands that cause output to be written e g date or pwd Any output can interfere with EnSight server startup 4 You can successfully execute a remote shell command from the client host system to the server host system The name of the remote shell command varies from system to system While logged on to the client host system execute one of the following where serverhost is the name of your server host system rsh serverhost date remsh serverhost date If successful the command should print the current date If any of these conditions are not met you will be unable to establish a connection automatically and will have to use the manual connection mechanism Note that it is not uncommon for system administrators to disable operation of all remote commands for security reasons Consult your local system administrator for help or more information On Windows Systems 1 You have the EnSight server ens82sv exe installed on the same system as your EnSight client if you plan to connect to the same system OR 2 You can successfully execute a remote shell command from the client host system to the server host system Note While all Windows workstations have the ability to issue RSH Remote Shell requests o
70. described in the Other Notes section below This article covers changing the color of a part See How To Edit Color Maps for information on changing the mapping from variable values to color BASIC OPERATION To change a part s color 1 Select the desired Gag Ensight File Edit Query View Tools Case part s in the Main Parts List Case 1 i P 1l C tational 2 Click the Color omputational mes i icon Which will open the Part Color dialog f Select Delete Sort 3 If coloring by a variable select the variable in the Variables List Su OR 4 If coloring by a constant either enter the desired RGB values in the appropriate fields 21 m lk Blo Ls E or click the More area to open the Color leanann ovd mi 7 jJeoss gt aL Bene As long as the Apply modifications immediately toggle is on once step 3 or 4 is completed the part s will immediately be colored appropriately in the graphics window If this is toggled off then the Apply button will need to be clicked in order to have the color change take place n ty Fou Sala remember to press return Selector dialog i Part color lighting amp transparency Apply modifications immediately Shading type Gouraud 6 Highli
71. explicit distance Viewer Area plane toggles w X Yplane Distance 1 5459e 01 Viewer area Y pl N T control lock EN N Z plane Redraw viewer area above The Transformation Editor dialog provides two methods for setting the look at and look from points Numeric values can be entered directly into the X Y Z Look At Look From text fields remember to press return You can also enter a value in the Distance field to explicitly move the look from point a certain distance away from the look at point Alternately the Viewer Area can be used to interactively manipulate the points The presentation of the Viewer Area depends on the which plane toggle is set X Y view from the positive Z axis Y Z view from the positive X axis or X Z view from the positive Y axis the default In each case the gray box represents the extent of all visible parts The intersection of the two red lines is the look from point The opposite end of the long red line is the look at point which is initially near the center of the gray box The example below shows the X Z Plane presentation the others behave analogously To change the look from point 1 Place the mouse pointer over the intersection of the two red lines To change the look at point 1 Place the mouse pointer over the free end point of the long red line 2 Click and drag to the desired location Note that the Graphics Window updates as the
72. f fd Increment 1 000000 Limit 30 000000 Cartesian Coordinates of Line Tool in Frame 0 x Y 8 3829e 01 5 0000e 01 1 0000e 00 2 1 8383e 00 5 0000e 01 1 0000e 00 Line by 2 node ID ID 2 ID 1 Length D 2 6 66e 00 Coord frame Teas Rotation translation or scaling of the tool can also be accomplished by selecting the appropriate transform action icon and the desired axis and then manipulating the slider In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Line since the X Y Z numeric values always update to reflect the current location If you are positioning the Line interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released User Manual Page 154 gt 2 OOOO HowTo Index H OW To a8 m2 e000 ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Line center is set to the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry and parallel to the X axis The coordinates of the Line are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Line relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame
73. interest You can perform query operations to extract information over time You can use the flipbook capability to create an on screen animation of your data changing over time and continue to interact with it during animation playback EnSight s keyframe animation capability can be used to create high quality video animations of transient data This article covers reading transient data into EnSight BASIC OPERATION Reading transient data into EnSight is essentially the same as reading static data see How To Read Data for more information By default the ast time step will become the current time step This behavior is based on the assumption that the last step will contain the largest dynamic range of the variable data so that variable palettes will be initialized properly However you can override this by clicking the Specify Starting Time Step toggle and entering the desired time step in the data reader File Selection dialog File gt Data Reader For most data formats the results file supplies the necessary time information including number of steps actual solution time at each step and how to access the dynamic variable and geometry files However some formats supported by EnSight include this information in the same file that contains other geometry or variable data The following table lists how transient data is specified for each format type enous masos eo ANSYS RESULTS wamne OO oye Resuts 8 eene o US oer
74. list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Line tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points To find the distance between two nodes that have IDs you can use the calculator function Dist2Nodes However to find the distance between two nodes on different parts or between two nodes if one or both don t have IDs use the line tool Use the Pick Line Tool Location gt Using 2 nodes option as shown above then move the cursor near the first node location hit p key move to the second node location and hit the p key then open up the transformation editor and in the transformation editor menu Edit gt Tools gt Line you ll find the length of the line tool which is the distance between those two points SEE ALSO Other tools Cursor Plane Box Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools User Manual Tools Menu Functions ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 155 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a plane specification tool called the Plane tool When visible the Plane tool appears as a typically white rectangular region with an axis loca
75. o 20000 INTRODUCTION When building parts from the Data Part Loader dialog for structured parts Ensight6 structured parts EnSight gold structured parts PLOT3D parts there is some flexibility in what is actually extracted If the model contains iblanking then you have control over which iblanking domain to use namely Inside Outside blanked out or All which ignores the iblanking If no iblanking in the model the domain is All by default You can extract all or portions of zones at Original or coarser resolutions do the extractions on single or multiple zones extract planes at every delta value within a zone etc BASIC OPERATION When extracting the domain parts whether iblanked or not some but definitely not all combinations of the options include Extracting a complete zone at original resolution X x 1 Select the structured zone desired Unstructured data A Structured data Optionally you can change the domain and provide a part Parts list description E F 2 Hit the Create Load from selected button __ a Element visual rep 3D border 2D full The part will be created and shown in the graphics window Feature angle E In the example below it is shown in border representation gt Demain Inside i mode Using node ranges From To Step Delta rara Toa a ee a oe a ee neate load from selected Create load all Iblanked part creation eee NOTE
76. or See How To User Manual Table of Contents User Manual Index Command Language The Command Language Reference Manual documents command language used Manual within EnSight This manual contains some cross references to the How To and User Manuals but cross referencing from them back is extremely minimal Interface Manual The Interface Manual contains the information needed for creating user defined readers creating user defined writers creating user defined math functions interacting with EnSight through the external command driver and using the EnSight python interpreter WHERE TO START If you are new to EnSight you should read the EnSight Overview article Chapter 1 and Chapter 5 in the User Manual also provide overview information The Introduction to Part Creation provides fundamental information on EnSight s part concept PDF READER The EnSight online documentation is in pdf format EnSight uses a pdf reader such as the Acrobat Reader software from Adobe Systems Inc Xpdf or Apple s Preview Any of these readers provide similar capabilities For the purposes of this documentation the Acrobat Reader will be pictured A pdf reader provides much the same functionality as a World Wide Web browser while providing greater control over document content quality To use a different reader from the default simply set the environment variable CEl PDFREADER to a different reader application See How To Use the How To M
77. pressure or velocity In addition to the built in functions you can also compose your own functions using the equation editor in conjunction with previously defined variables This article is divided into the following sections Introduction Variable Creation Examples of Expressions Built in Function Reference Extended CFD Variables BASIC OPERATION Introduction EnSight provides five distinct types of variables Constant A constant variable is a single value Constants do not vary across a part although a constant can vary over time Examples include Analysis Time Temperature 123 the value of temperature at node 123 Stress 3 321 the value of stress at node 321 at time step 3 or the value of a function that produces a constant e g Area Scalar A scalar variable is a set of values one for each node or element of the applicable part s Examples include Pressure Velocity Z the Z component of velocity Stress 3 the value of stress at time step 3 or the value of a function that produces a scalar e g Flow Vector A vector variable is a set of values three the X Y Z components for each node or element of the applicable part s Examples include Velocity Velocity 3 the value of velocity at time step 3 Coordinates a given variable equal to the XYZ coordinate at a node or the value of a function that produces a vector e g Vorticity Tensor A tensor variable is a set of values six if symmetric or nin
78. rer r errr cree cee ee reece ees iE Ciosel 77T Help Mas I gt O HowTolndex User Manual Page 334 To manipulate text string attributes first select the string s of interest in the list or while in Annot mode pick them in the graphics window then eeer ee To change visibility N eo m nmp l 50 Toggle Visible off or on Note that in Annot Mode the text 4 4 O a S ga oa l of 1 0 will not be completely invisible but will be displayed in a Subdued color 2 2 eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee IL O Testing 1 2 3 y 1 Another String ri To change color Select the desired color from the matrix enter RGB values in the fields or click More to open the Color d Selector dialog 0 0ceevceeveeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeee select New Edit Delete Visible To change justification select the desired Left Right or Center justification from the Justify pulldown re orc ernenerivavnscnnsiavtanantinevetany ME To change text size as Either resize the text interactively by grabbing the Resize Point of the text string bottom right and dragging or by precisely specifying the font size in the Size field of the Py Justify Center dialog or using the slider to change the font size Sgelso fa Important Note The text size specified is
79. restore palettes Available variable list A Available variable Type Result indicates that the variable is currently active Selected variable is highlighted Le MperaLure benih Scalar velocity CO Gvnth Vector a Coordinates 2 Gvnoth Vector Time 2 Gvnoth Scalar A eed ad Whether given Gvn or computed Cmp Variable type constant scalar vector ad Buttons to activate and deactivate selected variables Activate Activate all Deactivate Extended CFD Variables a Histogram of the distribution of the selected variable Provides control for tE Palettes are using Texture Map mode Simple interface _ Advanced interface Select component of vector I EEEE oe Sent variables E Hagnitude yN yY Minimum Palette Value Slider Histogram Scale Adjustment Maximum Palette Value Slider Overall min max for the selected variable Min 0 0000e 00 os oe ae oe oOo Se eo oo oe eee ee eee ce See Ct yp Max 1 8192e 01 Palette type Continuous _ irer Hane Ares bog Perea eee ee Banded Constant y eee oe oe oe Palette scale Linear 4 519eH01 Bae Continuous Quadratic Logarithmic Scale Linear Oo _ F Limit Fringes toggle Calculate overall min max from Beg to End time steps and update histogram Color palette click on a label to racy
80. settings Meee eee eee ee ee Left amp middle Nothing haat par _Nething Pick cursor tool location Lere nghi Dormi Pick transf center Middle amp right Noathi pe Sebati alee rahe Pick elements to blank All Nothing m d ser defined menu tikk Double click pick settings Hrt Left Selected pick action m Middle Pick part E BR ight Pick elements to blank F key selected pick action a Nothing Selected pick action proses Pick part Pick cursor tool location Pick transt center Pick elements to blank gt User defined menu Nothing 200m style Automatic slide save to preference file Help Clase How To Index User Manual Page 382 Once a key or mouse button will activate the pop up menus you can exercise that key or mouse button while in the graphics window Note that each mode has its own menu EnSight ST EnSight File Edt Query View Tools Case File Edt Query YView Tools Case Select yariable s G Select variablels floor lasti floor plastic 8 windshields CJ PaE 8 windshields p 7 windows displacement 7 windows displacement 10 bumpers Coordinates 10 bumpers Coordinates 11 hood 11 hood 12 mounts 13 guardrail supports 14 guardrail supports gt gt 00 J Show components 15 guardrail d Clear selection a Select Delete List t lt gt R fS gl 12 mounts 13 gua
81. structured or unstructured The resulting clip is a 1D or 2D mesh slice where one of the dimensions e g R radial component is held constant or fixed while the other one or two dimensions e g T theta component and Z z axis component vary in reference to the local frame of the mesh RTZ clips can be interactively animated throughout the range of the fixed dimension by manipulating a slider The minimum maximum and step size of the range of the interactive fixed dimension can be set by the user BASIC OPERATION File Edit Query View Tools Case Help Case 1 4 aa l Computational mesh P siin a fe sheblnge 1 f50 MAR 8 sheeblnge 303 amceeaeedar TETEN Slice R Valup 1 t 0 4 4 w yg f Create L ey took enews Taki Paga iit Advanced Help PL Select the parent part Click the Clip icon E m 7 Click Create Select RTZ from the Use Tool pulldown o Select the Axis that describes the cylindrical length 4 2 5 Aa O N 5 Select the desired fixed dimension of the slice R 1 OFZ veeettecesdedeecueesteese seas 6 Enter the value for the slice the value of R T or Z and press return Note that you can change the fixed dimension of an RTZ clip at any time with the Slice pulldown If you change the numeric value remember to press return for the
82. the output resolution e g for NISC or PAL video and set the recording device e g to a disk file Although the production of adequate animation is easy good animation takes experience A sequence that looks good on your high resolution workstation screen may look less than acceptable when transferred to VHS videotape An object rotating in ten degree increments may be an appropriate speed for your workstation graphics At thirty frames per second however the rotation will complete in just over a second too fast for normal viewing See the Other Notes section for some additional hints and tips BASIC OPERATION All keyframe animation functions are controlled through the Keyframe Quick Interaction area You can define the transformations between keyframes or you can create standard animations EnSight __ File Edit Query View Tools Case Pad isin ioe kt hebben AA A a Sie Aten eae E RS ante ate canter ele cue apie A taal ee raat tien Posen retiree l engine 2 tires Create keyframe _Quick animations Delete keyframe d wheels Run animation spun ai rir tee 4 lights j front body E E E aanaet 6 rear bodl SAVE Restore Record Help Fi i P A a To define your own keyframes 4 Click the Keyframe Animation icon in the Feature Icon bar 2 Set all viewing parameters to the desired location for keyframe 1 3 Click Create Keyframe to save the first keyframe 22 02020000f
83. when the dialog is opened The user may change this font to e eee any other by selecting from this list and clicking Insert or Arial Narrow Italic Replace The Insert button will insert a new font tag and all Arial Narrow Reguiar l Arial Unicode MS Regular text from the current insertion point to the next font string or the end of the string will be displayed in the selected font The Replace button will replace the current font tag or the first one aie ullurmete Teall to the left of the insertion point with the selected font If no font Berylium Reguiar tags are in the string to the left of the insertion point it inserts ee Replace one at the start of the string 2 wA How To Index User Manual Page 352 To illustrate the use of font capabilities Text Text Annotation Editing Annotation will be used Clicking the Edit button in Text Annotation opens the Text Annotation Editing Dialog allowing the a e a e Updated lt fo Courier New Boldltalic gt multi line modification of a text item lt fo Times New Roman Regular gt text A symbol lt sy gt 120 The text to be edited is typed into the scrolling text S e EL TE SES field Note that pressing enter inserts a new line into the annotation I amp I To see the results of the edit click on the Update et nad C ee ET text button or check the Dynamic update box ee
84. z R 2 SEDGE Gi fne Ta Min 2 000088 Mox 3 0680e06 Meth dee gai Lva MID RANGE Set to mid range of slic a Gae a change oot locaton Advanced Help gi e E Zei ES at velocity 1 003e 00 7 526e 01 5 017e 01 2 509e 01 0 000e 00 o asa Reset Transf Fit x z x Y Z Store Recall Undo Tool tips Results in the following EnSight File Edit Query View Tools Mesh slice X Value MID RANGE Set to mid range of slices 1 Delta 5 0000e 01 Create Apply tool change Tool location Sl io E Ae IG E cen 2 gt velocity 1 003e 00 7 526e 01 5 017e 01 2 509e 01 0 000e 00 G Reset Transf Fit x z x Y Z Store Recall Undo F Tool tips S40 INIS 9 ir User Manual Part Selection To use the tool in the part selection process File Edit Query View Tools Case Use tool ae Domain Inters al ad def se fsa Pee dE we SEER Biba 2 E20 Mesh slice X _i Value MID RANGE Set of slices a Delta 5 0000e 01 Create Apply tool change Pease 3S Case l E l Computational mesh 2 lsosurface part a Clip plane 1 Turn on the selection tool by clicking the icon pe Invisible _ Visible 2 Manipulate the tool until at least some portion of the desired parts Region lt 4 eas are containe
85. 1 Type Host name localhost Executable ensight 2 server Working dir Login name Format Geom file Bytes sent 0 000040 MBs Bytes received 0 042956 MBs Desired server SOS connection information previously saved and is the default If you start EnSight or SOS as described in the standalone section above and open the m Connection settings Connections Settings you will see that a 7 i bunker Conn name bunker connection was made to a named server Host bunke bunker because it was the default not me hula localhost Executable ensight82 server Working dir scratchidata ensightiIs dyna Again you can verity this by checking the e al Connection details Alt rsh cmd E Use default rsh cmd E Default Di Ea X Connection details Case Server Save New Type Hostname Case Add Replace E Manual Conn Executable ay aa Working dir C Help amoena Format Geomfilee SS Bytes sent Bytes received Update Clase a 2 HowTo Index User Manual H OW T O m m n Q e000 Two different ways to do this interactively 1 Start EnSight SOS and let it connect to the SNOS e default Hostname toy Select the desired server SOS WF Executable ensignaz server Working dir P Bunker connection will be replaced with toy Alt rsh cmd 3 connection E Wsedefaulttrshemd _ Defaut Hit the Replace button
86. 1 gt lt gt GEOMETRY section FAILED lt gt lt gt kK kK KAKA KK bummer Ae KAR KA KAKA KAS gt lt gt Verification of the data FAILED lt gt lt gt aH KH K AKA KAR KA KA KH KH KK KA KK KK KS After fixing the block line and running the program again another problem is encountered namely an extra space ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual rr m at the end of the second line of x coordinates for the block that is part 2 gt els GHECKer SOVoS Case KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKHK EnSight Data Format Checker A Currently a i 1 Must be run from directory in which casefile is located ai ZA Handles EnSight6 and EnSight Gold formats only 4 3 Does not process SOS casefiles KKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKRKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKIKIKHK Casefile to Process 3by3s case Opened successfully Required FORMAT section at line 1 Required GEOMETRY section at line 4 Optional VARIABLE section at line 7 Optional TIME section at line 11 FORMAT Section EnSight 6 Format set at line 2 TIME section Info for timeset number 1 Time set 1 at line 12 No description provided Number of steps 1 at line 13 Time values Starting on line 14 time values 1l 0 gt lt gt TIME section OKAY lt gt lt GEOMETRY Section Model fi
87. 1 EXT lines may existe NUM FILE 2 the number of file 2 ext lines to follow FILE 2 EXT the extension of a second file that will act as the result file This is only used for formats that require two file names As with FILE 1 EXT there may be multiple FILE 2 EXT lines ELEMENT REP A key word that describes how the parts will be loaded all parts will be loaded the same way One of the following 3D border 2D fuli 2D feature 2D rull 3D nonvisuel 2D Tall Border Feature angle Bounding Box SPUL Non Visual If option is not set then 3D border 2D full is used READ BEFORE optional The name of a command file to play before reading the file s READ AFTER optional The name of a command file to read after loading the parts Derinition for Case files READER NAME Case NUM FILE 1 2 FILE 1 BATS Case FILE L BATS encas EOEMENI REP 3D reature 2D Tu Definition for EnSight5 files READER NAME igi oake ey omer NUM FILE 1 2 FILE 1 EXT geo FILE 1 EXT GEOM NUM FILE 2 2 FILE 2 EXT res FILE 2 EXT RESULTS KLEMENT REP 3D Teatur 2D Tull Definition for STL fil s READER NAME STL NUM FILE 1 4 FILE 1 EXT stl FILE 1 EXT STL FILE 1 EXT xct FILE 1 EXT XCT ELEMENT REP 3D feature 2D full Definition for Dytran files READER NAME MSC Dytran NUM FILE 1 2 FILE 1 EXT dat FILE 1 EXT ARC ELEMENT
88. 100 0 is the default 200 0 is 2x larger 50 0 is 1 2 size eee eee rr CVF_NO WM OVERRIDE Client Graphics Change the behavior of full screen and detached displays so that the OverrideRedirect attribute is not used on the Windows ENSIGHT PICK SCALE If gt 1 modifies the scaling of the GL viewport 2 O HowTolndex User Manual b r mi im a a 7 4 my a a J ri al i A a i i ne I i e s ax my i is a s T a T n F P a gt m p ar p a 2 s v E G d ie i i 3 4 i i s F r n i mE E ol J 7 k bs J ng 7 R g I E al 1 T J i 7 wl re rl Lal p i n fil e q k i m cl a i Pe l ion R s B x 1 7 e si J IE i i 7 x J i A a i A y i r F E q A a i P z 1 BA S i J oF b 3 i d A e E B o z Bt p i a a y s 7 k 4 q A A T p r t omy T i ine E F i i P i ay Y al j z n ja LR R D i a 2 i a T 7 ye a is B i er man GE i 1 a E f gt 1 a a ji Tui gt a r i 3 T e N aj T g io r J fd i F z a E a A 5 2 L mee 8 n z b J a 4 T a i mad ai f b z a n zi a a j 2 F F a 2 i ji 7 l i ay lt a ag i i e i i F a s z i Eri 7 t je i ri 5 i i i i a b i i a z aa a j f g 7 4 J ee 7 z a i E 4 i ioe a a ll F wh iy E p i E 7 a G 8 e k ae pi E v s bs Name Locatio Category Description n CEI_RSH Networking Alternative
89. 180 degrees or more Each Viewport can be animated independently Flipbooks can be played during an animation Animated particle traces can be played during an animation O BR O N Transient data is easily synchronized with the generated frames When the animation is run EnSight will automatically step through time and recalculate all time dependent entities 6 Output can go directly to disk files for later recording manipulation or conversion to other formats e g MPEG or QuickTime 7 Additional power and flexibility can be achieved since EnSight command language statements can be issued at keyframes The keyframe capability was designed to enable engineers and scientists to produce quality animation As such it lacks most of the more elaborate controls available in commercial animation packages which typically cost 2 3 times more than EnSight Some limitations 1 Only transformation parameters global frame and camera transforms are saved through the keyframing process Other parameters and part attributes are not interpolated between keyframes 2 Light sources are fixed in EnSight they cannot move during the animation 3 The shading and lighting model used by EnSight is fairly simplistic Tips for Video Recording Animation Holds Whenever an animation is started or stopped use a hold to allow your viewers to establish the visual context of the scene A hold of 3 seconds at the beginning and 2 sec
90. 2 O a Toggle Display time marker on if you want a vertical line to sweep along the curve during animation Otherwise the curve itself will be swept as animation proceeds The Title section controls the main title at the top of the plotter remember to press return after changing a text field gt d Plotter specific attributes Title Nese Ee o Bac kground Border Legend Position F E EERS Set title Ekl erresa a p gt Title ee eed ere l symboal Set the size of the title text Si igs 55 000 Set the text color either enter new values in 1 00 S ioo 1 00 Mix 7 the RGB fields or click the Mix button to open the Color Selector dialog P EAE E E E A E E E R NS If you desire special symbols click Insert Symbol pick the symbol s close then hit CUN I Wie TUG Gld ee eni E E E eemotese a ha amp HowTo Index User Manual How To n e000 Set Axis Attributes Axis attributes of plotters are controlled through the Axis Specific Attributes dialog 1 Click Plot in the Mode Selection area to enter Plot mode 2 Select the desired plotter s 3 Click the Axis Attributes icon seeped Bt A a The Axis Specific Attributes dialog contains three sections General X Axis and Y Axis Click the button at the top to display the corresponding section The General section controls axis width c
91. 5 i i fg ee iei ce s s i 7 Toe tS ae z ae By Be Se Pee HE Pagel Senet Bele i ig a he z kum l 2 5 a a om B E a Ph g a E F lal mE Pal ie a S r a m gT Ami aoe ar gt i a iE Lv f s s kS z i ji ol P i 7 r 7 iF vy A ie a i lets riim a at hy i Maly ont x i i r z m ag ais J Em ae lige 5 oy ee tad f oy el wey pe m j i f m ip P Any ar ir pa l F s 5 i Ta i a F r a E n ae h J aa Pie a j hi ii p z 1 ix h is r k k i i b il ra 4 r fi i p u k B a i 7 r Ll E J I z i i q iE l e i a j a i i i 5 ak 7 i 3 a i i F a i n LA z P 4 a T EE i ee x i iz i i F 3 a 3 r if bon T P Q e000 CONNECTING AUTOMATICALLY Automatic connections are made according to the connection settings that have been stored and are visible in the Connection Settings Dialog The connection that occurs on startup will be according to the settings saved in this dialog and its associated file Thus it is important that you know how to get to this dialog W EnSight File Edit Query View Tools Case The Connection settings dialog is accessed via Case on the main menu Please load data using File men Sarpan reo It contains separate tabs for Servers vs SOS connections SSeS 255556555 55556 gt Connection settings Larne lie erani For each connection fields are provided for O the needed information
92. 53 Quick method 35 36 server of servers 57 147 transient data 55 Two Step method 38 user defined data reader 63 reference icons 396 rendering setup for parallel 391 representation border 291 bounding box 291 feature angle 291 full 291 non visual 291 reset frame transform 138 transformations 141 Resources another sos casefile example 79 client specification 76 client server example 77 collabhub 77 how to specify 75 prdist example 80 sample 75 simple sos example 77 sos 76 sos casefile example 79 sos example 78 using 75 Q R S T U V W X Y Z restart session archive 83 without quitting client 53 restore context 101 keyframe animation 328 session archive 83 viewing parameters 133 result file 35 revolution of 1D part clip 212 revolution tool 169 clip 211 Rigid Body Transformations saving 100 rotate 109 RTZ clip 209 S save command file 85 context 101 geometry 97 image 88 keyframe animation 328 POVRAY 105 preferences 364 scenario 103 session archive 82 viewing parameters 133 scale 109 scenario save 103 selecting colors 143 elements to blank 243 files 392 parts 301 selection tool 172 element blanking 173 for subset parts 222 zooming 172 separation line 235 Server of Servers using 57 147 server side displacement 226 setup for parallel computation 390 setup for parallel rendering 391 SGI RGB output 93 shaded surface drawing 112 shock surface region 237 solution time 230 recording animatio
93. 5j al 1 Select the parent part lt 3 Select the variable to use E EET 4 Click Create The Contour Quick Interaction area lets you set the number of contour levels and sublevels as well as attach labels to the contour lines Contour lines can be synced to the palette levels or can be chosen manually If you want the levels of the variable palette to be used for contours In the parts list double click the contour part you wish to edit Select a variable to palette Col ti Lakil 1 Select the Variable ice W Sync to pale Color by creation variable s on Sync To ae SE nane 4 odie 8 sees amp W Visib alette DO SERENG UMREN 09tasi __Sublevela og W Visib 3 Select the number of iatri iiei S RRRINAF par b te sublevels desired if _ Label attributes any And make sure Visible toggles are set as __ Create Apply new variable Advanced 1 Help desired See How To Edit Color Maps for how to set the color palette levels as erat a r a Se Satan NOU lape in s RES r 2S eae n R G B 4 Set the Visibility Spacing Color and Mix 1 00 1 00 1 00 Format of the contour labels amp Format Exponential _ acim Pisa 1 Note that only the main contour levels not the Close sublevels are labeled hae 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 181 Create Contou If you want contour levels to be ind
94. 9 gt declare light color top lt i 1 i gt This will set reflective value for all parts declare reflect value 1 If you want to set the color for a part you would do this useful if you have many pov files since all the inc files ji include this fide declare Part 1 material texture pigment color rgbt lt 1 0 0 0 gt Jf Annan ambient 0 3 diffuse 1 0 fi specular 0 0 roughness 0 2 ifdef reflect value Ii fer leceion reflect value else reflection l end declare Part 495 material texture pigment color rgbt lt 0 600000 0 600000 0 600000 0 000000 gt finish ambient 0 300000 ditiuse leU specular 0 000000 roughness 0 027778 ifdef reflect value reflection 2 else reflection 2 end How To Index User Manual Page 106 1 eal T A d d iq iy 2 4 DP filename inc This text file has a statement that includes ensight_to_pov_globals inc and then has the default global camera and lightsource information as well as default Part by Part values of color and material properties PALILI CII IIIT IT 1777 sample filenames ine 7 7 7777 7770777 IIIT ITI aT include ensight to pov globals inc ifdef display warning A debug W nk KKK KKK KKKKKKKKKK KK KKK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK debug E wa debug Have applied settings for ensight to pov globals inc ve bad debu
95. A 5 J J L i r m i a i a J 2 a o I an F p j y b H m i a i al s P a 4 m2 e000 INTRODUCTION Resources are used to specify which computers are used for running the various EnSight components specifically the Server ensight8 server the SOS ensight8 sos the CollabHub ensight8 collabhub and the distributed renderers ensight8 client If you are running a single client and server on a single computer you may skip this document Resources are an alternative way to specify these computers compared to SOS case files PRDIST files Connection settings and command line options While these other ways are still valid and take precedence for backwards compatibility resources greatly simplify specifying computers in a dynamic network environment For example SOS Case files and PRDIST files no longer need to be edited to reflect the current node allocation from cluster batch schedulers Resources coupled with native reader support in the SOS even make SOS Case files unnecessary Resources can be specified via command line arguments and environment variables Resources can be specified multiple times precedence rules determine which resources ultimately get used This allows sites to specify defaults while allowing those to be overridden BASIC OPERATION Resource Files Resources can be specified via a resource file Here is an example of a resource file CEITResourceFile 1 0 DOSS Host LocaLnogst SERVER Prolo
96. Abbreviation For information on the arguments and equations see General Functions or Math Functions in the User Manual ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Extended CFD Variables Rather than having to individually create the various common CFD variables EnSight can automatically make them available for use if the appropriate basis variables and constants have been provided This can be accomplished after loading the model with the Extended CFD Variable Settings Dialog 1 From either the Variable or the Calculator Feature Detail Editor click the Extended CFD Variables button 2 Select the variable name in the list and then click the appropriate SET button For example select Density in the list and then click the SET button to right of the Density field 3 After all variables and constants have been specified click Show Extended CFD Variables n 4 Click Okay The common CFD variables will now be listed in the main variables list Note that they will NOT actually be computed until activated If you have a standard PLOT3D Q file the above process can be accomplished automatically by starting EnSight with the c fa option on the command line D Show extended CFD variables SEE ALSO How to Edit Color Maps User Manual Variable Creation File Edit View Help Fani Available variable Result Type Density Gynth Scalar f Energ
97. Advanced Help k W bo How To Index User Manual Page 194 How To Create Line Clips m2 e000 ADVANCED USAGE Like the other clipping tools in EnSight clip lines can be interactive as you drag rotate or stretch the Line tool with the mouse the clip line is automatically recalculated and re displayed If a query has been created from the clip line the plotted curve will automatically re display as well To perform interactive line clips 1 Double click the desired clip line part TEEN T a in the parts list eA tool Type Grid Mis extents Fife i of points on li 2 Toggle on Interactive Tool in the of points on line 29 Quick Interaction area jee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee Create Apply tool change Tool location Advanced Help 3 Move the mouse into the Graphics Window Click on one of the Line tool hotpoints either endpoint or center axis origin or axes and drag the tool to the desired location Note that the line tool itself will be made invisible while moving the tool interactively so as not to obscure the clip It will reappear when the mouse is released i Feature Detail Editor Clips File Edit Yiew 2 a eo d p Clip mesh line Fi A line clip can be specified by identifying two nodes as points on the line e eee eee eee ee eee eee This requires that node ids be available and is performed in 2 LLM
98. Chapter 6 EnSight Python Interpreter OTHER NOTES Command files provide an excellent method of documenting problems or potential bugs encountered during your use of EnSight The command file can be transmitted to CEI electronically to help determine the nature of the problem SEE ALSO How To Define and Use Macros User Manual Command Files Interface Manual EnSight Python Interpreter ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Print Save an Imag INTRODUCTION The image displayed in the Graphics Window can be saved to disk or printed in a variety of formats JPEG TIFF RGB Silicon Graphics XPM PNG and PPM are all formats that store single images in each file The formats Apple QuickTime EnVideo MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG4 AVI and Animated GIF all support streams of video The PostScript format supports images move draw graphics and EPSF Finally the POVRAY format saves the geometry of the scene in a form that can be read by the POVRAY off line rendering package see below for Saving Animations BASIC OPERATION Basic Still Image Operation 1 Select File gt Print Save Image save Image 2 Select Set Format to choose the desired Simple Advanced output format and format options See Changing the Save File Format below 3 Set the base filename to save the image to To file prefix E Prefix select CISK 2 2 ee cee ee de eens a The Prefix select option will allow a standard file A
99. Close EL is X x W Show original instance loson ove o T lze22 gt Visual Rotational Symmetry RSL ani eana Tuna ae Type Rotational 4 Select Rotational from the Type gt i Rotational pulldown menu Anis Z oF Angle 45 00 TF 5 Select rotational axis instance Sle 45 00 angle and number of instances Instances aoe a Recall that symmetry is performed with respect to the reference frame of the part The frame s axes define the partitioning of space into the octants that attached parts are mirrored into or the rotational axis If the symmetry operation did not produce the desired effect it is probably due to the fact that the part s frame is not aligned with the plane of symmetry or the rotational symmetry axis as designed for the model The solution is to create a new frame assign the part s to the new frame and position the frame such that two of its axes lie in the plane of symmetry or one of its axes align with the rotational axis There operations are discussed in How To Create and Manipulate Frames wA How To Index User Manual Page 303 Set Symmetry Computational Symmetry Computational symmetry can be used for unstructured and structured model parts with periodic boundary conditions Note it does not work for created parts Computational symmetry can handle rotational translational and mirror symmetry Unlike visual symmetry computati
100. Close the Feature Detail Editor dial ick to Close the Feature Detail Editor dialog gt Close papki ARIELIA Click to apply any changes you have made only active when Immediate Modification is toggled off in the Feature Detail Editor Edit Menu hae 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 394 The Feature The Feature Detail Editor for variable Calculator is also different from the part Feature Detail Editors 1 To open the Feature Detail Editor for variable Calculator click the Calculator icon in the Feature Icon bar A File Edit View Variable Calculator section See Variable Creation in the User Manual for more information l Available variable Type Result temperature Gunth Scalar l velocity binithi Vector Coordinates t layne Yector Tine avn Scalar fd l j Activate Activate all Deactivate Extended CFD Variables a ne nt a ne te ne tt ct te te Variable name Working expression Clear Evaluate General Math Active variables temperature A velocity Coordinates Feedback SEE ALSO Most of the creation attributes for parts can also be set in the Quick Interaction area for the part type See the How To article for the desired part type for more information ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 395 Keyframe Variable Animation Flipbook Animation User Defined Tool
101. Convert To Default Print Color A Show Plotters Only save dialog to be used to fill in this field 4 Set various options ORK Cancel Help The Convert to Default Print Color option will invert e the color of the display For example the background can be changed from black to white at Current Format CEI EnVideo movie file Printsave image Advanced RET Current Format CEI En ideo movie file W To file prefix Pr On Unix platforms the image can be sent directly to a printer see Other Notes later in this section P7 To printer using command _ Convert to default print colors The Show Plotters Only option will print only the plots in the display 5 Select any advanced options Show plotters only O The Advanced tab brings up the following options Print Cancel Window size The Normal option picks a window the same size as the current window Full picks a full screen window Other options select various NTSC and DVD standards The User defined option allows the user to select any size output image Note in EnSight 8 2 there are no limits to the size of the image that can be rendered Some formats cannot handle extremely large images EnSight may need to render the scene in multiple passes to render at larger sizes which can slow Stereo Current v Numberofpasses 1 v rendering dow
102. Double click on it and see if a console window opens with This is EnSight Server 8 2 etc If this doesn t happen refer to Troubleshooting the Installation in the Getting Started Manual Server not installed or not executable Automatic connection fails or is refused trying to connect to same host system Path to the server is incorrect If using the EnSight Connect dialog check that the correct path is specified in the Executable field If running from the ensight8 command first ensure that your PATH environment variable contains the paths for the ensight8 client and server directories You can check and correct the value of PATH in the Start gt Settings gt ControlPanel gt System_Environment dialog User Manual ka 2 HowTo Index H OW T O s Problem Probable Causes Solutions Incorrect hostname entered in the Make sure that the hostname is correct including the Hostname field of the Connection case of all letters The ONLY way to confidently see the settings dialog hostname in the correct case from Windows is to open a Command Prompt window and type gt ipconfig all The Host Name will be one of the first things listed Automatic connection fails or is Same causes as for a Unix system See For Unix Systems portion of this table above refused trying to connect to a remote server Other Notes The automatic connection information is stor
103. EEE EEE EE SEE EE EE EEE eee epy preferences HEE kk TES PES PES EET EET CEO PES PES PES EEEE ECO ECO EET EET EE PE PEN EN YES PES PES EES EET EE EE EE EN PES PES PES EET EET EET EE E Y Auto plot queries s hn pe Check for existing pinhers To set query defaults such as the query type aie so r 2 In the query interaction area that was just made available adjust parameters for any of the query types constraints or visibility attributes Y Save to preference file Close Help hee Wd How To Index User Manual Page 376 To Set User Defined Input Preferences 1 Select User Defined Input from the Preferences Categories list a a a a a a a a a a a a a a G a i e a a 2 Turn this on to show the macro panel display 3 Toggle to select the default to display a part list in the graphics window This is especially helpful in full screen mode or a VR environment 4 Turn this on to activate the user defined input device ensight8_INPUT must be set to the proper device 5 A Valuator can be used for zoom operations like a virtual joy stick or Position which simply means to delta movement in the Z direction will be used 6 Sets the sensitivity for the zoom operation The values for zoom are scaled by this setting so values larger than 1 0 will make the inputs larger while less than 1 0 will make them smaller 7 Mixed mode will use the input devices z rotate directly but use x and y
104. Edit gt Preferences select General User Interface and toggle on Frame Mode Allowed Frames are selected either by clicking the frame axis triad while in Frame mode in the Graphics Window or by selecting the frame in the Which Frame list of the Transformation Editor dialog Any frame operation such as setting attributes acts on the currently selected frames The EnSight positioning tools Cursor Line Plane and Quadric tools are always positioned with respect to the currently selected frame If more than one frame is selected frame 0 is the reference frame for tools If you have tools visible you will notice them changing position as the selected frame is changed EnSight implements computational periodicity Such as rotational symmetry as an attribute of frames If a frame has symmetry enabled all parts assigned to the frame will be duplicated as specified by the particular type of symmetry All frame axis triads are visible when in Frame mode The axis triad consists of three lines representing the X Y and Z orientation vectors plus labels Selected frames are colored with the default highlight color typically green If the frame is visible meaning it will be displayed in all modes the frame axes are drawn with solid lines Otherwise dashed lines are used EnSight does not support hierarchical frames you cannot assign a frame to another frame to implement nested transformations All frames are embedded in the same worl
105. Emit W Piek ewrface _ Interactive emitter m Dr Surface Variable 1 6700e 03 a E E A 1 6700e 03 Ss points T Tool location 4 Select the desired surface part s in the Main Parts list 3 This should be the surface you wish to trace on 2 Set the desired vector variable to use for tracing 3 Select the desired emitter type Cursor Line or Plane Note that the applicable tool will not actually be used in this operation a pick action will be used De article trace pa 4 Toggle on the Surface Restricted button Note thatall gt E Creation attributes subsequent tracing will be assumed to be surface restricted until this is toggled off Variable velocity X Y Z 5 If the Emit From is set to Line or Plane enter the 1 0000 1 0000 1 0000 desired number of points Line or X and Y points Type Sovamlne Plane ERAR RA Ed ERG i o SMEERT 9 Click the C te butt r s IC e create Dutton E oyi aor z BEEE EHNETERE at nie Baia oh 10 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window Emitter information and i poe Line i gt oe poin 6 F a for a Cursor emitter click the left mouse button on the desired location for a Line emitter click and hold the left mouse button A on one endpoint of the desired line Drag to the other Interactive Add a Delete emit endpoint a white line wil
106. Icon File Edit View Help 2 Select the isosurface part Dese Isosurface part Creation attributes Yariable temperature 3 In the Creation Attributes section set Type to gt 00000 0 0000 4 0 0000 Isovolume 77 77 7000 orrrrrr rrr r ttt r rrr s sss Type Eovolume Constraint Band Min una Max 2 4000e 01 4 Set the Constraint to Band to constrain the isovolume within an appropriate Min and Max S range of the scalar variable 05055511105511r111rrirtnnn O k wA How To Index User Manual Page 185 Create lsosurfaces OTHER NOTES Effective display of more than two nested isosurfaces is difficult Set transparency on the outermost isosurface s to reveal the inner surfaces To avoid confusion don t try to display isosurfaces of more than one variable simultaneously or multiple isosurfaces of the same variable colored by different variables SEE ALSO How To Create a Flipbook Animation How To Create a Keyframe Animation User Manual Isosurface Create Update baie amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 186 Create Particle Traces INTRODUCTION A particle trace represents the path a massless particle would take if released in a flow field From an initial seed point the emitter a path is formed by integrating through the velocity field over time The path is therefore everywhere parallel to the flow Traces calculated in a steady state f
107. Keuyfrane animation Variable calculator ortex cores Shock surfaces rez ions Separation Attachnent lines Boundary layer variables Haterial parts User defined tools ia 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 386 i q L il a q r if ie V i B b E j O L 7 F E oan E j s Eg Lg 4 i 7 i Ly Al a if i iy rl The icon will now appear among the Feature icons EnSight File Edt Query Yiew Tools Case EEN 24 test Zz BN E o x Python part attribute editor site defined 5 Click on the icon to open up the User defined tools dialog since this is a customizable dialog yours may not appear exactly like the one shown EnSight examples site defined This is exactly the point of this capability EN crash basic read part coloring and displacement See the advanced section below to find out fg Crash animation with queries how to produce your own tabs of custom items in this dialog or even to produce your own dialog if desired ir space shuttle basic read and part coloring A Space shuttle with traces EnSight preferences site defined External command driver site defined Internal command driver site defined N Presentation tools site defined Plotting tools site defined Close Help ADVANCED USAGE Defining the tools 1 This code looks in two directories to find a layout of tools Micros
108. Line Plane Box Cylinder Cone Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools User Manual Tools Menu Functions ae M4 ob OP How To Index User Manual Page 166 H Ow Use the Cone Tool a i Q e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a conical specification tool called the Cone tool When visible the Cone tool appears as a typically white cone icon with a line running down the center axis The Cone tool is used to supply EnSight with a conical specification for example to specify the location for a conical clip or cut BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Cone tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also Region selector Cursor Line W Plane Box Computational m Quadric Tool positions FI Select Delete List tl lt gt The Cone tool can be placed in two ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog Y To move the Cone with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the Cone to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button ae sy To stretch the Cone with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over either of the center line s endpoi
109. Main Parts list 3 Select the desired frame as described above 4 Click the Part Assignment icon to assign the part s to the frame gt w A message is printed to the Status History area confirming the assignment ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 136 Create and Manipulate Frames Move and Rotate Frames You transform a frame and all parts assigned to it when you perform any transformation while in Frame Transform mode Frame Transform mode is set automatically when you enter Frame Mode You can also set it explicitly from the Editor Function menu in the Transformation Editor dialog To transform in Frame Transform mode 1 Click Frame in the Mode Selection area to enter Frame mode Note If Frame does not appear as an available mode first go to Edit gt Preferences select General User Interface and toggle on Frame Mode Allowed 2 Toggle the Transform Definition button to be gt w 3 Select the desired frame s as described above 4 Perform the desired transformation either interactively using the Transformations Control icons and the mouse in the Graphics Window or via the Transformation Editor dialog See How To Rotate Zoom Translate and Scale for more information Frame transforms are implemented as a transformation applied with respect to the frame s position and orientation At times you will need to modify the position and orientation of the frame independent of
110. Manual Page 243 The selection tool can be used to do element blanking on a larger scale 1 Select the part s on which to do element Ensin File Edit Query View Tools Diank see E E 9 2 Click on the Selection tool icon to turn on the P Mia 2 8008e 88 Maxs 3 0088eDG to O l a E cea E E E E E Oe Sa E Se Se ee E Oe Oe ee ee Se ee Mesh slice ESE big MID RANGE Set to mid range of slices Ei Delta 5 0000e 01 increment 3 SEnGe Gi 3 Position the tool as desired 4 Click on the element blanking symbol at the upper left of the tool ee Note in order for this to work the Element blanking allowed toggle needs to be on the default ele ia To undo the blanking click the Clear or Clear all parts button velocity 1 003e 00 7 526e 01 5 017e 01 2 509e 01 0 000e 00 es Wel g 6 Bead Reset Transt Fit x z x Y Z Store Recall Undo F Tool tips S40 INS 9 ie Results in the following EnSight File Edit Query View Tools Mn a 2 BEBE BE Max 3 BGbGe BG Mesh slice X Value MID RANGE Set to mid range of slices 1 Delta 5 0000e 01 Create Apply tool change Tool location S kga FAA It E eine ao l lt i s lt 2 En 1 N i s 1 oe mi Element blanking allowed velocity 1 003e 00 7 526e 01 5
111. Okay Cancel 2 Be sure the desired output format is selected 1 3 Follow the instructions given 4 Enter a file root name 2 222 ete e eee eens 5 If the dataset is transient specify the beginning ending and step values For EnSight Gold only 6 Toggle to save as binary files or not ee eee eee 7 If the dataset is transient you can choose to save the multiple timesteps in one file one file per variable If you choose this option you can also specify the maximum IEE yA pec neers ee ee se eee eee ee ree ery cee eee ee ee eee eae 8 Click Okay Both internal and user defined writers have access only to the geometry of selected parts and each of their active variables Only parts located on the server can be saved This includes all original model parts and the following created parts 2D clips Elevated Surfaces Developed Surfaces and Isosurfaces The VRML internal writer saves all the visible parts on the client in their current visible state except for Parts which have limit fringes set to transparent The VRML file will be saved on the client Output in the EnSight formats is intended to provide a method to save both model and created parts with active variables for subsequent reuse with EnSight VRML output is intended for export to other systems Most World Wide Web browsers come with either built in or plug in support for VRML file viewing Since VRML is a subset of the Inventor format
112. Q e000 General Attributes The General Attributes section in the Feature Detail Editor duplicates many of the controls available in Part mode To set attributes using the General Attributes section 1 Select Edit gt Part Feature Detail Editors gt part type 2 In the parts list at the top of the Feature Detail Editor dialog select the desired part s By default any changes you make to attributes will take effect immediately If you wish to batch a series of changes select Edit gt Immediate Modification be sure to use the Edit menu in the Feature Detail Editor dialog to toggle this setting off When toggled off a button at the bottom of the dialog becomes active Apply Changes Click it when you are ready to apply a set of changes 3 Set the desired attribute s File Edit View zl Cl Isesurface part Creation attributes General attributes Visible in Viewport s Toggle part visibility gs as display rep Ref hei i W Visible Toggle auxiliary clipping on off R I9 eee Aux clip Toggle whether the client s portion of the part changes if the current time step changes Active Color by None E 1 00 G 1 00 P 1 00 Mix Visual symmetry Set color by constant or color by variable W Show original instance Type None i Surface Set the part color if constant l Toggle part hidden surface ns Sha
113. Query Plot icon Query items t line tool over distance Maximum plastic vs T slastic vs Distance for 1 Select Sample as At Line Tool Over Distance 2 Select the variable to query over the distance in Variable 1 1 o _____ a t Show Save Delete Marker visibility Leave Variable 2 as None unless you want a scatter query of two different variables along the line tool 3 Optionally select the Distance option desired number of points along the line and modify the tool IOC ATION INEGI eree tres betes ea E ses y seesaw ie ann aees geen eee 4 Click Create 2 ooo ccc cece ccc cece cece eee eee e eee eee At 1D Part Over Distance L Case 1 Query items ial ates 1D part over distance 7 l guardrail supports slastic vs Distance l oc p Matias l plastic 2 Noane optional ld guardrail supports gt 0001 i Diepe Are enga a Multiple auton P 15 guardrail PEREAT 16 GROUP car J aia Show a Delete W Marker visibility m ka Update Help 1 Select the part containing only 1D elements T 2 Select Sample as At 1D Part Over Distance k 3 Select the variable to query in Variable O 4 Optionally modify Distance origin and multiple segment attributes For the two over distance query types the variable is plotted against the selected Distance
114. Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Query Color Palettes ESE AEE HE EE EEE EEE EE EE EE EEE EEE EEE EEE ESE EE EEE EEE eee Annotation preferences Peers HER HE EE HE He He EE EE EE HE HE cta ota A bee I y Click here to start 2 Click the select button in the Annot mode icons and click Deselect All Annotation oe Modify any Annot attributes For example Text size Line Width i dy Save to preference file Close Help User Manual Page 365 i amp a HowTo Index To Set Color Palette Defaults 1 Select Color Palettes from the Preference Categories list E 2 Choose to color by RGB or Textures EEEN 3 Toggle on if you want the color legend to automatically appear when you color a part by a variable eee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee 4 Toggle on if you want color legends to be replaced when the current legend is no longer in use i e no parts are colored by the variable and a new variable is in use 9 Toggle on if you wish the legend ranges to be updated when time is changed thus based on X x Preference categories select one Annotation A Command Line Parameters Data General User Interface Image Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Query EE AE EE ER EE EE ER EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EE eee Color palette legend preferences WEEE k AE EAE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EEE EE
115. These are at the top of the dialog on the right and include Color Black and White Selects between RGB and Grayscale output Saturation Factor Set the saturation factor for color images Full saturation is 1 0 no saturation i e white is 0 0 Framerate Most animation formats allow for the rate of the frames in frames per second fps to be set for the animation to be recorded Generally the default is 30fps User Manual I 2 O HowTo Index Microsoft AVI movie format indows BitMaP CEI EnVideo movie file Compuserve Animated GIF PEG image file Moving Picture Experts Group Portable Network Graphics PNG Portable BitMap PPM PGM PBM Apple QuickTime SGI RGB BW image file LLNL Streaming Movie file a Color i Black and White Saturation Factor 1 00 Page orientation Portrait Fullpage scale factor 1 000000 Output type Move Draw Encapsulated postscript Windows eps preview Print Save an Imag Elem visibility culling Elem visibility subdivision The PostScript format handles primitives either as precise drawing instructions e g move to here draw a line to here fill this region or as sampled images pixel data There are advantages and disadvantages to both Move draw output is resolution independent and will reproduce fine lines and text Since even low resolution printers have 3 4 times the resolution of a typical graphics workstation in dots inch move
116. Time will be interpolated such that the Start Time occurs at the Start At Keyframe and the End Time will occur at the End At Keyframe unless the Specify Time Increment is toggled on If the Specify Time Increment is on each frame during the timeline is incremented by the time indicated ttt tte If the Start Time or End Time is encountered before the Start At or End At Keyframes the transient data will either Loop go back to the Start Time or Swing play in l GOCOCJ rrr ee ee eee eee eee Record The Keyframe Animation Recorder dialog specifies the type of recording device 1 2 Toggle on Record To File z 3 Select the desired file format and Click Record in the Keyframing Quick Interaction area Keyframe animation recorder options see below 2727 pezee tess e nse 4 Provide the File prefix iam Set other Advanced options W Render to offscreen buffer 2creen tiling 4 1 Y 1 The file format prefix and other options CRIED Current i Number of passes 1 are described in How To Print Save an Image Help Click Close ee ee ence eee eee eee eee 2 Wd How To Index User Manual Page 327 Create a Keyframe Animation Save and Restore A set of keyframes and related information can be saved to disk and later restored To save keyframes 1 Click Save in the Keyfr
117. You can take readers off of the pull down list if you toggle the off select the reader in the list i 7 You can specify the default data type by Annotation Color Palettes l LS a a a aa il General User Interface Image Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Query i 2 HEHEHE EEE ESE EEE EEE EE EE EEE EE EEE EE SEE Data preferences So oa ee racing fusrlocalfCElfensightS0 other_ Binary Big endian HPIBM SGISUN files are If starting time step Last step _ is not specified load When reading data aq parts i automatically loadd New data notification Prompt select below ta toggle reader visibility t Case EnSight 5 ABAQUS ANSYS RESULTS ESTET FAST UNSTRUCTURED FIDAP NEUTRAL FLUENT UNIVERSAL t Movie MPGS 4 1 o a a Default reader ee em typing in the exact name of the reader 7 aa E ae 8 Click here to save the preferences a Wd How To Index Help User Manual Page 368 To Set General User Interface Preferences 1 Select General User Interface from the Preference Categories list 2 Toggle to show tool tips balloon help 3 Toggle to show long part list 4 Toggle to show Frame mode as an available x x Preference categories select one Annotat
118. a fully qualified path and filename or simply the name of the driver in which case EnSight will load the library libuserd_input so from directory CEI_HOME apex10 machines CEI_ARCH udi CEI_INPUT For the trackd interface you will also need to set CEI TRACKER_KEY lt num gt CEI CONTROLLER_KEY lt num gt eee TTT _TRACKD DEBUG Turn on debug information from the trackD user defined input library iin See CEl_ INPUT ENSIGHT8 INPUT Input device to use for EnSight same as CE _ INPUT ENSIGHT8_READER READER Path to the location Path to the location of additional user defined readers additional user defined readers a aa READER GUI Server User e to 0 in order to not load user defined extra GUI Any other ENSIGHT8 UDMF Server User Sets directory location of user defined math functions to be ESSIEN emer ted Ensiota samu oa eors ENSIGHT8 UDW Server User Sets directory location of user defined writers to be loaded by Ensight at startup ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Alphabetically Sorted List Name Locatio Category Description n CEI ARCH Description of hardware amp OS set automatically on EnSight startup CEI CONTROLLER KEY See CEI_INPUT CEI DISABLE PBUF Disable the use of pbuffers for off screen rendering windows CEI FONT GLYPHCACHESIZE Client Font Number of font characters to keep in memory at a given time default 500 Increasing this number will use more memory but may increase rendering speed if many
119. a po a ee a ose la g pou g i EPE ETI S s op E s a a hn G E a m k ir This example shows an EnSight Gold dataset trial case that has not been partitioned but is on an nfs mounted disk available to each server machine EnSight will distribute the data to the 3 servers defined IO will not necessarily be great since each server will be reading from the same file but execution will be enhanced by the partitioning We will use the same machines used in the previous examples FORMAT type master_server gold auto distribute on do _ ghosts on buffer _size 10000 want metric on SERVERS number of servers 3 Server 1 machine id joe executable usr local bin ensight82 bin ensight8 server data_path scratch data gold casefile trial case Server 2 machine id sally executable usr local bin ensight82 bin ensight8 server data_path scratch data gold casefile trial case 5erver 3 machine id bill executable usr local bin ensight82 bin ensight8 server data_path scratch data gold casefile trial case Special Case If using auto_ distribute and thus each server will be accessing the same data files and the servers will all be run on the same machine then one can add the word repeat to the end of the number of servers num line and then only define one set of Server info For example FORMAT type master_server gold auto distribute on SERVERS number of servers 3 repeat Se
120. arti aii pai ir iat E aa Site i oy oe pa oy Lee Fa ee eg eee stage ae E ire al Cate ge D E Onell a a RE Ea T AE ER at ASE PES rer M ea tps rune te i a e a le i Ta ETL ae ae ht a a Be eee ae ee SEE ALSO Annot Mode User Manual p oO 1 T wi dex ow To In H How To m2 e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight can display 3D arrows The 3D arrow is defined in model space and transforms with the scene The 3D arrow is visible in the viewport s specified BASIC OPERATION a 1 Click Annot in the Mode Selection Area 2 Click 3D Annotation Arrow icon from the Mode Icon Bar to bring up the 3D Annotation Arrow dialog 3 Create a new 3D annotation arrow in the Graphics Window by clicking the New button 4 While still in Annot Mode Pick the arrow tip location option in the Pick pulldown y R Wda BL l I w Arrow origin exact w Arrow origin closest node A Arrow origin exact normal vw Arrow origin closest node normal 5 Position the mouse and press the p key To manipulate 3D annotation attributes first select the item s of interest in the list or while in Annot Mode pick them in the graphics window then To change viewport visibility Click on the viewport region to toggle the visibility in the viewport Green means visibility is OM 22 To change surface characteristics Shininess is surface smooth
121. as shown by the border drawn in the default highlight color Any action to change viewport attributes always operates on the currently selected viewport s To select viewports 1 Click VPort in the Mode Selection area to enter Viewport mode 2 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window and click the left mouse button anywhere within the desired viewport You can add to an existing selection by holding down the Control key as you click in additional viewports Note that the selected viewport is also changed in other modes such as View any time you perform some action in a viewport such as rotation There is however no visual feedback of this change until you enter VPort mode again k WA How To Index User Manual Page 122 Define and Change Viewports Move and Resize Viewports Viewports can be easily moved and resized You can either reposition a viewport with the mouse in the Graphics Window or precisely by entering exact values To move or resize a viewport 1 Click VPort in the Mode Selection area to enter Viewport mode 2 Select the desired viewport 3 To move a viewport move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window and into the selected viewport Click and hold the left mouse button and drag the viewport to the desired location 4 To resize a viewport move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window and place it over one corner of the selected viewport Click and hold the left mouse button and drag
122. be purchased through CEI Contact Sales and Marketing for pricing and availability CEI Inc 919 363 0883 919 363 0833 FAX ensight ceintl com Outside the U S contact your local EnSight distributor ee M4 hw How To Index User Manual Page 146 i Eo u oE A a INTRODUCTION EnSight allows you to pick where you would like the center of transformation to be for the model BASIC OPERATION 1 Click the Pick button in the global area above the a graphics window on the desktop care ae ase Pick part Pick plane tool location Pick line tool location 2 Toggle on Pick Center of Transformation Pick cursor tool location 3 Position the mouse cursor on your model at the E Pick center of transform desired location for the center of transformation Pick element s to blank 4 Press the p key or whatever mouse button you Pick look at point have set for Selected Pick Action in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Keyboard Your model will now rotate about the position on the model that you just picked You can also set or change the exact location of the center of transform by using the Transformation Editor rea 1 Click the Transf button on the desktop ne below the graphics screen 50 Transformation editor Center of transfor File Editor function 2 Under Editor Function select Center of Transform
123. but simply a division of all elements that fall completely within the box or not SEE ALSO User Manual Part Operations ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 289 How To n e000 INTRODUCTION The delete operation removes selected parts and any parts dependent on them All information associated with the parts on both the client and server is removed Deletion cannot be undone BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts List x CET File Edit Quem View Tools Case E ee tet Part M Select all C Torem on ER o animation editor Delete Keyirame animation editor Part feature detail editors Select Assign to single new viewport solution time editor Assign to multiple new viewports Transformation editor Variables editor RTT Ungroup Preferences me 2 Select Edit gt Part gt Delete eee Copy Extract es E Merge or click the Delete button select Delete Sort below the main parts list a or click the Delete key on your keyboard while the mouse is in the EnSight window or right click and select Delete 3 Confirm the deletion Cancel OTHER NOTES In some cases variables that depend on a deleted part may have to be updated For example if you have a variable such as Area calculated on a set of parts and one of the par
124. button 3 To rotate the Box Tool with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the x y or z edge not at the endpoints 2 Click and drag to rotate 7 Note Selection of the X axis edge will rotate the box about the Y axis edge Selection of the Y axis edge will rotate about the X axis edge Selection about the Z axis edge will rotate about the origin Note that the mouse pointer will change when it is over a hotpoint if you are in Part or Frame mode Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the tool transformation Box tool moving and stretching is in 3 space Note the Box may not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 161 Bie L he ne gt pE d ee ee T TT eee 7 an Ph TS a er E k T T o D E es r c p r T 2 it 5 n Eben ee i u a T e ie ee ws n ee te yg a TEL r iei T a y E 5 at p 2 gt a 5 a eaten a 2 Sy ae i i s F se r wits we r m gt afe z he ila R 5 n z a ee sf p y A ye i j is oa a ee s F A F of g Ma s 5 p E 4 iy al i a WP Erp Sa d J 2 3 r Paita mths E a i e a a 5 a Ep fa z 3 i ioy al 1 a am E i Sam So Pel ome fia a lh oe x s Lem e T ee a J Parsi E 7 L L a ie rae P o 2 a Pae z P i Se ee a a i a ar T N Iele g Ma ka ja Fu Fia g 4 p E B i a peii cae Oy r a i i 3 2 r J i 4 z i z H 7 sa
125. by double clicking the appropriate part icon in the Feature Icon bar All Feature Detail Editors except the two dealing with Variables see below contain the same basic components Nien oosecestedeesesageeseceseecseuereedeceusevecesuece File these items are only available for the Variables Feature Detail Editor see below Edit Select All Select all parts listed in the dialog s parts list Copy Make a copy of the selected part s Delete Delete the selected part s Immediate Modification If on all changes in the dialog have an immediate effect If off the Apply Changes button at the gt File Edit View Help bottom must be clicked to apply your changes good for batching several expensive changes View Show Selected Part s Open the Selected Part s window to display only the selected parts Ci Isosurface of temperature List of variable part icons click to change to the desired a E TE Oe a Ene Feature Detail Editor type Parts list of the current Feature Detail Editor type lists only those parts of the current type For example the contour Feature Detail Editor is shown and only the current contour parts are lISl6d aocscesseveeeanneeteed ee erecdereeesedees Description of the currently selected part in the parts list Click to type make changes and press return Creation Attributes section This section which is missing for 7 Mode
126. ca e eee al et atl a ae ee E a E FE i a a be ee Rote ie papa Si ieee rt f 4 E RMN FPP ry eae i h y ATURAN Ee F tw l Le at en p TEG A re p i r ba a i a em T E i F br i AT a gy ee ae INTRODUCTION EnSight Gold now supports general parallel rendering for increased performance increased display resolution and arbitrary screen orientations The configuration file format and several examples are described in the User Manual Just click the link below to see this information SEE ALSO User Manual Parallel and Distributed Rendering HowTo index User Manual age 39 1 ai g 1 ai B j F LF i a i 2 d iJ i eF sae INTRODUCTION Many operations in EnSight such as loading data require that you specify a file EnSight uses a standard file open dialog that lets you quickly search through directories to find the desired file BASIC OPERATION By default the File Open dialog opens with the directory from which the EnSight client was started as the current directory The following shows the basic components of the File Open dialog Note that the parent of the current directory is shown ending with standard UNIX nomenclature To change to a directory double click it Standard back up create and listing icons can be used Open Lookin usr local CEVensight80 other_data ensight cube The File type pulldown controls the listin
127. can check the integrity of your mesh by clipping with a crinkly intersection Specifying a Crinkly Domain results in a part composed of all the elements of the mesh that intersect the quadric tool Use tool Cylinder Domain Intersect Interactive i tool Crinkly 4 Change the Domain to Clip extents _Finite_ Inside Crinkly 2 22 e eee pee eee eee eee eee esse j Outside InfOut 5 Click the Apply Tool Change DUMON sereme neren Create Apply ie change Tool location Advanced Help SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Use the Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution Tool Other clips How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Clip Lines How to Create IJK Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips How to Create Box Clips User Manual Clip Create Update 2 wA How To Index User Manual Page 203 ate LIK Clips INTRODUCTION An IJK clip is a 1D or 2D slice through a structured mesh The resulting clip is a 1D line or 2D surface where one dimension e g is held fixed while the other one or two dimensions e g J and K vary The minimum and maximum range of the free dimensions can be set by the user as well as the step size IJK clips can be animated throughout the range of the fixed dimension by manipulating a slider Although planar clips can still be created through structured meshes it is often preferable to create IJK clips since
128. case from this dialog controlling where the server SOS is for the new case And finally you can initiate a manual connection here as well Simply toggle on and click Connect or Replace These things will be described in more detail later in this How To since the settings of the Connection dialog particularly the default setting control wnat happens when you start EnSight there are several scenarios that should help make things understandable No previous server SOS connection information saved Desired server SOS connection information previously saved and is the default Desired server SOS connection information previously saved but not the default Desired server SOS connection information not yet entered and saved a OAM HowTo Index User Manual How To Connect EnSight em 2 ee e Client and Server No previous server SOS connection information saved Connection setings If you start EnSight or SOS as describe in the standalone section above and open the Connections Settings you will see that the default Conn name localhost is localhost Hostname localhost Executable Jensight82 server Thus a standalone connection was made es Login name PO Alt rsh cmd Ce Use default rsh cmd E Default Server Save New rr ls case Add Replace _ Manual Conn Close Help You can verify this by checking the Connection details under the Case menu m Connection details Case
129. change to take effect ADVANCED USAGE Interactive RTZ Clipping You can interactively sweep through the range of the fixed dimension by adjusting a slider with the mouse 1 Double click the desired RTZ clip part in the main parts list Use toal ETZ l Domain Intersect i Interactive Manual 2 Ch l i M 3 a Change Interactive to Manual to Min o 0000e 00 Max 3 0000e 00 Tnerement 1 0000 01 enable sweeping a Ww Slice R_i Value ei 1 000 00 3 If desired enter values for the Min Axis s Se Max and Increment to override the defaults remember to press return a Create Apply tool change BEDI locahei Advanced Help 4 Adjust the slider with the mouse e a eee ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 209 Crinkly RTZ Clipping You can check the integrity of your mesh by clipping with a crinkly intersection Specifying a crinkly domain results in a part composed of all the elements that intersect the mesh slice value Crinkly clipping cannot be done interactively Interactive Manual l FATE EEA RYE a Min 0 0000e 00 Max 2 0000 Increment 1 0000e 01 fPalwivie Slice K Value 1 000 00 neared Feud Axis A Wi Create Apply tool change TRE PANA Pees Advanced Help 1 Change the Domain to Crinkly Clipping Plane Animation Although you can interactively sweep an RTZ clip through a mesh it is sometime
130. default or Discrete To change text size Enter the desired text size and press return To change Value label format Layout Yertical b i Annotation a EI O m o a Displacement Displacement Displacement T Displacement Coordinates Time Select Edit palette Yisible Title E Font ome E SBE _ HE 3 1 00 G 1 00 B 1 00 1 00e 00 1 0000e 00 1 00000e 00 Values LeftiKottom Type Continuous Font size 25 01 Origin 0 96 Y 0 02 Width 0 021 n n 0 15 Either select a pre defined format from the Value format List or enter a new format string in the Text Format field 2 22 eee Genap sopa rran To change location Enter values for X amp Y lower left corner and width and height and press return ee M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 350 SEE ALSO How To Edit Color Palettes User Manual Annot Mode ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 351 INTRODUCTION EnSight draws all of its text in the graphics window using TrueType fonts It is capable of reading and drawing most TrueType fonts and font collections Under Windows it is also capable of rendering internationalized multi byte text in annotations provided an appropriate font containing the necessary glyphs is selected To ensure portability between platforms EnSight includes a collection of cro
131. delta values either through interactive manipulation or via the applicable Feature Detail Editor for the part The former method is discussed below the latter in the Other Notes section at the end Prior to loading the flipbook you should create all parts that you wish to animate clips and or isosurfaces and ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 318 Create a Flipbook Animation manipulate the part so that it is in the desired location for the start of the flipbook To load the flipbook ee File Edit Query View Tools Case Current time stept20 000000 simulation 2 s50000e O1 Ga Run a iat coke Load type Create data a Load as Objects ap tai oe ae MBS E e S TEENE LA te lnccsemam cas o Wheels ue toes tated eget Reet Ameen oer 4 lights D front body RR i y 6 rear body W Regenerate all pages 777 Lead q Bee en EES EAT REN E NEEE E E Se coy A EE EEA T floor ali at Help gt oe Select Delete Sort R wg B A t Bal g kA i 3 ate 4 Select the desired page type Object or h a mage eeetter as sreeeseterteeee ete dinee o 1 Click the Flipbook Animation icon in 3 3 5 Set the desired number of pages the Feature Icon Bar 7 7 The delta value will be added to the appropriate 2 Be sure that the Load tab is selected entities for each page 6 Click Start to begin recording intera
132. desired location To add points up to a maximum of 10 1 Click Add Point 2 Move the mouse pointer into the curve window and click the left mouse button in the location of the desired new point Clicking Delete Point will remove the currently selected point To manually edit a point 1 Click the point to select it in the curve window or click the desired point in either the Distance or Radius lists 2 The distance and radius of the selected point are shown in the text fields below each list 3 Edit the point s distance and or radius value and press return To edit the position or orientation 1 Enter the desired coordinates for the Origin location of the axis center point or Axis direction vector and press return b d Transformation editor Revolution tool File Editor function Transtorm action T About axis wk wit 2 wv All 0 0 all mi Which frame Scale settings Coord frame 0 Increment 1 000000 f fd Cartesian Coordinates Limit 10 000000 of Revolution Tool in Frame 0 _ Add point Delete point 5 0000e 01 5 0000e 01 1 0000e 00 1 2500e 00 3 0000e 01 a Y Fa Ong 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 Mech 1 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 Ss ee PF Close 1 2500e 00 6 2500e 01 0 0000e 00 ee can also rotate translate and scale the Revolution tool by setting the desired transform action and axis and
133. different variables over time 3 Enter the Node ID 0 000 00c 00 ec ee ce eee e cence ete nee ee EE EEren Spouse msessaesosest 4 Optionally change the number of Samples defaults to number of time steps and whether to sample by Value of FFT EET S 5 Click Create ee ee At Element Over Time After selecting the part to query and clicking the Query Plot icon Query items 5 Mtn At element over time zi alem plastic vs Time f 1 Select Sample as At l Element Over Time 24 4 ac 2 Select the variable to query over time in Variable 1 Show Delete W Marker visibility H Create Update 7 Help Leave Variable 2 as None cccctttttttc unless you want a scatter query of two different variables over time 7777 77777 3 Enter the Element ID 2 2 2 0 00020 cece cece cee cee ee eet ee ee eee ee 4 Optionally change the number of Samples defaults to number of time steps and whether to sample by Value of FFT 2 2 eee B Click Create lt 2c lt eececececcccccecectecceecceccesedeeetsecuececteereseeenencee At IJK Over Time After selecting the part to query and clicking the Query Plot icon Query items ng ja At IJK over time 4 1 Select Sample as At IJK Over I ma ce a wena Time
134. direction with respect to the Plane tool s axis in the Points X Y fields and press return The total number of traces will be the product of X and Y Part One trace will be emitted from the number of nodes of the part you specify This number of nodes will be randomly selected Enter the number from the Main Parts list of the part you wish to use as an emitter and the number of nodes File Traces will be emitted from the locations and at the times specified in an EnSight Particle Emitter file See EnSight Particle Emitter File Format in Chapter 11 of the User Manual The complete set of particle trace attributes can be edited in the Feature Detail Editor for Traces However some emitter attributes can be changed from the Particle Traces Quick Interaction area by clicking the Emit button Ps ee ae eee et Set the total amount of time a trace will last it may terminate for other reasons as well An intelligent default will be set for you forwards in time positive __ 1 _ velocity direction from the Direction saieasitiaiitlians Total time limit DEFAULT Set to default backwards in time negative velocity direction from the d Emit at current time E emission point s towards the S solution time at which to entering flow boundary lt Emission time start FONE oe epee begin pathline trace pathlines only both forwards and Emission time delta 0 00de 00 a backwards i
135. draw PostScript typically produces higher quality output However for very large models the output files can become quite large even with visibility culling on and subsequent printing can be slow In contrast image or pixel PostScript saves the pixels of the image in the Graphics Window Such an image is by definition fixed resolution When printed the pixels will be scaled to fit the page Since the printer resolution is higher than the screen resolution each pixel must be printed larger than it appeared on the screen resulting in visible pixels and jagged edges To improve the quality of image PostScript output EnSight will print only 3D geometry as pixels the remaining objects annotation text color legends and plots will be output as move draw instructions and will overlay the image Options exist for the generation of EPS format Postscript as well as the embedding of a Window preview image for import into PC Windows applications ONLY see Other Notes below Element visibility can be used to reduce the number of primitives in the Postscript output The subdivision option can be used to subdivide geometry for smooth color and shading output Portrait or Landscape output orientation may be selected The page can be scaled by an arbitrary page scale factor Options for POVRAY Geometry Format There are no options for the POVRAY file format Options for AVI Format Note AVI files are a Microsoft standard format for movies aud
136. een ees Applying 2D Textures You can also apply 2D textures to a part by clicking the Edit texture button here The Textures dialog will be opened see How To Map Textures SEE ALSO How To Edit Color Maps How To Map Textures User Manual Color Selector Part color lighting amp transparency Apply modifications immediately Shading type Gouraud 6 Highlight shininess gt 0 00 Highlight intensity 0 20 Diffused light i i a R 7 00 G 1 00 B 1 00 temperature velocity velocity s velocity r relocity Coordinates Time E dit palette Edit texture Close Aun Help ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 284 How To Copy a Part Q e000 INTRODUCTION The copy operation creates a dependent shallow copy of another part The new part has its own set of attributes except for representation but shares geometric and variable data with the original One of the best reasons to create a copy is to show multiple variables on one part at the same time in a side by side configuration The copy can be moved independently since new copies are automatically assigned a new frame BASIC OPERATION To create a copy of a part or parts 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts List A separate copy will be created for each selected part X CE File Edit Query View Tools Case Sea erat ee eet eet emma Y Select all Sele
137. following special strings are available If multiple cases are loaded any reference to parts or variables applies to the currently selected case select Case gt casename to changes cases Fonts Brings up the TrueType font selection dialog allowing a new font to be selected Special font insertion Information on manipulating fonts including additional text font formatting codes that can Arial Bold l Arnal Bold Italic be used are described in How To Ariak Italic Manipulate Fonts Arial Regular Courier New Bold Courier New Bold Italic Courier New ltalic Courter New Regular Symbol Hegular Times New Roman Bold Times New Roman Bold Italic Times New Roman ltalic Times Hew Roman Hegular Symbols Brings up a symbol dialog Click on any symbol to insert it at the current character insertion point of the string The symbol will be inserted in to the string via a lt sy gt xxx where xxx is the ASCII number for the selected symbol Constant Variable The value of a constant variable such as Time or Length Select the variable from the Constant Variables list and select the desired numeric display format from the Number Format list If the constant variable changes the corresponding text will automatically update This is very useful for displaying the current solution time during a transient animation Current date Example Wed Jan 1 12 34 56 1997 Geometry Header The first or second text line of the geometry file of the cur
138. global hidden line toggle is enabled the part will be drawn without hidden lines ADVANCED USAGE Drawing modes can also be set on a per viewport basis As with per part settings these toggles require that the corresponding global toggle is also set to have any effect 1 Select VPort in the Mode Selection area 2 Select click in the desired viewport in the Graphics Window 3 Click Viewport Special Attributes to open the Viewport Special Attributes dialog Pea View dimension W Perspective 4 Click the Shaded button to disable shading in the current viewport 77 sss sc ccr ttt rr rttr etree tees l eos ai pe Shaded 5 Click the Hidden Line button to disable hidden line in he CUIFENEVIEWPOM 292225024 ss ec cerssccmeecteneeseceeaseased gt F Hidden line Track Off l paro a a Close Apply Help OTHER NOTES When a part is drawn in shaded mode with or without hidden line overlay the surface is displayed with light source shading enabled EnSight uses two pre defined light sources one at the look from point the camera and one on the opposite side of the model for back lighting The location of one of the light sources can be changed see How To Control Lighting Attributes In computer graphics the appearance of a shaded surface is governed by a lighting model controlled by various parameters In EnSight these parameters are part of the part s attributes an
139. has the yellow portions etc Each block part can be sliced up in a different direction but that direction must continue for all sets for that part And the sets must be the contiguous natural neighbors of each other z yed X014 Note that the block dimensions must remain the same in the non advancing directions but they can vary per set in the advancing direction even though in this simple example they are quite consistent With data set up like the above we might then decide that we will visualize the model with only two servers We could combine using Block_Continuation the first two sets onto the first server and the last 3 sets onto the second server Portion of Block Part 1 on server 1 consists of original sets 1 and 2 Portion of Block Part 2 on server 1 consists of original sets 1 and 2 Portion of Block Part 1 on server 2 consists of original sets 3 4 and 5 Portion of Block Part 2 on server 2 consists of original sets 3 4 and 5 ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual OW ToO E q q F L g ai 1 i d i r a i be mae 3 lt J z ca BASIC OPERATION To combine more than one of the sets for a given server what we may call a cluster of sets one must create a casefile which contains a Block_Continuation section as described in Chapter 11 of the User Manual In our example on the previous page there were five case files with their associated geo and scl files set_l cas
140. id Optional where id is the login id Only needed if it is different on this machine data_path dd Optional where dd is the directory where the data resides Full path must be provided if you use this line casefile yourfile case Required but depending on format may vary as to whether it is a casefile geometry file neutral file universal file etc Relates to the first data field of the Data Reader Dialog resfile yourfile res Depends on format as to whether required or not Relates to the second data field of the Data Reader Dialog measfile yourfile mea Depends on format as to whether required or not Relates to the third data field of the Data Reader Dialog bndfile yourfile bnd Depends on format as to whether required or not Relates to the fourth data field of the Data Reader Dialog Repeat pertinent lines for as many servers as declared to be in this file BASIC OPERATION To use Server of Servers you must 1 Partition your data and distribute it or make it available to the various machines on which you will run servers Or if all servers have access to the data you can use the auto distribute option in the sos casefile 2 Create the sos casefile which defines the server machines the location of server executables on those machines and the name and location of the partitioned data for the servers 3 Use ensight8 sos in place of ensight8 server and provide it with the so
141. is moved new particle traces are automatically recalculated and redisplayed To trace interactively 1 Either create a particle trace part as described above based on a tool or double click an existing particle trace part to open the Quick Interaction area for that part 2 Toggle on Interactive Emitter If the tool that originally defined the emitter is not visible it will be turned on by this operation 3 Move the mouse into the Graphics Window and manipulate the tool as desired See the article on the applicable tool for information on tool manipulation Cursor Line or Plane 4 When done toggle off Interactive Emitter ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 189 Trace Surface Restricted Particles EnSight can trace particles such that they are constrained to lie on a not necessarily planar 2D surface even if the velocity is zero at the surface The trace is calculated by projecting a short distance off the surface into the 3D flow field and using the velocity value found there Both the projection distance variable offset and a display offset are user definable Surface restricted trace emitters are defined by mouse action in the Graphics Window When you click and drag over the desired surface the emitter is defined by projecting the mouse path onto the surface To trace surface restricted particle traces File Edit Query View Tools Case Help l external flow field 2 ami x hypersonic body Emit Line
142. layout d ae a a Save size and position of main windows a Close Select the icon bar to change All fields except the Menu ID keywords can be changed The text below iz in a simple positional text editor Just select and change the text NOTE You must restart EnSight to see changes to the order of the icons Which icon bar Hain feature Henu ID Button Hame FEAT_CHTRS Contours FEAT_ISOSR 7 Isosurfaces FEAT_TRACE ParticleS ntraces FEAT_CLIPS Clips FEAT_ARROW ector narrows FEAT_TENSOR Tenzor ng luphs FEAT_ELSRF 7Elevated nsurfaces FEAT_PROF I Profiles FEAT_DVSRF 7Developed nesurfaces FEAT_SUBST 7 Subset nparts FEAT_QUERY Query FEAT_PROBE Interactive nprobe query FEAT_STIMHE 7Solution ntine FEAT_FLIPB F lipbook naninat ion FEAT_KANIH Keufrane naninat ion FEAT_CALC Calculator FEAT_ ORT ortex ncores FEAT_SHOCK Shock regions nsurfaces FEAT_SEPATT Separat Attach nlines FEAT_BNDLAY Boundary layer nvariables FEAT FEAT HATR Hater ial ninterface USRDEF User def ined ntools Yisible Order Description Contour Tsosurface Particle trace Clip ector arrow Tensor zluph 7Eleyvated surface Profile eve looped surface Subset parts Query Plot Interactive probe query Solution tine Flipbook animation
143. list Assign to single new viewport Assign to multiple new viewports E Variables editor coo Mere anna oer ee rop Preferences fs Hen co Ge aR TS Geman E aee H Extract z Merge Select Delete Sort EL Group Parts Group Name 3 Enter a new part name in the pop up dialog ecccssssseeeeeenaee Okay Cancel The selected parts for the group are removed from the part list and a new Group part is added to the end of the Parts List OTHER NOTES The operation can be reversed by selecting Edit gt Part gt Ungroup Grouped parts cannot contain other grouped parts SEE ALSO User Manual Part Operations ae M4 ob OP How To Index User Manual Page 286 How To Merge Parts m2 e000 INTRODUCTION In many types of analysis multiple parts are used to distinguish between various components or material types To the extent allowed by the particular data format EnSight maintains this distinction by assigning these entities to separate model parts In many cases however this distinction is no longer useful for postprocessing When manipulating parts you often need to apply the same set of attributes to all of them If the number of parts to be treated identically is large this process can become unwieldy EnSight provides a merge operator to combine multiple parts into a single part The merge operation creates one new part from one or more selected parent part
144. lt dyna caravan small d3plot A Format LSDYNA3D settings D3PLOT tile reader 3 01 05 12 2006 Case ESTET Nastran OP2 Put first DS3PLOT file in Set Geom and KEY file in Params EnSight 5 Exodusllgold N3S ABAQUS FAST UNSTRUCTURED NetCDF ABAQUS_ODB FIDAP NEUTRAL Plot3D Medina bif bof D Fluent RADIOSS 4 x Load All l y Choose Parts Cancel ANSYS RESULTS FLUENT UNIVERSAL SCRYU z Ansys Results v8 Special HDF5 Silo AVUS LS DYNA3D STL iia eee SAHATS CFF Movie Tecplot ASCII Binary files are Big endian SGL Sun CFX 4 MPGS 4 1 TECPLOT 7 x CGNS MSC Dytran Vectis 8 Optionally set any Format options Note the options presented will vary according to the data format All but the Casefile format will allow input of measured data See EnSight5 Measured Particle File Format Plot3d Casefile and Special HDF5 structured formats will provide a field for a boundary file See EnSight Boundary File Format 9 Optionally set any Time options If desired specify a starting time The default is the last time step unless you have set a preference otherwise 10 Click Choose Parts gt 2 OOA HowTo Index Remove Failed Elems Keyfile IDs Mat ID onsole Output Normal f f Data Format options Time options 505 options Bj Specify starting step Starting time step fo Use the following constants to scale time in the server Thews 1 000000 Torig 0 000000 0 000000
145. manipulating the slider bar In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Revolution tool since the numeric values always update to reflect the current location If you are positioning the Revolution tool interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released User Manual Page 170 2 amp HowTo Index ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Revolution tool center is set to the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry and aligned with the X axis The coordinates of the Revolution tool are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Revolution tool relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformations dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Revolution tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points SEE ALSO Other tools Cursor Line Plane Box Cylinder S
146. material elements and parts with 3D elements yield 2D material elements The Material Part feature can be used to isolate specified elemental regions of interest in data sets with material fractions BASIC OPERATION For Material Domain 1 Click the Material Parts creation icon 1 2 eee cence eee e eee eee nee e nes File Edit Query View Tools Case ip E EAN Tote Select 1 ar more materials Bain _i matl 01 hie a Level matl Os I T i ha anial E E i bit a GE matl Os mati 04 A null material ri Create Apply new materialis Advanced Help a eS pe 2 Select the parent model part s 3 Set Type to Domain 2222222 PEE SOOO 4 Select 1 or more materials 5 Click Create For Material Interface 1 Click the Material Parts creation Icon EEPE E File Edit Query View Tools Case r ai JE E uA A Ze A 2 E aA PRS n FS SS Type i Suhadi e Level il i Select 2 ar more materials mati O1 matl 03 matl 04 null material eag Apply new material s Advanced Help es i 2 Select the parent model part s 3 Set Type to Interface m seus ee 4 Select 2 or more materials 5 Click Create 2 2 2 wA How To Index User Manual Page 239 ADVANCED USAGE Increased Element Resolution You can increase the element resolution of th
147. new location of the plane BASIC OPERATION Auxiliary clipping can be globally enabled by selecting it in the View menu File Edt Query Yew Tools Case Fast display shaded Hidden line Perspective Auxiliary clipping Show selected part s Axis trad visibility m Bounds visibility Label visibility m w Legend H Fr Select Delete J B The Plane Tool will become visible and all objects on the negative Z side of the plane will be clipped assuming the plane currently intersects some visible part You can now manipulate the Plane Tool to achieve the desired display effect see How To Use the Plane Tool for details Note that Auxiliary Clipping always uses the infinite extent of the plane specified by the Plane Tool there is no way to restrict it to the rectangular bounds of the tool TextiLinelLogo pbarlingiyersd gars ee GUI visibility Each part has an attribute that controls whether it is clipped by the Auxiliary Clipping plane or not To toggle this setting 1 Select the desired part see How To Select Parts 2 Select Part Mode in the Mode Selection area 3 Click the Auxiliary Clipping toggle This attribute can also be toggled in the Feature Detail Editor dialog for the part See How to Set Attributes for more information SEE ALSO How To Use the Plane Tool How To Set Z Clipping User Manual Part Auxiliary Clipping Global
148. of a gauge is the i explained on the next page lower left COMO 22 2eecs eres cece see dees seeds teesttenceso To delete a dial click the Delete button 222222eeeeeeccccc cece ec ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeseseeseeeeeeeee ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 346 bees ii ho n e d P Da oe ee ee rT HE ne ee eo m a P E ie La baPE j E ma i maga i i Parn ry D Li a T r ope a ia a A Fe my old p pir A gea te oe f ie v T r e Ta Co i e mE i om B bw n a Z rd ee m i y F a i i i Trl a pel er fee oe E a T r r P 3 Se aA a eat a eas z a LN P k TE Aen be ay ala rie iT ea i x met E Retai o et Ae a ee ae ee Ml ot B P A Mijaran al e S er H i Baa i pi J a niema ee oe Sa ee Fo a ai i a Pa iL L d 7 Pon a J Poata ATI jj 4 a a n J Ia i a i Bs A e a i pea Li z 3 E J Sogn a j 5 z ah E 1 ie a bar 3 A n gu r doi ate Dr g Tea aw Fr is a ar k a N a Fa T F a 5 1 t 4 P co c M i a a E mio an a a E fi pa g pew fi NAN ji a a2 P a e b ag al a Bes tae E Geeta Gn x Se Ea ie jr Pu Wape j P is i n i a A r a Fi ee gt m Se F a J Ale L h l p Le ms og ils a e A all a o T ire P 1 p i y i n Ee ie eg ee Jy h z mT ae _ p Ms j 7 E ig sn Te 7 big e ol La h w ML Dmm Paj i Lt 3 t _ La j i o E q Tap z pae oR p z g as we a puu a E j ae I i el r i i b f a i i z a e a 4 oli r i ari DLAI a naa B
149. of these items is described in the following sections EnSight texture mapping is controlled through the Textures dialog accessed through the Edit textures button in the Part Color Lighting and Transparency dialog Pari color lighting amp transparency N Fj Apply modifications immediately Shading type Gouraud 6 Highlight shininess s 0 00 Highlight intensity mm aa 0 20 Diffused light Opaqueness DR Fill pattern Fil O R 1 00 G 0 00 B 0 00 temperature velocity Coordinates Time Sile lk Ele J Show components Edit palette Edit texture Text Ures Close Augers Help loson ove o T jross gt 7720 Loaded textures Load texture File Clear texture setting the Texture 2 Set border color Map Image l QEF W Display RGBA i Display RGB Display Alpha File C Documents and Sethngsrytrank CEl O 5 41 MF 150 Desktop Dims 267 200 Transparent res Border color 1 00 1 00 1 00 0 00 Texture Operations veo Use texture 5 Repeat mode Repeat ANNIA and Parameters Testure mode Decal Interpolatior Linear Compute testure coordinates by Projection ka i Z Offset 0 0000e 00 o o000e 00 o o000e 00 ooo 5 vector 1 000000 0000e00 jj 000Me00 ooo Texture Projections reenen Pee 0 000000 1 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 Get proj from plane tool Set plane tool to proj
150. part near a desired node and press the p key or ate set whatever mouse button you have set for the Pick center of transform Origin Selected Pick Action in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse Pick element s to blank Nes ren and Keyboard L Pick look at point 4 Repeat two more times Note that you are not Td Transformation editor Plane tool o x specifying corner points just three unique m i nodes File Editor function Help Transform action ARa T FEL 2 If you open the Transformation Editor and choose Editor Function gt Tools gt Plane you can see the id of the three nodes that you have chosen About axis Moy TY y wv All T A all TE E Which frame Scale settings Coord frame Oe Increment 1 000000 Limit 30 000000 i Se Pe Cartesian Coordinates of Plane Tool in Frame 0 A Y Fa Origin 1 5390e 01 2 0000e 00 9 8825e 01 Normal 0 0000e 00 1 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 A SIZe 2 6766e 00 Y size 2 6766e 00 a Plane by 3 node ID ID 1 ID 2 ID 3 bf 6853 9862 How To Index User Manual Page 157 H OW T O a n Q e000 You can also position the Plane Tool by tracing out a line on the screen The Plane orientation will be changed such that it is both parallel to the specified line and perpendicular to the screen To position the Plane by specifying a line 1 Click the Pick button in the global area above the
151. part at the same time in a side by side configuration The copies can be moved independently since each new copy is automatically assigned a new frame See How To Copy a Part for more information Group This operation will collapse the selected parts into a new umbrella part Grouping is most often used to combine a series of parts into a single part for ease in handling The part is created on the client and is not known to the server The operation is reversible through the Ungroup command See How To Group Parts for more information Delete The delete operation completely removes not only the currently selected parts but also any parts derived from the selected parts See How To Delete a Part for more information Extract The extract operation is closely tied to part representations Extract creates a new dependent part using only the geometry of the current representation of the part For example if the current representation of a part consisting of 3D elements is Border the result of extraction will be a part consisting of all unshared 2D elements the surface Extract is most often used to reduce the amount of information for a part e g for faster display or for geometry output or to create a surface shell part perhaps for subsequent cutting of a 3D computational domain See How To Extract Part Representations for more information Merge Merge creates one new dependent part from one or more selected parts The o
152. pm s p pe H i aig a J E e ia AF h i FW pa l pa mr M in i l 1 ig 5 a a a 1 Prr ai z ee gt G PE Iai 3 pi PEE mar f Lif i fai a 7 ee l E a A r E i gt a ta 1 R Ete oe Co ei n et pe ar TLL kF a P 5 i F a F E A i iat Car i i ce 4 Pa e n i L a e T TE ay ee j gt i a i p 1 s i 4 ji r i g a W F a a Jo A x N n e 1 r 2 feck ST Li srar i r b Me 1 j 7 Jt i a lE ri an IE i ie S a 7 es a J Pi rE re Ta 7 F j S E i z z P x n 7 oe ie i J 5 F A E 5 2 5 I p i z LOE a ar ae a 5 4 J oe i i F Fi i F Fi 1 at al i ri Tii i 4 T a w a x Lg n gt 4 ii z p a oe E a Pa pps Sgr oy ba f gt l i i J feo E o 5 Trs i rt z 4 i l 4 K i a g z N E Tar E pen i kii a z e UER Tam i e T 7 7 i I E 7 T i in a ae ET a a i m a i s 1 a b Lj D j y we i x ed a Ce F i 2 g om P i E a E n 7 3 m eon Pis ig a 3 a r kgia a a p R a T mE a a p p ji L 2 y a a x ay E lis J f re F al J iy 7 l J p T i r i j i j n a P 7 E ra B I r 4 a p nie a 5 J a mm 3 E a i z a Ti a E a a E i 4 z A a F a i j a a 2 y a s y ij lt s i v 1 b os d r al J Ms i 7 I N i ri i a r P P r i z a L m b 1 j p k p j 5 t a B i Ma 7 a eT 1 t F n q J A 0AA OTHER NOTES Texture implementat
153. port specified with the externalcmdport for an external command stream Once connected all commands must then come from the external source as the GUI commands will be ignored goa Force the license manager to look foragoldtoken 00o ha amp HowTo Index User Manual security Forces a handshake between the client and server using the provided or a random a e ee Set up to connect to the Server of Servers ensight8 sos instead of normal server Host name to force server s to use to connect to Server of Servers timeout lt gt Number of seconds to wait for server connection default 60 infinite 1 token_try_again lt gt If can t obtain a license token try again in minutes where is a float value If neither token_wait_for nor token_wait_until is specified will try for 1 hour If can t obtain a license token try again for minutes where is a float value If token_try_again is not specified sets token_try_again to 10 Supersedes token_wait_until token_wait_until If can t obtain a license token try again until the time is hour minute If token_try_ again is not specified sets token_try_again to 10 Output verbosity 0 to 10 Prints out EnSight s version number Does not start EnSight Section 2 EnSight Client GUI Options Mode panel icon label font size Ignore X window errors Adds support for high resolution displays such as IBM Big Bertha linux
154. press return Gore Reset Frame Transform The frame transform can be reset back to the default position and orientation by using the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog To clear the frame transform 1 Click Frame in the Mode Selection area to enter Frame mode 2 Make sure the Transform Definition button is set to transform p w 3 Select the desired frame s as described above 4 Click the Reset button in the Transformation Control area to open the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog 5 In the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog click the desired button Reset By Selected Transform Only clear only the transformation component currently selected e g rotate or translate in the Transformation Control area Reset Rotate Translate Scale clear all transformation components See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 138 How ae Create and Manipulate Q 2 a20e8 Frames Set Frame Attributes Frames can be displayed with a variety of attributes 1 Click Frame in the Mode Selection area to enter Frame mode If needed first enable Frame Mode under Edit gt Preferences General User Interface 2 Select the desired frame s as described above 3 Set the desired attribute as described below Click the Frame Visibility Toggle to toggle display of the axis triad of selected frames on or off when not in Frame Mode
155. query will only be successful if the specified node is found in a selected part 4 Select the variable s you wish to query in the Main Variables List only node based variables will be queried 5 Select Query gt Show Information gt Node The Query Prompt dialog opens Enter the ID number of the desired node in the text field and click Okay The query results will be printed to the EnSight message window which will pop up It can also be accessed from the Info icon 022s reece eee eee eee E ER me i The following shows sample output from a node query Node 123 Query Information Coordinates In Frame 0 are 2 00000e 00 0 00000e 00 1 19320e 00 Found in unstructured part 1 Values for Variable velocity are x 5 82290e 01 y 3 70160e 02 Z 1 82780e 03 mag 5 83468e 01 ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 261 G et Poi net t N od e E le me mt i and Part Information Show IJK Information To show information about a specific IJK location for structured models 1 If your data is transient set the desired time using the Solution Time Quick Interaction area Edit gt Solution Time Editor 2 If you have multiple Cases select the desired case using Case gt casename 3 Select the desired part one only in the Main Parts List The query will only be successful if the specified IJK is found in the selected part 4 Select the variable s you wish to query in the Main Variables Lis
156. r Le oe iei aL all ae is ae T ae n a e Ta i i m eee inin i j at i a rs ea ee rE fee a ia ie x ay b ered A z o Br as e n bes mar li te i j aE PLP E p 5 a B E z su Dog a I wd f a Prae a ee as z z C ie see oe F i I g Ti i i 5 Tt 7 A s j is z san e a s oli Po a es k s p P a bs y f F ni j a mM 7 PE t a y y 2 a a P p tl cons a j D j ae oe lt i r lia a Leg Ce ee ay f LE F f p i a j d i j a g F e a i p A E b D i l 7 mi a a L T L 4 1 ji pi x ea j _ tp 5 i 3 r a 5 2 Trz i En 1 i g k i G Ls J a d B 5 ji l l i a p J a im m p t EEEE o a y e u m TN J w P r la a uj 7 a E a i a J j 7 p i a ps i e s E lai 5 T 7 T j a n p n maat a ila a E of eth eT P 7 es j zj i a _ oS cae Boss s ny Pi ena M a a i s z 7 a a in ee I d 2 a a n or oe oe ee EE a eo ma o J a har x T r y s A a a aye lis E 7 ie ps 8 EA a z F a i By 7 f 7 h T os fi ee e a ae ee a he e r li iy a i 5 e a z a 5 ao z p po R x a i by a aie a j i 3 T i i Prr it n mr j A i 5 2 a r a a n f rj _ Al z i i 7 _ s i a EA i oi ari F 3 Pm T i s g v f p x i J z Me i i i a i d m a A i IC ul p I an F p y b H m i a a 3 al s a 4 m2 e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a hexahedron shaped s
157. relative to the p Rotation o O size of the Graphics Window If you increase the sizeof egiees the Graphics Window all text will also rescale to Draig ozs Y 0 251 maintain the same relative size Relative to Entire view area T To change text rotation a The orientation of text about the text justification point Close Kiet may be specified interactively by grabbing the Rotation Point of the text string cross shape at upper right and rotating the text to the desired orientation or by precisely specifying the rotation angle in degrees in the Rotation field or using the slider to change rotation angle To change location of the justification point in the graphics window Either interactively drag the text to the desired location You can also specify the viewport that the text is to be positioned relative to If O the position is relative to the graphics WINdOW 2 2 2 eee eee ee eee ees 2 wA How To Index User Manual Page 335 Create Text Annotatio Special Coded Items EnSight can automatically build text strings based on information from various sources To use one of these special strings select the desired item from the Special String list select any required options and click Insert Special String A code will be inserted into the Text field If not in Dynamic update mode hit the Update text button to create the text entity and display it The
158. resource sections are found only one will be used as determined by the precedence rules ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual since the EnSight Client SOS and CollabHub start other EnSight processes they can use resources The EnSight server and distributed renderers do not start other EnSight processes that require resources While many ways exist to specify resources in practice only one or two will be used given the particular user s computational environment Client Resources The EnSight client supports the following ways for specifying resources the ENSIGHT8 RES environment variable the ENSIGHT8 SERVER HOSTS environment variable the ENSIGHT8 RENDERER HOSTS environment variable the use lsf for servers command line option the use lsf for renderers command line option the sosres file name command line option the chres file name command line option and the res file name command line option ONBDNAWN The ENSIGHT8 RES environment variable specifies a resource file name that the client reads ENSIGHT8 SERVER HOSTS and ENSIGHT8 RENDERER HOSTS specify quoted strings of space delimited host names e g hostl host2 host1 host3 to be used for EnSight servers and distributed renderers respectively The host names are used in the order they occur A host name may occur multiple times If either the use lsf for servers or use lsf for renderers command line options are specified
159. running Unix or Linux the file my sos is created bin csh setenv ENSIGHT8 SERVER HOSTS cat 9PBS NODEFILE ensight8 sos The file must be in the user s default path and must be executable 5 EnSight is started with this command line ensighto reS My Nests te gt s 20s The EnSight Client will run on the local workstation the command file my_ sos will run on computer borg The client will start up ny sos viassh my sos sets the environment variable ENSIGHT8 SERVER HOSTS to be the contents of the file specified by the environment variable PBS NODEFILE OpenPBS dynamic list of allocated nodes 6 In the File gt Open dialog the LS Dyna file d3p1o0t is selected and the Load All button is clicked The SOS will start EnSight Servers on computers specified in file SPBS NODEFILE Hosts specified in the SERVER section of my hosts res are ignored since ENSIGHT8 SERVER HOSTS takes precedence ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Each of the servers will read 1 N of the data set since the Auto Distribute flag on the SOS tab of the File gt Open dialog is on by default for the LS Dyna reader A SOS Case File Example When a SOS Case file is used with resources it needs to be modified otherwise the resources will be ignored for the EnSight Servers This is done for backwards compatibility 1 The file SOS case file big data sos is modified Two lines are added to the FORMAT sec
160. supported on all platforms The MJPEG scheme is fairly well supported Windows users need to install the latest DirectX runtime for it and the RAW format has size limitation for 640x480 on some platforms In general the Indeo Video formats e g IV41 and cvid are fairly portable and can be played by Apple s QuickTime player as well Options for Windows BMP Format There are no special options other than the Common options for this format Options for EnVideo Format This format has the advantage of being one of the few that natively supports stereo image streams It also has a number lossless compression options and is recommended by CEI for archival original animation output EVO files can be converted to any other supported format using the EnVe 2 0 tool without loss of quality This cannot be said for other formats Print save Image Format Postscript es Color Black and White POVRAY Geometry Microsoft AVI movie format SLIT EEE D Aindows BitMaP Frame Rate 30 0 CEI Envideo movie file Compuserve Animated GIF Compression method RLE a PEG image file Moving Picture Experts Group a 80 Portable Network Graphics PNG Portable BitMap PPM PGM PBM Apple QuickTime SGI RGB BW image file LLNL Streaming Movie file wt E imana fila a Cancel Help There are four compression options Raw lossless no compression very large files RLE lossless run length encoded imagery GZ lossless uses the z
161. the Viewport Special Attributes icon to W Perspective open the Viewport Special Attributes dialog W Shaded W Hidden line 5 And supply the node or part id appropriately PoE l aiD 23 ea E 6 Change time step load a transient flipbook or the like and note that the viewport will stay centered on the location chosen Close Apply Ee Help Off l Node number P Fart centroid ozen mnona sou sored enen i A E Part xmin Part xmax Part ymin Part ymax Part zmin Part zmax SEE ALSO How To Define and Change Viewports User Manual VPort Mode ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 150 Use the Cursor Point Tool INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a 3D point specification tool called the Cursor tool When visible the Cursor appears as a 3D cross colored red X axis green Y axis and blue Z axis The Cursor tool is used to supply EnSight with point information for example to specify the location for a query or the starting point for a particle trace BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Cursor tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling the Cursor entry in the Tools menu or by clicking the Cursor toggle on the Desktop gt 5 EnSight Pile Edit Query View Tools Case Case 1 Lon l Computational mes _ Line Plane Box Qu
162. the corner to the desired location To precisely reposition a viewport 3 Click the Viewport Location Attributes icon to open the Viewport Location Attributes dialog 2 eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 4 Enter new values in the Origin X Y Width or X x Height fields and press return Values are given as a fraction 0 0 1 0 of X and Y Origin X 0 000 Y 0 000 The origin at 0 0 is the lower left corner of the Kac 1 000 Height 1 000 Graphics Window Note that the values are normalized to the width and height of the default Close Help viewport e the Graphics Window EnSight permits overlapping viewports You can control the ordering from front to back Click The Viewport Forward icon to bring the selected viewports to the top gt a Click The Viewport Back icon to send the selected viewports to the bottom gt Ta Note Viewport 0 is always displayed first thus it cannot be pushed or popped with these icons k M4 ho How To Index User Manual Page 123 How To Define and Change Q e000 Viewports Set Viewport Background Color or Image Viewport background colors can be constant blended or inherited from the default viewport To set viewport background color 1 Click VPort in the Mode Selection area to enter Viewport mode 2 Select the desired viewport s 3 Click the Color icon to open the Viewport
163. the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information User Manual Page 159 gt 2 OOA HowTo Index How To Use the Plane Tool Q e000 By default the plane tool will be displayed in line mode You can display the tool as a transparent plane by changing the setting for Edit gt Preferences View Plane Tool Filled Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points SEE ALSO Other tools Cursor Line Box Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools The Plane Tool is also used to specify the location of the clip plane for Auxiliary Clipping User Manual Tools Menu Functions ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 160 3 T ma a ar ia i la s E ws 1 i ote me a pee 5 aay a D m ua 3 a ae x w a P e p r Eru aa ao n z gt a y A Ud 7 P x oa mie A x F i al pmi s n a ae r5 a e z Se ed i i i E 7 ida z 4 m T i Paaa a ii Be 1 Fae ae a p me x z TY r P 4 i p 2 d 3 Paisa kg f a L a A 2 z f f e B a 1 na ee i paue P A n reU r 2 oH oa woi si ma be a4 a sE C id te 7 i i eel ge gl ee oa eS Fi aa R a y x ai J m Pee a k mia m a 8 Fo iy a a he i T 1 a al ai os y z ee f p e las i
164. the main menu or double click the Color transparency icon in the Part mode icons or after single clicking the Color transparency icon you can double click on one of the variables in the list of the Part color lighting amp X s transparency dialog File Edit View Help HATZA ES HE d Sea at Available variable Type Result temperature Geni Scalar l 2 Select the variable s you wish to deactivate elocity to GvnitN Vector Coordinates 2 Gunth Vector Time Gunth Scalar f d E Activate Activate all Deactivate Extended CFD 3 Click the Deactivate button 0000000000000000 10nn nanana anaana z variables Eee Ee seca eB Se Note that variable deactivation can result in the modification or deletion of parts If this is the case you will be asked to confirm the deactivation A part could be modified if it used the deactivated variable for coloring A part could be deleted if it was based on the deactivated variable such as a contour or an isosurface SEE ALSO How To Edit Color Palettes How To Create New Variables User Manual Variable Selection and Activation ee M4 Po How To Index User Manual Page 246 Create New Variables INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a powerful capability to derive new variables from existing variables and parts For example in a fluids dynamics problem if you have momentum density and stagnation energy you can calculate temperature Mach number
165. the mesh RTZ clips can be interactively animated throughout the range of the fixed dimension by manipulating a slider The minimum maximum and step size of the range of the interactive fixed dimension can be set by the user Revolution Tool Clips A Revolution Tool clip can be made using the surface of revolution tool It can be the surface created by the intersection of the surface of revolution tool and the model the elements intersected by the surface of revolution tool crinkly or the volume of the inside and or the outside domain swept by the revolution tool This clip does not have interactive manipulation capability with a slider or by dragging the tool with the mouse However the tool can be manipulated and the clip updated Revolve 1D Part Clips A Revolution of 1D Part clip can be made using a 1D part and a user specified axis It can be the surface created by the intersection of the 1D part about the axis and the model the elements intersected by the 1D part about the axis crinkly or the volume of the inside and or the outside domain swept by the 1D part about the axis This clip does not have interactive manipulation capability with a slider or by dragging the tool with the mouse However if the 1D part is capable of being moved you can move it and the revolution clip will update Create General A general quadric clip AX BY CZ DXY EYZ FXZ GX HY IZ J can be created This is Quadric Clips only available from the Clip Featur
166. the parts assigned to it This is done while in Frame Definition mode You enter Frame Definition mode either explicitly from the mode menu in the Transformation Editor dialog Editor Function gt Frame gt Definition or via the Transform Definition pull down icon while in Frame Mode Important You cannot change the frame definition if you have performed any frame transformations if you attempt to do so a dialog will remind you Any frame definition must be applied prior to a frame transformation If you have already made frame transforms you can clear them by returning to frame transform mode and using the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog click Reset to open To transform the Frame Definition 1 Click Frame in the Mode Selection area to enter Frame mode 2 Toggle the Transform Definition button to be gt 3 Select the desired frame s as described above 4 Perform the desired transformation This can be done either interactively with the mouse in the Graphics Window or via the Transformation Editor dialog To translate the frame interactively move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window and click and drag the left mouse button To rotate the frame interactively click and hold the left mouse button on one of the frame axes and drag the mouse Clicking on the X axis will rotate the frame about its Y axis Clicking on the Y axis will rotate the frame about its X axis Clicking the Z axis will rotate a
167. the server working directory Prints out timing information passed from client to server Prints user defined writer library loading information in shell window upon startup of server passed from client to server gdbg iwd lalalala 4 S 5 n JEIEN 5 3 2 C 6 2 2 _ h D P D O Q co x Oo lt e lol2 3 Oo r Q O N a Fles galg N Vivi QJEjo D A V Section 4 Miscellaneous Options h help Z Prints the usage list inputdbg Prints user defined input device information Turns off file locking lock Some systems don t support this properly ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual i is 1 m s y pP rir T i iiss a ms z a 5 La a gt y u i z 2 L L L L a Allow slimd token to expire if idle Cause all stderr messages to be written to the file stdout lt f gt Causes all stdout messages to be written to the file Section 5 Rendering Options batch lt width gt lt height gt Batch mode with optional width and height Only available if running X version of EnSight which you get by using X option bbox Render only bounding boxes in the GUI window useful for detached displays with prsd2 option See How To Setup For Parallel Rendering Resolution of bounding boxes for part culling max 9 Implies no_display_list Set the number of chunks per server for parallel rendering passed from client to server s Specify a display configuration file Use OpenGL display lis
168. the user a files of type python py EnSight command enc or EnSight context ctx in the main directory will appear as buttons at the top level of the mode pop up menu The text of the button will be the same as the name of the file without the suffix If you would like the button text to include spaces then give the file a name with underscores placed where you would like the spaces to be For example the file name Show me vorticity py will produce button text Show me vorticity b subdirectories of the main mode directories are used to allow organizing a secondary pop up menu They can be named whatever way the user wants ie dir1 dir2 dir3 or FEA CFD etc For example the General directory includes these default subdirectories Presentation Tools EnSightSettings ToolHelpers Note only one level of sub directories is currently supported c each sub directory contains a menuactions define file which specifies a few details about the menu items and which files they access If a directory does not contain a menuactions define file it will not show up in the user defined menu pop up For example General gt PresentationTools gt menuactions define by default might be defined as VERSION 1 0 it tt Ht Ht HH HH HH HH OH oH Ho Hoe HE oe HEE HEE aE EEE aE ESE ESE HEE ESE HEE EEEE EEEE EE EEE EHEHEHEH H allowed icon file types JPEG XPM BMP PNG allowed display modes Both Icon Text it tt HH tH HEE EH HH HE EF HE E
169. they are faster to calculate and use less memory In addition IJK clips are often more intuitive for the user who typically built the mesh BASIC OPERATION File Edit Query View Tools Case Help errre lge piin r EEES 38 E EEFE ETES r 1 Mesh slite Value o Limit J K Extente of slices E Delta Creates Apply toal change a goi E EEEE Advanced T Help A a a 4 Select the parent part no f 6 If you desire to modify values for the Min AEE PCO 3 Max and Step for the two free PO dimensions click this and the dialog 3 Select IJK from the Use Tool pulldown below will open up 4 Select the desired fixed dimension from the 7 Click Create Mesh Slice pulldown l 5 Enter the value for the fixed dimension in the Value text field and press return Limit extents of current slice by E x J en e R Show hae igual IJK extents Grose Note that you can change the fixed dimension of an IJK clip at any time with the Mesh Slice pulldown If you change one of the numeric values remember to press return for the change to take effect ke M4 hw How To Index User Manual Page 204 How To Create IJK Clips A 2608 ADVANCED USAGE Interactive IJK Clipping You can interactively sweep through the range of the fixed dimension by adjusting a slider with the mouse 1 Double click the de
170. translation values for x y rotations Direct mode will use the rotation angles from the input device directly for all three axis 8 Sensitivity will set a scaling factor for the rotation values 9 Click here to save the preferences i amp a HowTo Index gt d Preferences Preference categories select one Mouse and Keyboard Parts f Performance RR EE HE cta cts cta EE EE EE EE EE EE HE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE Platter Query ee eee arene ee Joer Defined Input preferences tt a i ser Defined Input eta cta cta ta sta cta cta cta cta tta cta cta ta ata ta cta cta a ta ta tta cta Ee EE EE EE TELS Se i A Macro panel interface A Part panel interface Fosition translation sensitivity 1 100000 Valuator translation sensitivity 1 000000 sensitivity 1000000 Save to preference file User Manual To Set Variable Preferences 1 Select Variables from the Preferences Categories list 2 Turn this on if you want to be notified before a variable is activated 3 Toggle to select visibility of functions in the General Functions list of the New Variable Calculator dialog 4 Save this notification request and function visibilities to the preference file by clicking e 2s22e2Peeesereseeoreececpieegneeesteeesceee aes 5 Brings up the dialog for setting extended CFD settings 0 Save these settings by clicking he
171. translation vector in the XYZ a 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 z 0 0000e 00 Instances i dq Use periodic file 7 Set the desired number of instances in the Instances field number 1 is the original set Instances to 2 to yield one copy i Tiea 8 If a periodic match file is available toggle Use select file Periodic File and enter the file name Cloze Update Help Periodic match files are discussed below 9 Click Update pepetd i eee y ge seueag ee E Periodic Matching for Computational Symmetry When a model is created with periodic boundary conditions there is typically a built in correspondence or match between certain nodes and elements For example The elements defined by nodes 1 2 3 and nodes 1 6 7 should 5 match when rotated about an axis passing through node 1 perpendicular to the screen When another instance is created node 2 matches with 6 and node 3 matches with 7 When instances are added to a part it is desirable to eliminate these duplicate nodes Without a match file EnSight will attempt to find and remove them using a hashing scheme This method works quite well but may not find all duplicates Remaining duplicates are usually noticed when the part is in feature angle representation since EnSight treats elements with duplicate nodes as separate even if they are coincident Note that if you have a periodic match file you do not n
172. up to a maximum of ten The Revolution tool is used to supply EnSight with a surface of revolution specification for example to specify the location for a revolution clip or cut BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Revolution tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling Tools gt Quadric gt Revolution A EnSight File Edit Query View File Edit Query View Tools Case ni JET Ee Ae T Region selector z _ Cursor Line Computational m Box Quadric Tool positions S vote Ut gt Ls Gia The Revolution tool can be placed in two ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog To move the Revolution tool with the mouse Va 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool 7 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the tool to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To reorient the Revolution tool with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over either of the center line s endpoints 202s reer a 2 Click and hold the left mouse button l 3 Drag the endpoint to achieve the desired orientation 4 Release the mouse button To rotate the Revolution tool with the mouse rid 1 Place the mouse poin
173. vi i 7 j Po P x 2 A r Pe ae ee i g i 1 F i 2 r i i a ee ee A ope fs a a H a ae Eo al ee beg Me el Be Oe 7a Fi d a n 3 j bi m r 7 a n m i ae e l is a fees ATE ie fee ee ia Ae po Perey ise mo os a Be E s f Hi i Te e a Ta a naa EE e i oe 5 Er r i l od Es peP ae ity i ey z f p ol lig ee 22 2 oe ei i me inal a i zt oa a y i on ee A P aiaa r e p 1 E Prak i aE oe a ee be a x TL hj a 1 aan A _ n a F 1 EI t r j F y f he a m La een Dal a if i i LiL fi r Aa Tum a Ce ty i be aeia x 4 set ed i a Se e ee ee op eee Ix AT rt amp os predi pe T F od pi i f pa ia 4 p y i E E pE Psr pem lll b ries a m i oe ai n i a s F Pi m ial iT wo be h ce Be A e ie ed opie Fi mae k ee i at Sh T a A A ee a Ts m n n a 1 mn tem g i i _ ri s Ts i _ a Ei 1 E r 7 d z a l Ma a n ie a B i N aa e os i 7 aa T ers ig OES 4 ats z 5 4 J te A ad a G x r na T s En im 2 H000 FORMAT type ensight gold GEOMETRY model 1 set_ _ geo changing_coords_only VARIABLE scalar per node 1 set_ _ scl TIME time set number of steps filename start number filename increment time values O P O uvo BLOCK CONTINUATION number of sets 3 filename start number 3 filename increment 1 And we could then use the same SOS casefile that we showed in the static example SEE ALSO How To Use Server of Servers How To Read Data User Manual EnSight
174. visibility Connection details Case l Type Hostname Executable Working dir fscratch datafensight ls c Please load data using File men Connection settings Connection details The Connection details dialog is informational the fields Login name cannot be changed by the user Format Geom file _ _ Bytes sent O 00001 MEs Bytes received 0 042861 MEBs Update Clase Press Update to refresh the information if this dialog has been open while activity is occurring 2 O HowTolndex User Manual How To Connect EnSight Client and Server im 2 e000 Adding Another Case You would add another case when you want to add an additional dataset called a case to your EnSight session This is often used for things like A B comparisons or for assembling components that have been analyzed in different solvers You can also use the process described below to replace the current case with a new one without having to restart EnSight You can add or replace cases directly from the File Edit Query Yiew Tools Case Case menu or from within the Connection settings dialog From either source this dialog will appear when adding a case And this dialog will appear when replacing a case z eeo X Add case Please load data using File men Yiewport visibility Connection settings Connection details Case 1
175. you activate the user defined toolbox icon SEE ALSO User Manual Icon Bars ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 357 INTRODUCTION When the mouse pointer is in the Graphics Window clicking and holding the left mouse button as you drag will perform the current transformation e g rotate or zoom as selected in the Transformation Control area To perform a different transformation you have to move the mouse to the Transformation Control area select the new operation and move back to the Graphics Window To avoid this you can redefine how the left mouse works as well as map additional transformation operations onto the middle and right mouse buttons combinations of mouse buttons and double clicking of mouse buttons This customization only effects the mouse usage while in the Graphics Window The left button is still used for other user interface actions BASIC OPERATION To change the behavior of mouse buttons in the Graphics Window 1 Select Edit gt Preferences then click on Mouse and X Keyboard aE etter sie ae etc ee Sy Sve ere Sage at ee E Gaerne Preference categories select one General User Interface f Image Saving and Printing i Interactive Probe Query eeeece es i Dlouse and Keyboard Parts Performance Plotter i Me Re Ep ee Ep EE ota ta ota cta cta cta cta cta cta cta EE EE x HEEE Mouse and Gard preferences Ht 2 Set each mouse button pulldown Left Middle Right and a nteat
176. you can also import it into programs accepting Inventor files You may however have to modify the first line of the file with any text editor to read Inventor V2 0 ascii This may work when importing VRML into Showcase from Silicon Graphics a presentation layout tool Once imported the 3D model can still be manipulated even during a presentation There are some important differences in how EnSight saves parts according to format chosen Case EnSight Gold VRML Which parts are saved All parts currently selected in the Main Parts List except those indicated below All visible parts Saved from where EnSight server EnSight client Which parts cannot be saved Any client based part contours vector arrows particle traces profiles a ie Ma ho How To Index User Manual Save Geometric Entities E b E i i E 4 j d i A i J i j 4 a j i Saving Parts in Brick of Values Format 1 Select File gt Save gt Geometric Entities X x Output formats select one Please select the parts you wish to save from the Parts list e eee Sick of Values Then select a variable below and fill in the rest of the following i 2 information These files will be saved by the pn client Case Gale T ona aaistetas VEML E Resolution X Z Flatfile ss PRESSION z 4 HDF 5 0 os VITESSE V Format Brick of bytes 1 LUG oy cee yep 1 TREE wadefined PREGA T Pr ae Vector MI TE lt 4 D ae component te a e
177. you wish to display the subset part differently Such as Marker turn on node labels this can easily be done through the W Visible Size 1 0000e 00 subset part attribute editing The name of the subset part in the part list will be Query show expand Case 1 J 1 Computational mesh 2 Query i expand a wt 4 If you wish to keep the subset part that was the result of the display expansion factor setting you may do so when you turn off the interactive query Se ie Gee CUO ne ne A pop up dialog will ask you if you wish to keep or delete the expansion factor subset part 2 wA How To Index User Manual Page 265 gt robe interactively OTHER NOTES Note that interactive query actions do not generate corresponding command language When in query mode with the Action set to Request other picking options that use the p key are disabled such as the picks in Part Mode Part Cursor Line Plane and LookAt Point The Quick Interaction area contains all the attributes that can be set for Probe Interactively There is no Probe Feature Detail Editor SEE ALSO How To Query Plot User Manual Interactive Probe Query ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 266 H OW T O s Q e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight can perform a number of different kinds of queries over time or space The result is a Query Entity that can be plotted using EnSight s built in Plotting facility or that can be pri
178. 0 P 1 00 Mix Opaqueness 9g i W Auto size Length s specified 4 Modify any attributes desired 2 2 2 gt GSS ae i ig tip i K Li idth 1 pixel Li le Solid Including the visibility toggle if you don t desire to ine width 1pixel_ Line style Solid 2 Rlioo Glico P 100 Mix see the bounds in the selected viewports Subl Gradaton Sub Grid Line width 1 pixel zl Line style Solid a R oso G oso Bloao Mix s 3 s General A X Axis yy Y Axis v Z Axis ANIS kia apy Bas Hn Value labels Axis location All Extent location Min Format Gog Format R 1 00 G 100 P 1 00 Mix Gradation Sub Grad Grad type Tick sE SubG type Tick PE Extent location Min Delete Viewports A created viewport can be deleted at any time 1 Click VPort in the Mode Selection area to enter Viewport mode 2 Select the desired viewport s Hold down the control key to select multiple viewports 3 Click the Delete icon a i Other Notes You can interactively transform multiple viewports simultaneously by selecting the viewports you want to link together and turning on the Link Interactive Transforms toggle Those viewports that are highlighted in green will now transform together for any transformations performed in the Transformation dialog Linking does not apply to transformations perform
179. 00 Maximum coordinate In Frame 0 is 3 80000e 01 1 20000e 01 0 00000e 00 Min node label in part is 1 Max node label in part is 2380 Element Information is Element type 6 Noded triangle count 1128 Min element label in part is 1 Max element label in part is 1128 Note In general client side parts particle traces profiles vector arrows contours can t be queried in this manner You will receive and error message like the following ERROR The query of the part specified could not be completed However as of EnSight 8 2 particle trace parts will give one bit of information namely how many traces there are in the part And a note will be given informing you how to get a dump of the trace into the message window Something like Part 2 Query Information This part is a particle trace part Part has 10 traces Note For full trace dump into this window issue the following command in the command dialog test full trace query ON Then repeat this query SEE ALSO How To Query Plot How To Probe Interactively User Manual Show Information ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 263 robe Interactively INTRODUCTION EnSight provides an interactive query capability that displays variable data in the Graphics Window as you move the mouse pointer over geometry as you move the cursor tool within the model or at specified node element ijk or xyz locations The probe can display the value direct
180. 01 7e 01 2 509e 01 0 000e 00 G Reset Transf Fit x z x Y Z Store Recall Undo F Tool tips y 4 Clear Clear all parts Close S40 INISI9 it SEE ALSO How To Use Selection Tool User Manual Element Blanking ka 2 HowTo Index User Manual Activate Variables INTRODUCTION When a results dataset is read into EnSight associated variables are noted and listed in the Main Variables List However a variable will remain deactivated not loaded into memory until some operation requires it or it is explicitly activated read into memory If an active variable is no longer required you can deactivate it and free the associated memory BASIC OPERATION Variable Activation In most instances variables are automatically activated as required For example if you create a contour using a deactivated variable EnSight will automatically activate the variable prior to creating the contour You can also activate variables explicitly using the Feature Detail Editor for Variables W H File Edit Query View Tre Part color lighting amp transparen x Wo Apply modifications immediately m E 6 p Flipbook animation edit Highlight shininess p eee i 1 Open the Feature Detail Editor for Variables _ Keyframe animation edi 0 00 You can open this dialog in several Ways You can Solution time editor Highlight intensity alee eens do Edit gt Variables edito
181. 1 deleting 53 part display by 53 reading 50 replacing 53 viewport visibility 54 127 CEI Inc 6 center of transformation picking 147 CFD variables 253 client server overview 10 clip animation 318 auxiliary clipping 121 box 201 general quadric 213 grid 199 IJK 204 line 194 plane 197 quadric 202 revolution of 1D part 212 revolution tool 211 RTZ 209 XYZ 207 Z clipping 116 clipping plane using 3 node ids 198 collaboration 33 color background 124 default 284 legend 349 part 283 selector 143 variable palette 256 command file play 86 record 85 command line options 23 client ar 23 batch 25 bbox 25 bg 25 box resolution 25 c 23 case 23 cm 23 collab port 23 ctarget 25 ctx 23 custom 23 dconfig 25 delay refresh 23 display list 25 double buffer 25 P P Q R Q R User Manual S S T U V W X Y Z extcfd 23 externalcmdport 23 externalcmds 23 fg 25 fn 25 font 25 frustrum cull 25 gdbg 24 gl 25 glconfig 25 glsw 25 gold 23 h help Z 24 hc 25 iconlblf 24 inputdbg 24 iwd 24 localhostname 23 maxoff 24 multi sampling 25 multi sampling sw 25 nb 24 ni 24 no delay refresh 23 no display list 25 no file locking 24 no frustrum cull 25 no multi sampling 25 no occlusion test 25 no prefs 24 no start screen 25 no stencil buff 25 norm per poly 25 norm per vert 25 num samples 25 num samples st 25 occluson test 25 ogl 25 p 23
182. 1 n z a a ps a S as a ag r Pag p Foa i 1 Be ja ya Pa fon a x Yt eg ee eo Pi 3 a T Ts e B pol rl P y P N ies pr aai y 7 T 1 a ec e i ie pm g me et ARS SE a e E aba eg al eT a ee TEA ay nE ake ee a nS rete ye rf Se a a aes T ki i ae ps eie cred ite Ni a ig ae a ee re a A aint ee a a i Se aT oe L a te a Woe r 7 ea A a i r a es I aF n keb Ensari a Sa Arab aa he nt meee i ee E e a a A _ as gt ee a ees re pr pr po ic 3 Cg bi r l a pe Se g 5 ITELE oe ee ee EN PS oe ee ee ee Tri h a te a h L 4 x i z O um a ee ee eee I T ie p e on baa rT a ee ee a TE k 7 i 4 H is 4 J L E pa A a a ee ee m lt P ad os ee a ie A Lh e ae i L a iy es ao 4 _ z E _ Nee e an wt Pe eM A ce gt E at ie Oe na ol ee Bate ee pet ea ee _ a ca E ai E E Sia iasi EET a iie E OP Lep y 6 z ee a a E ee a Ei Li A j n n P ee Sa a og i i Se ae a m E Easo TI i s is DS 5 ey in 1 a Pe ely he f nL ij E i ba ain a e ol p t ana ihj E m a pS E aa d n _ a ae ee oe RE ales a Sieg Ey ae ee oe _ a a l A T i J i a ee SS ed ey v BS oe ean ee ee a ee ne be Pe SS T a j Eo fe me an ii ie x i Fi pee Be Se he N og ee fre Tis eo OE e Pg l T _ a 7 at 5 i B J 7 g 5 A ae e E r ee TS ee a ee a aa ae ee a_i F Piga i i i a 3 j j F Bi ea pga Pa ae e T pee A fe oe ee oe ae T ma a E e a Paa Ea r Tala Tr ai T bu Sx f ri ee eee a ei L a T aa r ni ps
183. 5 Hit the Create button hae 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 199 How ane Create Plane Clips Q e000 Crinkly Plane Clips You can also check the integrity of your mesh by clipping with a crinkly intersection Specifying a Crinkly Domain results in a part composed of all the mesh elements that intersect the plane tool _ Interactive tool Use tool Plane Domain Intersect Crnkly Plane type Mesh Clip extents _F Inside furnet pip prp K z i F Outside 1 Change the Domain to ot slices 1 Delta 5 0000e 01 _ nfUut Create Apply tool change Tool location Advanced Help 2 Click the Apply Tool 3 Change button gt OTHER NOTES If you have a clip defined by three node ids and you attempt to use the interactive mode which makes no sense for the 3 node option the interactive movement of the clip will occur according to the plane tool but will go back to the 3 node representation when you release the mouse button Use clipping planes to create planar clips through arbitrary meshes If you have a structured mesh such as those in PLOT3D format you may wish to use IJK clips instead An IJK clip displays a plane of constant J or K An interactive IJK clip will sweep through the range of for example displaying the JK plane at each value See How to Create IJK Clips for more information SEE ALSO Introduction to
184. 505 ensight8 sos or ensight82 sos EE toy bjn ensight 2 505 Note To add another dataset or replace the existing dataset which EnSight refers to as another case see Adding Another Case below hae M4 How To Index User Manual a p kaa a3 o J T F 6 fe a oe ee P7 ma n S FEIF J sg ms g s mi Ts 2 qu TaT we N od ars 1 ae 55 tells 7 anga Le p T a P z ee os fin SMe a Li e Bp r 0 3 eee ee F M a Loe a bia Dr lf PE aa e a m ol z n hg i phi 7 p rl 728 pe Ue a ls _ im ja a a T ad D n 2 z E Ta a ae T cS B Te as Pate et ee ee eet aol R Be j a ae z OO o i E Pa eyii ei prit aa Ce he fa ee ee ee Bi te Pe a al o a H ia 7 n i pH j e S p ia z R i ian 3E MA Ep ae H 4 a i 7 ae T _ l d pra a ec ee ee a ee ge LoS Oe Be 7 g i i fis 7 1 A i il i in n J A al oP ae oes p a i a i a Fal k d 4 e p r lt a 7 f s ba P Ta Sie y ae r n ql x i i a 5 F Tr AE eee ae ee ne ee oe ra n i i I H E j 1 coe 3 i j iF d a be bT E eee ok f eit i f fi b k B i j Mee eg zi R pe oll e ae a A g il i i fi d rr ELA ee sg y i wo g eS _ ly L O _ i i a oa q j zr i s z r n rere gegt ts a i Te N g T E i a mi ct j 4 i Ta E M pee z Abi na E 3 Ce i a z a a ka i i m SRT T as i 1 A 3 r i in i EH jm Te a Cia E z s ee a a r mT a pa Fat d i d T Te 3 f i r
185. 9 990000 Absolute by clicking a 2 Select the viewport s for which you want to modify the 3 Click the Selected viewports lighting button Which will bring up the Viewport lighting attributes dialog 4 Choose whether lighting will be relative to the viewport Relative or relative to the model axis system Absolute r viewport lighting attributes Position Light 1 7 ere ee en Nene we enema Reena riag i 0 000000 ater ey SS ee Convert to absolute Light 2 Set to default Position This light is always at the viewer camera Intensi ntensity 9 000000 The effect of using a Relative position is that when the model is rotated the light source does not rotate so lighting changes on the model The effect of using an Absolute position is that when the model is rotated the light source rotates with the model so lighting on the model does not change SEE ALSO User Manual Lighting Attributes gt 2 OAA HowTo Index User Manual Page 131 nie 1p i aa ore ae H PETUTP Ay es e i rs a a oe ry F 5 a T i r pi g T T 5 E Eaa LEI La Ti ae Ta n aT Br eii i lias ei al T p Sd j Ta oi a T B Pr a la o Pag f hae ai a E 7 el a n msa i a e beg y gt i s ut is rs b nod a E g 4 k E n P 7 f Pari es i a a i Fa fee ore pae Thean nT ro i 7 5 te She L ot m a a fey s on ee i K ee es z Ca un Bell ae Bas Dh aes ree a
186. Auxiliary Clipping ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 121 How To Define and Change m 2 e000 Viewports INTRODUCTION EnSight provides up to sixteen user defined viewports in the Graphics Window Each viewport is a rectangular region of the screen with or without a border displaying some or all of the currently visible parts Each viewport can be transformed e g rotated or zoomed sized and positioned independently Viewports have several display attributes including background and border color Viewports provide a very flexible environment for data display This article is divided into the following sections Create a New Viewport Select Viewports Move and Resize Viewports Set Viewport Background Color or Image Set Viewport Attributes Display Selected Parts in Viewports Set Case Visibility Per Viewport Perform Transformations in Viewports Reset Viewport Transformations Delete Viewports BASIC OPERATION Create a New Viewport On startup EnSight creates a single viewport that fills the Graphics Window To create a new viewport 1 Click VPort in the Mode Selection area to enter Viewport mode 2 Click the Viewports Layout pull down icon oO lt to select any of the standard viewport layo US cosets eens rer dee terecoeteree eee OR 2 Click the New Viewport icon Select Viewports When you create a new viewport it automatically becomes the currently selected viewport
187. B gt z 2 ar oe S pa i l Ie o T r Ea el am a Sore Lag e he ote a g E wa ee at ota eee P Ce as Fi a a a r d k T EL ee a ee i q a yi f y _ z i a p ig k r a i N F ii a _ r EN bet sr a E z i ee E We ta d T a Ei E x z i i ie a r 7 pa l is i JE 2 S L ae a BI af i i om Be al a Cam gr 4 i te a o E 5 L a E E a E _ ps Le i sge T 1 et a A k T S im _ y H i E 4 p Tas 5 a 2 J i a et ee i F P 7 E il B 5 J L 5 ap eg J p s k a a E l gi i a b en d q i j e F bi l 2 gt E Ta J A i ki e i 1 a ri E j z z P x e k A T i J d fi tz i t E j 35 L ja ams e at me oe ied lt i s a p pr Tre LF z a i mi mE 7 iN i oe O m T a 1 mn ey in a s or d 7 m gt i b i F i Pal F IE E i l lt e a a bs z u an a J Blac a a a z a y T a z a T P l E P p m A _ i k j j nr E Eri aa ii i a i E is i j E F ED a a m L B i z z n i a l Pi 5 E fi i L J Ea i T a ee E a E fa o i ij T P B i iG o W E pi _ a i T in p m 5 ii 1 oe a pe E o ae el S oS gt a ee i a ean Pe Oe OY z E o T a a s y 7 T _ i T r aj Whe T r s a aye 4 _ ee n KE are i aly ey eae a pi are 5 ig s ns ar ae Fe se h mS ie LETE aT Ee ee ge ea a ge Po a oye i
188. Click the run forward or backward PMe Bogin The flipbook will begin to run Delete Cf i i Help oe en oa ae You can also step through the pages aenn manually 3 Click the forward backward single step buttons once for each page You can also enter values in the Current Page field and press return to jump to a specific page 4 To change the range of displayed pages enter new values in the Begin Page and or End Page fields and press return or move the slider range markers 5 To change the display speed enter a new value in the Display Speed field and press return or simply slide the slider 2 2 eee eee eee teen nee e ee naee A speed of 1 00 represents full hardware speed with no delays a value of 0 5 is half of full speed 6 To cycle the page display click Cycle Cycle will replay the pages in reverse order when the last page is reached Da a gt g 8 When done set the Display to original model instead Ol TIIDDOOK PAGES ssresssna graean EEE SR E E EE EA EE E E E E E E E ANE E NR AEE EE E A O E Record Once a flipbook is loaded it can be recorded The Record current graphics window animation Off On icon will be on pja kA Click it to open the Save Animation dialog This is explained in How To Print Save an Image ae M4 ob OP How To Index User Manual Page 320 How R Create a Flipbook k 2 ee e Animat
189. Cone tool File Editor function Transform action G5 aT ou eas About axis wk wit 2 yl z 0 0 all m E Which frame Scale settings Coord frame 0 Increment 1 000000 if 2 select Editor Function gt Tools gt Cone Limit 10 000000 SS ee Cartesian Coordinates of Cone Tool in Frame 0 3 Enter the desired coordinates for the Origin location of the cone tip the x Y Fa Sonae Ong 3305e 01 5 7804e 01 4 3355e 01 Axis direction vector and the a Axis conical half angle in degrees and 1 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 press return e Angle 2 9000e 01 a i Close You can also rotate translate or scale the Cone by setting the desired transform action and axis and manipulating the slider bar In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Cone since the numeric values always update to reflect the current location If you are positioning the Cone interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released The clip cut from the cone tool will extend infinitely from the tip outwards To limit the extent of the cone clip cut use the plane tool and cut the cone clip cut as desired ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Cone center
190. Connection settings bunker Conn name bunker Hostname bunker Executable ensight82 server Working dir scratchidata ensight Is dyna Login name Alt rsh emd Use default rsh cmd Case Name ane Optional settings Create new viewport for this case Apply context from case 1 Reflect model about axis IX JY JZ Origin X 0 000000e 00 0 000000e 00 0 000000e 00 Okay Cancel r P pTi 3 1x Replace Case Replace Case Case I with Case Okay Cancel For more information on Cases see How To Load Multiple Datasets Cases a 2 HowTo Index User Manual Other Auto connection requirements The auto connect mechanism requires that certain conditions exist in your computing environment for auto connections to work Specifically EnSight depends on a correctly working rsh command that doesn t require passwords The notes below assume using the default rsh command Alternatively EnSight can use a replacement command for rsh as long as that replacement command follows rsh syntax i e rsh l username hostname command Should you wish to use an alternative command for rsh you may specify this command in the Connections Setting dialog or on the EnSight command line with the rsh alternative Command _name command line option where alternative _ command_name is the replacement command Typically one of these mechanisms is used in computing enviro
191. Create Box Clips A Box clip is a 3D volumetric hexahedral shaped clip or cut This clip uses the box tool which can be manipulated anywhere in space and the result can be the surface intersection of the box tool walls and the model the volume portion of the model inside the tool the volume portion of the model outside the tool or the crinkly surface elements of the intersection Be aware that due to the algorithm used this clip can and most often does have chamfered edges the size of which depends on the coarseness of the model elements Create Quadric Clips In addition to standard clipping planes EnSight also provides clipping against quadric shapes These clips use the corresponding quadric tool Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution to specify the location of the clip You can also create a clip that contains all the elements that intersect the quadric value via the crinkly domain specification These clips help view the integrity of the mesh at these values Create IJK Clips An IJK clip is a 1D or 2D slice through a structured mesh The resulting clip is a 1D line or 2D surface where one dimension e g is held fixed while the other one or two dimensions e g J and K vary The minimum and maximum range of the free dimensions can be set by the user as well as the step size IJK clips can be interactively animated throughout the range of the fixed dimension by manipulating a slider Although planar clips can still be creat
192. Cylinder JJ About axis Which frame Scale settings Coord frame 0 Increment 1 000000 Limit 10 000000 f FI Cartesian Coordinates of Cylinder Tool in Frame 0 x Y z Orig 3 Enter the desired coordinates for the p a 7 7653e 01 1 3707e 01 1 1725e 00 Origin location of the center point 9 5386e 01 2 7119e 01 1 2890e 01 the Axis direction vector and the Radius 6 6914e 01 Radius and press return 551515 Close You can also rotate translate or scale the Cylinder by setting the desired transform action and axis and manipulating the slider bar In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Cylinder since the numeric values always update to reflect the current location If you are positioning the Cylinder interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Cylinder center is set to the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry and aligned with the X axis The coordinates of the Cylinder are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Cylinder relative to the origin of a different fram
193. D part about the axis crinkly or the volume of the inside and or the outside domain swept by the 1D part about the axis This clip does not have interactive manipulation capability with a slider or by dragging the tool with the mouse However if the 1D part is capable of being moved you can move it and the revolution clip will update BASIC OPERATION File Edit Query View Tools Case Case 1 tool Revolve 1D part Domain Intersect l Computational mesh Revolve part 7 Crinkly Inside Outside ie po 0 00000e 00 os OOOOe 00 a In Out Axis 1 00002e 00 ag o OOo 00 Create pal Apply tool change i Taki Panna Pirit Advanced Help Al 1 Select the parent part 6 Click Create 2 Click the Clip Icon n 3 Select Revolve 1D Part from the Use Tool Ee E Note that you can manipulate the 1D part or the origin and axis and the clip will 4 Enter the 1D part to use update 5 Set the desired origin and axis of the T You can also change the domain and the revolution MEIE EOS clip will change 6 Select the desired Domain Eea ANSEES ADVANCED USAGE SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips How to Create Box Clips How to Create IJ
194. E tO EE EH tH EEE EE EOE FEE EE EE EE EEE EH EEE EE EOE ESE ES header Presentation tools executable EnLitenSaveScenario enc tooltip Save scenario and start EnLiten with it text Start EnLiten and import current scenario 1con enliten png displaymode Both executable EnVideoSaveAnim enc tooltip Save animation and start EnVideo with it text Start EnVideo and import current animation 1con envideo png displaymode Both Definitions VERSION first line of menuactions define provides the name of the category for this directory executable MUST BE FIRST LINE OF EACH TOOL DEFINITION provides the name of the file to process This file can be py Python code enc EnSight commands ctx EnSight context or anything else Based on the suffix py enc ctx the appropriate action will be taken If the suffix does not match one of these three then the file will just be executed In the above example specifying enliten8 and envideos as executables would cause these tools to be started The enc files shown would be processed via EnSight ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 384 a m iu ai iaaa t al ir ac fe fae Saat a Sect Ls FE am a ITE eh poe r ia j aP enk He mM ae cil T iP F x a a Ses O giua C Dg 2 need re Ae a SEE ALSO Command Language Manual User Manual Mouse and Keyboard Preferences Interface Manual EnSight Python Interpreter How To Index User Manual Page 385 INTRODUC
195. EE EE EEE SE OEE OE EO OE Color by Textures _ pe Display legend when part is colored Pi Auto replace legend when part is colored gt Reset legend ranges when time is changed values of variable at the current time Jt _ Use continuous palette for per element vars 6 Set the default legend for per element variables to be constant over the element or to vary continuously over the element averages with neighbors 2 220 22022 a 7 Set the default legend editing interface to simple or advanced r 8 If you have predefined color palettes you can set one of them to be the default by entering the name or picking one from the list of defined palettes ccc terete terete EET 7 9 To set default legend attributes click here This will bring up the detail editor for color legends with no legends selected In the feature detail editor set the desired attributes such as linear logarithmic scale and continuous or banded type sarge ee tie ee ee es pe eee east nesece Pick predefined palette from list To set legend defaults such as the Secale type 1 g Click here to start 2 Modify any legend attributes in the Peature Detail Editor now displayed For example Type or Scale i 4 Save tg preference file Clase Help 10 Click here to save the preferences A User Manual Page 366 i amp a HowTo I
196. From the Size pulldown select whether tip visual clutter scaling is Fixed and enter an appropriate value in the text field or Proportional to the local vector magnitude ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 215 Create Vector Arrows Other Vector Arrow Attributes Other vector arrow attributes control the type of arrow the location of the arrow origin and arrow filtering options based on vector magnitude 1 Double click the desired vector arrow part in the parts list reese 2 Select the desired type from the Type pulldown Choices are Rectilinear Standard vector arrows shaft points in local vector direction with length equal to vector magnitude scaled by Scale Factor Value Rect Fixed Same as Rectilinear except that length is set by Scale Factor value independent of vector magnitude Curved Arrow shaft is the path of a particle trace in the local flow field Scale Factor becomes Time and controls the duration stopping criteria for each trace WARNING This can take a great deal of time for large numbers of vector arrows and or long Time values select a variable Scale Factor 2 5609e 01 Set to default Arrow tips lies TT 3 ee ee eee Type Rectilinear Location Vertices Sie AE aaan aaa Filtey None Lew 0 0000e 00 High 1 0000e 00 Create Apply new variable Advanced Help 3 Select the desired filter type from the Filter Sele
197. GE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Box Tool is centered about the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry and is aligned with the model axis system The coordinates of the Cylinder are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Box Tool relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Box tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points SEE ALSO Other tools Cursor Line Plane Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools User Manual Tools Menu Functions a WAP How To Index User Manual Page 162 How ae Use the Cylinder Tool Q e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a cylindrical specification tool called the Cylinder tool When visible the Cylinder tool appears as a typically white cylinder icon with a line running down the central axis An axis triad will be at the center of the central axis line T
198. Gold Geometry File Format ha WAP How To Index User Manual Bie L les a lt 5 Te a i A 1 ae oe Pa I eae Fa Ts ee ae oe Se wd a ii at Ralls a a i Se ee mt r m f mar erry ea aie Cig ee hee ee an s an Lo Tay x L s owe i i E T r i i Tr E i 3 rs Se a E r i Li T p aie eae g A t mi em mi TE Aa e i ta i Fete ae h ia a B 3 an i s B G pa ea ae Tos g a a wi p A il ig ns ae see fon TALE ste i Pa Ei f T L n a J p y x aari ee E Fd a prai re Se Bi i p r a T F Ca e LiG z ca s i oa r z 7 i 4 r a A O oe Se a Er _ Er p am an L o m i E F a an i ae ee aus bs n A l 5 i a F En j i F i mar a Za bal 4 a a A ae a 4 5 1 r 1 n 4 f je Ti q 15 nal i i fF _ F E i a 4 a a o D H a ni a5 E a TE 7 O E EE E a E a i a a m i j 3 L isl 5 hes a ee n eA r y A i e le 4 14 p s ri 1 i 4 i 1 3 A s we a L F _ Ee 1 E B i i E z y o 4 i a i i 1 a E 4 ae S B d ee la r i p i r F 2 J E z fey a E as aie j R Fy i Chp E g Fi i is k i 2 a D 5 5 e P E he z fi i a aa ee y Fas i t A J J T nk a ui Eo a ia a ai n a Le a a r a i els 2 z P i aa Pa z p ji r B 5 e k a i aye lis mi a f a a 4 o i i E r T r i i j i i 5 ya s D a ap z a j 5 A z 5 t r t s i J a j ri 7 o 7 i E ja al p io x v 3 i F i i i ari F m Ps E d po v i
199. H commands to spawn worker bees in the parallel rendering mode This may be needed with Kerberos based authentication methods that have temporal event horizons built into them ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual INTRODUCTION EnSight supports a number of file formats common in computational analysis In addition CEI has defined generic data formats in both ASCII and binary versions that can be used for both structured and unstructured data In many cases analysis codes output this data directly i e FLUENT STAR CD KIVA etc Reading data into Ensight can be a one step quick process if an association is known for the data format type and you wish to load all parts Command Collaboration A two step process is also available This is the more traditional method for gt Open EnsSight and provides more control over the reading of data files and the part feast pata creation process The first step is the selection of appropriate files The second step is the loading of parts Both steps have many similarities regardless of the data format These basic steps are described below Variations from the methods shown l will be described in Chapter 2 Reader Basics of the User Manual for the various Restore g formats Both of these methods are accessed under File gt Open Dpen recent data file Quit Brn pii aie Riagh Barg One Step Quick Method Simple Interface One Step Qu
200. Hidden Line the Hidden Line Overlay dialog is displayed This dialog allows you to specify a color for the overlay edges If Specify Line Overlay Color is not oes set cna gel ona PC enabled overlay color will be set to the native color of each part If it is enabled the color can be specified either by entering red green blue color values or by clicking the Mix button and picking a color with the R G B Mix standard Color Selector dialog Okay Note that hidden line and hidden line overlay are disabled during interactive transformations The drawing calculations required for these modes can be quite substantial for large models so much so that interactive manipulation would be unacceptably slow Hidden line overlay Note also that hidden line overlay mode is disabled if transparency is on ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 112 How R Set Drawing Style Q e000 The per part toggles for shaded and hidden line mode are available in Part mode 1 Select Part in the Mode Selection area Line Shaded 2 Click the Shaded toggle to switch from line to za shaded or vice versa Y ne SA a e 3 Click the Hidden Line toggle to enable or disable hidden line mode Ep lt ms Unhidden Hidden Note that enabling shaded mode for a part has no effect unless the global shading toggle is also enabled on the desktop or under the View menu The same is true for hidden line unless the
201. How To Change Plot Attributes User Manual Query Plot ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 273 Plot Attributes INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a full featured X Y plotting system fully integrated with the query and transient data handling capabilities Query entities see How To Query Plot are assigned to plotters Plotters display one or more curves where each curve is based on the data from a single query entity If the query entity is changed the corresponding curve will automatically update Plotter attributes controlling aspects of appearance such as color of curves and titles axis labeling gradation and tick marks and border background color can be edited in Plot Mode This article is divided into the following sections Anatomy of a Plotter Create Plotters Select Plotters and Curves Move and Resize Plotters Set Plotter Visibility Set Title Background Legend Border Position Time Attributes Set Axis Attributes Set Curve Attributes Delete Plotters Anatomy of a Plotter Plotters are composed of the following fundamental components Plot Title Plot Scale Handle grab to scale all except Plot Title Y Axis Value Labels Sa and Legend Y Axis Gradation EE Legend Legend Position Handle Y Axis Subgradation aa Y Axis Title Curves 1 X Axis Value Labels Plot border red indicates that it is currently selected X Axis Title hae 2 M4 bh Ho
202. Index User Manual Extracting unstructured iblanked parts 1 Select the structured zones desired Optionally you can change the Domain From To and Step values 2 Hit the Create Load from selected button In this example 4 parts will be created and they will each be the full extents at original resolution Iblanking for the domain will be ignored 3 Open the Iblanked Part Creation turndown 4 Select from the domain parts that you have previously created 5 Select the iblanking value to use Optionally you can specify your own name for the part that will be created 6 Hit the Create and Load Iblanked Unstructured Part button This will create an unstructured part consisting of the elements which have the selected iblank value from the selected parts SEE ALSO How To Read Data User Manual Using Node Ranges gt 2 OAA HowTo Index we Unstructured data A Structured data Parts list l Element visual rep 3D border 2D full Feature angle tah fs Domain All l Using node ee From Delta EEEREN Pera 2 ee eee oe Soy so oe a S Sree E eee description Create load all Prreate load from selected Poe kj blanked part creation Structured Farts To Be Parent Of Iblankec Part San ALL N Mins M mm i 4 f Iblank values for entire mesh petween 0 2 Fi fal Iblank part snes Create And Load Iblanked Unstructured Part eee NOTE Va
203. Information File This file provides pointers to the client and server archive files as well as additional information required to load the archive An example is given in the Advanced Usage section below 2 The Client Archive file This is the clients binary dump file 3 The Server Archive file This is the server s binary dump file Note that for Server of Servers there will be an SOS archive file and then a server archive file per server Although each file has a default location you can override the default during the archiving process Saving an Archive 1 Close all open EnSight windows except the main window 2 Select File gt Save gt Full Backup to open the Save Full Backup Archive dialog his x Cees ee eRe ee ensight1011_1036 archive Client Directory oe Server directory usr peaplejfoefdata Select file name or directory names Archive Information File Client Directory Serer Directory Okay Cancel Help 2 If desired enter a new name for the Archive Information file You can set the directory for the Archive Information File by clicking the Archive Information File button to open a standard File Selection dialog 3 If desired select a directory for the client s binary dump file by either entering the directory in the Client Directory field or clicking the Client Directory button to open a standard File Selection dialog 4 If desired select a directory for the server s binary du
204. K Clips How to Create Revolution Tool Clips User Manual Clip Create Update ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 212 INTRODUCTION Double Clicking on the Clip Create Update Icon brings up the Feature Detail Editor Clips the Creation attributes section of which offers access to one type of clip creation which is not available in the Quick Interaction area It is possible to create a 3D Quadric clip using the General Quadric option by directly specifying the coefficients of a general quadric equation These coefficient values represent the general equation of a Quadric surface They can be changed by modifying the coefficient values No tool exists corresponding to this equation AX BY2 CZ2 DXY EYZ FXZ GX HY IZ J BASIC OPERATION 1 Get to the Feature Detail Editor for clips The easiest way to do this is to double click the Clip Feature Icon File Edit View Help 2 Select the parent part s in the Parts list d 2 Cl Clip general 3 Choose the General Quadric Tool 4 Choose the desired Domain Intersect Crinkly Inside Outside or In Out Clip parameters 5 Edit the coefficients a MA2 VA2 Z2 3 Click the Create button XY YZ KZ Qe O Qe O C ee O x Yy rs Oe O Cee 0 Cy ee OH 1 0000 00 Note The Animation Delta is not available for general quadric clips Animation delta i SPH Bitar 2B i SPH Bitar EB
205. K Clips 204 Create Isosurfaces 183 Create Lines 337 Create Material Parts 239 Create New Variables 247 Create Particle Traces 187 Create Profile Plots 220 Create Quadric Clips 202 Create Revolution of 1D Part Clips 212 Create Revolution Tool Clips 211 Create RTZ Clips 209 Create Subset Parts 222 Create Tensor Glyphs 223 Create Text Annotation 334 Create Vector Arrows 215 Create XYZ Clips 207 Customize Icon Bars 356 Customize Mouse Button Actions 358 Cut Parts 289 Define and Change Viewports 122 Define and Use Macros 361 Delete a Part 290 Display Discrete or Experimental Data 228 Display Displacements 225 Display Labels 298 Display Remotely 132 Do Element Blanking 243 Do Structured Extraction 64 Do Viewport Tracking 150 Edit Color Palettes 256 Enable Stereo Viewing 144 Enable User Defined Input Devices 381 EnSight Overview 10 Extract Boundary Layer Variables 254 Extract Part Representations 288 Extract Separation and Attachment Lines 235 Extract Shock Surfaces 237 Extract Vortex Cores 233 Get Point Node Element and Part Information 261 Group Parts 286 Introduction to Part Creation 175 Load Custom Logos 348 Load Multiple Datasets Cases 50 Load Transient Data 55 Manipulate Fonts 352 Map Textures 306 Merge Parts 287 Output for Povray 105 Pick Center of Transformation 147 Probe Interactively 264 Produce Customized Access to Tools amp Fe
206. LT OUTLINE 28 ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT OUTLINE SCALE 28 ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT OUTLINE STYLE 28 ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT SYMBOL 28 ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT SYMBOL STYLE 28 ENSIGHT NAGLE 29 ENSIGHT PATHREPLACE 29 ENSIGHT PICK SCALE 28 ENSIGHT WINSOCK11 29 ENSIGHT8 COLLABHUB SPAWNDEL AY 28 ENSIGHT8 FIXED FONT SIZE 28 ENSIGHT8 HUB APP 28 ENSIGHT8 HUB ARGS 28 ENSIGHT8 HUB CONNBACKHOST 28 ENSIGHT8 HUB OUTPUTFILE 28 ENSIGHT8 INPUT 30 ENSIGHT8 MAX CTHREADS 29 ENSIGHT8 MAX SOSTHREADS 29 ENSIGHT8 MAX THREADS 29 ENSIGHT8 READER 30 ENSIGHT8 READER GUI 30 ENSIGHT8 RENDERER HOSTS 28 ENSIGHT8 RES 29 ENSIGHT8 SERVER HOSTS 29 ENSIGHT8 SOCKBUF 29 ENSIGHT8 UDMF 30 ENSIGHT8 UDW 30 ENSIGHT8 WORKER APP 28 ENSIGHT8 WORKER ARGS 28 ENSIGHT8 WORKER CONNBACKHO ST 28 LSB MCPU HOSTS 29 PATH 29 TMPDIR 29 experimental data 228 Extent Bounds 148 extract part 288 extracting Q R S T U V W X Y Z User Manual Page 398 HOw To u a Q e000 boundary layer variables 254 separation attachment lines 235 shock surfaces regions 237 vortex cores 233 F failed elements removing 241 using with user defined API 242 fast display mode 115 fax number 6 feature angle representation 291 feature detail editor 393 file selection 392 flipbook animation 318 transient data animation 315 font manipulation 352 environment variables 352 formating codes 353 frame assigning parts to 136 attributes 139 creating 135 deleting 140 repositioning 137 selecting 136
207. Manual pdf CEIl HOME ensight82 doc Manuals CLmanual pdf SCEIlHOME ensight82 doc Manuals InterfaceManual pdf You can open these manuals in the pdf reader and print any or all pages or send them to an outside source for printing ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual EnSight Overview ENSIGHT OVERVIEW EnSight is a powerful software package for the postprocessing visualization and animation of complex datasets Although EnSight is designed primarily for use with the results of computational analyses it can also be used for other types of data This document provides a very brief overview of EnSight Consult Chapter 1 in the User Manual for additional overview information This article is divided into the following sections Graphical User Interface Client Server Architecture EnSight s Parts Concept Online Documentation Graphical User Interface The graphical user interface GUI of EnSight contains the following major components Note This whole upper level of the GUI Information Area Button a A is referred to as the Desktop Click to see information dialog Message Area a eee eee eee Quick Interaction Area Interface controls associated with the current feature selected from the Feature Icon Bar Main Menu on Feature Icon Bar oe sets the current feature Click an File Edit Query View Tools Case icon to open the associated Quick Inte ra ction area
208. NSIGHT FONT DEFAULT OUTLINE SCALE specifies the relative scale for the outline font The value 100 0 is the default 200 0 is 2x larger 50 0 is 72 size Note under Windows EnSight uses Times New Roman as the default font for annotations This font does not contain a large selection of multi lingual characters For users running internationalized versions of Windows we suggest that they set ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT ANNOT to the name of the typeface that best matches their locale This allows for natural internationalized text input BASIC OPERATION Font selection dialog W Font selector In nearly every location where EnSight allows the user to enter Select Font Family to insert at current insertion point a text string to be used for display e g text annotations plot titles axis titles etc it is possible to change the font It is also possible to change the font repeatedly in a string This is done by inserting a special code into the string that contains the font name See Text formatting codes for details In several locations in the EnSight GUI this operation is simplified via the font selection dialog which lists all the available font family style Tinos Nici eamRaaeBGld combinations and allows the user to change fonts in the text Times New Roman Bold Italic field currently being edited ee peels Times Mew Roman Regular Arial Black Italic The current font possibly the default is selected in the list aa Paa nean i Arial M B
209. None optionaly 7 Samples 21 Beg End time Sample by Value Leave Variable 2 as None and it will default to Time because of sample type oe Show Save Delete W Marker visibility a _ Ripa te Help 5 Click Create ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Query items 6 Click Plot 7 Select the Query Item to plot 8 Click New Plotter 1 86 Note If any previous plotter has the correct type it will show up in the list and can be selected instead of creating a new one if desired Plotters of quen s type 4 W Reseale plotter when d Show Save Delete pane oe Delete curve assigned Help The plot will be displayed in the graphics window and will be listed in the Plotters Of Query s Type list For more information on plotting see the Plotting section towards the end of this How To Managing Query Entities The Quick Interaction area provides various controls for managing existing Query Entities Query items List of current Query Entities Selected items are operated on by the following actions Maximum plastic vs T slastic vs Distance for Plot the selected Query Entity as described above mm i i m eos Append the text of the selected ane Entity to the Status History window EEE iera E eee Save the selected Query Entity to a disk file either as xy data o
210. O HowTolndex User Manual Page 353 An arbitrary glyph from a font using its Unicode number The number must be specified as four hexadecimal digits For example lt uc 00A9 gt will produce the copyright symbol if it is available in the current font set the color of the subsequent text The user may supply up to 4 floating point values in the range 0 0 1 0 for the Red Green Blue and Alpha opacity of the text The alpha value defaults to 1 0 while other values default to the value to their left Note lt co 0 5 gt changes just the opacity of the text lt Ci Explicitly move to the next line This is the same as pressing enter in the textfield Note that text shown in the Annotation dialog list for text annotations is displayed with lt cr gt in place of all new lines A simple example The following is an example of a text annotation that utilizes multiple fonts multiple lines of text symbols and the store recall feature This is dynamically updated multi line text A symbol Stored location The string entered into the Text Annotation Editing dialog to create this annotation is This is lt fo Arial Bolditalic gt dynamically updated lt fo Courier New BoldIitalic gt multi line lt fo gt text A symbol lt sy gt 120 lt st 1 gt Stored location lt re 1 gt The first few words are in normal text followed by a font change and a new line Midway through the second line the font changes again and at t
211. OFF PartID po ee E Close Apply Help k e O o How To Index User Manual Page 114 H OW To a Q e000 Fast Display Mode The Fast Display Mode can be set either from a menu View gt Fast Display gt or by the Fast Display toggle on the desktop To change between the Dynamic or Static operation of this mode go to Edit gt Preferences Performance To change the part representation for Fast Display Mode 1 Click the Fast Display Representation pull down icon een e nett eee eee eee e eee eee 2 Select Dynamic Box or 3 Select Points 200007 p gt Points Seana we Reduced poly or e uparse model Sexe Invisible 4 Select Reduced poly 7 Note if not using immediate mode this Sparse Model option will not be available here or 5 Select Invisible eeceee et Select Off to return to standard display mode ADVANCED USAGE If using immediate mode and you desire to use the Sparse Model option for Fast Display you can control the percentage of the model that is displayed See Performance Preferences This mode is intended for large models It generally will not be pleasing nor should it be needed for small models SEE ALSO User Manual See Part Mode k wA How To Index User Manual Page 115 Set Z Clipping INTRODUCTION As you apply zoom transform
212. Parallel Rendering ha MOAM HowTo Index User Manual an archive INTRODUCTION EnSight command files are useful for restoring the system to a state reached in a previous session However restoring a long session dealing with large files can be a tedious process Fortunately EnSight provides an archiving mechanism that saves only the current state of the system rather than the entire history of a session This capability is useful not only for large data files with several active variables but also for saving a standard starting point for sessions In the initial session geometry can be loaded variables activated a good viewpoint selected and an archive written Subsequent sessions take advantage of this investment by merely loading the archive which can be done as you start EnSight from the command line The client and server each write separate binary files containing the complete current state of the respective processes Since these files are binary they can be quickly written and restored Note that an archive only contains information resident in either client or server memory at the time of the archive No information is available for variables that were inactive or time steps other than the current For this reason you should never remove the original dataset and attempt to use the archive as a substitute unless you Know what you re doing BASIC OPERATION An EnSight archive consists of three files 1 The Archive
213. Part Creation How To Use the Plane Tool How To Create a Flipbook Animation Other clips How To Create Clip Lines How To Create IJK Clips How To Create Quadric Clips How To Create XYZ Clips How To Create RTZ Clips How To Create Box Clips User Manual Clip Create Update ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 200 INTRODUCTION A Box clip is a 3D volumetric hexahedral shaped clip or cut This clip uses the box tool which can be manipulated anywhere in space and the result can be the surface intersection of the box tool walls and the model the volume portion of the model inside the tool the volume portion of the model outside the tool or the crinkly surface elements of the intersection Be aware that due to the algorithm used this clip can and most often does have chamfered edges the size of which depends on the coarseness of the model elements BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the parent part File Edit Query View Tools PJE Case 1 A __ l Computational mesh _E__ rn cr 4 Position the Box Tool as desired SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Use Box Tool Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create IJK Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips User Manual Clip Create Update gt 2 OAA HowTo Index 2 Click the Clip Icon Case Use toal L Domain Intersect _ User Ma
214. Quick Interaction area Transient When you are done click the Flipbook animation button to return 2 Be sure that the Load tab is selected 6 If desired you can specify a time increment for the load For example using 0 5 would create pages 7 Click E A representing time steps 0 0 5 1 1 5 2 2 5 etc The in between steps are calculated by linear interpolation wA How To Index User Manual Page 315 Animate Transient Data The Load Flipbook Status dialog will open and show the progress of the load You can cancel the load by clicking the Cancel button and retain all the pages loaded to that point Once the load is complete you can run the flipbook using VCR type controls After a flipbook load the next 3 steps will generally be the default already e 1 Make sure the Run tab is selected d 2 Make sure the Display is set to flipbook pages Display A yp 3 Click the run forward or backward i i 3 5 DULL ON jee ersa panei easaseasironseieis PM Resin oaaao wwErent 11 0000 ot E ni 16 000000 eee The flipbook will begin to run Delete 5L 5 k PE Help OR 7 You can also step through the pages O manually 3 Click the forward backward single step buttons once for each page You can also enter values in the Current Page field and press return to jump to a specific page 4 To change the rang
215. R GUI Server User Set to 0 in order to not load user defined extra GUI Any other setting or unset loads extra GUI ENSIGHT8 RENDERER_HOSTS Client a space delimited string consisting of the hostnames to use Collab for distributed rendering clients See current client documentation as well Also see the Resources documentation for additional information ENSIGHT8 RES Specify a resource file name that the client reads ENSIGHT8 SERVER HOSTS Client Resources Specify quoted strings of space delimited host names e g host1 host2 host1 host3 to be used for EnSight servers The host names are used in the order they occur A host name may occur multiple times ENSIGHT8 SOCKBUF Client Networking Sets socket buffer size can be different between client and server server ENSIGHT8 UDMF Server User Sets directory location of user defined math functions to be loaded by EnSight at startup ENSIGHT8 UDW Server User Sets directory location of user defined writers to be loaded by Ensight at startup ENSIGHT8 WORKER_APP Collab the executable name for the client when used with distributed rendering ENSIGHT8 WORKER_ARGS Collab a string of arguments passed to the distributed rendering client executable PAAT ER _WORKER_CONNBACKHOST the collabhub executable hostname used by distributed rendering clients Wiaan MCPU_HOSTS iuad Resources If either the use lsf for servers or use lsf for renderers command line options are spec
216. REP 3D border zD full READ AFTER ensight8 read after dytran enc baie HowTo Index User Manual Two Step Method Advanced Interface Choose Parts First Step Specifying Files Each data format requires a different set of files for proper data loading A table is provided below that briefly describes these files for various formats Links to the User Manual are also provided so you can get detailed information for each format 1 Select File gt Open 2 Toggle Advanced Interface if not already set 3 Navigate to the desired directory using typical navigation methods 4 Filter the list using the File type if desired 5 Select the desired file This file s extension is what will be mapped to a reader in the ensight_reader_extension map 6 Click the applicable Set Button s in this case the Set d3plot button If a mapping is Known the correct Format will be automatically chosen for you 7 Select the correct Format if not already correct The list shown is dependent on the presence of internal and user defined readers at your site and in your preference eo bje ee i Weu u i d3plotot __ more_d3tiles d3ploto2 edfapp_benchmarks txt d3plot03 i ediapp_ benchmarks txt i d3plott4 ay d3plot Ispost db w Simple Interface Data Format options Time options 20S options iscratch data ensight ls
217. Region selector Cursor Case 1 L Line W Plane Box Computational m Quadric Tool positions Fi Select Delete List t lt gt The Sphere tool can be placed in two ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog To move the Sphere with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool a 2 Click and hold the left mouse button ae 3 Drag the Sphere to the desired location f 4 Release the mouse button To stretch the Sphere with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over either of the center line s endpoinlS eero re enera a E E E off 2 Click and hold the left mouse button Da f 3 Drag the endpoint to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To rotate the sphere with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the end of one of the central akes 222 5cseceeee ese EAE ET EE se 7 2 Click and drag until desired rotation is accomplished 3 Release the mouse button Note Selecting the x axis will rotate about the Y axis Selecting the y axis will rotate about the X axis Selecting the z axis will rotate in general about the axis origin Note that the mouse pointer will change when it is over a hotpoint if in Part or Frame mode Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the
218. S m Yariahbhie Enen e Sphere nodes are displayed as spheres and can be fixed size size set by the Scale value or sized based on a variable and Set Line width and Style Solid Line representation scaled by the Scale value Dotted or Dot dashed Width i Style Solid Sphere detail controlled by Detail value Element representation Set element representation _ Visual rep 3D border 2D full described below Shrink factgrlo00 2 7sigtioe Set element shrink factor shrink O _ Reduce polygons E lt 4 4 4 Set polygon reduction Same elements toward the centroid T model but simpler representation Trade off of visual fidelity and rendering speed Set angle for Feature Angle representation n aS None _ lt 0 0000e 00 Set variable to use for failed element removal 7757775775775 Bi jAnd _jOr Set the values and rules for failed Tf E opdi element variable values set to default Displacement attributes 4 nner P au Close Create Update parent SR ERER EY changes How To Index User Manual Page 296 q G q F ai ies i d d d a al be fi 3 a E EnSight provides five representation modes and three combination modes for parts see also How To Change Visual Representation Full Every face and edge of every element is di
219. SAGE ensight8 options or ensight8 client options Section 1 EnSight Startup Client Server Options Restore from specified archive file f C lt host gt lt exe gt Do an auto connection with optional host machine and executable f only c is used the auto connection will be according to the values set in your ensight82 connect default file which is created in your ensight8 directory if you connect via the Connect dialog EnSight server will run on host if you include it after the c And you can also optionally specify the server executable to run on said host Read EnSight casefile name f and display part loader Connect auto and ignore errors Cip Send client s IP address to the server for auto connect The IP address will be used instead of the internet hostname This can be useful for clients which use dynamic IP address assignment i e dhcp However it may not send the correct address if the client computer has multiple network interfaces e g WiFi and wired ethernet Specify the port for collaboration socket communication d Command line display display delay_refresh Graphics window is not updated during command file playback until finished Extended CFD variables automatically placed in variable list externalcmdport Specify the port on which to receive external commands See externalcmds externalcmds Has EnSight start listening for a connection on port 1104 or the
220. TION EnSight allows users to define toolbox items that are accessed by selecting the User Defined toolbox feature icon The tool box dialog is python generated based on a simple directory structure of categories and or executable objects These executable objects can be command files binaries or python programs By utilizing the command language query constructs of EnSight the user can gather information about the current mode and mode objects This information can be used to act on the objects in many ways opening up customization to a site s users or for a particular user s needs BASIC OPERATION This icon may not be visible by default but can be turned ON through Edit gt Preferences gt General User Interface gt Modify and save icon layout a EnSight File Edit Query Yiew Tools Case So ee ee Part feature detail editors Flipbook animation editor KReylrame animation editor Solution time editor Transformation editor Yariables editor ee Copy image J loon bar preferences _ Show help labels for mode icons Preferences Preference categornes select one Annotation Color Palettes Command Line Parameters Image Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Query Tool tips Large parts list Frame mode allowed Record part selection in Nymber command language by Save above items to preference file Modify and save icon
221. Ta s h i nF lF i a i on a a F R ae i 2 ar ml r Ma Kae ot s pP d pys n J r a a e tos ae i kE os a ugs a s i eae rT ian z n a ri in eel F ye a i Pa Aea a oE we ee wo ma o 1 oml ae a T j B 5 a e n i i k oy E lis Ea E i 7 p S N ee be I L a Pi s DE j r z al a pe z i a Hd P i T ie ma ae Ee rhe airh oe Ce arm Bey F f H i i n sa a 7 3 a y E F x E i F a ae g u j i 3 T r I a a E a i ate ee j z n j Ti i E 2 a a r 7 7 a x i 5 7 al 5 a a a z i ee F i i i arni F F a T v L i i i i i 7 n J i H a l r a f Te L J Ii rod i i F 5 I fia k a a ka 1 E i a i i z F aj ps p E p p 4 p 2 EnSight is started with this command line Piet gato Stes My MOslosree pradrist The EnSight Client will run on the local workstation the SOS ensight8 sos will run on computer borg The EnSight CollabHub will run on computer curly Two distributed renderers will start on hosts larry and J moe 3 In the File gt Open dialog the LS Dyna file d3plot is selected and the Load All button is clicked The SOS will start four EnSight Servers on computers dronel drone2 drone3 and dronel presumably dronel might be a SMP Each of the servers will read 1 4 of the data set since the Auto Distribute flag on the SOS tab of the File gt Open dialog is on by default for th
222. Textures button allows the user to save the currently loaded selection of textures and their display mode into the user s preferences directory These will be automatically loaded every time EnSight is launched 2 wA How To Index User Manual Page 307 Texture operations and parameters The interpolation scheme repeat mode and texture mode define how textures are accessed and how they are integrated into the normal EnSight coloring scheme Use texture E Repeat mode Repeat a e Se Texture mode Decal a en Linear The interpolation scheme can be linear or nearest When the graphics hardware needs to ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 308 access a pixel in the current texture it will either use bilinear interpolation scheme or nearest neighbor based on the setting for this item Generally linear results in smoother looking displays but can result in fringes that are the result of interpolating to colors that might not exist in the native texture Linear can be slower but in EnSight this is often the result of the fact that a part may be turned translucent and need to be sorted during rendering See Texture implementation limitations For applications where the exact colors in a texture are required the nearest neighbor interpolation method should be used EnSight allows the user to control the repeat mode for textures When the current texture projection specifies texture coordinates
223. The Type pull down controls the type of background x y coloring used There are four types Constant blended inherit and image _ Typ Constant Constant Viewport color A constant color will be used for the entire background To set a constant color Mix color 4 Select Constant from the Type pull down 5 Either enter values in the RGB color fields and press return OR click the Mix Color button to Constant open the Color Selector dialog Boa 0 0 0 0 0 Blended F oyyf Exvere Eax 3 r z Habit leyal ry ES agi o ME Gi H TREE z Resa RD EMEAE 98 6 Click Refresh Viewport e eee Select Close Refresh viewport Help ka MO How To Index User Manual Page 124 How Be Define and Change A 00e Viewports Blended Up to 5 horizontal level colors can be specified with interpolation between levels To set a blended background Viewport background color attribute 1 Select Blended from the Type pull down a Mix color w 2 Enter the desired number of levels in the of Bare eee Levels field and press return Up to five levels are supported Con an P WE ese Sleae ene 3 To edit a color first select it by clicking on the number label in the Viewport Color window i pesss parE aeee As shown level 2 is curre
224. The transformations for one or more viewports can be reset at any time in the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog 3 LA Reset Tranef Reset tools and viewport s bd A Which viewpoart s 1 Click the Reset button on the bottom of the desktop 2 Select the viewport s on which the reset will act eee F Reset tanlis qe By global By selected AYA space Viewport Cursar Line Plane Quadric Pox Select region Reset yiewport s Reset by selected Reset rotate transform only franslate scale Reinifialize 3 Click on the appropriate button to perform the reset action desired 2222 eee eee ee ee eee S You can reset the selected action only all rotates translates and scales at once or do a complete reinitialization of the viewport Setting Changing Viewport Part Bounds Part bounds can be displayed within a viewport This is useful for understanding the size of the model domain a AIR Bfe 4 1 To turn on part bounds globally toggle the Bounds button on sree tt How To Index User Manual Page 128 Define and Change Viewports 2 To modify in Vport mode any of the settings for the bounds display click the Select i Viewport s Part Bounds Attributes icon e All axes W Visible Dimension 3D Line width 2 pixels 3 Select General or the XYZ axes tabs a R 1 00 G 1 0
225. To Index How To m 2 e600 and Viewports ADVANCED USAGE The Reset Tools and Viewports dialog is also used to clear Frame transformations See How To Create and Manipulate Frames for more information on frames and frame transforms To clear frame transformations 1 Click Frame in the Mode Selection area to enter Frame mode If needed first enable Frame mode under Edit gt Preferences General User Interface 2 Make sure the Transform Definition button is in the z transform state eee rete teeter eee gt w 3 Select the desired frame s 4 Click the Reset button in the Transformation Control area to open the Reset Tools and VIEWDONS QldlOg 22622524 cesietesectessssstiotatteeeetewseapeseset ses E e E a 5 Perform the desired operation as described below 6 Click Close Reset tools and viewport s Which viewportis Frame transformations will only be reset for the current viewport s Click in a viewport to select it Control click to extend the selection or de select a selected item Res Reset tanlis we By global By selected AYA space viewport Cursor Line Plane Quadric Box Select region Reset yiewport s Reset by selected Reset rotate transform only franslate scale Reno Stop a pecan ec loe Me Click to clear all frame transformations for the selected frame s in the selected viewport s Click to
226. Traces icon Pile Edit Query View Tools Case cue Cursor v Emit Pick surface _ Interactive emitter _ Surface ariabie ce restrict offen Eos Feber dt Tool location Advanced Help 1 Select the flow field 3 Select the vector variable to mesh part s to trace use through 4 Select the desired emitter eee eee 5 If the emitter is a tool Cursor Line Plane position the tool at the desired emitter location You can also click p the Tool Location button to precisely position the tool 6 Click Create The particie traces will be If the chosen emitter is Part then enter the part number created from the desired emitter Their in the Part ID field and press return maximum time duration is controlled via the Total Time Limit found under Emit ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 187 Create Particle Traces The following are the available Emit From options Note that traces will only be generated for those emitter points that actually lie within an element of the selected flow field part s Cursor A single trace will be emitted from the Cursor tool Line Multiple traces will be emitted from evenly spaced points along the Line tool Enter the desired number of traces in the Points field and press return Plane Multiple traces will be emitted from evenly spaced points in a grid pattern over the Plane tool Enter the desired number of traces in the X and Y
227. Variables will not be loaded for newly created parts until this dialog is closed Clase Help k Wd How To Index User Manual ji L J i Extracting a complete zone at coarser resolution 1 Select the structured zone desired gt ee xv Unstructured data A Structured data Optionally you can change the domain and provide a part cae a 13 _ Zo E 3 2 Modify the Step values Th h d b Ea f A f Element visual rep 2D border 2D full ese should be positive integer values A step of two means ama a to deal with every other plane a step of four means every fourth plane etc Domain Inside Using node ranges 3 Hit the Create Load from selected button __ l ee Ta Delta ea cae The part will be created and shown in the graphics window In t open aa i ie the example below it is shown in border representation mode ee a se ae Note that it is considerably coarser than the previous because stra tured a i ii i i N step values of 2 4 and 5 were used in the ijk directions res pectively Create load from selected Create lead all Iblanked part creation eee NOTE Variables will not be loaded for newly created parts until this dialog is closed Clase Help k Wd How To Index User Manual o 20000 Extracting portions of a zone 1 Select the structured zone desired
228. acme beet 3 Enter a threshold value TEPEE Or 3 Slide the slider to a new threshold value 4 4 The shock is usually defined in a very narrow band so the slider min max values may need to be adjusted by either entering new values in the min max fields or clicking on the up down buttons to change by an order of magnitude 2 OTHER NOTES eA F 1 0000e 01 ae Max a 1 0000e 00 7 A 4 T See Other Notes in the Shock Surface Region Create Update section of the User Manual for options on how to pre filter flow field regions and or post filter shock regions via a specified mach number Also to apply the transient correction term for moving shocks when using the shock Region method Shock Surface feature extraction does not work with multiple cases SEE ALSO User Manual Shock Surface Region Create Update ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 238 INTRODUCTION A Material Part can be created as either a domain or an interface A material Domain is a solid region or regions composed of one or more specified materials Parts with 2D elements yield 2D material elements and parts with 3D elements yield 3D material elements A material Interface is a boundary region or regions between adjacent materials composed of at least two or more specified materials Parts with 2D elements yield 1D
229. ader k HowTo Index User Manual Second Step Loading Parts There are several ways that parts are specified for loading into EnSight Many formats use similar procedures while a few have custom methods Below we present the more common part loading methods For formats that vary from these you will be referred to the User Manual which gives the details for each To build unstructured parts for EnSight Case Ensight Gold EnSight6 EnSightt ABAQUS_ODB Medina bif bof Ansys Results v8 AVUS AVUS Case CFF CFX 4 CGNS Exodusllgold Special HDF5 LS DYNA3D MSC Dytran Nastran OP2 NetCDF RADIOSS _ 4 x SCRYU Silo TECPLOT 7 x Tecplot_ ASCII Vectis and any other User defined formats 1 If the Data Part Loader dialog is not open select File gt Load parts The available parts are listed in the Parts List You can build them all by clicking Load All at the bottom Alternately you can build the selected ones or even one by one and choose a different visual representation and part name for each To build selected parts 2 Select the desired part s in the Parts list 3 Choose the desired initial Visual Representation for the select part s Optionally you can have each of the elements indicated by Element visual rep 3D border 2D full 3D border 2D full 2D full the visual rep be represented as a point and a normal i Feature angle r Sek fs 4 Toggle on if
230. ader dialog once EnSight is up and connected And the servers on joe sally and bill would be started and used automatically ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual H OW T O s Q 00e ENVIRONMENT Variables The following Environment variables will directly affect the SOS performance see How To Setup for Parallel Computation ENSIGHT8 MAX THREADS ENSIGHT8 MAX SOSTHREADS Optional NETWORK_INTERFACES section notes If the machine named george had more than one network interface say it had its main one named george but also had one named george2 we could add the section shown below to our casefile example NETWORK_INTERFACES number of network interfaces 2 network interface george network interface george2 This would cause machine joe to connect back to george machine sally to connect back to george2 and machine bill to connect back to george This is because the sos will cycle through its available network interfaces as it connects the servers Remember that this is an optional section and most users will probably not use it Also the contents of this section will be ignored if the soshostname command line option is used Example SOS Casefile for PLOT3D Using structured auto_distribute This example shows a plot3d dataset post x and post q that has not been partitioned but is on an nfs mounted disk available to each server machine EnSight will distribute the data to the 3 servers defined IO will n
231. adric Tool positions gan Select Delete Sort The Cursor tool can be placed in three ways interactively through direct manipulation with the mouse by positioning the mouse pointer over a part and pressing the p key or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog To position the Cursor with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool _ Note that the mouse cursor will change when over the center of the cursor tool if in Part or Frame mode 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the Cursor to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the tool transformation Cursor translation is restricted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the cursor in another plane rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight Note that the Cursor may not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer To position the Cursor on a part with the p key 1 Click the Pick button in the global area above the ie S w graphics window on the desktop A Pick part Pick plane tool location 2 Select Pick cursor tool location from the pop up Pick line tool location MenNnU 2 rrr rrr eee gt gt Pick cursor tool location Pick ce
232. ag w e ree he 2 Tan e eig a H f a i Te a ee ME e T a L a ir mE ea eaa a raa mi a TT io Ed s 3 i i fal i F ee A are ee ee a T ee a ee a j Ar FEN eS oa 1 a mal a ae tl a ee p im r a oe oo i a Zz r aT Pris F J r a Er a ad io E Bge Ti T Ti H a l 7 a F 7 E T om B a a i ae ee n T 3 ee A oy p PTT a Len P j F y EET i Pam 8 oll T J sa n F e a dy ss pna PT ma sy es Set al ewe nia 7 ee ee a Caisa im g i AP as aa T ea ai Ta j oie T rp el ea na a T me z i x 7 T i P se Trae lta P a ry a In Ea he bs 3 p a Pi ap a a en gaa i r P H 7 2 i oy i a A i a i 4 et i ppi Ben A mi E i a IZ a pja i i z a i f f E 3 5 F oil Ea y z z t her aM ie Pope er oe a ke ane F 4 S s alt r F A me p Tae 4 ars a e E ae pa m F n is al a EE wh Le 3 7 an i 4 a n o Eis fe i m a ee e e i rE Tt ia T A ee lee bo ie 1 Je paisa Fri Ae pee a Parte j T N a i C oe Pa J z i A Tom Tee y ye i un a ie ul EUI fl a i iie i r g a e Syr A a F T Ja o 5 r F t el Lea fn T 7 i 7 F 4 P s s r x 1 7 eb 3 r k z SF 5 i P kan 5 ja fh r p r r a baa e N i Me rf a i nn E i T a a y r 2 H a 5 al m a _ a s T ie 2 p E J s 5 oe x r E a E 2 i PEE a m E FA a alle m 2 t a F J f INTRODUCTION EnSight does not support the running of the client on one machine and setting the system display environment back to a different machine It
233. age that lets the importing application display a facsimile of the actual graphic for ease in interactive positioning scaling or clipping There are different methods of specifying this image e g PICT resources for Macintosh or TIFF files for Windows Unfortunately the different methods of specifying the preview image preclude EnSight from providing this capability for import into Macintosh applications When you import an EPS file most Macintosh applications will display it as a gray box You can however still resize and position the image and it should print fine EnSight can however attach a preview image that can be used by Windows applications Enable the Windows PC Preview Capable toggle in the Image Format Options dialog The suffix EPS should be used for the resulting files Do not attempt to send a PostScript file containing a preview image to a printer Additional Notes 1 The file is saved or printed from the EnSight client machine not the server 2 The printer command should not include the file name For example if you normally print with lpr Plaser1 file ps then enter lpr Plaser1 in the To Printer Using Command field 3 If you toggle on Convert to default print colors all viewport background colors are changed to white and any object part viewport border annotation etc currently colored pure white RGB 1 1 1 will be changed to black Resolution Control Available in Print Dialog of Win
234. ail in EnSight is element connectivity of EnSight6 files with node ids The ens_checker checks that node ids used in the element connectivities lie within the min and max range of the node ids but does not verify that there is actually a node with each individual id The validity of model extents presence of nan s etc are currently checked to some degree in ens_ checker but again this is a format checker not a model integrity checker SEE ALSO User Manual EnSight Gold Casefile Format EnSight6 Casefile Format a 2 HowTo Index User Manual How To Load Multiple Q 2 ee0e e Datasets Cases INTRODUCTION Normal operation of EnSight involves one client process the graphics and GUI interfacing with one server process data I O and computation to postprocess your data There however several other configurations possible One of these is the ability to connect a single client to multiple servers at the same time with each server maintaining a unique dataset Each of these servers can potentially run on different machines Client Client Normal Operation Two Cases The main use of this capability is to visualize multiple datasets simultaneously Each dataset is loaded into a separate case and can be viewed in the same window or in separate viewports You can perform before and after comparisons of the same problem or compare experimental with simulated results The same operation Such as a clip or a part
235. allow the user to display options including cascading menus for each of the mode general categories These menus are python generated based on a simple directory structure of categories and or executable objects These executable objects can be command files binaries or python programs By utilizing the command language query constructs of EnSight the user can gather information about the current mode and mode objects This information can be used to act on the objects in many ways opening up customization to a site s users or for a particular user s needs BASIC OPERATION To use this capability you need to first define a key or mouse button that exercises it 1 Select Edit gt Preferences then click on Mouse and Keyboard Greig ata ae aaa Sto i x 7 Preference categories select one General User Interface Image Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Query Pees iouse and Keyboard Parts Performance 2 Assign some key or Platter mouse action to User f SEA AE EE REE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EEE EE EER OR OO Selected transform action Rotate Translate defined menu a nce and eared preferences tht oom MECHECHEO HE HEHEHE EE RE HE HE EE HE HE HE EE EH EE EE EE EE EH EE HE EE HE A popular choice is to Left Selected transform action Assign it to the right Middle Zoom Rubberband zoom Rubberband selection tool mouse double click Right Translate mrar piee acon
236. aming Quick Interaction area 2 Enter the desired file name in the File Selection dialog and click Okay To restore previously saved keyframes 1 Click Restore in the Keyframing Quick Interaction area 2 Enter the desired file name in the File Selection dialog and click Okay OTHER NOTES As pointed out in the introduction to this article high quality animation takes time and experience CEI has produced a great deal of animation over the years and has learned a variety of lessons In the hope that EnSight users can avoid many of the pitfalls inherent in the process many of these lessons and rules of thumb are presented here EnSight s keyframe animation methodology is borrowed from the animated film industry In making animated films the master animator defines how the scene will look at certain points in time the keyframes and then hands the work off to an in betweener with instructions on how many frames to add between each pair of keyframes The in betweener then draws the missing frames EnSight s approach is similar with the user as the master animator and EnSight as the in betweener Some of the strengths of this approach include 1 When keyframing is on EnSight is not only recording the viewing parameters when you click Create Keyframe it also records the actions taken to get from the last keyframe to the current one This approach permits certain operations to be performed without ambiguity such as rotating by
237. an edit defaults 4 Modify any part attribute such as line thickness 5 Click Save General Part Preferences To File to save the default visual attributes for parts 6 If you want to modify creation attributes for created parts specify which dialog you want to use 7 Set the part type 8 Modify the attribute For example set subcontours to 3 for contour parts 9 Click Save Preferences For Part Type Chosen To File to save the attributes for the part type edited i amp a HowTo Index pl Edit attributes Preference categories select one f f ESE AE EEE EE EEE EEE EE EE EE EEE EEE SEE EE EEE EE SEE EEE SE EEE eee Part preferences WEEE OT CARRE AR ERE RE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE tes aio cta ia Data General User Interface Image Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Query Mouse and Keyboard Performance T Allow editing part defaults vr Click here to start 2 Modify any Part mode icons now available For example Line width a Save general part preferences to file ee To save attributes for specific part types Quick interaction area using 2 Start editing ee 3 for part a Modify part attributes with the chosen editor Detail Editor or Quick Interaction Area 4 Save preferences for part e chosen to file Close Help User Manual Page 373 To Set Performance Preferences 1 Select Performance from the Preferences Cat
238. an take arbitrary cuts through either structured or unstructured meshes The clip can be based on EnSight s plane tool and as such can be infinite in extent at least to the bounds of the parts it is created from or restricted to the bounds of the Plane tool The nodes of the resulting clipping plane can be based on the topology and resolution of the underlying mesh or sampled on a regular grid according to the plane tool A clip can also be created by specifying the node id of three nodes When node ids are used the plane will be infinite in extent and will stay tied to those three nodes even if they move in a changing geometry model Besides creating the intersection of a plane through a domain which is the normal mode for clipping a clipping plane can also be used to create parts which are what would result from a cut of its parent domain into front inside and or back outside parts These parts contain valid elements of the same order as the original domain parts Like other clip tools clipping planes can be interactively manipulated with the mouse providing a powerful volume visualization capability Clipping planes can also be automatically animated to display results throughout a region of Space or over time BASIC OPERATION 2 Click the Clip icon prt 3 Select Plane from the Use Tool pull down File Edt Quer View Tools Case Help m Domain Intersect Interactive tool Plane type Me
239. ane ancient data deaty a oma ier eons eames s e e Exodusligold fileexo exo e UNSTRUCTURED a res Can handle transient geometry r FAST format results file See FAST as well as solution and function files UNSTRUCTURED Results File Format FIDAP NEUTRAL file fdneut All time steps must be contained in the same neutral file i e there is only one file not one for every time E D_ D Fluent file cas fledat cas file dat FLUENT aa unv ayaa saree eee FLUENT format results file See FLUENT UNIVERSAL Results File Format ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual How ae Load Transient Data em 2 eeee Special HDF5 file each file contains one time value Special casefile containing number of files and the list of files to use Meares em o MSC Dytran Remember file dat can be used to assemble multiple parts from multiple file arc files as well as solution and function files Results File Format Silo file silo or file case Multiple times can be in the file silo file or the file case file can contain reference to multiple files and their times vets SEE ALSO How To Change Time Steps How To Animate Transient Data How To Query Plot User Manual Flipbook Animation Query Plot ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual es Ei hom i a a 4 ee ee ee oe eee k DP T a Ta em Fa E ae La ee E g Te Sn ens a d a i mes ti Se i ap 2 ae ee i g 7 pir i 1 r b s w eia Pi a ps 7 j fe i Ra 5 oT 7 E z T Ty
240. ange s in the Show List text field ranges are separated by commas 22ers eer e etree eter eee OR Hence Toggle on Pick elements and select elements using pick selection which by default is the p keyboard key OR Turn on the selection tool and place it where desired then click Add elements from selection tool to pick all the elements within the tool 2 e errr eee eee eee eee ee terrrens 5 Click Create SEE ALSO How To Probe Interactively User Manual Subset Parts Create Update ae WAP How To Index User Manual Page 222 INTRODUCTION Tensor glyphs display the direction of the eigenvectors for a tensor variable Controls exist to show just the compressive or tensile eigenvectors and to selectively show the minor middle or major vectors Tensor glyphs have numerous attributes including length scale tips color and line width which can be used to indicate compression or tension BASIC OPERATION 2 Click the Tensor Glyph icon by default this icon is not displayed unless you have enabled it through Edit gt Preferences gt General User Interface 3 Select the tensor eae Modify and save icon layout variable to use File Edit Query View Tools Case Help Select a tensor varighle Scale factar at Fe 1 0000e 00 Uniaxial tenser Display which shear tensor devia tensar W Compression W Tension In
241. anipulate the model e g rotate or zoom during playback However for very large models and or long sequences the memory requirements can be substantial In this case you can create image flipbooks that save only the image pixels for each page Although the size of each page is now fixed you cannot change the viewing parameters without reloading the flipbook There are four distinct types of flipbooks Transient Pages are constructed by stepping from the current beginning to ending time range and rebuilding all time dependent parts based on each time step in sequence Mode Shapes Pages are constructed by applying a cosine driven scaling factor to a displacement variable Create Data Pages are constructed by applying a delta to either a clip part or an isosurface Linear Load Pages are constructed by applying linear interpolation ranging from zero to the maximum displacement vector field value This article covers only the Create Data type of flipbook See How To Animate Transient Data for details on transient flipbooks See How To Display Displacements for details on mode shape flipbooks For more sophisticated animations use EnSight s keyframe animation capability BASIC OPERATION For each page of the flipbook a delta value will be applied to all active clip parts and isosurfaces For clips the delta represents a translation vector for isosurfaces it is an increment to the isovalue There are two ways to specify these
242. ansient Keyframe Run Attributes dialog D 2s E PAL _ N l 2 Click the Viewing Window tab Typ Marma Full EA pe NTSC Mie PAL User defined FERR Fei ayi ear bagiradi siian bok O hare manijipie Panat 3 Select the desired window type 4 Click Close Normal Use the current Graphics Window initially 794 x 659 Full Use the full screen with no window borders typically 1280 x1024 NTSC Use NTSC video resolution 640 x 480 and position at the lower left corner PAL Use PAL video resolution 720 x 576 and position at the lower left corner User Defined Use the Min Max X and Y settings Detached Display Use the detached display and set Min Max settings The Min setting for User Defined specifies the position of the lower left corner of the animation window as an offset from the lower left corner of your monitor screen The Max setting is the upper right corner of the animation window wA How To Index User Manual Page 325 Create a Keyframe Run From To The Run From To tab allows you to specify the range of keyframes to play 1 Click Run Attributes in the Keyframing Quick Interaction area to bring up the Keyframe Run Attributes dialog 2 Click the Run From To tab 3 If you wish to limit the animation playback to certain keyframes set the Run From and To fields By default they are set to cover all of the keyframes you have creat
243. anual for more information on using a pdf reader ha COAMA HowTo Index User Manual Use the Online Documentation HOW TO PRINT THE DOCUMENTATION Printing Topics From a PDF Reader You can easily print any topic in the How To manual or any pages from the other documentation from within the pdf reader The documents have been optimized for screen manipulation but will still produce decent hardcopy printouts To print a topic 1 Navigate to the topic you want to print 2 Choose Print from the File menu 3 Be sure the Printer Command setting is correct for your environment and then click OK Your document should print to the selected or default printer If you do not have a printer available on your network or you wish to save the PostScript file to disk you can do so click the File button enter a filename and click OK Printing EnSight Manuals You can print all or portions of the EnSight manuals from provided pdf files These files have been print optimized and should produce reasonably high quality hardcopy They have all been formatted for letter size paper These files are located in the doc Manuals directory of the EnSight installation CEIl HOME ensight82 doc Manuals GettingStarted pdf CEIlHOME ensight82 doc Manuals HowTo pdf CEIl HOME ensight82 doc Manuals UserManual pdf CEIl HOME ensight82 doc Manuals CLmanual pdf SCEIlHOME ensight82 doc Manuals InterfaceManual pdf You can open these manuals in the
244. are specified to the client then they will be evaluated in the order indicated above with the later methods taking higher precedence for a given section SOS Resources The EnSight SOS supports the following ways for specifying resources resources gathered and sent from the client the sosres file name command line option the ENSIGHT8 RES environment variable the ENSIGHT8 SERVER HOSTS environment variable the use lsf for servers command line option the res file name commandline option and aresource file specified via the File gt Open dialog NOOR WN gt The sosres file name command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file If multiple sosres options are specified only the last will be used The ENSIGHT8 RES environment variable specifies a resource file name that the SOS reads ha COAMA HowTo Index User Manual ENSIGHT8 SERVER HOSTS specifies a quoted string of space delimited host names e g host1 host2 hostl host3 to be used for EnSight servers Ifthe use lsf for servers command line option is specified then the SOS will evaluate the environment variable LSB MCPU HOSTS for the resources The environment variable specifies a quoted string such as host1 5 host2 4 host3 1 which indicates 5 CPUs should be used on host1 4 CPUs should be used on host2 and 1 CPU should be used on host3 The hosts will be used in a round robin fashion The res file name
245. art are accessible in the Quick Interaction area after double clicking the part in the Main Parts List or by the main menu structure Edit gt Part Feature Detail Editors gt lsosurfaces for example Visibility Susceptibility to auxiliary clipping Reference Frame Response to change in time active or frozen Symmetry options Viewport visibility Coloration by variable or constant color Hidden surface toggle Hidden line toggle Shading type flat Gouraud smooth Transparency Lighting diffuse shininess highlight intensity Visual symmetry Node Element Node line element visibility toggles and Line Node type dot cross sphere Node scale constant or variable Node detail for spheres Node and element label toggle Element line width Element line style solid dotted or dot dash Element representation on client full border 3D border 2D full 3D feature 2D full 3D nonvisual 2d full feature angle bounding box nonvisual Element shrink factor Polygon reduction factor Failed element variable and rules Displacement Displacement variable Displacement scaling factor IJK Axis Display IJK Axis visibility IJK Axis scale value Most if not all of the Creation attributes for non model parts can be edited in the Quick Interaction area by double clicking on the part in the Main Parts list Most display attributes Such as color and visibility can be controlled via the icons in Part mode If required t
246. as acceleration and commands to execute x x 1 Click Run Attributes in the Keyframing Quick Interaction area ie Aations Viewing window Run from to Transient to bring up the Keyframe Run lt _ Use interactive Iso Clip Attributes dialog _ Animate transparency change 2 Click the Set Speed Actions tab _ Spline the translations and Look From points 3 Select the desired keyframe to edit either enter the value or use Por keyframe A the up down buttons 7 47 44 11171111117 Sub frames 419 To the next keyframe 4 Enter the desired number of sub 7777 9777 7 7 E frames between the keyframe D ee selected in step 1 and the next Commands to execute at this keyframe the default is 20 gt A 5 If desired set the number of frames to hold for the keyframe RE default is 1 Jf r 6 If desired enter EnSight 7 ad E commands to execute when the gt Update commands selected keyframe is reached The command s will be executed before the frame is displayed Help 7 lf you added or changed the commands to be executed at a keyframe click Update Commands beeen 9 Continue by selecting a new keyframe to edit and click Close when done ca 8 If you want the transformation to accelerate out or into the keyframe toggle Acceleration on Use Interactive Iso Clip By tu
247. at current time Moment Moment component of a force component based on the current position of the Cursor Tool This is a constant Moment Vector MomentVector Moment component of a force component at each node of selected parts This is a field of vectors Make an element based variable from node based via average NC Normalized Density DensityNorm Enthalpy EnthalpyNorm Stagnation DensityNormStag Density Stagnation EnthalpyNormStag Enthalpy Stagnation PresNormStag Pressure Stagnation TemperNormStag Temperature Vector NormalizeVector Vector field expressed as unit vectors Offset Field OffsetField Offset distance field from boundary Variable OffsetVar Variable Value offset from boundary of part into the field placed on boundary Pressure Pp Pres Pressure Coefficient PresCoof OOO O O Per Element variable created that is the server number containing the element Shoko soo SSS o o Sonic Speed somes OSS Sess O meote O O Stagnation Densy Densyses OOOO O yO Enhapy Emmapa OSS o U Concent ES Coefficient Temperature Tempers OOOO O O Swir E Temperate ee ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Create New Variables ee any Tensor Make TensorMakeAsym_ Make asymmetric tensor from variables representing components Asymmetric Von Mises failure theory of a tensor Vorticity Vorticity The following standard math functions are also available Function Abbreviation Function
248. ation Create a Keyframe Animation Animate Particle Traces Annotate Create Text Annotation Create Lines Create 2D Shapes Create 3D Arrows Create Dials Create Gauges Load Custom Logos Create Color Legends Manipulate Fonts Configure EnSight Customize Icon Bars Customize Mouse Button Actions Save GUI Settings Define and Use Macros Set or Modify Preferences Enable User Defined Input Devices Produce Customized Pop Up Menus Produce Customized Access to Tools amp Fea tures Setup For Parallel Computation Setup For Parallel Rendering Miscellaneous Select Files Use The Feature Detail Editor ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Print Save an Image 88 Activate Variables 245 Animate Particle Traces 332 Animate Transient Data 315 Change Color 283 Change Plot Attributes 274 Change the Visual Representation 291 Change Time Steps 230 Command Line Start up Options 23 Connect EnSight Client and Server 12 Control Lighting Attributes 131 Copy a Part 285 Create 2D Shapes 339 Create 3D Arrows 341 Create a Flipbook Animation 318 Create a Keyframe Animation 322 Create and Manipulate Frames 134 Create Box Clips 201 Create Clip Lines 194 Create Clip Planes 197 Create Clips 193 Create Color Legends 349 Create Contours 181 Create Developed Unrolled Surfaces 221 Create Dials 343 Create Elevated Surfaces 219 Create Gauges 346 Create General Quadric Clips 213 Create IJ
249. ation 291 O online documentation use 5 orthographic projection 114 output formats P P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Animated GIF 88 Apple Quicktime 88 AVI 88 EnVideo 88 JPEG 88 MPEGI1 88 MPEG2 88 MPEG4 88 PNG 88 PostScript 88 POVRAY 88 105 PPM 88 RGB Silicon Graphics 88 TIFF 88 XPM 88 overview 10 P client server architecture 10 graphical user interface 10 parts concept 10 palette editing 256 preferences 366 parallel computation configuration 390 setup 390 parallel rendering setup 391 part Q R User Manual attributes 293 box clip 201 clip plane 197 clips 193 color 283 contour 181 copy 285 creation 175 cut 289 delete 290 developed surface 221 displacements 225 element labels 298 elevated surface 219 extract 288 group 286 IJK clip 204 introduction 175 isosurface 183 isovolume 185 line clip 194 map textures 306 material 239 merge 287 node labels 298 particle trace 187 preferences 373 profile 220 quadric clips 202 query 263 revolution of 1D part clip 212 revolution tool clip 211 RTZ clip 209 save to disk file 97 selection 301 separation attachment line 235 shock surfaces regions 237 S T U V W X Y Z Page 399 HOw TO nas m2 e000 subset 222 symmetry computational 304 visual 303 tensor glyphs 223 texture mapping 306 transparency 300 vector arrows 215 vortex core 233 XYZ clip 207 Part Bounds Display 128 particle traces
250. ations in EnSight you may have noticed that the model begins to progressively disappear as you move close to the model This happens when the visible model parts intersect the front Z clipping planes The Z clip planes which are always perpendicular to your line of sight are specified as distances from the look from point the camera position The Z clipping plane positions can be set by the user and can be used to remove unneeded geometry from the display Each viewport has it s own set of Z clipping planes By default the Z clip planes adjust float with the model thus stay out of the way if possible BASIC OPERATION The initial position of the Z clipping planes is set based on the Z depth extent of the visible geometry plus quite a bit extra to leave room for transformations The plane positions can only be set via the Transformation Editor dialog 1 In the Transformation Control area Click Transf gt Editor Function gt Z_clip to open the Transformation Editor If the Float Z Clip Planes With Transform option is on The graphics display shows the relative positions you can specify the minimum Z value that the Front clip of the front and back clipping planes left and right plane Can TOal io tsa be drereieedeesaghocwen vertical red lines to the Z extent of all currently visible objects white box i J K a 2 Toggle the Float Z Clip Planes option on to Transformation editor Z Clip pd have the Z clip pla
251. atures 386 Produce Customized Pop Up Menus 382 Query Datasets 282 Query Plot 267 Read Data 35 Read User Defined 63 Record and Play Command Files 85 Remove Failed Elements 241 Reset Tools and Viewports 141 Rotate Zoom Translate Scale 109 Save and Restore Viewing Parameters 133 Save Geometric Entities 97 Save GUI Settings 360 Save or Restore an Archive 82 Save Scenario 103 Save Restore Context 101 Select Files 392 Select Parts 301 Set Attributes 293 Set Auxiliary Clipping 121 Set Drawing Mode Line Surface Hidden Line 112 Set Global Viewing Parameters 114 Set LookFrom LookAt 118 Set Model Axis Extent Bounds 148 Set or Modify Preferences 364 Set Symmetry 303 Set Transparency 300 Set Z Clipping 116 Setup For Parallel Computation 390 Setup For Parallel Rendering 391 Use Block Continuation 70 Use Collaboration 33 Use ens_checker 44 Use Environment Variables 28 Use Resource Management 75 Use Server of Servers 5 7 Use the Box Tool 161 Use the Color Selector 143 Use the Cone Tool 167 Use the Cursor Point Tool 151 my ir r A e 4n Be E ak T er ETS h F Use the Cylinder Tool 163 Use the Selection Tool 172 Use The Feature Detail Editor 393 Use the Sphere Tool 165 Use the Line Tool 153 Use the Surface of Revolution Tool 169 Use the Online Documentation 5 Using The How To Manual 7 Use the Plane Tool 156 Use the Online
252. au a e Energy Total Per Unit Volume Enthalpy Mach ea SET Momentum Momentum SET Pressure Ratio of Specific Heats Can be a constant 6 Choose Region or Gas Constant Can be a scalar field Surface Temperature 7 Click Create Velocity A Cancel Okay Pres SET 1 4000e 00 SET 1 00002e 00 SET Bee Ey PEE ate J Boars Mas Y 86060208 a Advanced Help 4 Define either Density or Temperature and Pressure Energy or Pressure Momentum or Velocity and Ratio of Specific Heats The variables can be set by either typing them into the fields or selecting them from the list and clicking the Set button 5 Click Okay to finish the variable setup Page 237 User Manual O M HowTo Index ADVANCED USAGE The resulting shock can be filtered by any of the threshold variables Define shock variables a Threshold filter Threshold value Method Surface 5 0000e 01 A Select creation variable P l flow fielt d surfate Create TE Tew Beau EN Pes 1 Select the variable to filter by E a H a Sa ore 2 Set the Threshold filter to remove the portion of the shock surface or region that is greater or less than the specified oe threshold value 2 022 re rere eee etree eee e reece
253. ave File Format This dialog is presented to the user when any of the Set Format buttons are clicked It allows for a specific file format and saving options to be selected The subsequent image animation saving operations will utilize this format The basic dialog is shown here with a scrolling list of available formats listed The options specific to the selected format are displayed on the right side of the dialog Pressing the Ok button selects the new format while Cancel will close the dialog without changing the format or any of its settings The file formats are actually provided via plug in modules known as UDILs It is possible for users to provide their own formats but the options for ones shipped with EnSight are documented here Common options Print save Image Format Microsoft AVI movie format indows BitMaP CEI EnVideo movie file Compuserve Animated GIF PEG image file Moving Picture Experts Group Portable Network Graphics PNG Portable BitMap PPM PGM PBM Apple QuickTime SGI RGB BW image file LLNL Streaming Movie file E imana fila Cancel Help a Color i Black and White Saturation Factor 1 00 Page orientation Portrait Fullpage scale factor 1 000000 Output type Move Draw w Encapsulated postscript Windows eps preview e Elem visibility culling Elem visibility subdivision There are a number of common options used by many but not all of the formats
254. aved will be according to the rigid body timeset This timeset often has many more steps than the original timesets so be wise about the number of steps you write It is often important to use the Step by option to control this 3 Because of the things mentioned in 1 and 2 above if you want to use the save geometric entities option in EnSight to translate a rigid body model from a different format into the EnSight format you may want to consider the follow ing process First read in the model without the rigid body transformations activate the desired variables and save the model Second read in the model with the rigid body transformations do not activate any variables and save the model with a different name Edit the Casefile of the first model to use the model and rigid body lines of the second casefile instead of the first casefile SEE ALSO User Manual Saving Geometric Entities Readme file is CEl_ HOME ensight82 src writers README ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 100 INTRODUCTION EnSight context files can be used to duplicate the current EnSight state with the same or a different but similar dataset The context file works best if the dataset it is being applied to contains the same variable names and parts but can also be used when this is not the case BASIC OPERATION An EnSight context consists of a set of files the context file itself as well as associated palette view and keyframe
255. bir sg a ria d 7 i p 4 r pi at me Pp ama i pi e P m bs p a a i ri i as 3 i i a Trg i z 4 3 i f T z P _ oe aS z dya i kii a z x fagi Taa 5 4 r I 1 i 1a in a ees bee R 7 a F m L r L F a Ce F i 2 g om F 4 i T ee i 2 s J E a oe Bi nc ai E a i 1 om a z P T i e ayn lis aa j z g al EF 7 T ss J J f p i r i I x i ie a e j a i z Ti a F 1 s i t E a a pe i i ar J n ad e T ij i v a i i z I My p 5 i a n k d M 1 p 5 t r a a 3 eT r t J Q e000 network interface sos_network_interface_name_1 Required if section used network interface sos_network_interface_name_2 Required if section used network interface sos_network_interface_name_num Required if section used SERVERS Required number of servers num repeat Required where num is the number of servers that will be started and run concurrently repeat indicates that the first server specification should be repeated num times for use with resources Other server specifications will be ignored Server 1 Comment only machine id mid Required where mid is the machine id of the server executable ensight8 server Linux Unix Apple Required must use full path or ensight8_server bat Windows only Required must use bat extension directory wd Optional where wd is the working directory from which ensight8 server will be run login id
256. bjn myarc hive ar Do you really want to quit 3 Click Yes to save the archive and exit p Yes Cancel Restoring an Archive You can restore an archive either as part of EnSight startup or during an active session To load an archive on Startup ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Save and Restore an Archive H OW To a Q e000 1 Use the ar archive_info_file option when you start EnSight For example O ensight8 ar load ar where load ar is an Archive Information file saved in a previous session To restore an archive during an active session 1 Select File gt Restore gt Full Backup to open the File Selection dialog 2 Select the desired Archive Information file and click Okay 3 If the original connection when the archive was saved was manual you will need to manually restart the server ADVANCED USAGE There are times when you may want to modify the contents of the Archive Information file If you wish to use the archive on a different machine or change the location of the binary dump files you can simply edit the file with a text editor The following example shows the contents Date saved Wed Apr 2 15 31 51 1997 Path to client s binary file comment Case internal number Case name Connect type auto or manual Server host machine Server executable Server data directory Alternate server login ID Path to server s binary file client ensig
257. ble Network Graphics PNG Portable BitMap PPM PGM PBM pple QuickTime SGI RGB BW image file LLNL Streaming Movie file imana fila a wt Cancel Help The options allow for the selection of Binary or ASCII forms of these files Options for Apple Quicktime Format This is a popular animation format on the Apple Macintosh computers and Windows systems The player can be downloaded as part of the iTunes package from www quicktime com EnSight does not support all the codecs that QuickTime does only the MPEG4 based compression Print save Image Format Microsoft AVI movie format T col C Back and While indows BitMaP E Caturatiqn EA JO CEI EnVideo movie file Saturation Factor Compuserve Animated GIF Priame kie 30 0 PEG image file Moving Picture Experts Group Compression method MPEG4 Portable Network Graphics PNG Stream bitrate kbits sec 8000 Portable BitMap PPM PGM PBM pea eee SGI RGB BW image file LLNL Streaming Movie file FF image file XPixmap XPM The bitrate option selects the target stream rate in kilobits per second There is a compression method option but the only possible value at this time is MPEG4 Options for SGI RGB Format There are no special options other than the Common options for this format Options for LLNL SM Format This format was developed by Lawrence Livermore National Labs specifically for support of large tiled displays with dynamic pan zoom playback
258. bout both X and Y Use the Transformation Editor dialog to rotate about the Z axis only k M4 ho How To Index User Manual Page 137 H OW TO ae Q e000 You can also edit the frame s definition explicitly using the Transformation Editor dialog 1 Click Frame in the Mode Selection area to enter Frame mode Note If Frame does not appear as an available mode first go to Edit B gt gt Preferences select General User Interface and toggle on Frame p Mode Allowed 2 Click the Frame Location Attributes CON aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa This opens the Transformation Editor dialog in Frame Definition mode File Editor function Help Transform action EN About axis tee 4 ve y r z A All 0 0 ajl ma E Which frame Scale settings Coord frame 0 Coord frame 1 woord frame 2 3 Select the desired frame s Increment 1 ooooo0 Limit 10 000000 T 4 If desired enter new value s in the XYZ The fields to change the frame s origin Origin ERTS remember to press return A 5 0000e 01 Y 5 0000e 01 1 00002 00 Orientation vectors di 5 If desired enter new value s for the X orientation vectors remember to press Joel Pen DL PAM RECUR eee tee cesses a ee Eat cena ee Y 0 0000e 00 1 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 Z 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 1 0000e 00 d Note that the orientation vectors are normalized afresh when you
259. buttons 358 window positions 360 Customizing Pop Up menus 382 cut part 289 cylinder clip 202 tool 163 D data discrete 228 ens checker 44 experimental 228 measured 228 preferences 368 reading 35 dataset information 282 querying 282 reading 35 deactivating variables 246 default color 284 delete frame 140 part 290 plotter 280 viewport 129 Desktop 10 developed surface 221 dials annotation 343 discrete data 228 displacement server side 226 displacements 225 display remotely 132 displaying stereo 144 distance query 267 documentation acroabat reader 5 online use 5 printing 6 7 use of How To 7 E editing features detail editor 393 element blanking 243 failed 241 labels 298 query 262 representation 291 elevated surface 219 email address 6 ens checker 44 ensight8 start up options 23 ENSIGHT8 MAX CTHREADS 390 ENSIGHT8 MAX SOSTHREADS 390 ENSIGHT8 MAX THREADS 390 ENSIGHT8 READER 63 EnVideo output 91 Environment Variables 28 Q R S T U V W X Y Z environment variables CEI ARCH 29 CEI CONTROLLER KEY 29 CEI DISABLE PBUF 28 CEI FONT GLYPHCACHESIZE 28 CEI FONT NOSYSTEMFONTS 28 CEI FONTPATH 28 CEI HOME 29 CEI INPUT 30 CEI PDFREADER 29 CEI PIXELFORMAT 28 CEI PIXELFORMAT ST 28 CEI PYTHONHOME 29 CEI RSH 29 CEI TRACKD DEBUG 30 CEI TRACKER KEY 30 CEI UDILPATH 29 CVF NO WM OVERRIDE 28 DISPLAY 29 ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT ANNOT 28 ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT ANNOT S TYLE 28 ENSIGHT FONT DEFAU
260. by the arrows Vector arrows have numerous attributes including length scale tip style and size projection origin location and display filters based on vector magnitude BASIC OPERATION ee 2 Click the Vector Arrows icon Se See Se Hel JDO4AZ BR Oe ie ee select a variable Scale Factor DEFAULT Set to default Arrow tips l Compvtational mesh mesi o Type Fectilinear A Location Vertces E Density Loo e cli a eee ie a ga chal ae ne ae Filter _ None _ Lew o 0000e 00 High 1 o000e 00 f Create Apply new variable Advanced Help 3 Select the vector variable to use a 4 a 1 Select the parent part 4 Click Get Default to load a suitable Scale Factor es 5 Click Create Arrow Tips To change the arrow tip shape click the Arrow Tips button to open the Vector Arrow Tip Settings dialog Tip Shape Choices None No tip default a oe Cone Solid cone shape ae Size Proportional Normal Single wedge Good for 2D A UDO le problems Plane of the wedge is based on the eT relative magnitudes of the components a eer a Triangles Two intersecting triangles 1 Select the desired tip shape from the s ala Good for 2D 3D problems Shape pulldown see description at right Tipped End of the shaft colored ina 2 Select a color for Tipped shape only _ arrencar Good where other shapes yield too much 3
261. calculate a range of isosurfaces during keyframe animation ae M4 ho How To Index User Manual Page 184 Osurfaces Creating Multiple Offset lsosurfaces You can have EnSight create multiple isosurfaces at a specified delta value The results is a group of isosurfaces 4 Select an appropriate isovalue CACK AO oem e the default will be a mid range value creation icon File Edit Query View Tools Case Help 1 pe a 77 By Exe Esl 22s 8 M select a variable Value oo00e 01 Set ta Mid B ange of surfaces q Delta a a e ee ee velocity i Coordinates Interactive Off ajl me El Min 0 0000e 00 Max 4 8192e 01 Increment 2 109Ge 00 Create Apply new variable Advanced Help 5 Set the number of surfaces and the delta between themM 26 666 odes eae ceeete eine pees sce es eenecewuseeces 1 Select the parent part 3 Select the variable to use 6 Click Create Isovolume Creation An isovolume is a volume whose constituents e g nodes and elements are constrained to a constant interval range in a scalar field In EnSight you can constrain the isovolume to ranges less than an interval minimum greater than an interval maximum or between the interval minimum and maximum 1 Open the Feature Detail Editor for isosurfaces either Edit gt Part Detail Editors gt Isosurfaces aig eas ee or double click the lsosurface Feature
262. can be recorded The Record current graphics window animation icon will be on Off On Click it to open the Save Animation dialog This is explained in How To Print Save an Image ADVANCED USAGE If you have time dependent data and have calculated transient particle traces pathlines you can enable trace animation load a transient flipbook and view the animating pathlines simultaneously with the dynamic flipbook See How To Create Particle Traces and How To Animate Transient Data for more information OTHER NOTES The parameters in the Trace Animation Settings dialog are not specific to the currently selected particle trace part the settings apply to all currently animating particle trace parts SEE ALSO User Manual Particle Trace Animation ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 333 Create Text Annotation INTRODUCTION EnSight has comprehensive features for text annotation Not only can you display and position user specified text you can also display text contained in the description lines of some data formats as well as dynamic text that changes over time BASIC OPERATION 1 Click Annot in the Mode Selection afc ences i 4 83 Olah i 2 Click Text icon from the Mode Icon Bar 0 Testing 1 2 3 to open the Annotation dialog 1 Another Strinc Flint eq e y ri 3 Click the New button which will open i the Text annotation ed
263. can make the particle trace part symmetric as well EnSight also provides true or computational symmetry operations mirror rotational translational as an attribute of the part s reference frame With computational symmetry you can trace particles across a periodic boundary Both types of symmetry visual or computational are based on the part s reference frame Although you can use simple visual or computational symmetry without having to manipulate the frame more advanced usage of symmetry could require a working knowledge of frames See How To Create and Manipulate Frames for more information BASIC OPERATION Visual Symmetry Visual symmetry is an attribute of parts You can enable display of a mirrored copy of a part into one or more of the seven octants opposite of of the part s reference frame You can also enable display of a number of rotational instances about the x y or z axes of the part s reference frame To display visual symmetry 1 Select the desired part s in the Main Parts list 5d Part visual symme 2 Click Part in the Mode Selection area to enter Part mode Show original instance ME MOR Mirrer X Mirror XY 3 Click the Visual Symmetry icon Visual Mirror Symmetry 4 Select Mirror from the Type pulldown menu Mirror Mirror XZ 5 Select the desired octant s from the menu oo Mirer Z _ Mirror YZ Mirror XYZ Sale Ble
264. case s ta restore to 2 Select the case to restore the context to Note If the context file contains information for multiple cases ignores the selection Okay Cancel Help 4 Click Okay 2 2 2 2 8 3 Enter or select the desired context file How To Index User Manual Page 101 OTHER NOTES The same part names and variable names do not have to exist in the new case If this situation arises a pop up dialog will appear where you will be asked to match the part names or variable names from the context file with the parts or variables from the new case This dialog is not available in batch mode Therefore you can t use a context file that needs matching in batch mode When restoring context files with multiple cases the needed cases will be started if needed according to the connection scheme of the current run of EnSight Flipbook animations are not restored using the context file because it is unknown at the time the context file is created what state existed when the flipbook was saved lf data is not read before restoring the context file the data that was used when the context file was saved will be loaded Context files use EnSight s command language and other state files Such as palette view and keyframe animation to recreate the parts variables and view state SEE ALSO User Manual File Menu Functions ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 102 INTRODUCTION
265. ce for graphics hardware offset is on see View Preferences but they may interfere if printed In either case you can apply a display offset manually to avoid the interference in the Feature Detail Editor for the part The display offset will be in the direction of the parent surface normal SEE ALSO User Manual Separation Attachment Lines Create Update ha amp O HowTo Index User Manual Page 236 INTRODUCTION shock surfaces and regions help visualize shock waves in 3D trans super sonic flow For a more complete description refer to the User Manual section below BASIC OPERATION 71 Select the parent part 2 Click the Shock Surface Region icon ee n Satan ete Case View Tools File EN Kod Edit Query Fe Case 1 ne variables ala Phreshela Fiter lt PE EREMELERUEAGA vaine 4 eHsehaer ft Method Surface 2 surface Select creation variable zl RREY wl SHH Be Al Apply new variable 3 Bring up the dialog defining the necessary variables by Clicking here es Shock variable settings Select a variable and then select the appropriate SET button below Density Energy Pres L Momentum a Coordinates NOTE Not all fields are required You must specify Density or Temperature and Pressure Energy or Pressure Momentum or Velocity and Ratio of Specific Heats Density Desig ser My Energy M
266. center Pick elements to blank User defined menu Nothing And the possible zoom styles are matomate did Manual drag 3 Click here to save the preferences see How To Produce Customized Pop Up Menus for a description of what User defined menu Is oS Preferences Preference categories select one Data General User Interface Image Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Que ea 5 4 a a z a a Sa ml Performance f acta s aba cta HEE EE EE EEE EEE EE EEE EEE EE EE EE EEE EE EE EE EE eee Mouse and gard preferences rt HE EE EE EE EE ER EE EE EE EE EE EE Left Selected transform action Middle FAs lehal Right Translate Left amp middle Nothing Left amp right Nothing Middle amp right Nothing All Nothing HEE Double click pick settings WENEH Left selected pick action i Middle Pick part l Right Pick elements tablank F key Selected pick action l L L L L Loam style Manual drag z save to preference file Close Help User Manual a M4 bh How To Index To Set Part Preferences 1 Select Parts from the Preferences Categories list 2 Click Allow editing part defaults if you want to be able to edit part defaults when no parts are selected 3 Click the Click Here To Start button This will bring up Part mode in EnSight and deselect any parts so you c
267. ces Create Clips Create Clip Lines Create Clip Planes Create Box Clips Create Quadric Clips Create IJK Clips Create XYZ Clips Create RTZ Clips Create Revolution Tool Clips Create Revolution of 1D Part Clips Create General Quadric Clips Create Vector Arrows Create Elevated Surfaces Create Profile Plots Create Developed Unrolled Surfaces Create Subset Parts Create Tensor Glyphs Display Displacements Display Discrete or Experimental Data Change Time Steps Extract Vortex Cores Extract Separation and Attachment Lines Extract Shock Surfaces Create Material Parts Remove Failed Elements Do Element Blanking Create and Manipulate Variables Activate Variables Create New Variables Extract Boundary Layer Variables Edit Color Palettes Query Probe Plot Get Point Node Element and Part Information Probe Interactively Query Plot Change Plot Attributes Query Datasets Manipulate Parts Change Color Copy a Part Group Parts Merge Parts Extract Part Representations i 7 z F 74 k F lt s z j s 7 n i k eb a2 ke a KE ek Kk E a ue D 1 Y d Lj E E f F a a g i a 4S d q E a x pie J T f i EEE r i How To m2 e000 Cut Parts Delete a Part Change the Visual Representation Set Attributes Display Labels Set Transparency Select Parts Set Symmetry Map Textures Animate Animate Transient Data Create a Flipbook Anim
268. ch Caserile 19 Located i 2 Handles EnSighto and Ensight Gold formats only i 3 Does not process SOS casefiles KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKKKKKKKKKKKKIKIKHK lt Enter casefile name must be in directory containing it gt 3by3 case Casefile to Process 3by3 case Opened successfully Required FORMAT section at line 1 Required GEOMETRY section at line 4 Optional VARIABLE section at line 7 Optional TIME section at line 11 FORMAT Section Ensight 6 Format set at line 2 ha MOAM HowTo Index User Manual Lime set 1 at line 12 No description provided Number of steps 1 at line 13 Time values starting on line 14 time values 1 0 gt lt gt TIME section OKAY lt gt lt GEOMETRY Section Model filename is 3by3 geo at line 5 Static geometry Opened 3by3 geo successfully File type is ASCII Description l EnSight test geometry file Description 2 SSS SSS 5 SS 5 55 SS 5 55 5 SS 555555 node ids assign element ids assign Global section Number of nodes 64 Coordinates for 64 nodes found Pare 13 Description is 3 x 3 xy Unstructured Part Number of quad4 elements is 9 Connectivities for 9 quad4 elements Part 2 Description is 3 x 3 yz Unstructured Part Number of quad4 elements is 9 Connectivities for 9 quad4 elements Part 3 Description is 3 x 3 xz Unstructured Part Number of quad4 elements i
269. chment lines The display offset is the distance in the direction of the element normal perpendicular to the surface 4 Select the default viewing orientation 3 5 Pull down View menu and set items desired 6 Click here to save the preferences x A Preference categories select one Performance Plotter Query User Defined Input 4 7 ariables iew VYiewports f ta ts ae EE EE EEE EEE EE EE EE EEE EE SEE EE ESE EE ESE EE EE EEE eee View preferences Serer EE AEE EE RE EE EE ER EEE EE EE EEE EEE EE EE EE pw _ Plane tool filled o S ff Use graphics hardware to offset line objects from solid surfaces Ex offset contours vector arrows etc from their clip plane parent part Please set the main interface View menu items as you would prefer them to be for defaults Then select Save below Save tin preference file Clase Help a Wd How To Index User Manual Page 379 To Set Viewports Preferences Preferences 1 Select the Viewports Category all m e e e e e e e e eEemEmm 2 Click the Click Here To Start button This will bring up the Viewports quick interaction area with all viewport items selected 3 Set any viewport attributes for example background color to blended 4 Click here to save the attributes set in 2 to the preference file as defaults for future sessions 5 Click her to save the current viewp
270. ck of plane In Out Keeps both sides Crinkly Keeps all elements that intersect the plane For the Plane tool the inside is the positive Z side of the tool For the quadric tools the inside and outside are intuitive In the Main Parts list the original part remains and cannot be deleted without also deleting the cut parts but can easily be made invisible if desired If In Out was used two new parts are added to the end of the Main Parts list with the same name as the original part with added to the name of the Inside part and appended to the name of the Outside part If Inside or Outside was used one new part is created with added to the beginning of the name OTHER NOTES A part copy cannot be cut However if the parent of the copy is cut the copy will be cut as well since part copies share geometry with the parent The cut operation maintains the order of the elements e g 3D elements yield 3D elements and 3D quadric elements yield 3D quadric elements The cut algorithm breaks elements intersecting the cutting surface into tetrahedrons Since there is no transition zone created between these tetrahedrons and their non cut neighbors non shared element faces are possible These non shared faces can result in undesired lines and or elements during border and or feature angle representations If you cut a structured IJK part the resulting parts will be unstructured Cuts with the Box are not true cuts
271. clear only the frame transformation component currently selected in the Transformation Control area e g Rotate or Translate for the selected frame s in the selected VIGWDOIS soteeactnoaceneetende rede SEE ALSO How To Rotate Zoom Translate Scale How To Define and Change Viewports How To Create and Manipulate Frames ae wA How To Index User Manual Page 142 How To Use the Q 2 e008 Color Selecto INTRODUCTION several operations in EnSight require that you select a color The Color Selector dialog is used throughout the user interface to provide a powerful and easy to use color selection mechanism BASIC OPERATION The selector operates using one of two basic color models RGB or HSV The RGB color model specifies color by the percentage of red green and blue and closely mimics the way computers deal with color The HVS color model specifies colors as percentages of hue the actual color with red equal to both 0 0 and 1 0 green equal to 0 33 and blue equal to 0 66 saturation the amount of color where 0 0 is white and 1 0 is full and the value the brightness where 0 0 is black and 1 0 is full The HSV model is often more intuitive for mixing custom colors Although HSV is the default you can switch to RGB by clicking the RGB toggle button The dialog provides four basic methods of selecting colors 1 By picking one of the 2 By grabbing the marker in the predefined colors from t
272. click the Delete button The Big hand Little Hand Value and Background area is explained on the next page _ Annotation seie n OC x d Select W Visible W Border tick magks Little Value Background E E MR 0 00 E Ben E DEEE co Co mmm 5 am B 0 00 Min 0 000000 Range 60 000000 Example User Manual Page 343 COAMA HowTo Index Attributes for the Big hand The dial big hand points straight up at the minimum value and has a range specified If the variable being tracked exceeds the range the modulus of the variable and the range is shown To change any of the Big hand attributes click the Big Hand aD ee os os ee oe ee se oeeeuee aes eeeseoeoraeeceser To change the minimum value Big hand Little hand Value Background Enter the minimum value in the field gt Bil p m msaa ui BEE G Oo mmm C100 a m To change the range Enter the range in the field eee To change color for the big hand Hin Select the desired color from the matrix enter RGB values se in the fields or click More to open the Color Selector ee ee ee CIGIOG seareceeeteeseeene eaters serena pera ty eeer cease eeeeean eee eeaeasese men taue ee oreataearageseasee eae Attributes for the Little hand The dial little hand may be visible or not If visible it is simply the count of ho
273. client machine Follow the instructions on rhosts files as described in the Basic Operation section step 1 above If you cannot successfully execute a remote command such rlogin or rsh from the client host to the server host you will not be able to connect automatically Enter your login name on the server host in the Login name field The user account e login name on the client host does not exist on the server host The server executable is not found on the server system Is the entry in the Executable path name field correct If the server executable is NOT in your default command search path on the server you must include the full path name to the executable For example usr local CEI ensight82 bin ensight8 server Your cshrc does not contain a Add the appropriate line as described in the Basic valid setting for CEI HOME Operation section step 2 above Your cshxrc file or files executed Remove the offending commands from your cshxrc file by it causes output to be written As a test do the following This is interpreted as a server startup error Cshre Ccsnrc SAVE Create a new cshrc file that contains only the lines to set CEI HOME and path as described in the Basic Operation section step 2 above If that test works you will need to examine your cshrc to find and remove the offending lines You should be able to locate the server executable ens8sv exe using Windows Explorer
274. clip has the added benefit that the plane will stay tied to those three nodes even if it is a changing geom etry model This method requires the use of the Feature detail editor for clips File Edt Quer View Tools Case aee Case 1 1 Computational mesh Domain Intersect Interactive tool Plane type Mesh Clp extents Infinite faved pie grn M k f a tof slices 7 Delta 5 0000e 01 i f Create Apply tool change Tool location Advanced Help r i Oe Feature Detail Editor Clips 1 Select the parent part in the main part list Sy eth Mee 2 Double click on the Clip icon to bring up the Feature Detail Editor Clips gt i 2IC1 Clip plane 3 Enter the id for three nodes that lie on the desired plane 00 00s cece eee eect eee eee eens 4 Hit the create button P Desc Clip_plane Creation attributes Tool Plane Interactive tool Domain Intersect Clip parameters Type Mesh Extents Infinite Use nodes ID 1 ID 2 ID 3 1 305 2010 Pos x ar ea 12339600 Erni pip oru W E a E Get tool coords Set tool coords Animation delta A YT Fa 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 General attributes Hode element and line attributes Displacement attributes LIK axis display attributes Close Update parent Aurii changes ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 198 Create Plan
275. colors 3 Note The element representation of the parts matters hae 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 258 ADVANCED USAGE 1 Double click the Color icon in the Part mode bar to open the Feature Detail Editor for ER By default the changes you make to a color palette have an immediate effect For large models the response rate for interactive editing e g changing the minimum by moving the Minimum Palette Value slider in the histogram can be too slow To disable this behavior select Edit gt Immediate Modification in the Feature Detail Editor to toggle this setting off To apply your changes click the X p Apply Changes button at the bottom of the dialog File Edit View Help 2 Select Advanced Interface f There are several ways to edit a color map Available variable Type Result 3 Select the desired variable Click Activate if it has not been activated a LAMPE raLure Scalar velocity 9 avn Yector Coordinates t layne Yector N Tine z avn Scalar f s gt an Activate Activate all Deactivate Extended CFD 3 variables p f To change the minimum or maximum and have the intermediate Levels adjust accordingly tE Palettes are using Texture Map mode 4 Grab the Minimum or Maximum Palette Value Simple interface slider the white vertical bars and adju
276. command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file This command line option can be specified multiple times The last occurrence of a particular section takes precedence when multiple res options are given Finally a resource file may be selected in the File gt Open dialog for the SOS to use If multiple resources are specified to the SOS then they will be evaluated in the order indicated above with the later methods taking higher precedence for a given section However the SOS only uses SERVER section resources the other sections are ignored CollabHub Resources The EnSight CollabHub supports the following ways for specifying resources resources gathered and sent from the client the chres file name command line option the ENSIGHT8 RES environment variable the ENSIGHT8 RENDERER HOSTS environment variable the use lsf for renderers command line option and the res file name command line option Oa RWN gt The chres file name command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file If multiple chres options are specified only the last will be used The ENSIGHT8 RES environment variable specifies a resource file name that the CollabHub reads ENSIGHT8 RENDERER HOSTS specifies a quoted string of space delimited host names e g host1 host2 host1 host3 to be used for EnSight distributed renderers Ifthe use lsf for renderers command line option is specified t
277. control how a part s nodes and elements are displayed Nodes can be displayed as dots crosses or spheres If displayed as crosses or spheres the radius can be set by the value of a variable at that node To set attributes using the Node Element and Line Attributes section 1 Select Edit gt Part Feature Detail Editors gt part type 2 In the parts list at the top of the Feature Detail Editor dialog select the desired part s By default any changes you make to attributes will take effect immediately If you wish to batch a series of changes select Edit gt Immediate Modification be sure to use the Edit menu in the Feature Detail Editor dialog to toggle this setting off When toggled off a button at the bottom of the dialog becomes active Apply Changes Click it when you are ready to apply a set of changes 3 Set the desired attribute s X x File Edit View A General attributes Node element and line attributes a Set node representation Set visibility of nodes lines General visibility _ Dot nodes are displayed as PlEMMeNis an sets e aera eet age eee sae _ Node W Line W Element points e Cross nodes are displayed as Label visibitity crosses and can be fixed size set node element label visibility A Nede _ Element size set by the Scale value or Nod tati l sized based on a variable and a eee o scaled by the Scale value Type _ Dot Misoa 2886061 Halali E Sigs ikr EE EEE
278. controls First page of current topic Last page of current topic Return to How To Topics List ool Access this page a a Next page Previous page In addition links to other documents are displayed as highlighted text Note that all links and navigation controls except index and table of contents are colored blue PDF READER The EnSight online documentation is in pdf format EnSight uses a pdf reader such as the Acrobat Reader software from Adobe Systems Inc Xpdf or Apple s Preview Any of these readers provide similar capabilities For the purposes of this documentation the Acrobat Reader is pictured A pdf reader provides much the same functionality as a World Wide Web browser while providing greater control over document content quality To use a different pdf reader simply set the environment variable CEI_PDFREADER to a different reader application The user interface for the various pdf readers is very simple and provides intuitive navigation controls Keep in mind that the pages were designed to be viewed at 100 magnification Although you can use other magnification settings the quality of the dialog images may be degraded ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Q e000 The How Manual Thus in addition to the navigation controls within the document itself which are described above a pdf reader Acrobat for example provides quick access to various display
279. ct 2 Select Edit gt Part gt Copy Flipbook animation editor Delete Keyframe animation editor j solution time editar i Transformation editor Assign to single new viewport Assign to multiple new viewports t Variables editor croup Ungroup Preferences SOE ee cere pe Copy aeee H Extract Merge Select Delete Sort Ge al The new copies will be added to the end of the Parts List with COPY appended to the part description ADVANCED USAGE The most common reason for needing a copy of a part is to display multiple variables on the same geometry simultaneously When you create a copy a new Frame is also created and the copy is assigned to it when you create multiple copies at the same time a new frame Is created for each new copy Using Frame Mode frames can be manipulated e g translated or rotated independently See How To Create and Manipulate Frames for more information OTHER NOTES The dependence of the copy on the original has some important consequences 1 If you change the visual representation of the original the representation of the copy will change as well 2 You cannot delete the original until the copy has also been deleted 3 Since the part copy only exists on the client you cannot save a part copy to disk If you want to create a dependent non shallow copy of a part you can perform a merge operation on a single part This type of c
280. ct the desired arrow origin from the pulldown Location pulldown weet e eee ee Choices are Choices are None No filtering all vector arrows appear Node Arrows originate from each node of the parent art s Low Display only those arrows with magnitude part s above the value in the Low text field Vertices Arrows originate only from those nodes that are also vertices of the parent part s Band Display only those arrows with magnitude below Low and above High opposite of Low Element Center Arrows originate from the geometric center High of all elements of the parent part s High Display only those arrows with magnitude below the value in the High text field Low High Display only those arrows with magnitude between Low and High opposite of Band 4 Select the desired density 0 0 to 1 0 A density of the arrows will vary from no arrows 0 0 to arrows at every location 1 0 At intermediate densities the arrows are placed randomly ha amp HowTo Index User Manual How To m2 e000 ADVANCED USAGE Although not accessible from the Vector Arrows Quick Interaction area you can also change the projection of vector arrows and the display offset 1 Open the Feature Detail Editor for Vector Arrows Edit gt Part Detail Editors gt Vector Arrows 2 Select the desired vector arrow part me 3 Select the desired projection type from the Projectio
281. ctive 3 Be sure the Load Type is set to part manipulations Create data 6a For clipping plane parts reopen the Quick Interaction area for the part double click on the part in the Main Parts list 6b Toggle on Interactive Tool move the mouse into the Graphics Window and interactively position the tool to the desired location for the end of the flipbook 6a For isosurface parts reopen the Quick Interaction area for the part double click on the part in the Main Parts list 6b Change the Interactive Pulldown to Manual and adjust the slider until the isovalue is as desired for the end of the flipbook 7 Return to the Flipbook Quick Interaction area e perform step 1 again 9 Click Load 2c cccccccccccccccccccc cece cece bebe bbe b bebe bebe bbb bbb bbb bbb bebe e LaaLa 10 Save playing animation to file must be playing to save eee ee wA How To Index User Manual Page 319 How R Create a Flipbook k 2 ee e Animation The Load Flipbook Status dialog will open and show the progress of the load You can cancel the load by clicking the Cancel button and retain all the pages loaded to that point Once the load is complete you can run the flipbook using VCR type controls After a flipbook load the next 3 steps will generally be the default already pees gees 1 Make sure the Run tab is selected i 2 Make sure the Display is set to flipbook pages 3
282. d Description and How to Build se er e A simple constant To build either type the text on the keyboard or click in the Calculator keypad Analysis Time 60 0 A constant variable Assuming the solution time was given in seconds this expression will provide a variable giving the time in minutes To build select Analysis Time from the Active Variable list and either type or click 60 0 velocity density Momemtum a vector variable To build select velocity from the Active Variable list click or type and select density from the Active Variable list SORT pressure 73 2 5 Square root of pressure at node 73 2 5 the X component of velocity at node 73 velocity X 73 To build select SORT from the Math function list select pressure from the Active Variable list click or type 73 2 5 select velocity from the Active Variable list and click or type X 73 pressure 19 Scalar variable equal to pressure at time 19 This variable will not change if the current time step is changed To build select pressure from the Active Variable list and click or type 19 MAX plist pressure Constant variable equal to the maximum value for pressure over all nodes of all parts in plist To build select MAX from the General function list and follow the instructions in the Feedback area pressure max pres 2 Scalar variable equal to squared normalized pressure To build first calculate the MAX con
283. d can be changed on a per part basis see How To Set Attributes for more information SEE ALSO How To Control Lighting Attributes User Manual Global Shaded Global Hidden Line ay 4 o How To Index User Manual Page 113 obal Viewing INTRODUCTION EnSight provides various modes that control global viewing behavior Three of these modes are discussed here perspective orthographic projection bounding box display modes and static lighting EnSight can display viewports in either perspective or orthographic projection A perspective projection is how we normally view the world objects that are farther away appear smaller An orthographic projection removes this effect objects appear the same size regardless of distance The projection setting can be specified on a per viewport basis By default EnSight draws every point line and polygon for every visible part each time the Graphics Window updates For very large models or slow graphics hardware this behavior leads to unresponsive manipulations since the update lags behind the corresponding mouse motion Fortunately EnSight provides other display modes that improve responsiveness Fast Display mode displays all visible parts in a reduced fashion during interactive manipulation This can be a bounding box representation a point cloud representation a reduced polygon representation an invisible representation or if using immediate mode a percentage of each part s elements Whe
284. d coordinate system i e frame 0 Create a New Frame In general you have to explicitly create new frames However EnSight will automatically create a new frame each time you create a copy of a part and assign the copy to the frame To create a frame 1 Click Frame in the Mode Selection area to enter Frame mode Note If Frame does not appear as an available mode first go to Edit gt Preferences select General User Interface and toggle on Frame Mode Allowed The initial position of a new frame can either be set to 0 0 0 or automatically centered on a set of parts 2 If desired select one or more parts in the Main Parts list the new frame will be centered on the selected parts 3 Click the New Frame icon to create the frame The new frame also becomes the currently selected frame ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 135 How ae Create and Manipulate Q 2 a20e8 Frames Select Frames There are two ways to select frames You can click on the frame axis triad in the Graphics Window or select frames in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog Selected frames are colored with the default highlight color typically green To select frames in the Graphics Window 1 Click Frame in the Mode Selection area to enter Frame mode Note If Frame does not appear as an available mode first go to Edit gt Preferences select General User Interface and toggle on Frame Mode Allowed
285. d the interpolation option is set to nearest neighbor EnSight will recognize that it is not possible to have translucent pixels and will not be required to sort the polygons This can be used to improve interactive performance and further enable the use of textures as selective clipping operations in modulate mode SEE ALSO User Manual Part Operations ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 314 tow TO Animate Transient i R a a rir ey a pN OO Cas gu S INTRODUCTION Transient data can be animated through EnSight s flipbook capability During the flipbook load process all parts both model and created are automatically rebuilt if necessary using the data from each time step in sequence At each step a graphical page is created and stored in memory When the flipbook is active the pages are displayed in order as rapidly as the hardware allows although you can slow it down You can also step through pages manually The graphical pages can be one of two types object or image An object flipbook saves each page as 3D geometry so you can continue to manipulate the model e g rotate or zoom during playback However for very large models and or long sequences the memory requirements can be substantial In this case you can create image flipbooks that save only the image pixels for each page Although the size of each page is now fixed you cannot change the viewing parameters without reloading the
286. d within the tool s dotted area Showing Henne 3 Click the Select button and select Region Keyword Note that the selected parts will now be highlighted in the parts list Unselect SEE ALSO How To Do Element Blanking How To Rotate Zoom Translate Scale User Manual Tools Menu Functions ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Introduction to Part Creation INTRODUCTION Much of the strength of EnSight derives from it s flexible and powerful part creation mechanism Since virtually every task you perform in EnSight will involve some form of part manipulation it is vital to understand these concepts In EnSight a part is a named collection of elements or cells and associated nodes The nodes may have zero or more variables such as pressure or stress currently defined at the node positions All components of a part share the same set of attributes Such as color or line width Parts are either built during the loading process based on your computational mesh and associated surfaces or created during an EnSight session Parts created during loading are called model parts Model parts can also be created during an EnSight session by performing a copy on other model parts All other parts are created during an EnSight session and are called created or derived parts Created parts are built using one or more other parts as the parent parts The created parts are said to depend on the parent parts If one or
287. dataset into EnSight without re starting the client You can of course also delete cases you no longer need ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Load Multipl Datasets Cases BASIC OPERATION Simplified case operations Add or Replace and load all parts can be accessed through the File gt Open dialog All other case operations including control of various options can be accessed through the Case menu or through the File gt Data reader dialog Both methods will be shown below Add a Case To add a case to a running EnSight session Using simple File gt Open dialog method File selection 1 Select File gt Open to open Filter the File Selection dialog Directories Files usrloacal CETensights0 oather data ensightiami README ami 2 Select Keep currently loaded 1 acal CEl ensight80 ather data ensisht amil amicase Gala sierssmess screeds 7 ami gen This will add rather than gt EEEE replace the case D a ami vet 3 fi fi o aij E Lae ad 7 3 Select the desired directory w Replace currently loaded data and files for the new case i Pee A Click Okay TOE fusr local CEl ensight80 other_data ensight ami ami case Cancel Help l gt Okay Apply filter The EnSight client will now start the connection process for the new server If your original connection was automatic the new server will be started automatically If your original connection was manual yo
288. ded Toggle part hidden line J aa Hidden line Lighting PE Shin 6 00 H Int 9 00 Node element and line attributes Set part transparency as true or with a fill pattern Set part shading parameters e Diff diffuse shading the amount of light that a surface reflects O is none and 1 is full Close Create Update parent e Shin Degree of shininess 0 is dull and 100 is very shiny e H Int Degree of highlight intensity 0 is none and 1 is full SEE ALSO Set Global Viewing Parameters Shading Gouraud a a a Aby gira pman User Manual Set part detail representation according to Global Viewing Detail Mode e Box part is represented as bounding box e Elements part is represented according to Element Representation e Points part is represented as a point cloud Set part reference frame Set part graphical symmetry set shading type e Flat color and shading are constant across elements e Gouraud color and shading vary linearly across elements e Smooth color and shading calculated based on surface normal interpolated across elements to simulate a smooth surface Page 295 a 2 HowTo Index i sae i J 1 ai B j F LF i a ee i 2 d iJ Node Element and Line Attributes Node element and line attributes
289. den Line eee F y pote Embed videoand Ho ka 63 DA Hep x audio in Adobe POF W For additional help Table of Contents Alphabetical Listing Use the Cone Tool Use the Surface of Revolution Tool Use the Selection Tool Visualize Data Introduction to Part Creation Create Contours Create lsosurfaces Create Particle Traces Create Clips Create Clip Lines Create Clip Planes Create Box Clips Create Quadric Clips Create IJK Clips Create XYZ Clips Create RTZ Clips Create Revolution Tool Clips Create Revolution of 1D Part Clips Create General Quadric Clips Create Vector Arrows Create Elevated Surfaces Create Profile Plots Create Developed Unrolled Surfaces Create Subset Parts Create Tensor Glyphs Display Displacements Display Discrete or Experimental Data Change Time Steps Extract Vortex Cores Extract Separation and Attachment Lines Extract Shock Surfaces HH HEET Seaan Go forward to previously viewed page Go back to last viewed page Each How To topic provides a set of bookmarks that match the standard section titles You can quickly navigate to one of these sections by using the bookmark list in pdf reader The Go back forward buttons are particularly useful they operate somewhat like the Back and Forward buttons on standard Web browsers If your previously viewed page was in a different document the pdf reader will automa
290. different characters are in use CEI FONT NOSYSTEMFONTS Client Font Disable the loading of fonts from the system directories and use only the fonts provided by CEI CEI FONTPATH Client Font A list of separated directories on Windows where EnSight looks for ttf and ttc font files CEI HOME Location of EnSight installation required CEI INPUT Client Tracking To specify the tracking library To select trackd use setenv CEI INPUT trackd for csh or equivalent users The value of CEI_ INPUT can either be a fully qualified path and filename or simply the name of the driver in which case EnSight will load the library libuserd_input so from directory CEIl HOME apex10 machines CEIlARCH udi CEI_INPUT For the trackd interface you will also need to set CEI_TRACKER_KEY lt num gt CEI CONTROLLER_KEY lt num gt CEI PDFREADER Application for reading EnSight pdf help files CEI_PIXELFORMAT Specify pixel format for mono rendering CEI_PIXELFORMAT_ST Specify pixel format for stereo rendering CEI PYTHONHOME Client Path Point to a different Python runtime library Default is CEI_HOME apex12 machines CEI_ARCH Python242 CEl_ RSH Networking Alternative to default rsh command CEl TRACKD DEBUG Turn on debug information from the trackD user defined input library CEl TRACKER KEY See CEl_ INPUT CEI UDILPATH Client Path A list of separated directories on Windows where EnSight looks for user defined image libra
291. dified Two lines are added to the FORMAT section use resources on and auto distribute on The number of servers line is modified One server subsection is specified User Manual gt 2 OAA HowTo Index r g f a p F a fae n mk e e D mA a p E ri a p H rT i IPT a Zz E i Ca fa S ia n a O E O n a ow oa Yi a be T a ae i i Es they z Fe L dpe i y E m z ia T a ee i Par si te x i T ae a M An LAR a it B F wa tag Ca a 1 z is f 3 a Pai ed ee a i a Pi a se we A 2a F nee A E i mE a os lea n TE as AR Par li r i 7 il oe all J ee r i L a E i E E R je aa 3 is A i E i nia f ar J i e i nm j a 2 z f 5 y E 7 F m i 1 gt Fs F i oe a E i ia 7 lL ee E _ a r d H a me aa m feb ie P P 1 Mr b i a 1 L i Re eSa er ia oe I io i a lt J u 1 j simi E P o i C i eS tll ko m o all fi P F r EG a ae Dm Ser gt ic a fee E ig a i ae m i a A I rE i all P P j E p rU k mii a aa pa a 7 ae b K Aai 1 7 a a pa Tue z ee i z om al fs A 5 B ag a ai r a m F 7 j oy E lis S P j r z al a By z A s 3 bd E J al r q i m A i p pa ax n P a x i K i e z a a i be m F a ri a a p a i 5i i i g 2 ay a il ONR Mari n 1 a r P m z R 5 4 r r a s 4 he 3 i i 7 Q e000 FORMAT type master se
292. dow while in Annot Mode and dragging it to the desired location or specify the precise coordinates in the X and Y fields 2 eee ee eee ee ee ete eee eee To change size Typing the desired scaling factors into the X amp Y fields and press ELUI 2 2 e eee eee nee eee eee eee e eee e nee a Note that the size of a logo cannot be adjusted interactively SEE ALSO User Manual Annot Mode ae wA How To Index User Manual Page 348 INTRODUCTION Every currently active variable has an associated color legend that can be displayed in the Graphics Window Color legends provide essential information about images that use parts colored by variable values color fringes Legends are particularly important if the image is to be viewed by others Legends are drawn as a vertical or horizontal color bar with associated variable values The size and position of the color legend can be changed This article discusses changing the appearance of color legends using Annotation mode To edit the color palette itself change colors or change the mapping from variable values to colors see How To Edit Color Palettes BASIC OPERATION To display a color legend 1 On the desktop click the Variable legend visibility button 2 eee eee eee eee eee renee reece renee nent een en eeeenee nes File Edit Query View Tools Case __ l Computational mesh ri Sp Select Delete Sort
293. dows Version Print Printer Mame HP Laserlet 4050 Seres PELE Properties Status Heady Type HP Lasenet 4050 Senes PELE Where 9 printer cemth corn Comment Note the pulldown allowing resolution EnSight Params to te baa here _ Convert to Default Print Color Number of copies rea Improve tne resultin rinte g y mp JP Show Flotter Orly image but will cause a slowdown in printing time ENTE pi pi SEE ALSO User Manual Saving and Printing Graphic Images I 2 O HowTolndex User Manual i 1 l 1 1 7 g L F i s ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual INTRODUCTION EnSight has three internal writers that allow saving geometric data and variable values in Brick of Values Case EnSight Gold or VRML EnSight also allows the user to create their own writer as a dynamic shared library that is loaded at runtime and listed in the addition to the internal writer formats BASIC OPERATION Saving Parts in EnSight Gold or VRML Formats 1 Select File gt X e E E the variables you wish to save from the Variables list aut then fill ne in the following information These files will be saved by the EnSight ase Gold server as gep ease variable VRML Flatfile Y path fiilename prefix A HDF 5 0 W Save as binary file s ae Begin time step ze as a single file End time step 159 Pe uu Eero TET EPA HEFE Mites Step by ee
294. dric clipping tools the surface can developed or unrolled onto a plane All variables defined on the clip are properly interpolated onto to the developed surface A clip can be developed based on curvilinear radius z theta Z or meridian theta coordinate projections The seam of the clip can be specified interactively BASIC OPERATION To create a developed surface 1 First create the desired quadric clip cylinder sphere or cone 3 Click the Developed 4 Select the desired projection type see SUfaceAcoN er below for details on the types File Edit Query View Tools Case EEN Cage l Projection theta z l Computational mes scale factors u v u 1 0000e 00 1 0000e 00 Lee Soe eo ae aoe See soso aoa See ee ee Show cutting seam Align with parent origin axis aF E Create Advanced Help S T lt 2 Select the parent part for the developed surface i e the part you created in step 1 5 If applicable for the projection type and desired enter u v scaling factors and press return 6 To display and change the cutting seam click the Show Cutting Seam button and adjust the slider E 7 Click Create A part is developed by specifying one of three curvilinear mappings called developed projections The projections are based on the curvilinear coordinates r radius z 0 theta and m meridian
295. ds ANSYS or force or body is entered into the Parameter field then Flattile will output an ANSYS body force file The HDF 5 0 writer is designed to write out selected parts and their corresponding active variables using the HDF 5 0 API which is compatible with the EnSight HDF user defined reader The HDF writer ignores the Parameter field The STL user defined writer is designed to write out the border geometry in the form of triangular 2D elements of the selected part s at the beginning timestep The end time and the step time are ignored The STL format does not support multiple parts in a single binary file but does support multiple parts in a single ASCII file Therefore if multi ple parts are selected and ascii is checked the STL writer outputs an ascii file with the border of each of the parts If multiple parts are selected and binary is checked the STL writer outputs a binary file containing a single border of the multiple parts The STL writer only saves the beginning timestep and ignores the End Timestep and Step By fields The STL writer ignores the Parameter field ki Wd How To Index User Manual Save Geometric Entities There are some important differences in how EnSight saves parts according to format chosen User Defined Writers UDW Which parts are available to the UDW All parts currently selected in the Main Parts List except those indicated below Where are the available parts located EnSight ser
296. ds of achieving a connection a manual connection described in the Getting Started manual or an automatic connection described in How To Connect EnSight Client and Server EnSight s cases feature allows you to postprocess multiple datasets simultaneously Cases is implemented by having a single client connected to multiple servers running on the same or different machines EnSight s Parts Concept One of the central concepts of EnSight is that of the part A part is a named collection of elements or cells and associated nodes The nodes and or elements may have zero or more variables such as pressure or stress All components of a part share the same set of attributes Such as color or line width Parts are either built during the loading process based on your computational mesh and associated surfaces or created during an EnSight session Parts created during loading are called model parts All other parts are created during an EnSight session and are called created or derived parts Created parts are built using one or more other parts as the parent parts The created parts are said to depend on the parent parts If one or more of the parent parts change all parts depending on those parent parts are automatically recalculated and redisplayed to reflect the change As an example consider the following case A clipping plane is created through some 3D computational domain and a contour is created on the clipping plane The contour s
297. duce Even animations initially intended only for internal consumption often end up shown to broader audiences Stretching an Animation Ten minutes of video requires 18 000 frames Only after you have created your first animation will you realize that this can represent a logistical nightmare In many cases you can reduce the number of generated frames required using each frame multiple times If you record two video frames for each actual frame you have in effect slowed your animation by half since there are only 15 new frames per second Although 15 frames per second produces less smooth motion than 30 it is still usually acceptable Further reduction however say to 10 unique frames per second produces noticeable jerkiness The Recording Process There are three basic ways to go about recording your animation 1 The cheapest method and the one that typically yields the poorest results is to simply record the animation directly off the workstation This can be done either by pointing a video camera at the screen or using the built in video out signal available on some workstations Although this may be suitable for some simple steady state problems the resulting video is usually of very poor quality Note also that the frame refresh rate is dependent on the complexity of your geometry which can vary throughout the animation and the speed of your hardware 2 EnSight can also write each generated frame to a disk file Given the curren
298. dy 6 rear body f SAVE Restore Record Help i TEE To Create Keyframes using Predefined Animations 1 Click the Keyframe Animation icon in the Feature Icon bar 2 Set all viewing parameters to the desired location for keyframe 1 3 Click Quick Animations to bring up the Keyframe Quick Animations Dialog In this dialog you will be able to create keyframes which define transformations which will a fly the viewer around your model b rotate your model or c create exploded views of your parts Any one of these or a combination may be used 4 Set the number of frames which will be created 2 2e rere eee gt Keyframe quick animations a 5 Acceleration at the first and last Roe D keyframes that will be created is on by gt ae E cs es default If you do not want to accelerate ee ee a Accelerate at last keyframe decelerate toggle these off g y select one or any combination of predefined animations 6 Toggle Fly Around on if you wish to move yp Fly around the viewer camera in a circle l Starting direction Right Revolutions l a You can choose Right start the viewer Zl moving to the right or Left MI Rotate objects b Specify the number of revolutions Positively about x axis with revolutions of ga al 7 Toggle Rotate Objects if you wish to rotate a e F the Scene 2 lt lt eceses
299. e CANE E gt p EEE 4 Case select a variable Value MID RANGE Set to hid Range a i Computational mesh temperature of surfaces Delta Coordinates A ies tates tipe EIRE Ei al el SEEE RERS FERGEAN E i Create Apply new variable Advanced Help a 1 Select the parent part s 3 Select the variable to use e 5 Click Create ha amp HowTo Index User Manual How To Introduction Q 2 00e Part Creatioi Part Types The following table provides information on the available part types in EnSight Clip A surface or line resulting from a clip of parts using an IJK XYZ or mad RTZ surface of the parts or a clip of other parts using the Line Plane Box Cylinder Sphere Cone or Surface of Revolution tool or a clip of other parts by revolving an existing 1D part 2 Contour C Lines of constant value on 2D elements Developed Surface A planar surface derived by unrolling a surface of revolution e g unrolling a clip created with the Cylinder tool Elevated Surface A part created by scaling a 2D part in the direction of the local surface normal based on the value of a variable A surface of constant value through 3D elements Model An original part i e loaded from a disk file or created through some operation e g copy or extract on a model part A part consisting of the paths taken by one or more massless
300. e path filename prefix ae ly Save as birai iieii Begin time step 0 r EEEE aingie f te End time step 159 Blan fea rilin Fe eist as gizell ne ean Be sure Brick of Values is selected as the Format type Follow the instructions given Select the desired variable 22 2 e00eeeeeeeeee eed If the variable is a vector select the component desired Select the sampling resolution POO Select the sampling format Brick of Bytes or Brick of Floats Enter a file root name 2222000 e cece cece cee ee cece cee eeeeee eee eeeeeeteeeeeeeeeee Click Okay O ON OO AO FP W N Brick of Bytes and Brick of Floats is intended to give you an interface mechanism to volume rendering codes When you click the Okay button the selected parts are discritized to the resolution indicated using the box tool as the bounds and orientation x y z resolution refers to the x y z directions for the box tool For Brick of Bytes BoB format a value of O is reserved for undefined i e the discritized point found no variable information The value of 1 is tied to all variable values less than or equal to the minimum palette value tied to the variable chosen while 255 is tied to all values greater to or equal to the maximum palette value For Brick of Floats BoF format undefined values are assigned the undefined value indicated in dia
301. e This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Cylinder tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points SEE ALSO Other tools Cursor Line Plane Box Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools User Manual Tools Menu Functions ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 164 How To Use the Sphere Too m2 e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a spherical specification tool called the Sphere tool When visible the Sphere tool appears as a typically white sohere icon with a line running down the central axis An axis triad will be at the center of the central axis line The Sphere tool is used to supply EnSight with a spherical specification for example to specify the location for a sphere clip or cut BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Sphere tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling Tools gt Quadric gt Sphere Xa EnSight File Edt Query Yiew Tools Case PA EJ Ae
302. e angle between the faces is less than some threshold are displayed Feature Angle typically extracts the topological features of interest in a model Bounding Box Only a wireframe box representing the XYZ extents is displayed Non Visual No visual representation exists on the client It is often useful to use Non Visual as the representation for 3D computational domain parts provided you also have some sort of shell part to display the outer surface Additionally one can specify that only a point and normal instead of the element connectivity for the specified representation be loaded This is most useful for very dense models ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 291 How To Change Visual A 2 O600 Representation BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts List 2 Select Part in the Mode Selection area to enter Part mode 3 Click the Element Representation icon to open the Part Element Settings dialog l W Parti elementi settings Yisualrep 30 border 27D full Angle 199 Glo 4 Select the desired visual representation Options are e v zess gt ase aD border 2D full oD feature 2D full Load points and normals only 2D nonvisual 2D full Border o A Reduce polygons 2 Feature angle E mie oy morr Bounding box i 4 Joe powgens Pull z gt Close Non Visual 5 If desired you can have each element A connectivity of yo
303. e if asymmetric for each node or element of the applicable part s Tensor variables can be represented by Tensor Glyphs directly and within the variable calculator eigenvalues eigenvectors determinant VonMises or Tresca etc can be computed Complex A complex variable which within Ensight can be either scalar or vector includes the real and imaginary portions of the values The variable calculator allows the user to compute things like modulus argument transient response etc Variables are either given read from the dataset or automatically provided by EnSight or computed derived from existing variables during an EnSight session The variable type and whether it is given shown as Gvn or computed shown as Cmp are shown in the Variables list in the Feature Detail Editor for Variables If you have any element based variables in a model the variable names in the Main Variables list will be preceded by E for element based or Ny for node based Every non constant variable both given as well as computed has an associated color palette that defines the mapping from variable values to color These palettes can be edited to change the mapping see How To Edit Color Maps for details The value of a constant variable can be displayed as a text string in the Graphics Window see How To Create Text Annotation for details For time dependent data calculated variables will automatically recalculate when the cur
304. e only curve markers are drawn Connect Dots data points are connected by straight lines P Line type Connect dots Smooth a piece wise spline is fit to the data points using the Smooth sub points ee number of points specified in the Smooth Sub points field Set the marker type i _Square Scale Set the size of the markers 10000 0a0aanaannanannnnnannn nnn annann ie 1 000000 Normalize x and or y values if desired Set the Color Of NG CUIVe ceseesteeteeeseeceeeebedes teeter es E a p R 1 00 G 1 00 B 1 00 Mix Close Help Delete Plotters Existing plotters can be deleted 1 Click Plot in the Mode Selection area to enter Plot mode 2 Select the desired plotter s Note that deleting a plotter has no effect on any query entities that were attached to the plotter 3 Click the Delete icon Select All You can select all curves or all plotters X x Select all curves Select all plotters Close ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 280 lot Attributes SEE ALSO How To Query Plot User Manual Plot Mode ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 281 How To n e000 INTRODUCTION Results datasets often consist of multiple files EnSight provides a mechanism to quickly ascertain basic information about dataset files BASIC OPERATION To display dataset information 1 Select Query gt Dataset The Associated Files section displays all datas
305. e 1 Crinkl 1 Computational mesh 5 nny WwW Clp extents Finite v Inside ee 7 m Outside InfOut ee 2B PP le cl lc lc lc lc hhc em mm m m y f Create Apply tol change e Tool location Advanced Help S wt 1 Place the Surface of Revolution Tool at the Bs CCRC TEATE desired location See How To Use the Surface of Revolution Tool ar Select the parent part Note that you can manipulate the Surface 3 Click the Clip icon of Revolution tool and update your clip by and clicking Apply Tool Change 4 Select Revolution Tool from the Use Tool o PUIAOWN eee ee re a You can also change the domain and the 5 Select the desired Domain t clip will change 6 Select extents ADVANCED USAGE SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips How to Create Box Clips How to Create IJK Clips How to Create Revolution of 1D Part Clips User Manual Clip Create Update a 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 211 INTRODUCTION A Revolution of 1D Part clip can be made using a 1D part and a user specified axis It can be the surface created by the intersection of the 1D part about the axis and the model the elements intersected by the 1
306. e Baas F as ae a pa ad m aan igi phin j l 4 sa oy a m E a B oi a a ar ps 1 z a e ae E n y krain a aa a 7 if min 7 e is a a sm d E F B p B i ti 4 3 a ai j f m e 2 ga s 3 i i a w a nl afa of 2 a a J K a F k T ee Pe oe tes LP a le aad x 4 at T pr m 2 7 a a os T A E Seaan a f a i Pe es he at w ee ee ee e aa ae eee el i E ee a is a Mie a vis K F E n jr ien i ae A Len ql 7 n ol ott fae el ap J 2 ra a a LAA a wig Be re E oa oe J z ee ka a at ee E ee ie E ee ed tg ee e a ae i a Ase ba wis z i p EE ee 3 i el i a ult j p i a AF PLi irl l aes o n La LE zz n i a a oe i he E j f z i Pi i he aah M i z iS i E giet T 5 r p E E Toy s mr i fa F io as ai ay z E a a oH fa ore ri one ade LA be tial x 3 ji 7 aa q 1 i i iy p i i T u i ae gl OF ee fe i gee F f 1 7 ae ats g 1 i kl aiae ESR ee a Tr L i ikha ni m a Be he a j p we a pk Pas n 7 5 r 1 va a a i T T ki T ie ie fe g N ee i i g a a E q 7 NA a i f 1 a aju 1 J P Ply ED gt rs my Pe 5 i Ts 2 Pa e oe BM A s iP a P a a E 3 a a a A a oe es Ee Ms a a 5 a i m E a i iow a a k 4 n p i k a 1 L a a sa led a a s z T E Si 2 Sani Pag ap r 4 J j j li FA eH a Ae E pat E a Lj ara aie a m s bad ite oe a y FET ain a a i k k p n j E T i
307. e Clips Grid Clips and Finite Clips By default clipping planes based on the plane tool are calculated based on the resolution and topology of the underlying mesh parent part s Clipping planes can also be calculated using a regular sampling of the mesh Such a clip is called a grid clip and is typically used for clipping unstructured meshes where element volumes vary widely Creating vector arrows on a grid clip typically yields a more useful visualization than on a standard mesh clip By default clipping planes extend to the bounds of the parent part A clipping plane can also be restricted to the bounds of the Plane tool To change an existing clipping plane to a grid clip or to have finite extent 1 Double click the desired clipping plane part in the parts list Use tool Plane Domain Intersect Interactive tool Plane type Mesh 2 To change to a grid clip Grid pie or Grid select Grid from the of lt i Plane Type pull down eats Clp extents Finite a SEEE 5 Delta 5 0000e 01 Create Apply tool change Tool location Advanced Help 3 To change to a finite extent clipping plane select Finite from the Plane extents DUNFGOWM 222655005255 40655526220sreccenraeseccse cesses R EE EN Clipping Plane Animation Although you can interactively sweep a clipping plane based on the plane tool through a volume it is sometimes desirable to have EnSight automa
308. e Detail Editor 2 wA How To Index User Manual Page 193 How TO Create Line Clips m2 e000 INTRODUCTION In addition to standard clipping planes EnSight also provides one dimensional clipping Clip lines are linear clips through 2D or 3D models with either samples taken at evenly spaced intervals grid or true intersections at the faces of the parent part s elements mesh Values along a clip line can be visualized using profiles or queried and sent to a plotter BASIC OPERATION 2 Click the Clip icon RES Domain Intersect J Interactive tool Clip extents Infinite al MM ar irae eee pen Seaton emer eg E opi oomnta r Hr EF EnSight File Edt Query View Tools Case Type Mesh f Pal Sefect Delete List t lt gt Create sl tool change Tool location Advanced Help Rl jel A e E fi e B A 1 Select the parent part a S 3 Select Line from the Use Tool pull down EEEE 4 Select Mesh or Grid type 5 If Mesh select Finite or Infinite EE If Grid set the number of evenly spaced points on the line gt 6 Position the Line tool as desired see How To Use the Line Tool Laana 7 Click Create Use tool Line Domain Intersect Interactive Type Grid fine pienia F ariber z of points on line 30 gh aaen Create Apply tool change Tool location
309. e LS Dyna reader Note that a prdist file can be specified as an option to the prdist command line option However if the defaults are adequate or overridden with command line options then a prdist file is no longer needed Furthermore specifying the command line option prdist automatically implies the command line option sos previous versions required the user to specify it See Distributed Memory Parallel Rendering on page 16 of the User Manual for prdist file documentation including default values and manual connect support OTHER NOTES See Resource File Format on page 13 in Chapter 10 of the User Manual for details on the resource file syntax see the EnSight User s Guide for details on relevant SOS Case file modifications as they pertain to resources Also see that section regarding details on which file formats support auto distribution Note that not all Case files i e non gold can be auto distributed The default SOS and server entries in the Connections Setting dialog will be used as the template for SOS and server computers not specifically listed in the dialog This is useful for specifying defaults such as to use ssh in place of rsh or to specify a default path SEE ALSO How To Read Data How To Read User Defined How To Setup for Parallel Computation User Manual Server of Server Casefile Format Resource File Format Shared memory parallel rendering Distributed Memory
310. e Material Part by increasing the Subdivide option from Level 1 to either Level 2 or Level 3 au ea mae eens eee ee File Edit Query View Tools Case Select 2 ar more materials Case P l wedmesh2el 2 Matinf mati 01 _ mati 2 Type Interface a matl 01 Subdivide Level 1 i matl Os matl 03 mati 04 null material Create Apply new material s Advanced Help Pe Each 3D or 2D part element is first decomposed into tetrahedrons or triangles before it is processed Level 1 simply processes each of these decomposed elements Level 2 subdivides each of these decomposed elements into 3 sub tetrahedrons or sub triangles Level 2 subdivides each of these decomposed elements into 6 sub tetrahedrons or sub triangles Each subdivided element is then processed SEE ALSO User Manual Material Parts Create Update In Section 11 1 EnSight Gold Casefile Format see EnSight Gold Material Files Format ee M4 Po How To Index User Manual Page 240 INTRODUCTION A variable can be used within EnSight as a means of removing elements that have failed This can be something as simple as a variable with two states one state to indicate the element is failed and the other state to indicate that the element is not failed or it can be a variable of values Such as a Von Mises stress strain for which you specify limiting values and conditions for failure The variable used must be a per ele
311. e a Developed Surface You can also rotate translate or scale the Sphere by setting the desired transform action and axis and manipulating the slider bar In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Sphere since the numeric values always update to reflect the current location If you are positioning the Sphere interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Sphere center is set to the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry and aligned with the X axis The coordinates of the Sphere are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Sphere relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Sphere tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points SEE ALSO Other tools Cursor
312. e eee eee ee et Ell lll E Set the type of subgradation None no subgradation marker Grid a vertical line or Tick marks on the axis between the value label positions eee eee e eee eee Set the number of subgradations between each value label e eee teeters By swapping the min and max can swap the positive dC 36262 seeeme n E cere eeese seca sce E peeeeeseeeeeseoeseeoces teeeeseaeeeeresoeeecee seeeeeee ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual DutesS Set Curve Attributes Curve attributes are controlled through the Curve Specific Attributes dialog 1 Click Plot in the Mode Selection area to enter Plot mode 2 Select the desired curve s by clicking on them in the Graphics Window control click to select multiple curves If no curves are selected any changes are applied to the curve defaults which will effect any curves created in the future 3 Click the Curve Attributes icon NOES Set the description text for the curve this will appear as the legend ecesctegcoreencscaseserareceeessecesssSeeoseeeuepiete aa a i If desired you can apply scale factors to your x and or y data Set the line width m E E E E ieee eRe eee scale Y ky 1 OOOO OG Set the line style ee eee eee eee eee sees 2 pixels Set the line type srrrrrescccctess sss s setts ss sess sess ST te style Sealircl Non
313. e name Record to file Lookin J home bjn sre ensight_82 client Delay refresh E __ mac _jz_misc bad_pointenc be _jevs __jopen_gl i aac md i bad surt enc i br _ freedesktop py_interface i aaaenc i badt enc i br __ include _ qt_interface aaaacmd bbb enc cecene Tmi _ interface _ scenariot abcent bbbb cmd _ empty enc mi _ liben _ w_interface i atry enc i bbtest enc i fail enc i m _ m interface _ zz_enc_files i bad enc 7 bjn c md i flat enc i na a Ci OULU al File name Save Filetype EnSight command files ene c md im Cancel i a HowTo Index User Manual Record and Play A e000 Command Files Playing a Command File To replay a command file 1 Select File gt Command to open the Command dialog CO 2 Click on the Browse button for load field 3 A File Selection dialog opens Select the desired command file Macros Python and click Open History _ Expand playfiles Command The command file will be loaded and the commands to be executed will be shown in black below the green current line indicator in the History window 4 Toggle the Play button on As commands are executed they will be i data_partbuild begin shown in gray above the current line part select_default part modify_begin rs You can control command execution by part elt_representat
314. e of all of the timesteps that exist across all of the timesets This can however be changed to show just the time values associated with a particular timeset In the Timeset Details dialog shown below multiple timesets exists Three timesets from the Which Timeset s list are selected and are thus shown in detail The graphics for each timeset shows a the minimum and maximum overall time value b white tick marks immediately under the timeline indicate the total composite time values available from the solution time dialog c green tick marks indicating the time values defined for the timeset d the current time value indicated with the long green line associated with the timeset To modify all the timelines to The timeset can either be behave the same way select shown having a time range which range is to be modified over the total number of time The current solution time as By default the Solution set in the Solution Time dialog then select how they will be values or can be snowy Time dialog shows the displayed according to the timeset s ria composite timeline Select the timeline to be oo range This button will modify viewed the Solution Time nanan dialog s Beg and End gt Timeset details aa x values to those of the et Current Simulation Time 1 600000e 01 selected timeset Which timesetis al Modify all selected timeset s Range Between steps
315. e of displayed pages enter new values in the Begin Page and or End Page fields and press return or click and drag the left right slider NaN GIGS aere E E cee A eee ee E E R ape 5 To change the display speed enter a new value in the Display Speed field and press return or simply slide the slider eee eee eee eee ees A speed of 1 00 represents full hardware speed with no delays a value of 0 5 is half of full speed 6 To cycle the page display click Cycle Cycle will replay the pages in reverse order when the last O gt g page is reached A 7 To stop the animation click the stop button a oa aoaaa aaa anaana oaa anana 8 When done set the Display to original model instead of flipbook pages 22 errr ere eee teen ee a ee Record Once a flipbook is loaded it can be recorded The Record current graphics window animation Off On icon will be on jep Click it to open the Save Animation dialog This is explained in How To Print Save an Image ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 316 is Je ie ot g Delete Any type of flipbook can be deleted 1 Click Delete in the Flipbook Quick Interaction Editor 2 Confirm the deletion All memory associated with the flipbook is freed ADVANCED USAGE If you have created transient particle traces pathlines and set up a particle trace animation you can also load a flipbook and show th
316. e options are specified then the client will evaluate this environment variable for resources The environment variable specifies a quoted string such aS host1 5 host2 4 host3 1 which indicates 5 CPUs should be used on host1 4 CPUs should be used on host2 and 1 CPU should be used on host3 The hosts will be used in a round robin fashion ENSIGHT8 MAX_SOSTHREADS Parallel ENSIGHT8 MAX_THREADS Server Parallel ENSIGHT8 RES Client ENSIGHT8 SERVER_HOSTS LSB_MCPU_HOSTS Client CEIl_ARCH All CEI HOME CEI PDFREADER Client CEI PYTHONHOME Client CEI UDILPATH Client ENSIGHT_PATHREPLACE Client TMPDIR Server CEI CONTROLLER_KEY Client Resources Path Description of hardware amp OS set automatically on EnSight startup Path Location of EnSight installation required Path Application for reading EnSight pdf help files Path Point to a different Python runtime library Default is CEI_HOME apex12 machines CEI_ARCH Python242 Path A list of separated directories on Windows where EnSight looks for user defined image libraries environment variable Path Path Location for temporary files Default is usually tmp or usr tmp Tracking See CEI_INPUT D hae 2 MOAM HowTo Index User Manual Name aaa i Description aa INPUT neo ii To specify the tracking library To select trackd use setenv CEI_INPUT trackd for csh or equivalent users The value of CEI_INPUT can either be
317. e particle trace animation synchronized with the flipbook The trace animation will automatically play through the time range of the flipbook and stay in sync with the flipbook pages See How To Create Particle Traces and How To Animate Particle Traces for more information OTHER NOTES since both object and image flipbooks build pages from the current set of parts based on their current attributes if you make a change such as color a part by a different variable or create a new part you must reload the flipbook There are exceptions With an object flipbook you can make a part invisible while the flipbook is running SEE ALSO How To Load Transient Data How To Print Save an Image How To Create a Flipbook Animation User Manual Flipbook Animation Flipbook Animation ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 317 H OW To a8 m2 e000 INTRODUCTION Various types of data can be animated through EnSight s flipbook capability During the flipbook load process selected parts are automatically rebuilt based on some criteria Such as a delta for a clipping plane For each step a graphical page is created and stored in memory When the flipbook is active the pages are displayed in order as rapidly as the hardware allows although you can slow it down You can also step through pages manually The graphical pages can be one of two types object or image An object flipbook saves each page as 3D geometry so you can continue to m
318. e s a i i HE n T ef a z j ee W 7 j n 4 2g lB i d ee eae a T ae e i 5 7 a M p pew ol a F p k P veg Vom os j ngi bi a ol Lani b y P Fj A a Bi B I Tai i 3 L 5 i m a Ba 2 a i A j e 2 i H z r L i s q Tap z pae a BY p z i as aly E r a Mi Eo EA E r J Be i a r N ii 1 i i LTI j 2 ar me cli y Tat E E p T i la dia B ma a a p i y a i r e o 1 a a n 7 5 in i 2 B i S g a P i L L p a mee ope ae x a e io la pa E is j F P 4 i a 5 q j ie g m p Arm lies wa ir eae a a n E i j Pa q z i _ 2 F a P a ee oe 5 ol es gt a a 5 T R A 5 7 L M E f 1 a sJ e a ia a i z ell p ya r m Lee a i 0S ae ak f i b E i ri n J 5 fo a T E P pe T 4 s 5 ij yond a oy 5 i r tre i rt z 4 i i i z Ls A i a a Ls Ji r rs i a J tied u z en fagi Ta E P a b 7 F r 7 i F I E T a Pa 4 on oe a 5 N Fr i I A an z i k J ki a a i vit nal F i 2 g om P k z u a Jid 4 a e on Pis ig a ii rE z Coe 2 x ri Pay oe a I 2 i ma a A a EN or a A ji E 7 4 a m a 3 a aye lis all a z z a i Er 7 Po a T bE Ji x i T es 5 4 i e J f p i r u a I J 4 a i a y i p a j Cii A a a I 5 i z n Ti a S i E f b F E z CE F a n m i j 4 a r 7 a i J ke 1 ji p i p g t 4 p z i e he ei r F a i t p q m 2 e600 To set the Box Tool by specifying coordinates
319. e set 2 case set _3 case set 4 case set _5 case set_1 geo set_2 geo set_3 geo set_4 geo set_5 geo set_1 scl set 2 scl set _3 scl set _ 4 scl set_5 scl and the contents of the first of these casefiles set_1 case would look something like FORMAT type ensight gold GEOMETRY model set_1 geo VARLABLE scalar per node set_1l scl With the contents of each of the other casefiles differing only in the digit following the underscore To cluster these as described two sets in the first case and 3 sets in the second case we would need to create the following two casefiles cluster_1 case would contain FORMAT type ensight gold GEOMETRY model set_ geo Note the use of as the wildcard for VARIABLE block continuation sets scalar per node set_ scl BLOCK CONTINUATION number of sets 2 filename start number 1 filename increment 1 cluster_2 case would contain FORMAT type ensight gold GEOMETRY model set_ geo VARIABLE scalar per node set_ scl BLOCK CONTINUATION number of sets 3 filename start number 3 filename increment 1 And we could then easily use an SOS casefile perhaps named two_blocks sos that would use these two cluster files FORMAT type master _server gold SERVERS number of servers 2 Server 1 machine id nodel executable ensight82 server casefile cluster_1 case Server 2 machine id node2 executable ensight82 server casefile cluster_2 case ha 2
320. e the variable variable Undefined values use the Left Right or Undefined Nearest value or make the variable Undefined SEE ALSO How To Load Transient Data How To Animate Transient Data User Manual Flipbook Animation I 2 O HowTolndex User Manual Page 232 INTRODUCTION Vortex cores are centers of swirling flow where the velocity is parallel to the vorticity For a more complete description refer to the User Manual section below BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the parent part Wee e a ne ee He ee ee ee ne es ee ee ee File Edit Query View Tools Case Define vortex variables al ri Create dn i 3 Bring up the Vortex Core Variable Settings dialog by clicking here A ae a ee ee ee ee Select a variable and then select the appropriate SET button below specify Density and Momentum or Eh rea ieii Filter d miegi Piswaraeiicndet wip ack sein des LEO Ee Ey Method Eigen analysis _ Phew ae UF AB Mba 1 H SEENE Deiesseiarg 3 ee MLR Y AH fe Al SRRA Yj faite 48 a Apply new variable Advanced Help 4 Define either Density and Momentum or Velocity as well as the Ratio of Specific Heats The variables can be set by Set button Coordinates i f Time either typing them into the fields or selecting them from the list above and clicking the NOTE Not all fields are required You must Velocity a
321. eam bitrate kbits sec 7500 Apple QuickTime SGI RGB BW image file LLNL Streaming Movie file FF image file MPixmap OXPM ox Cancel Help D Two options exist for MPEG The specific sub type of MPEG 1 2 4 can be selected as well as a target bitrate in kilobits per second Options for PNG Format The PNG format is a lossless image format supported by many platforms and most web browsers Print save Image Format Postscript Color Black and White POVRAY Geometry Te Microsoft AVI movie format aaa oho Ead indows BitMaP CEI EnVideo movie file Compuserve Animated GIF Compression method Default PEG image file J Moving Picture Experts Group Portable Network Graphics PNG Portable BitMap PPM PGM PBM Apple QuickTime SGI RGB BW image file LLNL Streaming Movie file E imana fila o Cancel Help o The only option is the method for compression that trades off computational complexity for overall compression rates ka HowTo Index User Manual Print Save an Imag Options for PPM Format The PPM format is a common lossless Unix image format that includes full color pixmaps PPM grayscale images PGM and bitmaps PBIM Print save Image Format Postscript a Color Black d nd White POVRAY Geometry Te Microsoft AVI movie format ate eia Sales indows BitMaP CEI EnVideo movie file Compuserve Animated GIF Format Binary sd PEG image file Moving Picture Experts Group Porta
322. eature angle representation the mouse must be over one of the visible lines of the part By default when you press the p key any previously selected parts are de selected Holding down the Control key as you hit p modifies this behavior if the picked part is not currently selected it will be added to the existing selection So you can select multiple parts by picking otherwise the picked part is de selected OTHER NOTES selecting View gt Show Selected Parts will open a small graphics window that will only display the parts currently selected in the Main Parts list This can be helpful when trying to select multiple parts from a large list SEE ALSO User Manual Part Selection and Identification ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 302 Set Symmetry INTRODUCTION In many instances a modeler can take advantage of symmetry present in a problem to reduce the computational complexity of a subsequent analysis EnSight can impart visual realism to such models by mirroring parts around any or all axes of the part s reference frame or performing rotational symmetry about any of the axes Although the mirrored or rotated portions appear identical to the source part except for the reflection or rotation they are only visual client based and cannot be used for calculation For example you cannot start a particle trace in one halt and expect the trace to cross the plane of symmetry into the other half although you
323. ed 2 2 eee eee eee ee eee eens ee Wah How To Index User Manual Page 326 Create a Keyframe Animation Transient If you have transient data you can specify how it will be used during the a ll animation 1 Click Run Attributes in the Keyframing Quick Interaction area to a See Run from to Transient bring up the Keyframe Run Attributes Ear eRe cern ats eR dialog g 7 A Click the Transient tab ee ae 1 ew Delete Toggle Use Transient Data on if you I Start at keyframe Ez 7 End at keyframe _Ir al want to use transient data during the animation 7c ccc ttt Units Below Are Time ce Hkk Start ti Use begin E Transient data does NOT have to beon Pgs ne a SEES aoo and should not to play back a flipbook End time Useend 2 860Ge 0 animation during the keyframe animation Spe cify time increment Po Timelines allow you to use transient data during each defined timeline When arteei startend Hine Loop 1 If the timelines do not cover all of the keyframes you will have a portion of your animation with no transient data By default a single timeline exists which covers all of the defined keyframes To Close create more timelines click New For each timeline you can specify the begin and ending time value either step or simulation time l See Solution Time dialog 2 2 2ee eee eee eee eee ee E EEEE
324. ed Particle after loading Measured data is represented as a set of unconnected nodes You can use EnSight s ability to display nodes in various ways to accentuate measured data visualization To change node display 1 Select the desired measured data part in the Main Parts list porece sees 2 Click Part in the Mode Selection area to enter Part Mode 3 Click the Node Representation icon to open the Part Node Representation dialog 4 Select the desired node display type Dot Cross or Sphere See below for details on alo each type ae nee a SIze by Constant 5 If applicable set desired values for Scale ma 1 Detail Size By and Variable J Raabe Peehitash Et e Dot nodes are displayed as points Close e Cross nodes are displayed as crosses and can be fixed size size set by the Scale value or sized based on a Variable and scaled by the Scale value loson ove o 7 jross gt ana 0 ww slg e Sphere nodes are displayed as spheres and can be fixed size size set by the Scale value or sized based on a Variable and scaled by the Scale value Sphere detail controlled by Detail value 218 OTHER NOTES The file formats for measured data and the measured results file are detailed in EnSight5 Measured Particle File Format Transient measured data can be animated using either the flipbook or keyframe animation capab
325. ed by the mouse in the graphics window You can copy the transformations from one viewport to another First select the viewport you wish to copy then select Editor Function gt Copy Transformation State Next select the viewport s you wish to modify and select Editor Function gt Paste Transformation State k e O o How To Index User Manual Page 129 H C J p A TO s 000a e SEE ALSO How To Rotate Zoom Translate Scale How To Control Lighting Attributes User Manual VPort Mode ie WA How To Index User Manual Page 130 INTRODUCTION EnSight allows control over the location of the light source for each viewport This location is specified in terms of Azimuth and Elevation relative to the viewport or in what is called absolute position which is relative to the model coordinate system A intensity of a second light source can also be set but its position is always at the viewer s camera s location BASIC OPERATION To specify the available lighting attributes In EnSight 1 Click Vport mode lighting attributes 5 Manipulate the position of Light 1 by typing in Azimuth and Elevation or using the sliders 6 If desired also modify the intensity of Light 2 which is at the viewer s location If you are in Relative position mode you can convert to Note that one can easily set the light s back to the default settings cop azimuth
326. ed in the file ensight8 ensight conn settings The information contained in this file is loaded to the text fields in the Connect Settings dialog when it is opened If required the file can be carefully edited with any text editor Note that if the formatting and syntax of the file isn t carefully honored EnSight may not be able to read the file Before editing it you should back it up By default the connection between the client and server uses a standard TCP IP socket mechanism However if an automatic connection is being made and EnSight determines that the server will be running on the same machine as the client it will use a different connection mechanism known as named pipes This mechanism results in much faster communications between the client and server Automatic connection should therefore always be used when running both client and server on the same machine Connection Name Hostname flexibility When you specify c name on the command line EnSight will match the specified name to a Connection name If a match is found then the Connection s Hostname not Connection name is used as the computer name for the EnSight Server or EnSight SOS Should a match not be found then EnSight will use all the settings for the default Server or SOS but substitute the name specified by c name for the hostname The Connection Setting dialog lists entries by a Connection name which can be different than the Hostname The Hostname mu
327. ed part s in the Main Parts List The query will only be successful if the Cursor Tool is found within an element of a selected part 5 Select Query gt Show Information gt Cursor The query results will be printed to the EnSight message window which will pop up It can also be accessed from the Info icon eee eee eee eee eee eee eee gt Ei The following shows sample output from a point query Point 6 19810e 01 2 77589e 01 2 41451e 01 In Frame 0 Query Information Found in structured part 2 Found in element 168379 Closest node 1782 within the element Value for Variable density is 9 96230e 01 Values for Variable momentum are x 3 03989e 01 y 1 42727e 02 2 8 51241e 02 mag 3 16005e 01 Show Node Information To show information about a specific node you must have either given or automatically assigned node labels for your data You must also know the number of the node of interest If you do not know the number you can display node labels for the part or if you know an element that contains the node you can display element information for the element as described in the next section To show node information 1 If your data is transient set the desired time using the Solution Time Quick Interaction area Edit gt Solution Time Editor 2 lf you have multiple Cases select the desired case using Case gt casename 3 Select the desired part s in the Main Parts List The
328. ed through structured meshes it is often preferable to create IJK clips since they are faster to calculate and use less memory In addition IJK clips are often more intuitive for the user who typically built the mesh Create XYZ Clips An XYZ clip is a 1D or 2D slice through a 2D or 3D mesh structured or unstructured The resulting clip is a 1D or 2D mesh slice where one of the dimensions e g X is held constant or fixed while the other two dimensions e g Y and Z vary in reference to the local frame of the mesh XYZ clips can be interactively animated throughout the range of the fixed dimension by manipulating a slider The minimum maximum and step size of the range of the fixed dimension can be set by the user Although plane clips can still be created through meshes it is often preferable to create XYZ clips since they are constrained to the local frame of the meshed part You can also create a clip that contains all the elements that intersect the mesh slice value via the crinkly domain specification These clips help view the integrity of the mesh at these values Create RTZ Clips An RTZ clip is a 1D or 2D slice through 2D or 3D meshes structured or unstructured The resulting clip is a 1D or 2D mesh slice where one of the dimensions e g R radial component is held constant or fixed while the other one or two dimensions e g T theta component and Z z axis component vary in reference to the local frame of
329. ee cece cece cece eee E een ews es eee E and select the flipbook keyframe transient and or particle trace animations Available options depends on output format chosen under the File tab 7 Save the scenario z W Save Scenario ee ee E ee ee ee y pm Save keyrame animation p save transient including variables Begin step lo End step 20 i Save Scenario Save keyframe animation a p E Save flipbook How To Index User Manual o x File Time Animation Options Views Notes Stride E File Time Animation Options Views Notes Page 103 How TO save Scenario 000A ADVANCED USAGE After the scenario has been saved you may add additional views as well as notes 8 To Save additional views click the Views aay tab eee o 7 File Time Animation Options aViews Notes 9 Manipulate the view as desired A starting view point is saved with a scenario file You can 10 Name the view 002065 i add additional view points with the button below 11 Click Save current view button You can repeat steps 9 through 11 as desired 7 Name idetaurt B Save current view 12 To save notes click the Notes tab W Save Scenario gt 13 Enter a subject for the note File Time Animation Options Vi
330. ee eee eee eee eee Set origin with respect to lower left corner of plotter 15rrrrrnnnnn Set text color either enter new values in the RGB fields or click the Mix button to open the Color SGIECION dial g sresssrercsriestedrsiy indi rnani WOP How To Index User Manual Page 276 The Position section controls the size and position of the plotter Saf iheadsinol he plover wih bs Plotter specific attributes Position Eo et the origin of the plotter with respect to the lower left corner of the Graphics ates kground ee Legend _ i Title WIKGOW J eesse psani te csetctcesescetesecs Origin X 0 100 0100 Set the plotter width height 0 1 normalized Width o400 Height 0 300 to the width and height of the Graphics Window 22eeeeeee eee rrr The Time section controls whether the curves will animate and whether the plot will be swept out during the animation or whether a time marker will sweep along the curve in the plotter Plotter specific attributes Time Animation oie ce Select Animate curves if you want the curve Ree al n lame TEEN E TE to be swept out or a time marker to be swept along the curve during animation Animate curves Display fime marker Line width 2pixels Line style Solid a crest Pons S loves E aise Mix leo oe You can control the line width style and Close color of a time marker
331. eed to specify the rotation axis and angle in the Frame Computational Symmetry Attributes dialog the value is provided in the file A user supplied matching file can be used to quickly find and remove all duplicates The match file is a simple ASCII text file The file for the example above would be the text in italics is not part of the file rotate z specifies rotational symmetry and the applicable axis 52 34 the angle of rotation in degrees 3 the number of node pairs to follow 11 first node pair 26 second node pair 37 see Periodic Match File for more information on periodic match files SEE ALSO How To Create and Manipulate Frames wA How To Index User Manual Page 305 INTRODUCTION Texture mapping is a mechanism for placing an image on a surface or modulating the colors of a surface by various manipulations of the pixels via a texture map image EnSight supports the application of a texture onto a part and the combining of texture effects with the normal EnSight coloring schemes The simplest use is to place a decal logo or photograph on the surface of a part Texturing can also be used to add repeated patterns provide custom transparency and lighting color a part by multiple variables and clip parts to arbitrary boundaries A texture operation in EnSight consists of a texture map image a collection of interpolation and blending options and a mechanism for projecting the texture map image onto a part Each
332. een yellow and red EnSight can display multiple color legends in the Graphics Window nO x SAAB IG Z 42 4 Fr 2 eel ele le llc re lc hl hl hc hlcr lhlUcr lw 1 Click the Legend button on the desktop X x Select below to change legend visibility 2 Select the desired variable s in the list E temperature velocity Coordinates Time y Al off Edit palette Show components For vector variables you can select magnitude or click Show Components to be able to select the components as well To remove a legend Repeat 1 and 2 above Note To edit legend values and type select or l Exlit gt Variables Editor in the main menubar i i l Note To edit legend position and style select pou can remove all legends by clicking the All Off ade a TIT of the E E eindow Close Color legends have a number of display attributes including size position and how where the variable labels are formatted See How To Create Color Legends for details ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 256 ol dit Colo The Feature Detail Editor for Variables provides access to all aspects of variables The following shows the components of the dialog in Advanced Interface mode 1 Double click the Color icon in the Part Mode bar to open the Feature Detail Editor for Variables X x Use the File menu to save and
333. egories list sais etesehetseee ast ksee cee 2 To take advantage of pixel saving when redrawing a window movement set this toggle Graphics card speed for reading writing of pixels needs to be reasonable to use 2 To cull duplicate lines in line drawing mode set this toggle 3 To set fast mode to static toggle on The default is off meaning that the fast display i e bounding box is only active during transformations such that the image returns back to full graphics display when the mouse buttons are not depressed In static mode the fast representation is continuously displayed 4 To sort the geometry during transformations thereby creating correct transparent image at all times but at a performance cost set this toggle on To delay the re sort until the mouse is released set this toggle off better performance with often acceptable enough image 4 If using point display for fast display mode set the point resolution here 5 If using sparse geometry display for fast display mode set the percent of the model to show here Only used if immediate mode is being used 6 EnSight is a client server architecture with the possibility that the two processes are executing on different and possibly remote machines Due to this a general abort function is not possible Instead a timer abort function is available that will terminate many server operations after a set amount of time has passed I
334. elements comprising the reduced display will yield vector arrows even though all elements of the clip plane reside on the server See How to Change Visual Representation for more information Vector arrows with a tangential projection can sometimes by occluded by the surface on which the arrows are defined To solve this problem use the Display Offset field to add a small displacement to move the arrows away from the surface This is most useful for presentation e g hardcopy or animation output SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation User Manual Vector Arrow Create Update ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 218 How To Create Elevated Surfaces m2 e000 INTRODUCTION An Elevated Surface is a 2D surface scaled in the direction of the local surface normal of the parent part based on the value of a variable Elevated surfaces resemble topographic maps and are useful for accentuating relative differences in the value of a variable BASIC OPERATION 2 Click the elevated surface creation icon View Tools Case Sosa ead e 20 OD Wa Be 9 A select a variable scale factor 1 OO00e 00 eet te default velocity 1 ele oe 0 0000e 00 W Surface Sidewalls La Case 1 l Computational mesh Create o Apply new variable Advanced Help 4 Select an appropriate scale factor ie or click the Get Default button eee 4 Select the parent part 3 Select
335. em to be DIONGd esse rsnencesecresese renee l Plotters of quen s type Maximum plastic vs T Maximum plastic vs Time W Reseale plotter when r curve assigned 2 Click the New Plotter button if a W berioman fleas va M as O 500000 plastic 0 500 new plotter is desired Query items In this case we did not choose to plot J the displacement vs Time query on Show Save Delete PI Help the already existing Maximum plastic vs Time plot Instead we created a new plotter 3 Select the next Query Item to be plotted 4 Select the existing plotter on a which to add this query plot i Plotters of quer s type Maximum plas es ete W Rescale plotter when In this Case the Minimum plastic VS Minimum plastic vs T displacement vs Time for A curve assigned Time query is added to the existing eee eae cele displacement vs Time plot for Maximum plastic vs Time thus the plotter will now have two curves on it Query items f a Show Save Delete Help Note the toggle indicated controls whether the plot is automatically rescaled whenever a curve is assigned to it or nOt eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee OTHER NOTES see XY Plot Data Format in the User Manual for a description of the plot file format SEE ALSO How To Probe Interactively
336. endent variables Determine velocity outside Convergence criteria boundary layer by Help 7 Create Update ______ nn cd al amp 3 Bring up the dialog defining the necessary variables by clicking here Select a variable and then select the appropriate SET button below Density Energy Momentum Coordinates Time l NOTE All fields are required except you may specify either Density and Momentum or Velocity Density Density SET 1 300e 05 SET Momentum SET Dynamic Viscosity Can be a constant 6 Choose the method that will be used to determine the velocity outside the boundary layer Momentum Velocity Preestream Density 1 O000e 00 1 OO00e 00 7 Click Create Update Preestream Velocity This will create the five new Me a variables which canbe used for Okay _ Caneel Help further operations such as part coloring User Manual Hep Oa ENAZIE 4 Define either Density and Momentum or velocity The variables can be set by either typing them into the fields or selecting them from the list and clicking on the Set button 5 Click Okay to finish the variable setup M HowTo Index Page 254 pape eres Aes ay gs ee pty 4 Ei jts a T A ArT sa F rEg ee k piis a edd he ae a T ny ee Poe ick E E r om La S i j k i ff E r E L F 1 a 4a e
337. eneral attributes A Vizibl Visible in l Fast sioe viewport s display rep The part s current frame number is shown in Ref m the Ref Frame field You can reassign a part frame N to a different frame by entering a new value Active and pressing return 7 Color by None A Aux clip Delete Frames Selected frames can be deleted Note that a frame cannot be deleted if any parts are currently assigned to it All parts assigned to the frame must be assigned to other frames prior to deletion 1 Click Frame in the Mode Selection area to enter Frame mode 2 Select the desired frame s as described above 3 Click the Delete icon SEE ALSO How To Set Symmetry How To Rotate Zoom Translate and Scale How To Reset Tools and Viewports User Manual Frame Mode ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 140 How To and Views port s Q e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides support for complex transformations of various entities e g the scene tools frames It is often necessary to clear all or part of the transformation associated with an entity the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog provides this capability BASIC OPERATION To clear global transformations or tool positions 1 Click Part in the Mode Selection area to be sure that EnSight is in Global Transform rather than Frame transform Click the Reset button in the Transformat
338. ependent of Variable palette levels In the parts list double click the contour part you wish to edit Select a variable 1 Select the Variable A Syne to palette W Color by creation variable pe soak 100006100 s 2 Toggle off Sync To 1 0000e 00 Levels 5 R Visibi Palette HE ordinates eee nee ee eel Hangs min 0 00002 00 Sublevels o W Visible aa Distribution Linear Label attributes Logarithmic 4 Specify the number Create Apply nev Quadratic Advanced I Help of Levels and a sublevels See SaaS A Sper a ia aves aL STS ee Ce creas Sree a area mere 3 Specify the Min and Max Range 5 Specify the Distribution method for the Range 6 Set the Visibility Spacing Color and Format of the _ Visible Spacing 1 5418e 00 contour labels s926c6enee te ceep ee ice eee teeth heonestectse st a Mix R 1 00 100 3 1 00 Format Exponential ae samc l Close ADVANCED USAGE When Sync To Palette is specified the levels of the variable palette are used as the contour levels You must edit the palette using the Feature Detail Editor for Variables to modify the number of levels distribution etc See How To Edit Color Maps for guidance OTHER NOTES The default behavior is to color the contour part by the creation variable If you toggle this off the contour part will not be colored by a variable automatically but will be white
339. er a value in the Delta field for the dimension that is a plane 2 2 e eee eee eee eee eee ees Only one of the Delta fields may be non zero and it must be one where the From and To values are the same 4 Hit the Create Load from selected button __ The part will be created and shown in the graphics window In the example below it is shown in border representation mode Note that you now get an IK surface at J 1 6 11 16 21 26 ie amp a HowTo Index ar ae node ranges 70 Stractired part E P gt Create load from selected al ea Element visual rep 3D border 2D full Feature angle teh fs Domain Inside From To Step Delta Min Max description Create load all Iblanked part creation eee NOTE Variables will not be loaded for newly created parts until this dialog is closed Close Help User Manual How To Do Structured Extraction m 2 eee Extracting the same portions over multiple parts 1 Select the structured zones desired l Unstructured data A Structured data Optionally you can change the domain ie Parts list 2 Modify the From and To values a These can be anything between the ranges shown in the Min and Max columns which will now be the min and max of all parts selected By default they will be the entire range but you can modify them Additionally
340. eractive transforms E d Close ee EnSight provides a maximum of 16 viewports the main viewport which you cannot change and 15 additional viewports When EnSight saves one or more viewports it also includes the viewport number which is equal to the creation order as a tag When you request that one or more viewports be restored EnSight looks in the saved file and searches for tag numbers corresponding to the currently selected viewports If it finds a match it restores that viewport If there is no match for a selected viewport it is left unchanged Restoring Viewing Parameters Click Transf in the Transformations Control area to open the Transformations dialog 1 Select the viewports you want to restore As shown above click within a viewport to select it Hold down the control key as you click to select additional viewports 2 Select Restore View from the File menu Select a file name in the file browser and click OK What is Saved Only global and local frame transformations are stored in a view parameters file No information is stored for viewport attributes look from look at points or Z clipping Other Notes By default the F5 F6 or F7 buttons restore a standard right top or front view respectively of the selected viewport However by holding down the Control key while pressing one of these keys the current view will be saved to that key Subsequent pressing of that key will restore the
341. ervers in the current release you cannot trace particles originating in one block and expect them to cross a block boundary into a different block It should be noted that EnSight s server of server capability is an alternate and usually better way to do parallel operations on a model OTHER NOTES When you perform an archive operation a binary dump file is produced for each active server case The archive information file contains details about the cases and can be used to restart the EnSight client as well as all servers active when the archive was performed See How To Save and Restore an Archive for more information SEE ALSO User Manual Case Menu Functions ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Load Transient Data INTRODUCTION From it s inception EnSight has been used extensively to postprocess time varying or transient data In many cases dynamic phenomena can only be understood through interactive exploration as a transient case is animated EnSight handles all types of transient data All variables as well as mesh coordinates and connectivity can vary over time The rate at which variables or the mesh change can differ Supported through the EnSight Gold and EnSight6 Case data format only EnSight can postprocess transient data in many ways The Solution Time Quick Interaction area lets you easily set the current time step step through time manually or automatically or restrict the range of time to a region of
342. es You Can be a constant can modify the visual wale ey SET attributes of these parts separately but when you ___ Cancel Help change any creation attribute both parts will be modified ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 235 ADVANCED USAGE The resulting separation attachment parts can be filtered by the fx_sep_ att_strength variable or by any other active variable Case 1 l flow field P 2 surface 5 Separation Line TT hment L s z 6 Attachment Line EE Min F 1 9680e 05 Max Yi 1 0000e 04 Fy Apply new variable Advanced Help 1 Select the variable to filter by EEEE E OEE 2 Set the Threshold filter to remove the portion of the separation attachment line that is larger or smaller than the specified threshold value ee 3 Enter a threshold value ee or 3 Slide the slider to a new threshold value OTHER NOTES The separation and attachment parts are linked together with regard to their creation attributes i e when one is modified the other is also Further when one is deleted the other is also deleted Separation and Attachment feature extraction only works with one case The separation and attachment line parts should generally not interfere visually with the 2D parent parts they lie on as long as the preferen
343. es of labels BASIC OPERATION Displaying Node and or Element Labels To display labels and to control filtering and coloring 1 Select the desired part s in the Main Parts list eee 2 Select Part mode in the Mode Selection area ER eee 3 Click the Node Element Label icon to display the Node Element labeling attributes dialog Node Element labeling attributes E Node labeling 4 Click the appropriate ae toggle s to turn on off node Node label visibility and or element labels Filter thresholds High E 4 High To set filters for node ee element labels select the os Red 1 00 a0 Green 1 00 Blue 1 00 Mix desired filter and enter the appropriate values in the 7 Low and or High fields alale G N Qi 5 E Element labeling W Element label visibility A thresholds Low High e High 1000000 Bedlioo ee o mejro Mix 6 Set the node element label we color rrrr rrr t ttre 4 Hy 7 w ey Sala The label filters operate as follows None Display all labels Low Remove all labels lt the Low value Band Remove all labels gt Low and lt High High Remove all labels gt the High value Low High Remove all labels lt the Low value as well as those gt the High value ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 298 H OW TO ae Q e000 Note that the Node and Element Label toggles als
344. es the left mouse button for performing the selected transformations You can however program the transformation action attached to each mouse button See Customize Mouse Button Actions for more information The transformation operations described here also apply to frame transformations If additional frames have been created and if the mode has been set to Frame then any transform will apply to the currently selected frame See Create and Manipulate Frames for more information Pressing the F5 F6 or F7 keys while the mouse is within the EnSight graphics window or desktop area will transform the scene to show a standard right top or front view respectively Pressing the F8 key will return the scene to that which existed prior to F5 F6 or F7 being pressed Further holding the Control key down while pressing F5 F6 or F7 will store the current view to the selected Fx button Pressing F9 while the mouse is in the Graphics Window or the desktop area will zoom the display to full screen Press F9 again to return to the normal display SEE ALSO Other viewing operations How To Set LookFrom LookAt How To Set Z Clipping How To Create and Manipulate Frames How To Reset Tools and Viewports How To Use the Selection Tool User Manual Global Transform Frame Transform k wA o How To Index User Manual Page 111 Set Draw INTRODUCTION EnSight provides two basic drawing styles for graphics objects line or shaded Line mode d
345. esides inthe CEI HOME ensight8 site preferences macros directory defines site level macros while the macro8 define file if any under the user s home directory will define that user s local macros On UNIX systems it will be in Suser ensight8 macros while on Windows it will be in sHOMEPATHS ensight8 macros usually C documents and settings lt username gt ensight8 macros Any command files referenced by macros must be located in these directories as well Most of the functions needed to define and edit macros can be found under the Macros tab of the Command Dialog File gt Command from the Main Menu BASIC OPERATION Creating Macro Command Files The first step in creating macros is to save the various command sequences that perform the desired actions This can be done in several ways One way to save commands for a macro is to save off a command file from an Ensight session See How To Record and Play Command Files for more information Be careful as you perform the operations that are saved to the command file Superfluous or errant commands will slow down macro operation or cause errors You may wish to view the resulting command files with a text editor and possibly make changes A second way to create the command file for a macro is to copy commands from the Command Dialog history window Command 1 Mark the desired commands by clicking and execution macros Python dragging in the history window o
346. et 4 Delta emission time for pathlines If not zero a new Toad oh animei Close set of traces will be emitted PJE OMO NAVE SA NS a at S S D S 2D etc into the current time otherwise the changing flow field specify the start time where S is the Start time and D is the delta value Used to create streaklines or smoke traces Animated streaklines are one of the most powerful methods for visualizing transient flow Display Traces as Ribbons or Square Tubes and control Arrowheads Particle paths can be displayed as lines ribbons or square tubes where ribbon or tube twist follows the local flow rotation To enable ribbon or square tube display and change trace arrowheads 1 Double click the desired particle trace part in the Main Parts list to open the Quick Interaction area for the trace part 2 Click Show As to open the Trace Show As Attributes dialog X x Show Ribbon 3 Set Show As to Ribbon or Square Tubes ee 4 If desired change the default ribbon or square tube width and Width 312730100 press return 22 202 022 cece cece ccc e cee e cee cece eee cee cece eee ee settee 5 Select the Arrowhead representation desired Arrows Cone _ 6 Set the number of arrowheads to display along a trace 77777 7 Set the arrowhead size 220 0 000cceee cece cence eeeeee enna Arrow sigs 1 95460 00 5 Clic
347. et E x h Jj E mo Lag A isl 5 a om J a ee Hi ps n i u A di grij LST ot Ll E i i p 4 t be i p m eT Spe ee x Hib p os la pa i is w geag oe al ri Fm sl ts T a r r i E P q 5 F l 2 r s oa anaa ES tae yi 2 mt F E 2 ui an ef i F j a E ae P e ir bg Es ie gt ig w e i ES ri a li y z pa J Be r5 g a anii T Fr ai PE x Pog 1 pE d E i s p 3 ai i sm ms T 4 i a a w pa k J E Tr EE a e ps aE LLa s i os ai ore i a Trg i z 4 r i n f i pa a a re n ES Li a p n a D p e a h aen E a a erie u Ee j olla a i i r F n ak f e a mae 12 em a 7 E 4 oS cae Pispa i a a s i m ae a 4 a J e 2 s A af B z a J 5 F Paii y T 7 n E lis y a as a s E 4 7 j E d ps i z 3 F n p e J J r W r y I lt a TT y e e i p r Ls d I Y ri a i Poa a E C i a p 5 i r 4 7 z 4 E 7 y y E 5 Rs 7 i Lae F f g TA z ka e aaa r p u 1 P 5 J J I G A z A 7 m H 7 a oa i A m b a j o I z al t E E z Ma 7 z a i t 4 Q e000 Attributes for the Gauge level You can modify the gauge foreground color the color tracking the variable value by Click on the Gauge level tab button Gauge level Value Background Select the desired color from the matrix enter RGB values in the fields or click More to open the Color Selector Att
348. et files giving the size in bytes and last modification date The File Specific Information section displays information about the file currently selected in the Associated Files list The information presented varies based on the file type and format The General Geometric section displays the 3D extent of all geometry as well as the number of nodes and elements The Element Detail section shows the type and number of all unique element types in the dataset SEE ALSO User Manual Query Dataset Query Dataset Associated files Filename Size Date Seis sh JHE JEC J Jri i s last 12000 tle 1 cr 23 elastic al Sep 1 9 dh File specific information ALL the time values g 1 plastic plastic displace displacement General geometric Coordinate System Type Rectangular Static Geometry Le Extents Based on Currently Loaded Parts Min Max H O 0000e 00 1 14 40e 04 T 2 Of 16et0S 5 0000e 02 Element detail Element Type Humber of Close Help a M4 ob How To Index User Manual Page 282 Change Co INTRODUCTION In EnSight parts can be colored either by a constant color or based on the value of a variable Coloring geometry by variables is one of the simplest and most effective means of visualizing the distribution of a variable You can also set a default color all parts subsequently created will automatically be colored by the default color
349. ete ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 337 a Se rs Ta ia mi T Ara F al oc 0 ini 2 eee oe ie Pe da sunita ARNE ee rien Eta oe ie fe apti SEE ALSO User Manual Annot Mode How To Index User Manual Page 338 INTRODUCTION EnSight can display 2D shapes arrow rectangle and circle in present release These 2D shapes overlay the Graphics window and are not associated with any viewport BASIC OPERATION bs 1 Click Annot in the z Mode Selection Area Ab R tt 2 Click 2D Shape icon from the Mode Icon Bar to bring up the Annotation dialog 3 Create a new shape in the Graphics Window by setting the Shape type and then Htird AyAGaDS l To manipulate a shape s attributes first select a the shape s of interest in the list or while in Annot Mode pick them in the graphics window then To change visibility Toggle Visible on or off Note that in Annot Mode invisible shapes are drawn in a subdued color To change color Select the desired color from the matrix enter RGB values in the fields or click More to open the Color Selector dialog 2 5 0 To change location Either select the shape and drag it to the desired location or type appropriate coordinates into the Origin X Y fields The origin of a 2D arrow is the point of the arrow The origin of a rectang
350. eturn manipulating the slider or clicking the left right slider arrows Clicking Reset Time Range will reset Beg and End to the full range Time scaling and stepping as manipulated through the slider bar and Beg Cur and End fields can either be Discrete or Continuous If scaling is Discrete only your actual time steps as written in the results data can be visualized In addition the Beg Cur and End fields can only be set to integer values if Time As is set to Step and scale Type is Discrete or actual simulation times represented in your results data if Time As is set to Sim Time If scaling is Continuous you can display results between your actual output time steps all variable values are linearly interpolated between the two surrounding time steps Note that if your mesh is changing over time either set of elements or element connectivity you cannot display results continuously When you manipulate the slider or change the Cur field EnSight will perform all tasks necessary to correctly display the new time step in the Graphics Window Depending on the size of the dataset and the number of additional parts you have created this may take a significant amount of time If you wish to create an on screen animation of your results use the Flipbook facility click Animate Over Time to quickly jump to the Flipbook Quick Interaction area To use the Solution Time Quick Interaction area 1 Click the Solution Time icon in the Feature lc
351. eveceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Note that the Keyframing toggle is automatically switched on when you begin saving keyframes Important Notes 4 Change the viewing parameters to the desired location for keyframe 2 You can abort a running animation by moving the mouse into the animation 5 Click Create Keyframe to save keyframe 2 display window and pressing the a key You can play your animation at any time to check your results The animation will play the keyframe range specified in the If you toggle off the Keyframing button any aur om o acide in Run Aarbuies keyframes currently defined will be deleted If you wish to save a set of keyframes click 6 Click Run Animation to play the animation the Save button 7 Continue to change viewing parameters and click Create Keyframe until you have saved all desired keyframes wA How To Index User Manual Page 322 Create a Keyframe intimation There are many ways to specity the desired transtormations between keytrames See the following articles tor more information How To Rotate Zoom Translate Scale How To Create and Manipulate Frames How To Set LookFrom LookAt How To Define and Change Viewports lt gt EnSight oo File Edit Query View Tools Case Help eI oe Case I Keyframing l engine 2 tires Create keyframe Quick animations 2 wheels Run animation Bu ALPE ies 4 lights j front bo
352. ews Notes 14 Type in the text of the note S Zero or more notes can be added to a scenario by entering 15 Click Save note button the information below and then clicking Save note You can repeat steps 13 through 15 as desired OTHER NOTES EnLiten and Reveal are geometry viewers only As such they are not capable of creating or modifying any new existing information such as variables or parts or of changing timesteps EnLiten only since EnLiten is only a geometry viewer only keyframe transformation information is stored when saving a scenario file i e no transient data keyframing is possible consider loading a flipbook instead SEE ALSO User Manual File Menu Functions a 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 104 How ToO im 2 e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight can output a file which can be read into POVRAY Persistence of Vision Ray Tracing This allows EnSight images to be able to have shadows and reflections which ray tracing can provide POVRAY must be downloaded and installed separately from EnSight www povray org Note This option requires that you have an EnSight Gold license BASIC OPERATION The process is 1 Run ensight and produce the desired image in the graphics window 2 Go to File gt Print Save Image and set the Format to POVRAY Geometry and save This will produce the following files Samples of which are given in the Other Data section below file
353. f a ari Paa e mir z i 3 re fe a i et a o P f dyu s tj e E a Tag 7 a a r 7 s pis om a 1 a r hs F aby TF i Fe ty all ni boi iet i 5 a f A i i jin r e a mae iE umm r ma p Kan f epn a s oat p eg SSL F a i x a eo oe sia F a E a a isga id a a a bs f E ma m E n T 5 a a om B 2 a bi a a o r a R z e a Te Aetat aari EE e i re oe M mal n di a i a p a i a 1 r iy a f ar a lis s E n m 5 p P Bi a p ay E a is E a E a Ey 7 fer as YE pe s pe z n i e s a L Ei i i Ly a aoe ae oe ye aA _ a mtas ea E T q y i i i m e d ap eg Pas Ai Ty al i m re E 5 r i f s b a on j f i reiil z s g ELP a N ee Ra 2 n TA i P j s s i 3 J oE r bop F Pr a ae i ha r r i 5 pa d e 1 all c r i 7 FT g p s 1 i i i i y a by r r H w 3 L F m F B ai a l r jl l 2 A F 3 iL P A r s x I j P l r i i DU i Far r i i b f R e m a a Q e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight can display 2D lines with or without arrowheads The 2D annotations overlay the Graphics Window and are not associated with any viewport BASIC OPERATION 1 Click Annot in the Mode Selection Area 2 Click Line icon from the Mode 3 Create a new line in the Graphics Icon Bar to bring up the Window by clicking the New button Annotation dialog Ab lt JOLE 5 9 t D a ra Si To ma
354. f it 1 4 Create an isosurface of temperature in the mesh as well as a Z Load the cube dataset again Color the plane clip by velocity Now select the isosurface part and much like the logo example E Textures And as in the textures as palettes example Loaded textures Load the image files circle png and sphere png into two texture ak ee Pe 0 0 Use the right mouse button menu to set the textures border color Change the border color alpha channel value to 255 and view only the alpha channel Usetexture REMI Eau Repeatmode Repeat Load texture file Texture mode Decal z Interpolation Linear Notice that the RGB channels are white but there is ee eee Projection al a dark region in the alpha channel of the images Clear bexbure x Y Z Set border color Offset 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 Get proj from plane tool Set plane tool to proj Projection Absolute a sti itsi s s Origin o 85 T H NodelDs S variable none const 0 5 rarable lt none gt const 0 5 Apply Close Save eat Help Display AGBA Display RGB Display Alpha plane clip 22 2 eee ee ee 7 use the plane tool to project the texture onto the isosurface In this case use the circle texture and modulate texture mode and set the repeat mode to clamp The texture will clip through the isos
355. f you wish to set this time out value turn the toggle on and set the time out amount in seconds 7 Click here to save the preferences e BR Oa G a Preferences Preference categories select one Interactive Probe Query Mouse and Keyboard y Parts Plotter Query User Defined Input f SE AEE EE SEE EE EE EEE EEE EE EE ESE EE EEE EE EE EE EE EE EEE EE eee eee Performance preferences WEEE kk ea ta ee EE Ee EE EE HE EH ta Minimize redraw events Cull lines J Stafic fast display Transparency re sort Detail Repr Point Resolution 1 100 i 1 Draw every point 2 Draw half Bee E neries e o e cm Detail Repr Sparse Model Resolution 1 Sparse 100 Full ie server operations e Toe seconds 3 Save to preference file iii e e M M M d Help User Manual Page 374 a Wd How To Index ia p I FOW IO E Ty a a m m Set or Modify Preferences A e0e0ee To Set Plotter Preferences 1 Select Plotter from the Preferences Categories list 2 Click the Click Here To Start button This will bring up Plotter mode in EnSight and deselect any plots and curves 3 Set any attribute for example line width for curves tick marks for axis etc 4 Click here to save the preferences A x Preference categories select one Par
356. fault To edit click the left mouse button at the desired location and change the text Each entry in the list controls one icon and has the following components Menu ID Internal ID Included for potential future usage do not change Button Name Visible status Order Description The name of the icon Included for potential future usage do not change Either ON or OFF Icon order within the bar Description printed in the Message Area when the left mouse button is clicked and held on the icon Note that changes will not take effect until the next time you run EnSight To save your changes click the Save As Default button and then click Close To exit the dialog without saving your changes just click Close User Manual Page 356 a Wd How To Index nize Ilcon ADVANCED USAGE The lists presented in the Icon Bar Preferences dialog are stored on disk as text files in the ensight8 directory which is located in your home directory If you prefer you can edit these files directly with any text editor and the changes will take effect during your next EnSight session The files are named as follows Main Feature ensight feat panel def View ensight view panel def Part ensight part panel def Annot ensight annot panel def Plot ensight plot panel def VPort ensight viewp panel def Frame ensight frame panel def See How to Produce Customized Access to Tools amp Features for a description of what can be done when
357. file to save a See Changing the Save File Format below 3 Set the base filename for the image l oe oe x The Prefix select option will allow a standard file save dialog to be used to fill this field in 4 Set the number of frames of the animation to Sav lt 5 ere esereeuscheee i eeacer E E ces solution times and animated traces select if these will be animated during the saving operation and if they should be reset to their initial values before beginning the save operation 6 Select any advanced options Stereo Current Screen tiling X E Y E The Advanced tab brings up the following options These are described in detail in the Image file saving section 7 Selecting Ok will begin recording the animation 222 errr reer reer e eee eee Progress is displayed in the information text in the main window The recording can be aborted by pressing the A key while it is progressing oo save animation Set Format Record Advanced Animated traces Flipbook Solution Play File pretix Prefix select Save animation Record A dvanced Window Size NTSC F Number of passes Current Format CEI EnVideo movie file Reset CE E Render to offscreen buffer For more information see EnSight s keyframe animation and Flipbook animation facilities Changing the S
358. first time step of your simulation and terminate at the last step unless stopped earlier You can change these defaults with the Emission Detail Attributes dialog as described above click Emit to open Edit Emitter Attributes Although the Particle Trace Quick Interaction area provides most tracing controls the Feature Detail Editor for Traces provides complete control over all creation attributes To use the editor 1 Select Edit gt Part Feature Detail Editors gt Particle Traces to open the Feature Detail Editor Traces dialog 2 Select the desired particle trace part in the part list at the top of the dialog na Creation attributes Set the desired flow field variable DORE Set the fraction of each a 1 0000 Y 10000 84 1 0000 component of the vector variable to use in the trace Typ Pathline calculation 9 Line wg B gee lt l Set ribbon width os gt ae IEE gi Trace type f Arrows None Line or ribbon display eee eee eens oh RR REY ne CREE TE Set Arrowhead size Number of arrowheads along REAA the trace 2 Emitter information Emission tool for currently Emit Line f selected emitter N from List of the emitters belonging Number of points If Line or to the selected trace part gt Plane emitter Add Emit add a new emitter to the selected part based on the current attributes
359. flipbook This article covers using the flipbook capability for transient data and assumes that you have successfully loaded your transient data See How To Create a Flipbook Animation for more details on flipbooks EnSight s keyframe animation capability also works with transient data and provides a flexible mechanism for synchronizing your available time steps with the output animation frames See How To Create a Keyframe Animation for more information BASIC OPERATION Prior to loading the flipbook you should create all parts of interest e g clips contours isosurfaces efc These parts File Edit Query View Tools Case Help fCurrent time steptlb 000000 simulation 1 00000e 01 gt l Cylinder 2 Collar and Base Load type Transient Load as Objects E EEA RS rie tie r Adjust mgen time Increment time by 1 p00000e 00 4 4 ro yo Record interactive IsofClip gt Start Stop F Regenerate all pages Load DER d Help a J H r ne Select Delete Sort sft R X1 al AE Fali t Bul F J i area 4 Select the desired page type Object or ee WECOME 1 Click the Flipbook Animation icon in 3 e 5 If desired reset the current beginning and the Feature Icon Bar 7 ending time Clicking this button will replace the Flipbook Quick Interaction area with the 3 Be sure the Load Type is set to Solution Time
360. from a linux machine to a unix machine Session Edit View Bookmarks Settings Help myc Lient gt gt telnet myserver Connec tef to myserver Login good user Password 5 E Documents and Settings biun telnet Jim NySeErvVe fl gt gt Welcome to Microsoft Telnet tervice login Joon MSEE Password Example of doing a telnet from a windows machine to a windows machine Documents and settings good_user gt B Start the ensight server on the SERVER HOST machine using the appropriate script and the c option If the SERVER HOST machine is Windows ensight8 server c CLENT HOST Note the difference vs _ Non Windows ensight8 server c CLENT HOST or for SOS Windows ensight8 sos c CLENT HOST Note the difference vs _ Non Windows ensight8 sos c CLENT HOST The c cLENT Ho sT option tells the EnSight Server to connect to the EnSight Client listening on cLENT HOST Example if doing a telnet into a SERVER HOSTwhichisa windows machine a a a or E ee ee ee E T me RB ges eee G Konsa lt a aR na naa a Wi U T A ELUTE E SLUG DOL OME VIP EUG LI EEIG A ee Session Edit View Bookmarks Settings Help myclient gt gt telnet myserver Connec tef to myserver Example if doing a telnet into a Login good user a lt goad SERVER HOST Which is a linux machine Password myserver gt gt ensight8 server c myclient The Server should now make the c
361. ft the profile away from the parent but does not effect the shape 6 If desired adjust the orientation of the Plane tool The Plane Tool is used to specify the orientation and direction of the profile plot See below for more information E 7 Click Create For each node of the parent part the corresponding node on the profile curve is determined by adding the value of the Offset to the selected variable and then multiplying the sum by the Scale Factor The projectors of the profile are the lines that connect the nodes of the parent part to the nodes of the profile curve The Plane tool is used to specify the orientation and direction of the projectors The projectors are created parallel to the Plane tool projecting away from the center of the Plane tool at least where the value of the selected variable plus the Offset is positive Although the parent part of a profile plot must be 1D the nodes that make up the part do not have to be linear For curved parents the projectors of the resulting profile plot are still parallel but they do not all lie in the same plane SEE ALSO User Manual Profile Create Update ka wA How To Index User Manual Page 220 How To Create Developed me 2 00e Unrolled Surfaces INTRODUCTION EnSight provides several sophisticated tools for extracting computational surfaces from meshes For clipped surfaces with a defined axis of rotation Such as those created with the qua
362. g n debug W DKK KKK KKK KK KKKKKKK KKK KKK KKK KKKKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKKKK end camera ifdef camera location location camera location else Location lt 0 0 0o74 end ifdef camera look at look at camera look at else look at 0 0 0 gt end ifdef camera angle angle Camera angle else angle 28 000000 end Ligat SOULCEe 4 ifdef light location LOL Location else lt 14334 10667 6 78331 gt end ifdef light color Color Light Color else color red 1 green 1 blue 1 end ifndef Part 1 material declare Part 1 material texture pigment color rgbt lt 1 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 gt finish ambient 0 300000 diffuse 1 0 specular 0 300000 roughness 0 027778 ifdef reflect value tet lection reflect Value else reflection el end end ifndef Part 2 material declare Part 2 material texture pigment color rgbt lt 1 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 gt LINISAN ambient 0 300000 diffuse 1 0 specular 0 300000 roughness 0 027778 ifdef reflect value rerlection reflect Value k HowTo Index User Manual aw TO d d iq iy 2 4 DP telse reflection 1 end end filename pov A text file that has a statement including filename inc to define camera lightsource and Part properties The remainder of the file contains coordinates and connectivity defining the surface of the Ensight par
363. g OTHER NOTES When a variable is first activated the minimum maximum settings for the associated palette are set to the minimum maximum values of the variable Although this is the standard way of initializing color maps it can result in under utilization of the palette since typically only one node has the minimum or maximum value You can override this default behavior by using the option range10 when you start EnSight This will shrink the palette towards the median value by 10 off the top and the bottom In previous releases of EnSight this was the default behavior SEE ALSO How To Create Color Legends How To Create New Variables How To Create Contours User Manual Variable Summary amp Palette and Palette File Formats ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 260 How To Get Point Node Element em 2 e ee and Part Information INTRODUCTION EnSight provides many methods for extracting exact quantitative data from your results Specific information about nodes elements parts IJK locations or arbitrary points can be displayed BASIC OPERATION Show Point Information To show information about an arbitrary point 1 If your data is transient set the desired time using the Solution Time Quick Interaction area Edit gt Solution Time Editor 2 lf you have multiple Cases select the desired case using Case gt casename 3 Position the Cursor Tool to the desired location 4 Select the desir
364. g EnSight s Flipbook Animation facility See How To Create a Flipbook Animation for more information ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 205 A ai 1 _ J j d B j f ii L i la E eT m i 2 fis 3 ENN SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Create a Flipbook Animation Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create RTZ Clips How to Create Box Clips User Manual Clip Create Update ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 206 How To m2 e000 INTRODUCTION An XYZ clip is a 1D or 2D slice through 2D or 3D meshes structured or unstructured The resulting clip is a 1D or 2D mesh slice where one of the dimensions e g X is held constant or fixed while the other one or two dimensions e g Y and Z vary in reference to the local frame of the mesh XYZ clips can be interactively animated throughout the range of the fixed dimension by manipulating a slider The minimum maximum and step size of the range of the interactive fixed dimension can be set by the user BASIC OPERATION File Edit Query View Tools Case Case 1 Lu l Computational mesh Min neee Mie E svi oie o Fp a Binil Meh slice A n ai MID RANGE Set to mid range pf slices 1 Delta 5 00 je 01 Oar a ie reate Apply tol change a Tahi Pana firit Advanced Help ____ nn
365. g of File type All Files files in the Files list You can filter what is shown based on the selection here The Files list displays the list of TE subdirectories and files contained in the current directory possibly modified by the wildcard in the Filter field To make a file the current Selection click it To accept a file and close the dialog double click it Advanced Interface The File field contains the full path name of the file currently selected in the Files list This is the file that will be chosen if Okay is clicked Change the selection aliah E either by clicking a file in the Files list or editing the field directly Pressing return will accept the Selection and close the dialog Click to accept the current Click to cancel the Selection and close the selection and close the dialog dialog ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 392 INTRODUCTION Although most attributes of EnSight parts can be edited either through the appropriate Quick Interaction area or the Part Mode icon bar full control is provided by the Feature Detail Editors for the various part types Full control over variables e g activation color palette editing and new variable calculation is also provided through a Feature Detail Editor BASIC OPERATION You can open the Feature Detail Editor by either selecting the appropriate item from the Edit gt Part Feature Detail Editors menu or
366. ght can display bit mapped graphics loaded from disk files A bitmap can be any image however the most common use is to include a logo or other signature graphic to identify the source of images or animations Bitmaps are drawn over all geometric objects in the Graphics Window at least where the bitmap is opaque but under all other annotation entities BASIC OPERATION To load a logo oa 1 Select Annot in the Mode Selection Area _ Annotation cS ae ble 3 a 5 0 i _ 54 2 0 Click the Logo icon from the Mode A gt 4 O EJ si Icon Bar to open the Annotation dialog N OF cei_logo xpm Oo Click New button and select the supported image format file using the File selection dialog which comes up and click Okay The supported file formats are listed in ee ce the File Selection dialog under the File _Select Delete type pulldown Be M Visible Origin 0 000 Yoo 4 scale X 1 000000 Y 1 000000 7 O e ezl le unt alg To manipulate logo attributes first select the lit logo s of interest in the list or in the graphics window then To change visibility Toggle Visible off or on Note that in Annot Mode the logo will not be completely invisible but will be displayed in a subdued color To change location in the graphics window Either position the logo interactively by selecting the desired logo in the Graphics Win
367. ght client will now start the connection process for the new server If your original connection was automatic the new server will be started automatically If your original connection was manual you will have to manually start another server You can follow the progress of the connection in the Message area See How To Connect EnSight Client and Server for more information Delete a Case To delete a case 1 Select the case you wish to delete in the Case menu Case gt casename 2 Select Case gt Add Replace Delete to open the data reader File Selection dialog 3 If the Case section is not open click the turndown 4 Click Delete You will be asked to confirm the deletion If confirmed the server associated with the selected case is terminated Displaying Parts by Case By default all parts from all cases are displayed in the Main Parts list and they are displayed in a hierarchical manner by case There are several different ways to show or not show things in the list These are controlled by the Sort button under the list See How To Introduction to Part Creation for more details on viewing the parts list File Edit Query View Tools Case Case l l Computational mesh Case 2 2 external flow field o ami x hypersonic body P 222a w Alphabetical Chronological ID W Show case l Select Delete Sort LLL Pr Show abbreviated details Show table of details in No details
368. ght shininess gt 0 00 Highlight intensity 0 20 Diffused light R 1 00 G 0 00 B temperature velocity Coordinates Time Show components Edit palette Edit texture Close Apy Color Selector ee A HSV Change color cel ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 283 H OW TO ae Q e000 OTHER NOTES If coloring by a nodal variable the default coloring will be continuously varying even within a given element If you are coloring by a per element variable the coloring will not vary within a given element If you desire to see per element variables in a continuously varying manner you can toggle on Use continuous palette for per element vars under Edit gt Preferences Color Palettes You can set a default variable that will be used to color all subsequently created parts To do this be sure no parts are selected in the Main Parts list To de select a part hold down the control key as you click on the selected item Select the desired default variable in the Variables list of the Part color lighting amp transparency dialog as described in 3 and 4 above Any part created subsequently will automatically be colored by the default variable If you are coloring by a vector variable you can choose whether to color by the magnitude default or by showing the components in the list you can choose to color by one of the COMpONENIsS 2
369. graphics window on the desktop Lf w g Fal fh iL 2 Select Pick plane tool location gt Using 2 points ener Se from the pop up MENU a 1 Pick plane tool location Using 3 points Pick line tool location ae 3 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window oll etal and press the p key Place the pointer over the desired starting point Click and hold the left mouse Pick center of transform Origin button as you trace out the desired line Pick element s to blank Pick cursor tool location Using 2 points Normal 4 Release the mouse button Pick look at point You can also position the Plane Tool by picking an origin then a point out on the normal This takes two picking operations to accomplish To position the Plane by picking origin then point on normal 1 Click the Pick button in the global area above the graphics window on the desktop ol be Pick part ila i Using 3 points 2 Select Pick plane tool location gt Origin from the pop up menu eee cece cece ee eeeeeee T Pick plane tool location M Pick line tool location a Using 3 nodes 3 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window Fink Gwar inai ean p and place the pointer over the desired origin of the o o ee ee er ene plane tool then press the p key ae a a aea E a a Pick elementis to blank 4 Select Pick plane tool
370. gue Serup ToD epilogue cleanup Job host serverl host server2 host server3 host server4 COLLABHUB host peo RENDERER prologue setenv DISPLAY 0 0 it epilogue host pcl Host pez Host pe Resource files must begin with the CEITResourceFile 1 0 line Afterwards they may have up to four optional sections SOS SERVER COLLABHUB and RENDERER Each of the four sections contains one or more host hostname lines These lines specify which computers to use for the corresponding section hostname must be an Internet intranet routable host name or IP address A given host name may appear on multiple lines within a section or in different sections If it appears multiple times within a section then that host will run multiple instances of the corresponding EnSight component if needed Additionally each section may have an optional prologue cmdline and or an optional epilogue cmd line These specify a command to execute on each host before and after the corresponding EnSight component Note that the cmd string must be quoted and may include appropriate job backgrounding symbols e g amp How to specify resources Resources can be specified via resource files environment variables and command line options Precedence rules determine which resources will be used Basically the last occurrence of a resource section e g SERVER will be used in its entirety For example if multiple SERVER
371. he Cylinder tool is used to supply EnSight with a cylindrical specification for example to specify the location for a cylinder clip or cut BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Cylinder tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling Tools gt Quadric gt Cylinder W EnSight File Edit File Edt Query View View Tools Case Diss Hal a oti eetein a z Cursor Line Case 1 1 Computational m W Plane Box Quadric Tool positions Select Delete List lt gt The Cylinder tool can be placed in two ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog To move the Cylinder with the mouse ro 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool f 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the Cylinder to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To stretch the Cylinder with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over either of the center line s endpoints see eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the endpoint to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To change the Cylinder radius with the mouse g _ 1 Place the mouse pointer over the cente
372. he Feature Detail Editor can be opened for complete access to all attributes See How To Use the Feature Detail Editors for more information since Creation attributes are specific to each non model part type they are not covered here Look in the How To article for the specific part type for details on those particular Creation attributes server side displacement capability is available in the Creation Attribute area for model parts See How To Display Displacements for a description of this capability This article is divided into the following sections Part Mode Attribute Icons General Attributes Node Element and Line Attributes Displacement Attributes IJK Axis Display Attributes ae M4 ob OP How To Index User Manual Page 293 BASIC OPERATION Part Mode Attribute Icons The Part mode icons can be used to quickly set attributes for parts To use these controls 1 Select the desired part s in the Main Parts list a 2 Click Part in the Mode Selection area 3 Click appropriate icon to set the desired attribute Part Visibility Color Lighting amp transparency Line Width Visibility Per Viewport Element Visual Representation Displacement Visual Symmetry Node and Element Labeling Node Representation Failed Elements Element Blanking Shading Type Hidden Line Auxiliary Clipping Fast Display Representation ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 294 H OW TO ae Set Attributes
373. he color cube and moving it with grid of color cells 2 e e ee eee rete eee the mouse Color square always displays the current color selection 4 By grabbing and moving the sliders associated with each color component 3 By entering values for HSV or RGB depending on mode directly in the fields and pressing return When you have selected a color click the Apply button to have the selected color applied to the object being edited e g part color map level text efc Specify Custom Colors If you have colors that you use frequently that are not represented in the color grid you can save them by replacing selected cells Your custom colors are automatically saved for future sessions To set custom colors 1 Select the desired color using any of the methods described above 2 Toggle on Change Color Cell 3 Click in the color cell you wish to replace 4 Continue to select colors and replace cells 5 Toggle off Change Color Cell when done The color information is saved in ensight8 ensight colpal default SEE ALSO User Manual Color Selector ke M4 hw How To Index User Manual Page 143 HOw me Enable Stereo Viewing Q e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight supports active stereo display on workstations with quad buffered OpenGL stereo capability in addition to passive polarized stereo support for detached displays see How To Se
374. he desktop i A gi 3 Select Pick Look At Point from the Pick Pull down Pick part CON 22 eeee neeeeeeeees Pick plane tool location A 4 iL 4 Move the mouse into the Graphics Window Place the ee mouse pointer over the point you wish to set to the Pick cursor tool location look at point and press the p key or whatever Pick center of transform mouse button you have set for Selected Pick Action in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Keyboard B Pick look at point Pick elementis to blank Other camera parameters such as the camera up direction and the field of view angle cannot be set in this release SEE ALSO How To Define and Change Viewports User Manual Look At Look From ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 120 How To set Auxiliary Clip m2 e000 INTRODUCTION Unlike standard Z clipping where the front and back planes are always perpendicular to your line of sight auxiliary clipping lets you clip parts against a plane with arbitrary position and orientation In addition the auxiliary clip attribute can be set on a per part basis This permits selective clipping to reveal objects of interest EnSight s Plane Tool is used to provide the location for auxiliary clips As the Plane Tool is manipulated either interactively with the mouse or via the Transformations dialog the display in the Graphics Window updates to reflect the
375. he end of that line it changes back to the default font and style The third line ends with a glyph from the symbol font The last line starts by storing the location of the S character in slot 1 It then draws Stored location before the lt re 1 gt command recalls current output to the S location Finally a row of underscores are drawn that overstrike the words Stored location A more complex example The following text annotation example illustrates the use of text colors and some scaling and offset options The string entered into the Text Annotation Editing dialog to create this annotation is shown below note that this is actually three lines of text the first is a single very long line A lt so 2 0 25 gt lt sy gt 091 lt st 1 gt lt so 1 0 5 gt lt co 1 0 0 gt more lt re 1 gt lt so 0 5 gt lt co 0 1 0 gt complex lt so 2 0 25 gt lt co gt lt sy gt 093 lt Sso gt lt co 0 0 1 gt example lt co 1 1 1 0 5 gt A transparent example This example begins by drawing an A then scaling up the text while dropping it a bit below the line before drawing a left brace It then stores off that location and sets up drawing at the original size but above the baseline The color is changed to red and the word more is drawn The stored location is recalled and a similar operation is done for the word complex below the baseline The scale is set to the same as the first brace the color is reset to white and the
376. he following resource file my_hosts res is created ha COAMA HowTo Index User Manual CEITResourceFile 1 0 Seles NOSE DOrg SERVER host dronel host drone2 MNoOSsts drones host dronel 2 EnSight is started with this command line Sreiguce re9 My DNOSCS rSS foc The EnSight Client will run on the local workstation the SOS ensight8 sos will run on computer borg 3 In the File gt Open dialog the LS Dyna file d3plot is selected and the Load AIFP button is clicked The SOS will start four EnSight Servers on computers drone1 drone2 drone3 and drone1 presumably drone1 might be a SMP Each of the servers will read 1 4 of the data set since the Auto Distribute flag on the SOS tab of the File gt Open dialog is on by default for the LS Dyna reader Another SOS Example 1 EnSight is started with this command line ensight8 2 The Case gt Connection Settings dialog is opened On the SOS tab an entry for host borg is created For that entry Executable is set to the name of command file my sos Use default rsh cmd is deselected and Alt rsh cmd Is set to ssh The entry is saved and EnSight is terminated 3 The following resource file my hosts res is created CEIResourceFile 1 0 SOD nost DOrg SERVER host dronel hose drones host drone3 host dronel 4 On computer borg assuming it s
377. he mouse to be removed When this mouse button is clicked no action will be performed Note that at least one of the mouse buttons double click options or the P key must be set to Selected pick action SEE ALSO User Manual Mouse and Keyboard Preferences User Manual Page 359 ka 2 HowTo Index How To Save GUI Settings m2 e000 INTRODUCTION The default size and position of the EnSight user interface windows was chosen to try to minimize window overlap Since some users may have different criteria for window placement EnSight provides a method for saving this information BASIC OPERATION You can move and resize windows using the standard window manager operations Once you have positioned your windows as desired 1 Select Edit gt Preferences select General User Interface and click Save Size and Position of Main Windows Preferences Annotation Color Palettes Command Line Parameters Image Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Query HEHE AEE CHEE EE EE EE EE EE EE EEE EEE EO OE EHE General user interface preferences WERNE HEHEHE AER REE EEE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE OE W Tool tips _ Large parts list _ Frame mode allowed Record part selection in Number _ command language by nave above items to preference file l Meadify and save icon layout Se ee eee oe P Save size and position af main Windows The informatio
378. hen the CollabHub will evaluate the environment variable LSB MCPU HOSTS for the resources The environment variable specifies a quoted string such as hostl 5 host2 4 host3 1 which indicates 5 CPUs should be used on host1 4 CPUs should be used on host2 and 1 CPU should be used on host3 The hosts will be used in a round robin fashion The res file name command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file This command line option can be specified multiple times The last occurrence of a particular section takes precedence when multiple res options are given If multiple resources are specified to the CollabHub then they will be evaluated in the order indicated above with the later methods taking higher precedence for a given section However the CollabHub only uses RENDERER section resources the other sections are ignored A Client Server Example Resources are not used to specify where a server runs when tt is part of a normal client server session The default server connection in the Connection Setting dialog determines on which computer the server runs unless the Client command line option c connection name Is specified A Simple SOS Example Starting with EnSight 8 2 the SOS can read any of the supported file formats in addition to the SOS Case file format When a SOS Case file is not used then the number of EnSight Servers used is equal to the number of hosts specified in the SERVER resource section 1 T
379. hes to the surface For amore complete description refer to the User Manual section below BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the 2D parent part 2 Click the Separation Attachment part le ee E S S E E View Tools Case File EN Ko Edit Query Define Sep Attach variables Thissheld iter lt d Ie Sedraae PE PMnEERMRAAR WEEE RRR Aa LEGER EADY Peiesseearg 3 ETS l flow field l Method Phase plane ea eo a Energy l biin 1 poeti Al Mas 860G 208 a FA Create Apply new variable Advanced Help Pe 3 Bring up the dialog defining the necessary variables by clicking here eee 4 Define either Density and Momentum or velocity as well as the Ratio of Specific Heats Select a variable and then select the appropriate SET button below The variables can be set by either typing them into the fields or be selecting them from the list above and clicking the Set button h aio imi a a a o d t o a a i G a a a a O A a a a a a a o a 5 Click Okay to finish the variable setup Coordinates Time NOTE Not all fields are required You must specify Densify and Moamentim or ms Velocity and Ratio of Specific Heats y 6 Click Create Density amp Density SET This will create two parts Tomeo mni Momentum SET one each for the separation Ratio of Specific Heats cnt eee SET and attachment lin
380. host dronel COLLABHUB NOSCI curly RENDERER prologue xhost host larry host moe ha MOAM HowTo Index User Manual i L ke i ey A F eee oe a E eee thew Se Se x m Tah i p la ee a Ta i a a e i a re gh y a ee i u m a ii i i bs eee f bagel als i oe BS i E 5 we Joe a oa 7 bey ae p i THI F Pe Eae D op 5 ote p S r rs i a F a nn m E P E a Wh fet e a eE at gt AE Di r oo ei 8 oe om a te eae a pz Bha Bing PE e k i i z B n iea x a ioe e Q d r i T e r Faar a Se a e PS a a co ae L ee a 1s an if ce 5m j i s a LLT et ee a a R l z Ti a Ten 3 7 a i fir 1 3 n i 2 7 a en E j j i W a J E i u A i i x i eg T E i a ai i i i ay B X 4 i i a X 7 Hi q pi b p i e y n q Wai F j J E 2 f a a a J i s g J isig as E Mi E E E ft a i i LE E Le f a E z La E a 1 a E o O H ee 7 lo J A le s i E aar ie N p S i E i i an 77 gt N 1 as i bg aai i J N if iN 3 A T e s k i j F en ie LET i B B 1 ty ji _ 7 y Zz s n i r b a F a P i a 7 ae TPE r e Bh F ze a Tt a oe Bare k kaai o P F lt a lr oe le Er ee cer ees Pes ee on A gt ae m m A e p E S j 4 7 I E i J F he Hite i i ro 1 a 7 Taa mn ae Cikas 7 A E r Pre x F T 1 r 5 0 Ls r r ha w F i E a ET pm jo a J F te 3 L 7 1 y Pa X F 3 4 5 i i on m a 2
381. ht0402 153151 clientbkup wees a Case internal number O server for Case Warning Don t Modify The Internal Number Case name Case l Case CONNneCE Lype AULO case connect machine indigo2 case connect executable usr local bin ensight server ensight server case connect directory usr people joe data Case Connece login 1d server ensight cl 0402 153151 serverbkup Note that there will be a section for all the case variables for each current case in the EnSight session See How To Load Multiple Datasets for more information on cases OTHER NOTES Important note Archives are typically not upwardly compatible with new major and some minor releases of EnSight For this reason the complete current command file is also saved as part of the clients binary dump If you attempt to restore an archive and EnSight determines that the archive is not compatible with the current release the command file will be restored to a default location SEE ALSO User Manual Saving and Restoring a Full backup User Manual ia 2 HowTo Index INTRODUCTION Most powerful software systems have a built in language that provides additional levels of power and functionality to complement and enhance a graphical user interface EnSight is no exception Any action that you can perform with the mouse or keyboard has a counterpart in the EnSight command language A sequence of commands can be saved during a session to automate repetiti
382. i ce it N E 7 a i x i k 3 i ln z a J mi ni il a E ci J al E r 4 J r ay 2 P E Ero 7 i a 20 b i E Sa q p 4 E s Te i i k 1 k a J p j a d a E p E T al E r m k ki a Be r q J l 1 a a D io 7 y E ri e E a a i s T e J E E i _ i Ci _ aa 4 F i i al G rs k 4 Fa 2 3 a gt E z a pm 7 gt woa 3 i gt Ez a z i E Ey pm i s A e E a z z i f maS z an F y T a 7 if on d aur La i L Ts a Pi z a me AA a e a a a z gt p z 5 Ta a ons C a L i a el s i B i s E f a e z 7 J z y F w E a a Mm s g a za r a q a wales i 7 z Migi lana f j a p mi j am i cai ayn z i J r F E B a a k E L ia bs n E s y a d 4 b A v i 4 4 e H a INTRODUCTION There are a number of environment variables that can be set to control and modify aspects of EnSight These are generally described in sections of the documentation where they apply However for convenience a summary of them is indicated below All except those indicated otherwise are optional Note None of the environment variables associated with specific user defined readers and writers are included here See the appropriate README files or other documentation for each reader writer BASIC USAGE List sorted by Category Below is an Alphabetically Sorted List n ak a Delay time in seconds between spawning distributed rendering clien
383. iasing Without correction computer generated imagery exhibits aliasing artifacts that typically show up as jagged edges For our purposes it is sufficient to say that aliasing results from sampling at a resolution too low to capture the signal represented by the underlying geometry We can only sample our geometry at the available pixels Since the effective number of pixels in the NTSC video signal is only one quarter the number of your workstation screen what looks fine on your workstation may be less than acceptable on video Although EnSight provides no direct anti aliasing support there are ways to mitigate this problem 1 If you are recording images from EnSight directly to a video recorder use a scan converter a piece of hardware to filter full screen images to NTSC resolution images 2 If you are recording images to disk files record them at full screen resolution and then use an image re scaling tool Such as izoom on SGI hardware to down sample the images to the desired video resolution This down sampling averages several pixels to yield one output pixel effectively preserving much of the resolution contained in the original full screen image Annotation The smallest annotation text that can be clearly read on video has a font size of 40 For title sequences use a size of about 65 If you display parts colored by variables you should always include the applicable color legend so viewers understand what the coloratio
384. ic state along with the mode shape animation SEE ALSO see How To Create a Flipbook Animation for more information on Flipbooks User Manual Part Displacement Flipbook Animation ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 227 Discrete mental Data INTRODUCTION In addition to meshed data consisting of nodes and elements EnSight also supports discrete or measured data A measured dataset consists of a series of arbitrary points in space with no connectivity Measured data can have associated variable data and can vary over time Examples of measured data include fuel sprays multi phase flows and experimental data Measured data cannot be loaded by itself you must also specify a regular geometric mesh BASIC OPERATION Measured data is read into EnSight via the same dialog used to read meshed data 1 Select File gt Data Reader to open the File Selection dialog for data file selection File selection Filter 2 Find the directory containing the data see How To Read Data for more information on using File Directories Files Selection usHlocal CETensight8 other_data n3s gt README n2s fusrlocal CElensight 0 other_cdata nds fusr local CElensight80 other_data n3s Lle nosflow den 3 If desired select and specify a nisflow mres meshed geometry file and the corresponding result file nosflow res particle mgealO0 particle mgeolOl 4 Select the measured result file in
385. ick Method Advanced Interface Load All Ensight_reader_extension map file example Two Step Method Advanced Interface Choose Parts First Step Specifying Files Second Step Loading Parts BASIC OPERATION One Step Quick Method Simple Interface The one step method of reading data into EnSight works for most formats and requires a file extension to reader mapping file ensight_reader_extension map This file can reside in the site_preferences directory and or each user can have his own personal one in his ensight8 directory A sample of this file is shown below The mapping file associates file extensions to readers If this file is not provided or an association is not Known or the format doesn t allow it due to required intermediate information such as Plot3D currently the one step method Simple Interface will default to the first step of the two step method Advanced Interface 1 Select File gt Open 2 If not already selected toggle ee Simple Interface on 3 Navigate to the desired directory __ 3 Mette tat balla be J using typical navigation methods I cube temp 4 Filter the list using the File type if README cube cube velo oC i teerien renea 5 Select the desired file This file s extension is what will be mapped to a reader in the ensight_reader_extension map zi ert w Advanced Interface 6 Click Okay usr loca
386. icle trace can be performed in both cases simultaneously Created parts always belong to the same case as the parent from which the part was created As a consequence you cannot perform operations that combine parts such as a merge from multiple cases When EnSight reads a new case it searches the current list of variables for matches with the variables from the new case If it finds a match based on an exact match of the variable name it will not enter the new variable in the list Rather the matched name will be used for both This behavior is based on the assumption that the identical variable names represent the same physical entity and should therefore be treated the same If the new variable name does not match any existing name the new variable is added to the list as usual Up to 16 cases can be active at one time You can add a new case or replace an existing case to a running session by using the File gt Open process if you want to load all parts and don t need to control other options available when loading cases or the File gt Data reader process which provides greater control Adding a case starts a new server process connects it to the client and either loads all the parts if you used Open or allows you to specify the data format and files as well as which parts to load into the new server and what optional settings to use as the case is created One of the helpful uses of the replace case option is to load a new
387. ider with the mouse 2 2 20eeeeeeeeeeee ee Crinkly XYZ Clipping You can check the integrity of your mesh by clipping with a crinkly intersection Specifying a crinkly domain results in a part composed of all the elements that intersect the mesh slice value g D in Inte t Inte ti M l 1 Change the Domain to Crinkly TRA A a Sia int see Interactive Manual Crinkly a al Mi M Ekiarhee st I t Jub 2 O00 e aX 3 000 Je SE Sul 2 5000e Chup bwivte FREE Mesh slice X Value 5 o000e 1 es id range E oef spises a HSHA A seeing fed Create Apply tool change PRE PANA Peet Advanced Help Clipping Plane Animation Although you can interactively sweep an XYZ clip through a mesh it is sometimes desirable to have EnSight automatically calculate a series of XYZ clips for you These can then be replayed as fast as your graphics hardware will permit using EnSight s Flipbook Animation facility See How To Create a Flipbook Animation for more information SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Create a Flipbook Animation Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create IJK Clips How to Create RTZ Clips How to Create Box Clips User Manual Clip Create Update a wA How To Index User Manual Page 208 INTRODUCTION An RTZ clip is a 1D or 2D slice through 2D or 3D meshes
388. ified then the client will evaluate this environment variable for resources The environment variable specifies a quoted string such aS host1 5 host2 4 host3 1 which indicates 5 CPUs should be used on host1 4 CPUs should be used on host2 and 1 CPU should be used on host3 The hosts will be used in a round robin fashion PAH Must include Must include CEI_HOME bin HOME bin aa oee n a Location Ha temporary files Default is usually tmp or usr tmp ENSIGHT8 MAX_SOSTHREADS ENSIGHT8 MAX_THREADS 2 HowTo Index User Manual How To m2 e000 INTRODUCTION Collaboration between an EnSight session Client and Server and another EnSight client can be accomplished via the EnSight collaboration hub This feature provides a way for a user to allow another colleague to connect to his her running EnSight session and interactively work in a master slave manner The master drives the session until the slave requests and is allowed to become the master or Pilot The colleague will only need to start an EnSight client because when connected via the hub they share the EnSight server of the originating user The master will go about the normal postprocessing operations but will be issuing commands to the slave client to perform transformations part editing etc to keep the slave current The EnSight collaboration hub ensight8 collabhub is now available on the release CD This hub can be run on any Supported com
389. ility You can load multiple measured datasets simultaneously by using EnSight s cases capability SEE ALSO User Manual EnSight5 Measured Particle File Format ae WAP How To Index User Manual Page 229 Change Time Steps INTRODUCTION From it s inception EnSight has been used extensively to postprocess time varying or transient data In many cases dynamic phenomena can only be understood through interactive exploration The Solution Time Quick Interaction area provides the interface for working with transient data and provides comprehensive control over time handling BASIC OPERATION EnSight provides two ways to work with transient data By default time is presented as a series of discrete steps running from zero to the total number of steps minus one However you can also present time based on the actual simulation time values found in your results data The presentation mode is controlled by the Time As pulldown menu In the dialog below Time As is set to Step and time is presented as discrete steps running from 0 to 159 160 total steps The simulation time as reported in the top line of the dialog runs from 1 0 to 160 0 The current time range is displayed in the Beg and End fields with the current time step shown in the Cur field You can modify the time range displayed in the slider by editing the Beg and or End fields remember to press return You can change the current time step by editing the Cur field press r
390. in X windows based program for displaying both images and animations loaded as sequences of images ona wide variety of platforms Visit the Web site http www wizards dupont com cristy ImageMagick html for more information One of the most popular cross platform tools is the GIMP This tool has nearly the full functionality of Photoshop and can read write all the image formats EnSight can It is often installed by default on Linux platforms but OSX Windows and other platforms are supported as well www gimp org ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Print Save an OTHER NOTES Almost all desktop publishing page layout or word processing packages permit importation of Encapsulated PostScript files Macintosh packages recognize files by explicit file typing based on a four letter code unlike UNIX which has no intrinsic file typing This code is not stored in the file itself but in an information file used by the Finder the Mac OS to handle files EPS files are recognized by the code EPSF There are various methods of setting this code File transfer utilities such as fetch can set the code during the transfer process The FileTyper utility can be used to directly edit the Finder Information File Unless this file type is set properly it is likely that applications will refuse to recognize your EPS Send email to fet ch dartmouth edu for information on fetch EPS files typically contain a preview im
391. in steps 2 and 3 default 2 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window 3 Click and hold the left mouse button and e move the mouse left and right to translate in the screen X horizontal direction or e move the mouse up and down to translate about the screen Y vertical direction or e hold down the Control key and move the mouse left and right to translate in the screen Z direction To zoom 1 Click the zoom icon or use the middle mouse button in steps 2 through 5 default 2 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window 3 Click and hold the left mouse button 4 Drag down to zoom in or drag up to zoom out 5 Hold down the Control key and move the mouse to pan To rubber band zoom 1 Click the rubber band zoom icon 2 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window and position it at one corner of the desired viewing region 3 Click and hold the left mouse button 4 Drag to include the desired viewing region An outline of the region will appear as you drag ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 109 Translate Scale To rubber band zoom using the selection tool 1 Click the Selection Tool Rubber band Positioning icon 2 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window and position it approximately at one corner of the desired viewing region 3 Click and hold the left mouse button 4 Drag to include the desired viewing region An outline of the region will appear as you drag 5 Manipulate
392. ing temperature 50 0 Working RMS velocity aa Expression Expression a I I I General Math Variables General Math Variables pe a udmf_sum part s ABS temperature udmf_sum part s a ABS a temperatur F Area part ACOS s Area part ACOS s l BL_CfWall boundz ASIN velocity BL_CfWwall boundz ASIN t BL_DispThick bou ATAN Coordinates BL_DispThick bou ATAN velocity BL DistToValuefb ATAN2 BL DistToValuefb ATANZ Coordinates lt gt cos vi lt gt lt gt cos M R B Feedback key Feedback Okay I Parts used to create variable were Parts used to create variable were 1 1 1 I I I I I vaj afaj f alakada Close File C Documents and Settings ensight Desktop dual_gradientpng Dims 256 256 Transparent Yes Border color 1 00 1 00 1 00 0 00 Use texture a Doat mode Clamp Texture mode Replace Interpolation Linear Variables x Y S vector 1 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 fo o000e 00 Get proj from plane tool Setplane tool to proj Projection Absolute Oignfi sf TtM NodelDs Svarable s T variable SE Close Save Default Textures Help Manual Page 312 How to clip an object with a texture Textures can also be used to manipulate the transparency of portions of objects in interesting ways In this example a texture image with only an alpha channel will be used to clip into a part to reveal parts inside o
393. initialized by default in a mode which enables stereo viewing In general quad buffered stereo requires a refresh rate of 96Hz or higher On some monitors it may be necessary to decrease the display resolution in order to accommodate this higher refresh rate Check your monitor documentation before attempting to change the refresh rate For Unix platforms there is a utility distributed with EnSight which can be used to determine if your display has stereo capability Run glx_info and look for X visuals with a y the column stro If none exist then the current display parameters do not allow for stereo viewing Below are example instructions for various platform configurations which have been tested and confirmed to work with EnSight When in doubt refer to your system documentation for OpenGL as well as the X server Unix or video adapter device driver Windows Compaq Tru64 Unix 1 Edit the file usr var X11 Xserver conf Find the section that looks similar to args lt PowerStorm 300 350 Server args start e os N1LCO Z PowerStorm 300 350 Server args end pn gt Modify to something like args lt PowerStorm 300 350 Server args start pn su bs nice 2 screen 1280x992 vsync 100 PowerStorm 300 350 Server args end pn gt Restart the Xserver with usr sbin xsetup 2 Connect an appropriate emitter The NuVision emitter with a 3 pin to 5 pin converted has been tested CrystalEyes ha
394. io icons and other data types and are based on the RIFF core file format The options for this format are a little different for Unix and 32bit Windows For Unix and Windows 64 the only Compression options are MJPEG RAW and MPEG4 The only other option is the ability to set the maximum bitrate for the MJPEG4 compression scheme On Win32 the system installed AVI codecs will be listed as compression options along with options to specify the rate of keyframing a general quality factor 0 100 and the desired bit rate in kilobits second Print save Image Format a Color i Black and White Saturation Factor 1 00 CEI EnVideo movie file Compuserve Animated GIF PEG image file Moving Picture Experts Group Portable Network Graphics PNG Portable BitMap PPM PGM PBM Apple QuickTime SGI RGB BW image file LLNL Streaming Movie file E imana fila Frame Rate 30 0 Compression ovid o Keyframerate jo Quality 75 Bitrate 80 Cancel Help User Manual 2 HowTo Index Print Save an Imag Uncompressed AVI files can be quite large for even small animations You can compress these files on your Windows PC using the EnVe 2 0 utility It is capable of reading an AVI file or any other animation file written by EnSight and translating it to another format including recompressing any AVI files The AVI file format can have problems porting from platform to platform as the compression schemes are not always
395. ion Delete Any type of flipbook can be deleted 1 Click Delete in the Flipbook Quick Interaction Editor 2 Confirm the deletion All memory associated with the flipbook is freed OTHER NOTES Rather than specify the part delta values through interactive part manipulation as described above you can set the values explicitly using the Feature Detail Editor for the part For clip parts 1 Select Edit gt Part Feature Detail Editors gt Clips to open Feature Detail Editor Clips 2 Select the desired part in the parts list of the Feature Detail Editor Clips 3 In the Animation Delta section enter the desired values in the X Y and Z fields and press return For isosurfaces 1 Select Edit gt Part Feature Detail Editors gt lsosurfaces to open Feature Detail Editor lsosurfaces 2 Select the desired part in the parts list of the Feature Detail Editor lsosurfaces 3 In the Animation Delta field enter the desired isovalue delta value and press return When a flipbook is subsequently loaded active clips and or isosurfaces will update based on these animation delta values since both object and image flipbooks build pages from the current set of parts based on their current attributes if you make a change such as color a part by a different variable or create a new part you must reload the flipbook There are exceptions With an object flipbook you can make a part invisible while the flipbook is running
396. ion i Color Palettes Command Line Parameters Data seneral User Interface Image Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Query EE AEE EE RE EE EE EEE EEE EE EEE EE EE ese General user interface preferences PERRE AE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE OE EE EE EE EE EE EE OEE OE OE T Tool tips A Large parts list MOJE sere E E EE 6 EnSight s command language records part names or numbers according to this choice Recording by name is more portable for using the command language with a different dataset since the part numbers do not need to match up However recording by name produces slightly larger command files 7 Click Save Above Items To Preference File to save the GUI items to your preference file 8 To Modify EnSight s Icon Layout click here 9 To save as a preference the location and size of EnSight s windows click here C Frame mode allowed Record part selection in Wumber i a COON command language by Save above items to preference file Modify anid save icon layout Save size and position of main windows Close Help k Wd How To Index User Manual Page 369 n 20000 To Set Image Saving and Printing Preferences x A Preference categories select one A Annotation Color Palettes Command Line Parameters Data 1 Select Image Saving and Printing from the General User Interface Preference Categories
397. ion Control area to open the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog ee reer eee eee eee Perform the desired operation as described below Click Close Transformations will only be reset for the current viewport s Click in a viewport to select it Control click to extend the selection or de select a selected item i Reset tools and viewpo tis Which viewpoart s Reset tanlis ye By global By selected wq _ AYA space viewport Click the applicable button to reset the corresponding tool Cursar Line Plane Quadric Box Select region Click to clear only the transformation component currently selected in the PETA TS AN Transformation Control area e g Reset by selected Reset rotate Rotate or Translate Bet fei re ee See eres eee transtarin only translate scale Reinitialize Click to clear all transformations as well as reset the camera look from look at points so that all currently visible parts are centered in the selected viewport s User Manual Toggle selects whether tool is reset based on the global XYZ space or reset based only on the selected viewport Click to clear all transformations in the selected viewport s Note that zoom Is not a scene transformation and is not cleared Zoom is implemented by moving the look from point the camera position To clear zoom click Reinitialize gt 2 O How
398. ion bounding_box pressing the VCR style buttons to part modify e nd a z top dat e A data_type unstructured Start and single step playback Once playback is stopped you can use Command entry the Skip button to skip commands home bjn sre ensight_82 client aaa enc l Playback speed can be controlled using _ Record i lpaea ni the Speed slider Record part selection by number ae name _ Delay refresh m ensight client 4 home bjn sre ensight_62 client mac _ z_misc i bad point enc i both enc _jevs __jopen_gl i aa cmed i bad surt enc i bruce enc __ freedesktop _ py_interface i badt enc i bruce1 enc i i l __ include _ qt_interface aaaacmd bbb enc cecene mi _j interface __ scenariot abcent bbbb cmd _jempty enc mi _ liben _ w_ interface atryenct bbtest enc tailenc _ m interface _ zz_enc_files i bad enc i bjn cmd melee File name laaa enc Filetype EnSight command files enc cmd py pyc Playing a Command File on Startup You can execute a command file as part of EnSight startup using the p command _file option when you start EnSight For example 6 ensight8 p redo enc where redo enc Is a command file saved in a previous session ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual How To Record and Play ADVANCED USAGE Command files are simple ASCII text and can be edited with any text editor To easil
399. ion limitations Texturing in EnSight is done using OpenGL and the multi texture extension If your graphics card driver does not support this extension texturing will not be allowed in EnSight and the button used to bring up the Textures dialog will be removed OpenGL works best with textures that are powers of two in size and every graphics card has a different limit on the maximum size of a texture EnSight will internally scale any input texture via bilinear interpolation to fill the nearest power of two sized rectangle This can result in much larger textures being used than users might expect and it can cause interpolated pixels to be used in textures Also if textures are too large EnSight will down sample them to the resolution the driver supports For maximum performance and efficiency use natural power of two sized textures where possible and avoid extremely large textures A common performance issue users encounter with textures in modulate or replace mode revolves around transparency If a texture includes transparent pixels or transparent border pixels it is possible that the part could become transparent In this case EnSight is required to sort the polygons of the part to ensure proper occlusion This process can be very expensive and slows down rendering significantly The user can avoid requiring the expensive sorting by using textures with solid or no alpha channel If a texture uses only entirely opaque or transparent pixels an
400. is intended that you actually run the client from the console of the client machine The server s can of course be run on remote machine s And of course the various VR combinations of display are valid SEE ALSO How To Use Server of Servers How To Setup for Parallel Rendering ie M4 bo How To Index User Manual How TO Save and Restore me ee0e Viewing Parameters INTRODUCTION EnSight s viewports provide a great deal of flexibility in how objects are displayed in the Graphics Window Given the complicated transformations that can be performed it is imperative that users be able to save and restore accumulated viewport transforms BASIC OPERATION View saving and restoring is accessed from the Transformations dialog Saving Viewing Parameters Transformation editor Global transfor Click Transf in the Transformations Control area to open the Transformations _Eile Editor function dialog es Save view aH ENE 3 n ie EE Restore view 1 Select the viewports you want to save Sa YVE v yZ All Click within a viewport to select it Hold F down the control key as you click to all HE ee Sa select additional viewports oes ich viewport s cale settings Increment 1 000000 Limit 90 000000 2 Select Save View from the File menu PEE Select a directory and enter a file name in the file browser and click OK _ Link int
401. is set to the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry and aligned with the X axis The coordinates of the Cone are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Cone relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position and orientation of the Cone tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points SEE ALSO Other tools Cursor Line Plane Box Cylinder Sohere Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools User Manual Tools Menu Functions ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 168 How To Use the Surface me e e0e Revolution Too INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a surface of revolution specification tool called the Revolution tool When visible the Revolution tool appears as a typically white icon with a line running down the center axis By default the distance of five planar points from the central axis defines the profile curve of the revolution surface although you can add points
402. isual representation All But Part 1 All parts other than part 1 are loaded to the client in the default visual representation Part 1 will be NonVisual Cancel Help No Parts No parts are loaded to the client e the representation of all parts is set to NonVisual Note that you can easily change the visual representation of a part at any time See How To Change Visual Representation for more information 1 Select the desired Load option 22202 eee 2 Click Okay 2 2 2222 e cece cece cece cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Note that you will not be able to re enter the part loader for formats which use this method im HowTo index User Manual For the N3S format see N3S Reader For the Abaqus fil format all parts are automatically loaded To build structured parts for EnSight Case EnSight Gold EnSight6 Special HDF5 Plot3D and any other User defined formats 1 If the Data Part Loader dialog is not open select File gt Load parts ti Data Part Loader PLOT3D 2 Be sure Structured Data is selected to w Unstructured data Speech ed Aala display only the structured parts in the a Parts List eeeecceeeceee Parts list 3 Select the desired part s in the Parts Cf Zone 2 List eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee lt i one 3 one 4 4 Choose the desired initial Visual Representation f
403. iting dialog 4 Select New Edit Delete Visible R 100 G 100 8 1 00 Justify Center szej o a Rotati lo OS O Degrees m Origin X o25 Y 0 251 Relative to Entire view area T 4 Enter the desired text and hit the Update Close Help _ text button eens Be ine Text annotation editing io x The text should now show up in the graphics Text Update text window sey ese eee lt fo Arial Bold gt Testing 1 2 3 OR Sores eee ah aes 4 Click Dynamic update on then enter the desired text Pi and see the text appear dynamically in the ee A Homal Superscript Subscript Store Recall graphics window as you type Special coded items i Fonts Insert While entering text you can easily change the Symbols special script to super sub or normal by clicking the a T Superscript Subscript or Normal buttons which Geometry Header will insert lt up gt lt dn gt or lt no gt into the string aE EES alate HeEAGer Store and Recall buttons allow the user to insert AANE f the lt st 1 gt and lt re 1 gt codes into the text string ssl for saving and recalling a text position on the Fonts are located in the pop up dialog A SCreen I E Other Special Coded Items including changing the font which can be inserted into a string by selecting and hitting Insert special item are S T E p i ee discussed below 2
404. its Portable Network Graphics PNG Portable BitMap PPM PGM PBM Apple QuickTime SGI RGB BW image file LLNL Streaming Movie file The format has one option and that is the compression method All the supported methods are lossless Options for XPM Format This format is popular on Unix platforms and is generally used for icons but can be used for any image Print save Image Format Microsoft AVI movie format fs olor C Black amd White Nindows BitMaP aul Fi y rF ol CEI EnVideo movie file saturation Factor Compuserve Animated GIF PEG image file Moving Picture Experts Group Transparent red value 1 Portable Network Graphics PNG l Portable BitMap PPM PGM PBM Ba ansParent green value E Apple QuickTime Transparent blue value 1 SGI RGB BW image file LLNL Streaming Movie file Cancel Help The transparent options allow for the specification of R G B values 0 255 of a pixel color that should be set to transparent in the image For example setting these to 0 0 0 will cause all black pixels in the image to be made transparent 1 values select that no pixel is transparent ADVANCED USAGE Most workstations provide tools to display and manipulate images Silicon Graphics provides a rich image manipulation environment See for example the manual pages for imgworks and dmconvert There are also some excellent public domain i e free tools for manipulating images ImageMagick is a public doma
405. join your session ene you will be prompted with the name and machine information to allow them to join Select the appropriate button as indicated in the dialog that pops up ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual q G G F 1 i d d a a al be fi 3 J a E To join session Command 1 Select File gt Collaboration Connect server Collaboration Open Data reader Data part loader Print Save image Record current animation Save i Restore Collaboration Quit Session Control Options New 2 Select Session Control gt Join Existing 22002 eee e eee eee ee Join existing Break off Teen 4 eee PVORGUGaT Pee Bie Pilet Help Close X 3 Enter Your Name LLL LLL aoaaa aooaa Lu 5 Enter the Hub Hostname given to you by the person who started the collaboration session 6 Enter the Hub Port Number given to you by the person who started the collaboration session 7 Select Join Session to request permission to join a th SESSION s22soeec eset renege ence epeosee renee OTHER NOTES You close or Break Off your session in a similar manner under File gt Collaboration gt Session Control gt Break Off set the environmental variable ENSIGHT8 COLLABHUB_SPAWNDELAY to the delay value in seconds that the collabhub should pause between issuing RS
406. k Close 022 eee ee eee eee A Close hae 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 188 Create Particle Traces Animate Particles Any type of particle trace can be animated See How To Animate Particle Traces for more information Pick a Surface to Trace a Particle Rather than emit from a tool or a part you can also interactively pick points on a surface in the Graphics Window to define emitter locations To do this 1 Execute steps 1 3 as described under Basic Operation above 2 Click the Pick Surface toggle 3 Click Create 4 Move the mouse into the Graphics Window and click the left mouse button when the cursor is over the desired location The clicked point must be found within some element of the selected flow field mesh part to result in a trace 5 You can click to create as many point emitters as you like When done move the mouse out of the Graphics Window 6 Toggle off the Pick Surface button Note that you can also specify a rake line or net plane emitter by picking on a surface Just set the emitter to Line or Plane prior to clicking Create Then follow in the instructions in the pop up window Interactive Particle Tracing lf a particle trace was created from one of the tool emitters Cursor Line or Plane and the trace is not a pathline trace the emitter can be made interactive When interactive the tool that created the particle trace part can be moved with the mouse As the tool
407. l find something at 96 Hz If not you may have a monitor which cannot support such high refresh Connect a new monitor and reboot the machine run smit again Note that many monitors can only handle high refresh at lower resolution i e 1024x768 at 96Hz or 120HZ 3 The last step is to hook up a stereo emitter to sync with the glasses We have successfully used the NuVision emitter with built in 3 pin connector The CrystalEyes EPRO emitter with external power and 3 pin to BNC cable should work as well SGI Irix 6 5 1 Configure the video resolution refresh rate for stereo On an Infinite Reality pipe this may be done with something like usr gfx ircombine destination eeprom source file usr gfix ucode KONA dg4 cmb 1024x768 120s cmb target 0 0 On other platforms the usr gfx setmon command can be used to select the correct mode An example may be usr gfx setmon 1024x768 96s see the man page for platform specific information and the locations of the configuration files You may get a message telling you that the format is not available however in some cases all that is needed is a reboot in order to switch the resolution 2 Hook up your stereo emitter The CrystalEyes ESGI emitter works with the SGI and there is a 3 pin to 9 pin cable to use the NuVision emitter on the SGI Sun Solaris 8 1 Configure the video resolution refresh rate for stereo On an Expert3D Card this is done with a command similar to fbconfig dev de
408. l is used to supply EnSight with a linear specification for example to specify the location for a line clip or a rake for a particle trace BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Line tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling the Line entry in the Tools menu or by clicking the Line toggle on the Desktop a ee File Edit Query View Tools Case T vA J _ Region selecto _ Cursor Case 1 Line ae l Computational mes J Plane fea e R E A T E A tatoo S sy Quadric Tool positions d a oo Select Delete Sort The Line tool can be placed or manipulated in three ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse by positioning the mouse pointer over a part and typing the p key or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog and or rotating the tool about its axis To move the Line with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool _ _ 2 Click and hold the left mouse button l 3 Drag the Line to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To stretch the Line with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over one of the Line endpoints 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the endpoint to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To rota
409. l parts is unique to the Feature Detail Editor type and controls part specific attributes e g the isovalue of an ISOSUNGCe seeesdeeeeee cee ere ee eee The remaining sections General Node Element Line and Displacement control attributes common to all part types See How To Set Attributes for more information Click to Close the Feature Detail Editor dialog r Click to Create a new part based on the attributes as AA chose Create Update parent Appir changes set and with parent part s as selected in the Main Parts list Click to change the parent part s of the selected part s The new parent part s must be selected in the Main Parts list Click to apply any changes you have made only active when Immediate Modification is toggled off in the Feature Detail Editor Edit Menu ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 393 Use The Feature The Feature Detail Editor for variables is different from the part Feature Detail Editors 1 To open the Feature Detail Editor for Variables either select Edit gt Variables Editor or double click the Color icon in one of the modes such as Part mode File FFile Edit View Help Save Selected Palette s Write palettes for selected variables to a disk file Save All Palettes Write palettes for all variables to a disk i Ad D a 2 lt E file ARDIE Palette s
410. l provide feedback Direction Total fime 0879e 02 limiit x Set ta default _ Emit at current time Emission Time T veal eae delta 0 0000e 00 for a Plane emitter click and hold the left mouse button on one corner of the desired region Drag to the opposite corner a white rectangle will provide feedback 11 You can continue to specify emitters of the selected urface restrict W Pick surface type as long as the mouse pointer remains in the ane 1 6700 03 sie tar 0 0000e 00 Graphics Window When the pointer exits the window the trace part will be created 12 When done toggle off Surface Restricted Note that this operation can also be done in the Feature Detail Editor for Traces a In this dialog you have control over the various other attributes of the trace including variable offset display offset trace direction etc M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 190 Create Particle Traces Trace Pathlines EnSight provides complete control over transient particle tracing Both the start time and the stop time can be specified In addition you can specify a delta value for an emitter that will cause additional particles to be emitted into the flow at regular intervals This type of pathline is also called a streakline or smoke trace You create a pathline trace by setting the Type to Path rather than Stream prior to clicking Create By default the pathlines will start at the
411. l0 N O gt I Q9 O Alyl m 2 3 Seo 0 5 D ol A D N J k V x Section 6 X Window Specific Options Same as fn hc lt color gt User Interface Current Selection Highlight color colorname such as yellow Section 7 Resource Options 4 O mF A F V UNIX only Motif GUI font where fn is the XLFD font name ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Collab hub resource filename ee pc Compositing mode pr_out lt f gt File name for parallel rendering worker output Client Examples ensight8 cm p myplayfile This will allow the user to do a manual connection after which the myplayrfile will be run ensight8 c gold ports 1310 case myfile case This will do an automatic connection according to information in the user s ensight connect default file on port 1310 using a gold seat After the connection is made the myfile case casefile will be run ensight8 rsh ssh hc yellow or ensight8 client c rsh ssh hc yellow This will use ssh as the remote shell for an automatic connection and will set the highlight color to yellow instead of the default color of green host indicates where the client is running Set the number of chunks per server for parallel rendering The number of times 1 second per try to try to connect client and server ripe Forces the server fo use a named pipe connection must be on same machine
412. lCEVensight82 other_data ensight cube cube case Double clicking the file in step 4 is also allowed Cancel Help At this point provided the association is successful and the data is readable all parts of the model will be loaded into EnSight and will appear in the graphics screen and in the Parts List If the association is not successful an error message will result baie 2 HowTo Index User Manual One Step Quick Method Advanced Interface Load All A variation of the one step method of reading data into EnSight can also use the Advanced interface and the Load All button The extension to reader mapping file ensight_reader_extension map is also used for this variation but if no mapping is set the user can specify the format manually Note also that this method gives you more control over other format and time options h Select File gt Open NO If not already selected toggle Advanced Interface on 3 Navigate to the desired oo i directory using typical ar 7 cube temp navigation methods README cube cube velo 4 Filter the list using the File type if desired 5 Select the desired file Z This file s extension is what will be mapped to a reader in the ensight_reader_extension map Simple Interface Cay Advanced Interface Data Format options Time options S505 options 6 Click appropriate Set Butt
413. le or S circle is the center of the object 1 5 To change size Either select the shape by the resize handle and drag it to the desired size or type appropriate Width Length or Height or Diameter values into the fields Units are O to 1 To change fill mode You can draw the shape in filled mode or in outline Annotation aeaoe clicking the New button H Degrees Close 2 2D arbor f AA y l select Shape 2D arrow New Delete ft a Visible ne am Big length 0 500 size 0 750 Rotation pie T To Rotate the shape Either select the shape by the rotate handle and drag it to the desired rotation or type an appropriate rotation angle into the Rotation field or drag the slider To Change the 2D arrow head With a 2D arrow selected you can change the length and width of the arrow tip by modifying the Tip length and size Units are 0 to 1 To delete a shape click the Delete button User Manual Page 339 ox Help gt 2 OAA HowTo Index is a ea cas es s be Ei F 5 2 bi p ae Aj aei a r ra ed e e me ee its a f a ja Phe ee is et Arte eh at aa ai Sealy Ut Te i w Br ah ta ins a et oi a Sn ra Prie or PE hs Sag Wi es ln aai in e j se ain A 7 f i a gro P ape eah y Soi ol
414. le precision and results file double precision information should be provided If it is not provided it will default to the following which is likely not to be correct plot3d_iblanked false plot3d_muti_ zone false plot3d_dimension 3d plot3d_ source cbin plot3d_grid_double false plot3d_results_ double false do_ghosts on off Optional for unstructured auto_ distribute default is on Allows user to control whether ghost cells will be produced between the distributed portions buffer_size n Optional for unstructured auto_ distribute and do_ghosts default is 100000 Allows user to modify the default buffer size that is used when reading node and element information of the model when producing ghost cells want_metric on off Optional for unstructured auto distribute and do_ ghosts default is on If set on a simple metric will be printed in the shell window that can indicate the quality of the auto_ distribution The unstructured auto_ distribute method relies on some coherence in the element connectivity namely that elements that lie next to each other are generally listed close to each other in the data format The metric is simply the total_ nodes nodes_ needed _if_no ghosts When no ghosts the value will be 1 0 The more ghosts you must have the higher this metric will be If the number gets much more than 2 0 you may want to consider partitioning yourself NETWORK_INTERFACES Note This whole sectio
415. le whether query text a labels are always on top Visible Always on top never hidden by geometry or Bl 1 00 amp 1 00 8 100 Mix occluded by geometry that is closer f Harker Toggle visibility for the probe T eee a y7 Visible Size 1 0000e 00 q Set the radius of all probe BI 1 00 G 1 00 B 1 00 Mix markers Close Set the color of the marker 77 see the Elements surrounding the query It is possible to extract the elements that contain the query Select variables Query Surface pick Search Exact Pick Use p locations if element ids exist Lee anule Bitems 7 _ _ aon ne Te d J Display attributes 1 Click the Display Attributes button in the Probe aaan Quick Interaction area 7 1 Show components Clear selection Display results table Help 2 Click the up arrow e erer errr eee An expansion factor of 1 indicates that the elements that Interactive probe query display attributes contains the query will be extracted and shown l 3 Click the up arrow again Display expansion factor g T 4 An expansion factor of 2 indicates that the elements Label from the step 2 will be shown along with the elements E Visible J Always on top that neighbor these elements R 00 G 1 00 1 00 B 1 00 Mix Since the expansion factor feature uses a subset part if
416. lection scratch data ensight ls dyna NASA_Glenn dotid3plot Okay Apply filter Cancel Help g i Set to default Close Apply SEE ALSO How To Read User Defined User Manual Failed Elements ki COOMA HowTo Index User Manual Page 242 INTRODUCTION EnSight allows you to pick elements in the model and make them disappear blank them out This may be desirable if you want to peek inside of certain parts or remove portions of a part without making the entire part invisible or transparent Element blanking is a temporary state that can easily be cleared making the elements visible again BASIC OPERATION Using picking to do element blanking gt 2 OOA HowTo Index leanann ove o 7 le s gt JE Sbir i Ee Sala 1 Place the mouse pointer over the element you wish to blank out and perform the picking action which does element blanking By default this action is double clicking of the right mouse button You will see the element under the mouse disappear as you do the picking 2 To cause the elements to reappear click the Element blanking visibility icon and click the clear button in the dialog which comes up Note in order for the element blanking to work the Element blanking allowed toggle needs to be on the default Note that the button and clicking action that performs the desired pick action is actually dependent
417. lename is 3by3s geo at line 5 Static geometry Opened 3by3s geo successfully File type is ASCII Description 1 EnSight test geometry file node ids assign element ids assign Global section Number of nodes U Part l Description is 3 x 3 xy block Structured Part Not iblanked iJk 441 Number of nodes 16 ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual tN vY a Number of cells 9 Block X coordinates for 16 nodes found Block Y coordinates for 16 nodes found Block Z coordinates for 16 nodes found Part 2 Description is 3 x 3 yz block Structured Part Not iblanked ij kK 44i1 Number of nodes 16 Number of cells 9 gt Problem Previous lines end with 1 extra chars on the line but line 2 has 2 extra chars The lines must be consistent or EnSight will have trouble reading it gt Problem X X X k k k k hummer Ae KR KA KAKA KAS lt Verification of the data FAILED lt lt k KAKA KAKA KA Ke KA KA KK KK KK VV VV MV After eliminating the extra space the file then checked out fine ADVANCED USAGE Redirecting Output to a File ens_checker is writing to stderr so if you want to redirect output to a file you need to use gt amp For example the following will place the output of the run into a file called output file gt Cts Checker 2073 Case 74 OULDULs Tile OTHER NOTES The word most is used above because one of the things that could pass the checker but f
418. lib compression scheme good balance for machines with faster processors JPEG lossy compression that uses the quality option 0 100 Best compression ratio but sacrifices some quality Options for Animated GIF Format This format is intended for simple low quality output for Web pages Most browsers will automatically playback gif animations without the need of any plug in modules The format is limited to 256color images so the quality of the images is poor especially for smooth shaded images The compression ratio can be quite high Print save Image Format Postscript Color Black and White POVRAY Geometry Microsoft AVI movie format pL San a indows BitMaP Frame Rats 30 000 CEI EnVideo movie file Compuserve Animated GIF Number of times to loop PEG image file Moving Picture Experts Group Portable Network Graphics PNG Transparent red value jt Portable BitMap PPM PGM PBM apple QuickTime Transparent green value 1 BEES Dad ae E k Transparent blue value to LLNL Streaming Movie file E imana fila Cancel Help Options include Number of times to loop sets the number of times the animation should loop before stopping Interlaced video optimizes for slow web connection incremental display Transparent values The R GB values 0 255 of a pixel color that should be set to transparent in the image For example setting these to 0 0 0 will cause all black pixels in the animation to be made transparent on pla
419. lick here ta start 2 In the probe query interaction area that was just made available adjust parameters for any of the query types display attributes items displayed or Report by value are a Save to preference file Close Help ay Wd How To Index User Manual To Set Mouse and Keyboard Preferences This preference allows you to modify the behavior of the mouse buttons used during EnSight transformations Several different actions are available for the various single click multiple button single click and double click options Note it is required to set at least one button to Selected transform action which means that the button is set to the action as shown in transformation icons at the bottom of the EnSight dialog set to rotate by default Also one mouse or the p keyboard key must be set to Selected pick action 1 Select Mouse and Keyboard from the Preference Categories list 2 Modify the preference for each of the mouse buttons and keyboard P key Single click actions available are Selected transform action Rotate Translate oom Rubberband zoom Rubberband selection tool Selected pick action Pick part _ Pick cursor tool location Pick transf center Pick elements to blank User defined menu _ Nothing Double click picking Selected pick action options are Pick part Pick cursor tool location Pick transf
420. line the part number and the description line You should place each partitioned portion of the model on the machine that will compute that portion Each partitioned portion is actually a self contained set of EnSight data files which could typically be read by a normal client server session of EnSight For example if it were EnSight gold format there will be a casefile and associated gold geometry and variable results file s On the machine where the EnSight SOS will be run you will need to place the sos casefile The sos casefile is a simple ascii file which informs the SOS about pertinent information needed to run a server on each of the machines that will compute the various portions ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual The format for this file is as follows Note that indicates optional information and a blank line or a line with in the first column are comments FORMAT Required type master_server datatype Required where datatype is required and is one of the formats of EnSight s internal readers which use the Part builder namely gold ensight6 ensight5 plot3d or it can be the string used to name any of the user defined readers Note For user defined readers the string must be exactly that which is defined in the USERD_get_name_of_reader routine of the reader which is what is presented in the Format pulldown of the Data Reader dialog If datatype is blank it will default to EnSight6 data type
421. list aiil mase Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Query Be oe ats i ets os i cta ts os cts ts ee oe ts os is a bs is ts os is eta is as oa a _ eck Derinti Save imase preferenmes eee 2 Click the Click Here To Start button This a Ea Ena toatl is eee A will bring up the Print Save Image dialog 1 Y Click here to start 3 Modify the attributes you want for your 2 Modify any printisave imase attributes in preference such as the image format the dialog now displayed 4 Click here to save the preferences r4y a Save to preference file Close Help i 2 EE EES Ob How To Index User Manual Page 370 To Set Interactive Probe Query Preferences 1 Select Interactive Probe Query from the Preference Categories list ___ gt d Preferences Data General User Interface Image Having anl Printing EE interactive Probe Query i 2 Click the Click Here To Start button This will bring up Interactive Probe quick interaction area _ 3 Modify the attributes you want for your preference such as Report By and Items Displayed 4 Click here to save the preferences Mouse and Keyboard Farts Performance SESE EEE SE EE SEE EEE EEE EE RE EE EE EE EE EE EE EEE EEE EE EE Be eo a Proahe que preferences Be a a a oa AE ARE HE EE EE EE EE AE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE ets cs ibs et ebs cE s I A C
422. location gt Normal from the _ Piek look at paint pop up menu ee Using 2 points wy Nor mal 5 Place the pointer over a point along the normal vector from the origin of the plane tool then press the p key ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 158 Use the Plane Tool To set the Plane by specifying parameters exactly 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog from the desktop by clicking Transf 2 Select Editor Function gt Tools gt Plane _ 3 Enter the desired coordinates for the origin the components of the normal vector and the x and y size and press return gt OR 3 Enter the id of three nodes and press FOIE 6222 orna a E OR P 3 Enter the plane equation parameters Ax By Cz D and press return OR 3 Enter the desired coordinates for three corner points into the X Y and Z fields and press return Transformation editor Plane tool File Editor function L About axis HM yY we wv All 0 0 all m E Which frame Scale settings Coord frame O Increment 1 000000 if Limit 10 000000 FI Cartesian Coordinates of Plane Tool in Frame 0 A TY Fa Origin 0330e 01 0000e 00 1 1933e 00 Normal 0 0000e 00 1 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 A SIZE 6766e 00 Y size 6766e 00 Plane by 3 node IDs ID 1 ID 2 1016 6525 6159 Plane equation a
423. log Both BoB and BoF files are written out without any metadata only the values for the discritized points is written The order of the data is according to the following pseudo code num values 0 LOr Z 07 252 resolution tz 4 FOr y 07 Yay tesolution try j f r x 0 x lt x resolution ttx i Value array num values value at this location write file name value array 2 HowTo Index User Manual Save Geometric Entities z5 i TE i j q i J H j i Saving Parts in User Defined Writer Formats Flatfile HDF 5 0 1 Select File gt Save gt Geometric Entities Output formats select one Please select the parts you wish to save from the Parts list Brick of Values select a variable ane then fill in the following information GS These files will be saved by the EnSight server Case Gold VEML y ce Parameter s Flathle ven A i path filename prefix A W Save as binary file s lt q Begin time step o m o PEES Senge iie End time step 159 a Binim Hie FEET EG ens ote ist Step by 2 Select the desired user defined writer format tee 3 Follow the instructions given 4 If the writer accepts parameters enter any desired ones in the Parameters Hald 22 s2eeestecce spear esree tan se ermasente es 5 Enter a file root name 2 2 eee cee cceccecccccceccecceeceeeet 6 Save as binary or Ascii file based on this toggle
424. look from point is moved 2 Click and drag to the desired location Note that the Graphics Window updates as the look from point is moved w A Y plane wr Y A plane A NZ plane During your manipulation the display in the View Area may become difficult to use Click the Redraw Viewer Area Above button to rescale the display The Viewer Area Control Lock pull down menu effects interactive operation in the Viewer Area as follows None No constraints are placed on movement of either the look from point or the look at point Distance Movement of the look from look at point is restricted to a circle whose radius is the current Distance value and whose center is the look at look from point Together The movement of both points is locked such that movements applied to one are applied to the other You can easily reset the look from and look at points such that all currently visible parts are displayed Click Reset in the Transformation Control area to open the Reset Tools and Viewports dialog Click the Reinitialize button to reset the currently selected viewports d 4b oD How To Index User Manual Page 119 H OW To a Q e000 OTHER NOTES You can also set the look at point by picking an object with the mouse in the Graphics Window 1 Click Reinitialize in the Reset Tools and Viewport s dialog to clear all global transformations 2 Click the Pick button in the global area above the graphics window on t
425. lotter with the mouse in the Graphics Window or precisely by entering exact values To move or resize a plotter interactively 1 Click Plot in the Mode Selection area to enter Plot mode 2 Select the desired plotter as described above 3 To move a plotter move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window and into the selected plotter Click and hold the left mouse button and drag the plotter to the desired location 4 To resize a plotter move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window and place the it over one corner or side of the selected plotter Click and hold the left mouse button and drag the corner or side to the desired location A plotter can also be positioned precisely See below for details Set Plotter Visibility Selected plotters can be made invisible 1 Click Plot in the Mode Selection area to enter Plot mode 2 Select the desired plotter s 3 Click the Plotter Visibility Toggle to toggle display of the selected plotters on or off when not in Plot Mode Plotters that are currently invisible are displayed dimmed while in Plot mode ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 275 Plot Attributes Set Title Background Legend Border Position Time Attributes Overall attributes of plotters are controlled through the Plotter Specific Attributes dialog 1 Click Plot in the Mode Selection area to enter Plot mode 2 Select the desired plotter s 3 Click the Graph Attributes icon
426. low field are called streamlines For transient flow the path is known as a pathline EnSight provides a great deal of control over emitter definition and trace appearance e Emitters can be defined using one of the built in tools Cursor Line or Plane or by clicking on any surface in the Graphics Window The nodes of an arbitrary part can be used as an emitter or the emitter time and locations can be read from a file See EnSight Particle Emitter File Format in the Chapter 11 of the User Manual e The streamline path can be generated in the positive negative or positive and negative time directions e Traces can be restricted to lie on any surface to search for flow topology and separation features e For transient cases an emitter can have a delta time that controls the periodic release of additional particles into the dynamic flow e Emitters can be interactive as you move the emitter with the mouse the associated traces automatically recalculate and redisplay e Trace paths can be displayed as lines ribbons or as square tubes where ribbon or tube twist follows the local flow rotation around the path e Particle traces can be easily animated to provide intuitive comprehension of the flow field Complete control over all aspects of the animating tracers is provided including length speed and release interval for multiple pulses BASIC OPERATION To trace particles through a steady state flow field 2 Click the Particle
427. ls the default will be a mid range value 2 Click the Isosurface creation icon i File Edit Query View Tools Case Select a variable Value MID RANGE Set tea Mid Range temperature of surfaces Delta relocity Coordinates Aes PAPAS EES LEE p al i EFFES ESEE ay Pea bergparait d E Apply new variable Advanced Help a ie Select Delete Sort ON 7 Be t Bul F ej ii a l Computational mesh Ld 1 Select the parent part 3 Select the variable to use eee eee e eee LLALA LALL LaaLa La anaana 5 Click Create ADVANCED USAGE Interactive lsosurfaces You can have EnSight automatically generate and display isosurfaces as you adjust a slider with the mouse Select a variable Value 5 0i7 e 01 Get ta Mid Range J of surfaces r Pataj Coordinates al gt Gaa 7 Min o 0000e 00 Max 1 0034e 00 Increment 50170 02 Create Apply new variable Advanced Help 1 Set the Interactive mode to Manual ead Adjust the slider to the desired location You can also set the Interactive mode to Auto and EnSight will automatically sweep from Range Min to Max with step size equal to Increment baie wA How To Index User Manual Page 183 Osurfaces Isosurface Animation A range of isosurfaces can be automatically generated and viewed in a flipbook Flipbook
428. ly under the mouse pointer by interpolating the nodal values of the applicable element or search for and display the value at the node closest to the mouse pointer BASIC OPERATION To probe interactively 1 Click the Probe Icon or select Query gt Interactive Probe 2 Set the Query pulldown to desired operation 3 Select the desired variable to GISPIAY eener Surface Pick Interpolate to any picked position on the surface of the model Cursor Interpolate to location of cursor tool within the model Node At a specific node number IJK At a specific IJK location Element At a specific element number XYZ At a specific XYZ location 4 lf Query is set to Surface Pick you can select a whether the probe will snap to closest node or b use exact location And whether the information will be sampled c when you click the p keyboard key or d continuously as you move the mouse If Query is set to Node Element IJK or XYZ enter ID or values needed followed by Enter If Query is set to Cursor move the cursor tool to desired location and press the p keyboard key while the mouse is in the graphics window amp surface pick ime Cursor Node rt HE Element Query None WYT A File Edit Query View Tools Case WA a OE Bs Select variable s l zone 1 IN Mins Maxs 1 1 38 i Density items i None Energ
429. ma r ui T ee x oll 8 r A if as a 3 m 4 tyi Ji D F t r H a De Pi i aw 5 ae ge 3 z ya p 5 l ua i DA n e a m 3 i a y oa og E oe ie 3 rs ro ae J K i a pa z M a T j a fe i s F i gt 1 i i 5 2 J 4 i a F 2 Se Fa 3 ATP j iy i a i a A Fi 3 I e B d ee 3 it a A p z e so TE si pm l ae e pie ani M r oe J m z oi a z 4 apai x n e Bb as a a i mar ia a T z p a a a Sr e a peii k E F R r a zs ae a a pa ey and 4 a p z ial iy P E gop a A i i i a 3 3 gm 1 a iy Be a a i am a m s k hk y iat 5 i L y T bi T a lm F be r 2 A 1 fe 2 7 j n ae j e Ei l i Ws q a A p y DET 5 Fie is Eo u Fe a oo y Tr p j y z i P a z E p T 4 T s 5 aa Fie A i El 5 a 4 E g aia an i I E 5 mA m et oe p y F as E E s gt 7 E B 1 o E z K Ia E J a Si a oS ig lhe L gt a i 7 lt F P a TE E F g d f gt q i g 4 TE h br Ee ri m ie k k T j J aay i j 1 L i E 7 i i j i J Ei s a l p oes f j a a Oe a aj ih 5 A D N S gm F p d ar Pa f z 5 PeT H 2 z J a aa PE i i ii L gt 5 e ya a a a ue i Ped i ia EnO 7 a l a 7 m z gt a eur ofl prc ey r T i be a a eaS bez g F R P 5 ite d Ppa AT s i 3 r up bs d ie a be a J ia 7 5 a d tre i 7 4 i 7 ra z z _ oe si a SES e
430. mains fixed in the scene thus it E L igi i z E Ao ol 5 appears to move on the part surface The Brigin l T Node ID Offset relative to ID allows the user to The Offset X Y Z values are considered to be relative to this node ID If it moves in time the texture projection will appear to be linked to it Likewise Offset and S T vecs relative to node Ids allows for three node Ids to be specified causing the projection to rotate and scale with the relative positions of those nodes If one turns on one of ee 7 these relative modes one may need to click Get proj from plane tool to set up the field values to match the plane tool again The get proj option always honors the current relative projection and node IDs if provided The second form of projection EnSight supports is via Variables In this mode one or two scalar variables are used to provide explicit S and T texture coordinates for texturing This is the most general mechanism for texturing The S variable Users may also set the S and or T value to the constant quantity 0 5 The variables are generally in the range 0 1 which map to the edges of the texture map just inside the border Values outside this range will either be mapped to the texture border color in the case of clamp mode or will be warped back into the range of 0 1 by repeated subtraction addition in repeat mode This form of projection is capable of emulating the previous
431. mand file turn the option on and the second command file turn the option off Then tie both of these to the same key You will now cycle through the two command files effectively creating a toggle situation SEE ALSO How To Record and Play Command Files User Manual Macros Tab ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 363 INTRODUCTION Nearly every operation and function in EnSight is initially set to a default value Preferences allow you to set these initial values as well as set some default behaviors such as which time step to initially load for transient data how the mouse buttons are defined etc When EnSight starts the preference settings are read from the CEl_ HOME ensight82 site_preferences directory and then overlaid by the preference settings found in your ensight8 directory BASIC OPERATION 1 Bring up the Preferences dialog by selecting Preferences from the Edit pull down menu SESE oe Part feature detail editors Ca E Flipbook animation editor Keyframe animation editor r i solution tme editor Transformation editor Variables editor iia gt Preferences Siete The following preference categories are available in the Preferences dialog and will be explained below To Set Annotation Preferences To Set Color Palette Defaults To Set Command Line Preferences To Set Data Preferences To Set General User Interface Preferences To Set Image Sa
432. mand line option which will autoconnect using ensight8 sos instead of ensight8 server or by manually running ensight8 sos in place of ensight8 server and providing all sos as the casefile to read in the Data Reader dialog EnSight will actually start three servers and compute the respective portions on them in parallel So one could do the following after preparing the all sos file On george run the client and the sos by invoking the ensight8 script in a shell window non windows or Command Prompt window windows like george gt gt ensight8 sos Or one could run the client on the myclient machine telnet or equivalent into the george machine and run the sos there by using the following commands In a window on myclient In a window that is telneted into the george machine myclient gt gt ensight8 client cm If george is a non windows machine george gt gt ensight8 sos c myclient If george is a windows machine george en nsighto Sos C myclient If myclient is a windows machine In a Command Prompt window on myclient Ina ee Prompt window that is telneted into the george machine myclient gt gt ensight8 client cm If george is a non windows machine george gt gt ensight8 sos c myclient If george is a windows machine george gt gt ensight8 sos c myclient In either case you would enter the all sos command as the file to read in the Data Re
433. ment variable Also this operation can only be performed on model parts So if its effect is desired on created parts such as clip planes or isosurfaces one should apply this operation to the model parent parts of the desired created parts BASIC OPERATION To use a per element variable for removing failed elements 1 Select the model part s to use 2 Select Part Mode 3 Click on the Failed elements button 4 Select the per element variable to use for failure in this example we use Failure_Stress 5 Set the desired condition s and value s in this case we fail if the Failure_Stress is greater than 0 70 Y Failure_Stress M F 9 581e 01 6 Click Apply 7 186 01 i 4 791e 01 Et 2 395e 01 LiH Part failed element settings 0 0000 00 Elenent variable leao 7707 s 7 jeos2 gt gt a 7 0000e 01 lt _ And _ Or is i ioebie ach allure Stress 4 w k ey Set to default cae Failure_ Stress jaa 9 581e01 Those elements which satisfy the jesena failure criteria will be removed from the 2 395e 01 9 000e 00 model aa MWA o How To Index User Manual Page 241 How To Remove Failed Elements im 2 00e ADVANCED USAGE EnSight s User defined reader API is capable of dealing with designated failure variables and the failure values and conditions Thus a reader can be set up to use failure conditions that sol
434. metric The node with the lowest node ID number is queried first Since the nodes for 1D part over distance are not necessarily evenly spaced the reported distance is one of the following Distance In Setting Reported Distance Arc Length The distance along the part from the first node to each subsequent node i e the sum of the 1D element lengths X Arc Length The X coordinate value of each node accumulated from the start Y Arc Length The Y coordinate value of each node accumulated from the start If the 1D part contains more than one set of contiguous 1D elements such as a particle trace from a Line emitter the resulting query will contain one plot entity for each set M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 269 Over Time Queries For transient dataset EnSight can query the variable values over a range of time at a particular node element or specific IJK coordinate for structured data or an arbitrary point You can also search the minimum or maximum of a variable over all nodes over a time range At Node Over Time After selecting the part to query and clicking the Query Plot icon Query items Sd tefa At node over time a 1 Select Sample as At Node Over Time 2 Select the variable to query over time in Variable i ae h Show redja Delete gt W Marker eat bo 3 Create Update f Help Leave Variable 2 as None unless you want a scatter query of two
435. model It also makes it relatively easy to create two dimensional data palettes Just like the existing palette in EnSight some function of a variable is used to select a color from a table In this case the table is a 2D texture so this can be done for two different variables at the same time and the Opacity can be varied as a function of those variables All forms of EnSight part displays can be textured surfaces lines points etc Of special note in variable mode points are rendered with a single texture coordinate regardless of the form they are displayed as Thus a point displayed as a sphere can only use a single pixel sample from a texture Thus to place a logo on a point rendered in sphere mode one would need to use projection mode ha COAMA HowTo Index User Manual BW 7 variable specify a node ID in the Origin field eae ese eee Default Textures none const 0 5 Help Page 310 E n P V P Q e608 BASIC OPERATION How to place a logo on a part One common use of textures is to place a logo or decal onto a part This operation involves using a projected texture This is a simple three step process For this example we will use the AMI dataset which comes with the EnSight distribution 1 Load the AMI dataset and set the display type to shaded surface Orient the hypersonic body as shown and select it in the part list 2 Next we need to set up the tex
436. more of the parent parts change all parts depending on those parent parts are automatically recalculated and redisplayed to reflect the change As an example consider the following case A clipping plane is created through some 3D computational domain and a contour is created on the clipping plane The contour s parent is the clipping plane and the clipping plane s parent is the 3D domain If the 3D domain is changed e g the time step changes the clipping plane will first be recalculated followed by the contour In this way part coherence is maintained This article is divided into the following sections The Parts List Creating Parts Part Types Part Operations Part Attributes Where Parts Are Created and Maintained Hints and Tips The Parts List Both model parts as well as all derived parts are displayed as items in the Parts List There are several ways that the Parts list can be displayed the default looks something like File Edt Query Yiew Tools Case Case number important when multiple datasets have been loaded ee ee ore a Computational mesh a 2 lsosurtace part P indicates Parent of currently selected part Lf tg 3 Contour part aeq A Particle trace part Part numbers re e a Ene Cne ee ae BA Yector Arrow part A Currently selected part 4 3 Part description det onl Select Delete List lt gt B i
437. mp file by either entering the directory in the Server Directory field or clicking the Server Directory button to open a standard File Selection dialog 5 Click Okay 2 HowTo Index User Manual How To Save and Restore m2 e000 an Archive You also have the option of saving an archive as you exit EnSight 1 Select File gt Quit to open the Quit Confirmation pug bi euler T soe ecer eceeanceccecereaestacy carenccssomvouse ss 2 Click the Save full backup archive to toggle and either enter a new name for the Archive information file or browse to the desired location Browse Save full backup archive file to Do you really want to quit __ mpage __ Desktop __ mas i bike_bin Displacement_1 __ bin __ mastran 7 bike _bin case Pa contig files Ea signatures i bike bin eet __jcube __ sre 7 bike bin erb _ dat __ support 7 bike bin geo _ dev __ tmp i bjn resources __jerb __ uad 7 clong enc __ fluent __ userd_uad 7 clong enc a __ keep 7 682 doc notes 7 controls 3d zip 3 If you browsed to the file click Save once __ mise _ AdobeFnt lst esop_inte you have selected or entered the desired Bl oo filename ee eee eee eee re This will place the filename in the Quit File type All Files Qui confirmation _ Save command backup file to prow A Save full backup archive file to Browse home
438. mum Over Time Ss Sr Show Save Delete f Jeke nd EN Urdai Help Leave Variable 2 as None r ttt rrr rrr unless you want a scatter query of two different variables over time 2 Select the variable to query over time in Variable 1 3 Optionally change the number of Samples defaults to number of time steps and whether to sample by Value of FFT 4 Click Create see cee see eee epee sense eeeceeeee M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 271 Scatter Query Example Everything is done like a regular query except you select another variable in the Variable 2 field instead of leaving it as None Query items sample At node over time 7 A Variable plastic 7 2 _ Node ID 100 samples a Peg End time SELES EES is VREHE md Show TAa Delete W Marker visibility w Create Update aa Operations on Existing Queries You can perform a scaling of an existing query or a scaling and algebraic addition of two queries or an integration or differentiation of a query By Operating on Existing uation 2 Select the operation a Combine Scale Integrate or i cove TA ro Differentiate Seal x pales 0000 01 S oer Maximum plastic vs Tir 7 Added with For Combine Scale shown 3 Select the Query Item and
439. n Get proj from plane tool to fill in the dialog ee e E reese case E E see aes Compute texture coordinates by Projection a eee eee eee eee Y 2 Offset 0 000000 0000e00 j 0 0000e 00 o S vector 1 0000e 00 0000e00 0 0000e 00 oo pl vector O 0000e 00 000000 Oe Get prol plane toal Set plane tool to proj miele Absolute Origin T 5 5 T 5 Node IDa 5 variable nonet const 0 5 Apply Close T valable none const 0 5 Save Default Textures Help The Set plane tool to proj will move the plane tool to the projection formed by the current dialog values The example below illustrates the placement of a logo in decal mode with clamp and repeat modes set Notice that the texture appears both in front of and behind the tool a amp a HowTo Index User Manual Page 309 The texture projection can also be specified relative to a point or a collection of points The Projection option menu in Absolute mode will set the texture projection to the current settings which places the texture at Compute texture coordinates by Frojection x Y Z Offset 0 0000e 00 000 se ooo 5 vector 1 0000e 00 0000000 j fo o000e 00 T vector 0 0000e 00 1 000000 o o000e 00 ooo an absolute position and attitude in space Get proj from plane tool Set plane tool to prol If the part geometry moves or deforms the Projegjon Absolute texture re
440. n If you are positioning the Cursor interactively with the mouse the values will update when the mouse button is released ADVANCED USAGE After a model has been loaded the initial location of the Cursor is set to the look at point the geometric center of all visible geometry The coordinates of the Cursor are specified with respect to the default frame frame 0 However if you have created additional frames you can position the Cursor relative to the origin of a different frame This is accomplished by selecting the desired frame in the Which Frame list in the Transformation Editor dialog You can easily reset the position of the Cursor tool to the default See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information Positioning a 3D tool with a 2D device the mouse can be difficult Multiple viewports are sometimes helpful in positioning tools since you can see the tool simultaneously from multiple vantage points SEE ALSO Other tools Line Plane Box Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools User Manual Tools Menu Functions a WAP How To Index User Manual Page 152 Use the Line Tool INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a 3D linear specification tool called the Line tool When visible the Line tool appears as a typically white line with an axis system at the center point and an arrow head on one end The Line too
441. n Screen tiling X E Y ari Render to offscreen buffer EnSight can use off screen OpenGL p buffers on graphics cards that support them This avoids artifacts that can show up with on screen rendering save Image W Render to offscreen buffer u mmm mm mmm mmm mmm mmm mmm mmm mmm mama Save multiple images This option causes EnSight to save MTM files based on detached displays Number of passes sets the amount of multi pass anti aliasing to use Stereo The current scene can be rendered in stereo even if the target system is not capable of displaying it Current is the default and picks stereo or mono display depending on the current display mode Mono and Interleaved select mono or traditional dual image stereo The remaining options allow for the saving of anaglyph stereo images seen through red cyan or other glasses Screen tiling if these are set to values other than 1 the image will be saved as an MIM file The numbers specify the number of tiles in X and Y that the saved image will be subdivided into 6 Select OK or Print to save and or print the iMAaQe lt 2 2 2 eect eee ec eee cece cece eee ees eceeeeeeeeseeeee gt 2 HowTotndex User Manual Print Saving Animations The current animation or flipbook can be saved to disk by following these steps 1 Use the record button LA to bring up the Save animation dialog 77777777777 2 Select the format of the
442. n the mouse button is released parts are drawn normally The Fast Display mode can also be set such that the bounding display is used until the mode is changed even when the mouse is released Edit gt Preferences Performance Static Fast Display Surface shading operations are expensive for very large models Since the shading is dependent on the orientation of the model with respect to the light sources the surface colors must be recalculated each time the model moves Static lighting mode precalculates surface colors for a given orientation and then uses these colors during subsequent transformations resulting in improved interactive response BASIC OPERATION Perspective Orthographic Projection The projection mode can be toggled either from a menu View gt Perspective or in the VPort icon bar To set the projection from the icon bar 1 Select VPort in the Mode Selection area 2 Select click in the desired viewport in the Graphics 1 Window 3 Click Viewport Special Attributes to open the T Viewport Special Attributes dialog Viewport special attribui a VI ci l aL 4 Click the Perspective button to toggle the projection See recmeeria type in the current viewport pi Perspective W Shaded Note that a viewport will only display a perspective projection if the global toggle as set with View gt Perspective is on as W Hidden line well Track
443. n 231 sphere clip 202 tool 165 starting automatically 12 options 23 stereo display 144 subset parts 222 pick elements 222 selection tool 222 surface of revolution tool 169 surfaces developed 221 Q R S T U V W X Y Z User Manual Page 400 HOw TO nas m2 e000 symmetry computational 304 visual 303 T tensor glyph parts 223 text annotation 334 texture mapping 306 threads ENSIGHT8 MAX CTHREADS 390 ENSIGHT8 MAX SOSTHREADS 390 ENSIGHT8 MAX THREADS 390 TIFF output 94 time stepping through 230 tools box 161 cone 167 cursor 151 cylinder 163 line 153 Plane 156 resetting 141 selection 172 sphere 165 surface of revolution 169 traces animation 332 creating 187 interactive 189 pathlines 191 streaklines 188 surface restricted 190 tracking 126 tracking in viewports 150 transformations frames 137 resetting 141 rotate 109 scale 109 translate 109 zoom 109 transient data animation 315 reading 55 setting current time 230 stepping through 230 translate 109 transparency 300 TrueType fonts 352 U unrolling surfaces 221 User defined access to tools and features 386 user defined data reader 63 input devices 381 input preferences 377 Using Block Continuation Block Continuation 70 Using Resources Resources 75 Using Server of Servers SOS 57 V variable gt 2 OAA HowTo Index activation 245 and cases boundary layer 254 calculator 247 color palette 256 common CFD 253 deactivation 246 enviro
444. n is optional It is needed only when more than one network interface to the sos host is available and it is desired to use them Thus distributing the servers to sos communication over more than one network interface number of network interfaces num Required if section used where num is the number of network interfaces to be used for the sos host ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Tea t Ls os 4 L P Di a ee ee TF eee a DP aes CP Oy e a Te a 7 L be e n D n i i 2 ja y ya ige i ee n a p Tarma PEE Son ol a 1 a y L ae i ve 7 I p 2 gt a z oe ates a J E i Pia i bs Be j mE pn k pani m Le p z a kgd fiin at p y A T a a e a 3 X 3 a oo s s m A x of E i eee i T a Br Ja A a Fad E m m ie A 4 ee a r 5 a a i gt ant i A J rs a s ee ae POLT pi a p 2 ar oe _ a m be Pe eae pee A i pern Pea Ta i i oo egi p m m af ea ij eta ia a o E 2 oe n i af a pE eae k j _ a f 5 p m an s z l A i i ithe m r a E q P 4 s 2 a a ig Pe a bai a k _ no T r i i neg z a 4 man iy a M IE bal i a Fi bF Pak x i i i j E 7 a E fi 5 i i i es z G PE PE pe 7 kz _ a a el Al i d aA is ee P 4 a a pr 7 a o E d A 1 E F 4 ps Tie soe f i a Pi a pi E l S E o E a i q g 3 p t Seg a Pa y i I F 4 E F n e be r E l E r te ies DT Pas ni r z 1 k i i r i j Sas E a ae bs e Urta z ji a t 7 i B 5 raj i z a E i a A
445. n is saved in your ensight8 directory which is located in your home directory in the file ensight winpos default This and many other preference settings can be set and saved see How To Set and Modify Preferences SEE ALSO User Manual Save Window Positions under the General User Interface of Prefs ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 360 HOw TO nas m2 e000 INTRODUCTION Advanced users of EnSight often find themselves performing repetitive tasks EnSight s macro facility lets you save a sequence of commands and then assign a keyboard key to those commands such that they are executed when the key is pressed Pressing a key assigned to a macro causes the associated command file to be read and executed Depending on how it is set up a macro can execute It s file in one of three ways 1 The command file is executed once for each key press This mode is useful for one time operations such as cut ting flipbook animation on off or saving an image 2 The command file repeatedly executes as long as the key is held down This is useful for operations that are con tinuous in nature such as rotating around the Y axis by 5 degrees 3 Multiple command files execute in a cycle for each keystroke Keystroke macros are defined in a text file macro8 define Macros can be defined at a site or local level with local macros overriding site macros that might be defined for the same key The macro8 define file if any that r
446. n pulldown The projection choices are modified by the settings in the Projection components X Y Z numeric fields These values represent a scaling factor for the component Zero means that the component should not be considered and therefore confine the arrows to the plane perpendicular to that axis One is the default setting values less than 1 diminish the contribution of the component while values greater than 1 exaggerate the contribution Choices for Projection are All Normal Tangential Component Display arrows based on the vector direction as modified by the Projection Component values Display arrows based on the All vector but in the direction of the surface normal at the arrow origin Display arrows based on the All vector but projected tangential to the surface at the arrow origin This is good for locating flow components perpendicular to the main flow direction such as vortices Display both the Normal and the Tangential arrows File Desc Vector Arrow part Create Vector Arrows Edit View Help L Creation attributes Yariable velocity Scale Factor 2 7434e 01 Set to default Type KRectilinear Location Yertices Filter thresholds None i Low 0 0000e 00 High 1 0000e 00 Display 0 0000e 00 Density 1 90 affset 2 ae oe All ABs Projection components X 1 00 1 00 Z 1 00 Arrow tip Sha
447. n represents For color legends it is often sufficient to display just one value at the top the maximum and one at the bottom the minimum in addition to the name of the variable In fact sometimes just using High and Low are sufficient if only the relative magnitudes of the variable are important Screen Space The region of a video display that is safe for viewing is typically smaller than your animation display window You should plan your scenes such that objects of interest especially annotation entities do not come too close to the edge If you keep these objects within the range in EnSight viewport coordinates 06 to 94 for X width and 05 to 95 for Y height you should be safe Introductory Sequence Your animation should begin with some title slides explaining the problem domain to your viewers Try not to put too many words on any one slide and display each one for at least four seconds Next before displaying your results provide a sequence that introduces viewers to your model This sequence should be long enough and complete enough to orient the average target viewer to your problem It is difficult to overestimate the need for this sequence Without it viewers are often confused and disoriented for the entire animation ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 330 How To Create a Keyframe m2 e008 Animation Credits You should always include proper credits on any animation you pro
448. name pov filename inc ensight_to_pov_globals inc 3 Edit ensight_to_pov_globals inc as desired to control global information You may also edit the filename inc file which contains information for each part 4 Run POVRAY povray width 800 height 600 filename pov This will produce the file filename png 5 Run Envideos using this file envideos filename png EnSight Images which have been run EnSight Images No POVRAY through POVRAY ki 2 CEE EES E How To Index User Manual Page 105 1 eal T A d Pa iq F i F OTHER DATA ensight_to_pov_globals inc This is the editable text file to be used to customize the camera and lightsource information and the part by part color and material properties ambient diffuse specular roughness and reflectivity This file will be included into filename inc and parameters in this file will supersede the default values in filename inc II sample ensight to pov globals ine This file is useful in controlling multiple file outputs i e output from the keyframe animator Uncomment edit items and they will be used instead of the settings in the inc file Uncomment this next line if you uncomment anything declare display warning 1 declare camera location lt 0 0 8366 19 gt declare camera look at lt 0 0 16 76127 declare camera angle 28 000000 declare light location lt 15241 7 15241 7 76191
449. nd Ratio of Specific Heats Density Momentum Velocity 6 Click Create BESE Density ea SET q Momentum SET Ratio of Specific Heats 1 4000e 00 SET Can be a constant En SET 5 Click Okay to finish the variable setup Help M HowTo Index User Manual Page 233 ADVANCED USAGE The resulting vortex core lines can be filtered by the vortex core strength or by any other active variable P 1 flow _field fx_vortcore_strens E SERTE Method Eigen analysis _ Threshold Tam 4 9094e 01 Momentum 2 surface A d d Vortex Cores F po De p Min Yi 41 9094e 01 Al Max iy 9 2403e 01 l rd Create 7 Apply new variable Help a 1 Select the variable to filter by 00 5 Perec Gea saapetene ns RE 2 Set the Threshold filter to remove the portion of the vortex core that is larger or less than the specified threshold value elena Aa ae es 3 Enter a threshold value e Or 3 Slide the slider to a new threshold value OTHER NOTES Extract Vortex Cores does not work with more than one case SEE ALSO User Manual Vortex Core Create Update ee M4 bo How To Index User Manual Page 234 INTRODUCTION Separation and attachment lines are created on any 2D surface and show interfaces where flow abruptly leaves Separates or returns attac
450. ndex To Set Command Line Preferences A number of command line parameters exist for gt Preferences EnSight These parameters can be set in your preference file so you do not have to specify them on the start line each time you use EnSight Annotation Color Palettes 1 Select Command Line Parameters from the _ yp EEE Preference Categories list ai Data General User Interface Image Saving and Printing Interactive Probe Query i ESE AE EE EE EEE EEE EE EE EE EEE EE SEE EE EEE ESE EE EEE EE eee Command line preferences res HER EE EE HE HE ee ee EE Ee EE EE HE HE HE EH HE Select fram this list fo see more information Select add to insert into the preference list MQ Restore from specified 5 areas archive file A 2 Select a command line argument An explanation of the selected argument will appear in the dialog eee gl dold he EEEREN TETE N TE EEE Insert parameter Papi ane i file name i deoonfig in text area below see Tena PA _y Add selected item to E or current args below 3 Click here to add the parameter er It will be placed in the edit area 7 If you make a mistake and add an unwanted parameter simply highlight it in the feedback area and bien oOo ee eae Oui Geena ee a delete it Save to preference file If additi
451. ndex User Manual Page 287 INTRODUCTION The extract operation is closely tied to part representations Extract creates a single new part using only the geometry of the current representation of the selected part s For example if the current representation of a part consisting of 3D elements is Border the result of extraction will be a part consisting of all unshared 2D elements the surface Extract is most often used to reduce the amount of information for a part e g for faster display or for geometry output or to create a surface shell part perhaps for subsequent cutting of a 3D computational domain BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts List 5 EnSight File Edit Query View Tools Case a aa Ep GE ENE mm rma rM MMMM M Toek animation editor _ animation editor Delete Part M Select all C Keyirame animation editor Assign to single new viewport Part feature detail editors Select solution time editor Assign to multiple new viewports Transformation editor t Variables editor SERS Ce enses ees ee Undine Preferences 2 Select Edit gt Part gt Extract MES P Extract E a Select Delete Sort EL The new part is added to the end of the Parts List with the description Extract of parts 4 where are the part numbers of the originally selected parts SEE ALSO see How To Change Visual Represen
452. ned reader library loading information in shell window upon startup of server passes on to servers 1 E I 1 E I ologo Q o s 2a SSF aE ace 15 0 Ni GH A ii A viO V He N V 4 A r V i d i D D O Jal o dlolaldldlal 4 s 54 3E O O19 B O O Z 5 O olola o O Ola Q 0 mi ILIS Se D i SClD DO A Q T 3 Q n AII o 5 19 O l lt Q A D R Ss Vi lt jalal3 amp a G AIIE V A e VIVY Q O 6 SOS Server of Servers Examples when started manually ensight8 sos c clientmachinename soshostname sosmachinename Specifies clientmachinename as the machine on which the client is running and that the individual servers should connect back to sosmachinename ensight8 sos readerdbg gdbg Specifies that the sos and any servers print out user defined reader library loading information and that the servers print out EnSight data format geometry loading information ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual n p e m hs D ia u a y n i 2 i r by i m m ges m 2 h Ta i F pur F 5 i a r b ge E a a L A i Ae k PL z H e z 5 i i e r a E e s a E en o e he i i a d s i a F r a T D Paii z a Fj f ES i l Ek i F nE E E O af Pe i E p a 5 nig E B i J J T r uy J a m a i F 7 ya i a d Da Ir J al ral a a i r mg a z z 7 A b j k ae we i amp pe j E F H 7 pal T H 3 a y A al g a a a i s a 3
453. nes automatically adjust l i OR File Editor function Toggle the option off to manually adjust the l Float 4 Clip planes with transform Z clip plane locations di Minimum 4 value 1 0000e 04 E If the Float Z Clip option is off you can edit the Pere plane positions either by dragging the red lines or by entering explicit values in the Front and Back text fields Recall that the values represent the distance from the look from point to the plane Ree pr arent Fian ir 3 Place the mouse pointer over the desired i plane marker and click the left mouse a 229be 00 3 5459e 01 Clits 9 A E ES 4 Drag the marker left or right to the desired location The Graphics Window will update as the marker is moved OR i _ l If the markers become difficult to manipulate due 3 Enter explicit values in the Front and or to changes click the Redraw Z Clip Area Above Back text fields and press return button to rescale the markers gt Each viewport maintains it s own independent Z clipping planes The operation described above will change the planes for the current viewport as set by clicking in the desired viewport in the Graphics Window Note that clicking Reinitialize in the Reset Tools and Viewport s dialog found under the Reset button of the Transformations area will reset the Z clipping planes of the current viewport based on the Z extent of all objects curre
454. ness intensity is how much white light in reflected color and diffusivity is amount of ambient light reflected To change size Arrow size is in global coordinates Arrow radius tip length and tip radius are all in percent of arrow size To change location Either type appropriate coordinates in the X Y and Z fields or enter a node ID or an element ID Offset value moves the arrow backwards lt To change orientation Buttons The X Y Z orient the arrow parallel to the axis Flip reverses 180 degrees and Normal is normal to a surface active only if a surface Sliders Also you can rotate the normal about the X Y or Z it here ka 2 HowTo Index Ai gt O m ga j Oi Arrow W Visible Select Delete 1 00 i o o B 0 00 lt 4 O Highlight Shininess lt pee a gt Highlight Intensity j 0 50 Diffused Light m 0 20 Arrow size 1 250 j Radius 0 10 j PE Tip length 0 250 Radius 2 00 _ Arrow location is 0 500 Y x Normal 0 000 Snap to Mode Element 0 500 Z 1 000 p jar Normal 0 000 z Normal 1 000 Orient x Y Z Normal Flip Offset 0 000 Text e E a R 1 00 P ama G 1 00 perae jea l c B 1 00 ee Nn To change Label Type in the arrow label size it and color it hera User Manual Page 341
455. ning of EnSight tools difficult e g a duct not aligned with a major axis Create a new frame and align one of the axes with the duct Since tool positions are always specified with respect to the current frame you can now use the Transformation Editor to accurately position tools along the axis of the duct In addition to position and orientation frames have a number of display attributes such as visibility line width and color You can also specify the length of each axis separately and display a series of evenly spaced labels to use as a 3D measuring tool Frames are a powerful but complex feature of EnSight Understanding the basics of frames is essential for proper use This article is divided into the following sections Introduction Create a New Frame Select Frames Assign Parts to Frames Move and Rotate Frames Reset Frame Transform Set Frame Attributes Determine What Frame a Part is Assigned To Delete Frames ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 134 Create and Manipulate Frames BASIC OPERATION Introduction On startup EnSight creates a default frame frame 0 located at 0 0 0 of the right handed world or model coordinate system and aligned with the X Y Z axes All parts model and newly created are assigned to frame 0 initially Frame O is special in that it cannot be repositioned or deleted Note Frame mode is reserved for the expert user By default it is not enabled To enable it go to
456. nipulate a line attributes first select the line s of interest in the list or while in Annot Mode pick them in the graphics window then To change visibility Toggle Visible on or off Note that in O pe Annot Mode invisible lines are drawn in a subdued color 3 eee nf More To change color a e Hales 1 00 Select the desired color from the ii aaa matrix enter RGB values in the fields width ipixel arrows None or click More to open the Color X A Selector dialog 2 2 2 4 Orin 0 250 3 vi 250 To change location 3 in x2 0 750 ly E Either select the center of the line and drag it to the desired location or type appropriate coordinates in the X1 Y1 X2 and Y2 endpoint fields To change orientation and length Either select and drag the endpoints of the line to the desired location or type appropriate coordinates in the X1 Y1 X2 and Y2 endpoint fields i pixel To ch line width o change line width gt 3 pixels Click the Width Pulldown and select the dd pixels desired line width 2 2525 eee etree eee eee eee OO None On first end To change Arrowhead status es g i a On second end Click the Arrows Pulldown and select O th eet tedesred slae 264 ees ce ier E eee eter O ousSeeceseceauonauee To delete a line click the Del
457. nly systems running Windows Server have the RSH service and can respond by executing the EnSight server ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual How a Q e000 The name of the remote shell command varies from system to system While logged on to the client host system execute one of the following where serverhost is the name of your server host system rsh serverhost date remsh serverhost date If successful the command should print the current date If condition 1 or 2 is not met you will be unable to establish a connection automatically and will have to use the manual connection mechanism Note that it is not uncommon for system administrators to disable operation of all remote commands for security reasons Consult your local system administrator for help or more information Manual connection Troubleshooting An automatic connection can fail for any of several reasons Because of the complexity of networking and customized computing environments we recommend that you consult your local system administrator and or CEI support if the following remedies fail to resolve the problem Problem Probable Causes Solutions For Unix Systems es re Automatic connection fails or is Server remote host name is Is the server host entered correctly in the Hostname refused incorrect for some reason Incorrect or missing rhosts file in your home directory on the server host field Try running telnet serverhost from the
458. nment 28 preferences 378 vector arrows 215 density 216 view preferences 379 viewport 2D or 3D 126 attributes 126 background image 124 camera projection 114 case visibility 127 color 124 creating 122 deleting 129 lighting attributes 131 Part Bounds Display 128 part display 127 repositioning 123 resetting 141 saving viewing parameters 133 standard layouts 122 tracking 126 150 viewport tracking 126 Virtual Reality setup 391 visual representation 291 vortex cores 233 VR setup 391 VRML 97 W window positions customizing 360 working variable default color 284 X XPM output 94 XYZ clip 207 interactive plane sweep 208 209 Z Z clipping 116 zoom 109 rubberband 109 to region 172 using selection tool 172 P P Q R Q R User Manual S S T U U V W X Y V W X Y Page 401 Z Z
459. nments that use either ssh or k5rsh On Unix Systems 1 You have a valid rhosts file in your home directory on all systems on which you wish to run the EnSight server The file permission for this file must be such that only the owner you has write permission e g chmod 600 rhosts A rhosts file grants permission for certain commands e g rsh or rlogin Originating on a remote host to execute on the system containing the rhosts file For example the following line grants permission for remote commands from host clienthost executed by user username to execute on the system containing the rhosts file clienthost username There should be one line like this for every client host system that you wish to be able issue remote commands from It is sometimes necessary to add an additional line for each client host of the form clienthost domain com username where domain com should be changed to the full Internet domain name of the client host system To verify this simply try to rsh to the remote machine 2 You have a cshxrc file even if you are running some other command shell such as bin sh in your home directory on the EnSight server host that contains valid settings for CET HOME and that your path variable includes the bin directory of CEI HOME For example if your EnSight distribution is installed in usr local CEI and you are running EnSight on an SGI system other architectures use a different library path variable your
460. nselected color legends have white handles 3 Select the desired color legend move the mouse into the Graphics Window and click the left mouse button anywhere within the color bar Handles currently selected 4 To move the color legend place the mouse pointer within the color bar click the left mouse button and drag to the desired location 5 To resize the color legend place the mouse pointer over one of the four corner handles click the left mouse button and drag to the desired size Manipulating Other Legend Attributes Area dialog To change visibility outline To change title position To change text position Click the Values Pulldown and select either Left Bottom the default Right Top or None To change legend type 1 Click Annot in the Mode Selection 2 Click Legend icon from the Mode Icon Bar to bring up the Annotation 3 Select the legend s of interest in the list or in the graphics window then To change color of text and colorbar Select the desired color from the matrix enter RGB values in the fields or click More to open the Color Selector dialog To change legend orientation Click the desired Layout Vertical or MONZOMA Poet Click the Title Pulldown and select either Above the default Below or None Toggle Visible on or Off 2 2 5 Click the Type Pulldown and select either Continuous the
461. nsformation action 4 a About axis Specify axis to which celia the transform applies Slider to specify transform dj Which viewport s oes Increment controls the step size for the slider end arrows Set by clicking within the desired region the viewport that the transform applies to Increment 1 000000 Limit 30 000000 Enter explicit values in the Increment field q panies aliens and press return to To interactively perform d transform by a precise transformations on multiple H amp A amount viewports select viewports Close 3 then toggle on Link interactive Limit controls the sensitivity and limit of the slider action You can also perform scaling in any or all dimensions to for example magnify subtle differences in a surface Although you cannot perform the scaling operation with the mouse you can scale using the Transformations dialog Click the Scale icon in the Transformation Control area and specify the scaling as described above You can copy the transformations from one viewport to another First select the viewport you wish to copy select Editor Function gt Copy Transformation State then select the viewport s you wish to modify and select Editor Function gt Paste Transformation State d 4b oD How To Index User Manual Page 110 H OW To a Q e000 OTHER NOTES By default EnSight us
462. nted as a table or written to a disk file BASIC OPERATION One first must create query items which can be any of the following types At Line Tool Over Distance At Node Over Time At 1D Part Over Distance At Element Over Time At IJK Over Time At XYZ Over Time At Minimum Over Time At Maximum Over Time By Operating on Existing Queries Read From An External File As one of these is selected the Quick Interaction Area changes to reflect the information needed such as variable to use for the selected type One can control whether the query entity will be a curve or a scatter plot by the choice for Variable 1 and 2 Query entities can be printed to the Status History Area saved to a file deleted or plotted Sample Query Creation and Plot At Maximum Over time Leeren 2 Click the Query Plot icon or select Query gt Over Time Distance a EnSight File Edit Query c Ei View Tools Case Help L a Please oe A Query Style Mi Case 1 13 guardrail supports ld guardrail supports gt 0001 15 guardrail Query items ka 16 GROUP car F 7 l a a Se e gt ee t F Show Save Delete Ee FP W Marker visibility E Lama be kiyen he Help 1 Select the part to query 3 Select the Sample type for the os i ee E E E 4 Select the variable for Variable 1 Query items Sample At maximum over time Variable clastic Y y 2
463. nter of transform 3 Place the mouse pointer over the desired location on Pick element s to blank a part in the graphics window and press the p key Pick look at point or whatever mouse button you have set for the Selected Pick Action in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Keyboard ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 151 How To Use the Curse SOF Q e000 To set the Cursor by specifying coordinates Transformation editor Cursor tool 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog by clicking Transf on the desktop File Editor function Transform action 2 Select Editor Function gt Tools gt Cursor About axis SM ow Y wi wv All 0 0 all mimi Which frame Scale settings Coord frame O08 Increment 0 100000 Limit 1 000000 li SS a Cartesian Coordinates of Cursor Tool in Frame 0 A Y 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 0 0000e 00 d Close 3 Enter the desired coordinates into the X Y and Z type ins and hit return You can also move the Cursor by setting the desired axis of translation in the Axis pop up and manipulating the slider bar In this case the values in the Scale Settings section control the sensitivity and limit of the slider action Note that you can also use this dialog to view rather than set the position of the Cursor since the X Y Z numeric values always update to reflect the current locatio
464. ntly selected Alternately you can enter a value in the Edit Level field or click the up down arrows 4 Change the selected color by either entering pk 0 60 060 E 0 60 new values in the RGB fields and pressing return or clicking the Mix Color button to H F Position open the Color Selector dialog 5 You can also change the relative vertical position of a level by either clicking on the level number with the left mouse button and l Close Refresh vi art Hel dragging up or down OR by entering a new i Dea E map value in the Position field and pressing return ee ee ee eee ee Myce Bees BO 6 Click Refresh Viewport Inherit The selected viewports inherit the background type and color from the default viewport To set an ea tania _ Viewport background color attibut 1 Select Inherit from the Type pull down amp Type 2 Click Refresh Viewport Image The image specified will be used as the background for the selected viewports To set an image background ri 1 Select Image from the Type pull down gt Type Image 2 Enter the filename for the background image lt to use or click the Select button and navigate to it eee ee Note that the image must be either a xpm or i Gelert omp file 2 Click Refresh Viewport
465. ntly visible in that viewport OTHER NOTES EnSight uses your workstation s graphics hardware to implement Z clipping The same hardware is used for Z buffering determining which objects are visible based on Z depth values The Z buffer typically provides 24 bits of resolution EnSight attempts to make the best use of this limited resolution by setting the front and back clipping planes reasonably close together Ifthe planes are too far apart relative Z resolution is reduced and the hardware k e O o How To Index User Manual Page 116 H OW TO ae Q e000 may not be able to accurately determine surface visibility If you see artifacts like this move the clipping planes closer together EnSight also provides an additional clipping plane the auxiliary clipping plane Unlike the Z clipping planes which are always perpendicular to your line of sight the auxiliary clipping plane can be placed at any location in any orientation The Plane Tool specifies the location of the auxiliary clipping plane By default all geometry on the negative Z side of the Plane Tool is removed However you can specify auxiliary clipping on a per part basis some parts are clipped while others are not See How To Set Auxiliary Clipping for more information SEE ALSO How To Define and Change Viewports How To Set Auxiliary Clipping User Manual Z Clip ee WA How To Index User Manual Page 117 Set LookFrom LookAt INTRODUCTION
466. nts 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the endpoint to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To change the Cone radius with the mouse i 1 Place the mouse pointer over the base ring p 2 Click and drag to the desired radius To rotate the Cone with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the end of one of the central 2 ee eee ee ee ee oe 2 Click and drag until desired rotation is accomplished 3 Release the mouse button Note Note that the mouse pointer will change when it Selecting the x axis will rotate about the Y axis is over a hotpoint if in Part or Frame mode Selecting the y axis will rotate about the X axis Selecting the z axis will rotate in general about the axis origin AROR PONO A NE OOT O reen be used to undo redo the tool transformation Cone moving and stretching is restricted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the Cone in another plane either rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight or use the other modes for manipulating the tool Note that the Cone will not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 167 How Use the Cone Tool a ia Q e600 e To set the Cone by specifying coordinates 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog by clicking Transf on the desktop Transformation editor
467. nual 3 Select Box Tool 5 Click Create Page 201 Create Quadric Clips INTRODUCTION In addition to standard clipping planes EnSight also provides clipping against quadric shapes These clips use the corresponding quadric tool Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Revolution to specify the location of the clip As with clip planes these tools can also be used to perform cut operations creating parts which are the inside or outside of the parent domain As with intersection clip planes quadric clips can be changed interactively by manipulating the corresponding tool with the mouse BASIC OPERATION 2 Click the Clip icon W EnSight IJK XYZ RTZ Ex Line Plane Use tool Cylinder Box Cylinder Clip extents Finite 4 Sphere Cone File Edt Query View Tools Case i A i SS _ Interactive tool Revolution tool Revolve 1D part Create Apply tool change Tool location Advanced Help EEE 3 Select the desired quadric tool from the 1 Select the parent part Use Tool pulldown erer eE ae 4 Select Finite or Infinite clip extents 6 Click 5 Position the tool as desired see the How nm 23 to for the applicable tool ADVANCED USAGE Like the other clipping tools in EnSight intersection quadric clips except those created with the revolution tool can be interactive as you drag the applicable tool with the mouse the cli
468. o have counterpart toggles in the View Menu These act as global toggles that enable or disable any per part node or element labels File Edt Query YWrew Tools Case Hidden line W Perspective Auxiliary clipping Show selected part s Axis trad visibility n Bounds visibility Label visibility so Element labeling fE Legend A O aaa ih ll Node labeling 1extLineiLogo Labeling attributes Select Delete J fwiechent charles m GUI visibility OTHER NOTES Note that created parts do not have node or element labels Note The font size of the node and element labels can be modified under Edit gt Preferences gt Annotation Simply change the value in the 3D label size field and hit a return If desired this change can be made permanent for future EnSight sessions by hitting the Save to preference file button Another useful technique for reducing label clutter is to use the front and back Z clipping planes to display only a thin slice of interest See How To Set Z Clipping for more information SEE ALSO User Manual Label Visibility ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 299 How To Set Transparency Q e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight can display parts as transparent using two different methods True aloha True transparency uses the hardware alpha planes Although the resulting visual effect is superior to fill patterns true transparency is m
469. of the connection processes Startup Command Description ensight82 Starts up client and autoconnects according to connection settings ensight client c ensight82 sos Starts up client and auto connects to sos according to connection settings in sos tab This ensight82 client c sos requires a gold key ensight82 client Starts up client with no connection ensight82 client c connname Starts up client and auto connects to the host specified in the connection setting dialog using the values of the default server name ensight82 client c connname sos Starts up client and auto connects to host using the values of the default sos name Starts up a client and prompts for a manual connection Equivalent to starting only the client then setting Manual conn toggle ON then pressing the Connect button Note that if you are starting from a PC in a command window change the period to an underscore ensight82 client becomes ensight82_ client Also if you specify a resource file to use in the start up it takes precedence over connection settings Note also when you install EnSight 8 2 that it becomes the default version so that you can change 82 to 8 such that ensight8 is the same as ensight82 everywhere above Connection Details You can always check the status of the current connection by accessing the Connection details dialog from the Case menu File Edt Query Yiew Tools Case Replace ePandanker Yiewport
470. oft Windows a The users individual ensight8 user defined tools b SCEI HOME ensightXX site preferences user defined tools Other operating systems Unix Linux Mac OSX etc a SHOME ensight8 user defined tools b SCEI HOME ensightXX site preferences user defined tools Note XX can be any version gt 82 This feature became available in EnSight 8 2 2 user defined tools directories contain the following structure that can be modified by the site administrator or the user a files of type python py EnSight command enc or EnSight context ctx in the main directory will appear as buttons at the top level of the main tool dialog The text of the button will be the same as the name of the file without the suffix If you would like the button text to include spaces then please give the file a name with underscores placed where you would like the spaces to be For example the file name Show me vorticity py will produce button text Show me vorticity ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 387 b the directories under user_defined_tools are used to allow organizing categorizing the tools They can be named whatever way the user wants ie dir1 dir2 dir3 or FEA CFD etc For example site preferences user defined tools is installed with Presentation Tools EnSightExamples XY Plotting ExternalCommandDriver InternalCommandDriver c each directory contains a tools define file which specifies a few details about the to
471. oints 2 Select Pick plane tool location gt Using 3 points from the pop up menu e2e ee eee Pick line tool location Using 3 node 3 In the Graphics Window place the mouse pointer on oh Ne a part and press the p key or whatever mouse button you have set for the Selected Pick Action in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Keyboard Pick cursor tool location Using 2 points Pick center of transform Origin Pick element s to blank Normal 4 Repeat two more times Note that you are not hs fal specifying corner points just three unique points You can also position the Plane Tool by picking three nodes this differs from the above where 3 points in space are used in that the node ids of the three closest nodes are found and saved The Plane orientation will be changed such that it lies in the plane of the three nodes chosen and will continue to lie in the plane of these three nodes even if they change location To position the Plane by specifying three nodes 1 Click the Pick button in the global area above the graphics window on the desktop 4 in Fa fh iL 2 Select Pick plane tool location gt Using 3 nodes from the pop up menu Using 3 points Pick line tool location Using 3 nodes 3 In the Graphics Window place the mouse pointer on Pick cursor tool location a
472. ol action will be performed causing the cursor tool to move to the picked location When this mouse button is clicked the pick transformation center action will be performed causing the center of transformation to move to the picked location When this mouse button is clicked the element blanking action will be performed causing the element under the mouse to be removed When this mouse button is clicked no action will be performed Note that at least one of the mouse buttons or combinations must be set to Selected transform action Each double click mouse action or the keyboard P key can be set to the following Selected pick action Pick part Pick cursor tool location Pick transf center Pick elements to blank Nothing When this mouse button is clicked the currently selected pick action as previously selected under the pick icon will be performed When this mouse button is clicked the pick part action will be performed causing the part under the mouse to be selected in the main parts list When this mouse button is clicked the pick cursor tool action will be performed causing the cursor tool to move to the picked location When this mouse button is clicked the pick transformation center action will be performed causing the center of transformation to move to the picked location When this mouse button is clicked the element blanking action will be performed causing the element under t
473. olor and scaling as well as Gradation and Subgradation marks Set line width of axes Set color of axes cece cece ec eee eee ence e eee Set auto scaling when on the Min Max values and the Auto axis scaling number of gradations attributes for the X Axis and Y Axis will be used as suggested values to arrive at pleasing numbers io the axis labels Gradation Grel Line width 1 pixel Line style olid Rfioo Sl100 Blio0 Mix Sub Gradation Sub Gricd Line width 1 pixel Line style Solid a a o a a Set line width style and color for major gradations gradations are enabled on a per axis basis in the X Axis and Y Axis SCCGUONS EE EE E E E Gene eeeaas Set line width style and color for subgradations subgradations are enabled on a per axis basis in the X Axis and Y Axis sections 4era eroten agip a pendia rrr rere ee ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual How To m 2 e0e0e0e General A N Axis v V Anis Choose which axis to deal with Toggle visibility of the axis line 7 ccc ttt ttt 7 Set the origin location of the plot with respect to the left Visible o S Origin 9 200 Size 0 750 Set the width height of the plot with respect to the width JjJ_ 2722707070 height Of the plotter ccc sscendweceteeeaserectteeecdeade Title Set the title of the axis
474. ols and which files they access If a directory does not contain a tools define file it will not show up in the user defined tools interface dialog For example PresentationTools tools define as installed is something like the following It could have changed VERSION 1 0 it Hf if Ht Hit HO oe OEE tO Poe EE SH ESE PoE HE ato AEE HEHE SPE HE AEE HESS EE HEE HESS allowed icon file types JPEG XPM BMP PNG allowed display modes Both Icon Text it it Ht it HH Ht OH HH EO HOE EO HOE Eo HE ESE SSPE OEE OES OSES SEE header Presentation tools it executable enlitensg tooltip Start EnbLiten 3D presentation tool text EnLiten 1con enliten png displaymode Both it executable envideos tooltip Start EnVideo movie presentation tool text EnVideo 1con envideo png displaymode Both it executable EnLitenSaveScenario enc tooltip Save scenario and start EnLiten with it text Start EnLiten and import current scenario 1con enliten png displaymode Both it executable EnVideoSaveAnim enc tooltip Save animation and start EnVideo with it text Start EnVideo and import current animation 1con envideo png displaymode Both Definitions VERSION first line of tools define provides the name of the category for this directory executable MUST BE FIRST LINE OF EACH TOOL DEFINITION provides the name of the file to process This file can be py Python code enc EnSight commands ctx EnSight context or anything else Based on
475. olver See ANSYS RESULTS Older reader for data written from file rst also rth rfl rmq ANSYS commercial FEM solver Ansys Results v8 Newer reader for data written from file rst also rth rfl rmq ANSYS commercial FEM solver AVUS Formerly Cobalt60 for static data file grd file sol solution or restart file Case Formerly Cobalt60 Case for file txt text AVUS case file file sol Solution or restart transient data ee A wrapper format for other formats CFF Unsupported CFF reader CFF reader fle Data written iat ene CFX commercial dmp CFD solver CGNS Bp Hflgtegns flecgns oe Data written ee ESTET file commercial CFD solver Exodusllgold Data written from Exodus I CFD file exo or similar a ae solver FAST UNSTRUCTURED NASA FAST format for unstructured file xyz or similar file res NOTE Do not use tetrahedral data your solution file e g file q here You must create a special results file to handle FAST variable files See FAST UNSTRUCTURED Result file format FIDAP NEUTRAL Data written from FIDAP file fdneut or similar commercial CFD solver in the NEUTRAL format Data written from Fluent commercial file cas file dat CFD solver in the UNIVERSAL format baie 2 HowTo Index User Manual CFD solver in the riley format Special HDF5 Data written for specific file implementation of HDF5 format LS DYNA3D Data written from LS Dyna3D file d3pl
476. on If a mapping is known the correct Format will be automatically chosen for you 7 Select the correct Format if EnSight case file case required not already correct 8 Click Load All l Choose Parts At this point provided the settings are correct all parts of the model will be loaded into EnSight and will appear in the graphics screen and in the Parts List Otherwise an error message will result Under the Format options tab will be things like the endian of binary files measured data fields boundary file fields and any user defined reader extra gui options Under the Time options tab will be the time step to start at and time scaling options You can see an example of these in the two step method below baie 2 HowTo Index User Manual How To im 20000 Ensight_reader_extension map file example The following is a sample containing associations for EnSight Case EnSight5 STL and MSC Dytran EnSight file extension to format association file Version 1 0 it Comment lines start with a it it The format of this file is as follows it READER NAME reader name as it appears in the Format chooser in the EnSight Data Reader dialog NUM FILE 1 the number of file 1 ext lines to follow t PILE EXT the Gxtensiom that follows a tile name minus the dsGez Geo case Gto There should be one definition after the is Multiple FILE
477. on of your data You can stream data from disk by using Time Advancea the VCR type controls Namely hit the en Play button _ zoo k Time Begin 0 Current 1 End 16 Flipbook animation Display time annotation Help F AO Ble Ae L El gl g i B While this is occurring the Record button will be brightly colored red and can be clicked to record the animation that is occurring 22222 eee eee eee eee eet Note This ts similar to a flipbook animation loaded as images but does not require additional workstation memory Thus it is a simple way to record an animation of your transient data This recording process is explained in How To Print Save an Image ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 231 ADVANCED USAGE EnSight allows geometry and variables to behave in a transient manner on different timelines i e a variable called Temperature can be defined at t 0 3 and 6 while a variable called Pressure can be defined at t 0 2 and 5 5 The Timeset Details button will bring up the Timeset Details dialog which allows the user to view the various timelines as well as specify how the variables will behave when they are not defined The EnSight case file defines the timesets name and associated time values and associates a timeset with each of the variables and geometry By default the Solution Time dialog will show a composit
478. onal information is required a note will be Close Help posted here to help you 7 4 If you need to add additional information add any text needed into the edit area 5 Click here to save the preferences hae 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 367 To Set Data Preferences 1 Select Data from the Preference Categories ee eee 2 If you want to specify a path to look for data SDCCINY IC NGG ee teese sae ecs ete seeeeee E 3 You can specify the default binary file type NGG osencseacevecepecteacseccenes eaceeresbaceeeaseacs 4 When transient data is loaded into EnSight you can choose to specify a beginning time step If you do not specify a beginning time step either the first or the last time step will be loaded depending on this preference 5 After successfully reading data into EnSight you are presented for most data formats witha part loader if this attribute is set to No Parts If set to any other attribute the parts specified will be loaded and displayed without intervention from the part loader 4 5 Concerns periodic model updating while EnSight is running Please Contact CEI Support regarding this Option 6 The readers shown with a will show up in the pull down for data format in the EnSight data reader dialog
479. onal symmetry actually produces the symmetric geometry and variables on the server allowing for more than just visual symmetry You enable computational symmetry by selecting the frame specifying the type Mirror Translational Rotational and setting type specific attributes such as the rotation angle and the number of instances to create Each part assigned to the frame will be updated on the server to reflect the specified symmetry Note that each new instance of a part created through computational symmetry creates a new part on the server To use computational symmetry you will need to enable Frame Mode if it isn t already enabled Edit gt Preferences General User Interface Frame Mode Allowed Then 1 Click Frame in the Mode Selection area to enter Frame mode ee 2 If the default frame frame 0 is not correctly positioned for the desired symmetry operation create a new frame position the frame in the proper location and orientation and assign the part s to the new frame See How To Create and Manipulate Frames for details 3 Select the desired frame 4 Click the Computational Symmetry Attributes Icon The remaining steps depend on the type of symmetry desired Mirror Symmetry is similar to graphical symmetry as described above 5 Select Mirror from the Type pulldown 6 Select the desired octant s from the Mirror In pulldown
480. onds at the end usually works well For complex imagery longer holds may be required Note that a hold can typically be performed at the recording level it is not necessary to have EnSight compute multiple frames for a hold Rate Control The speed at which events occur during an animation is one of the most difficult aspects to master Viewers become ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 328 Create a Keyframe confused and disoriented if motion is too fast too slow and your viewer may lose interest The frame rate for NTSC the video format used in North America is 30 frames per second Although there is a great deal of variation depending on graphics hardware speed and model size your workstation will typically have a much slower frame rate Therefore what appears to be good speed on your workstation may be much too fast when recorded to video at 30 frames per second Trial and error is one method to determine proper rates Although you may end up doing some line test video recording to refine your rates use the method described here to derive good starting values Define all the keyframes Set up the animation to play back at full screen Set up the animation to play only from the first to the second keyframe Set the number of sub frames between keyframes 1 and 2 to be 300 Select View gt Bounding Box gt Static Box Oo oF W N gt Using a watch with a second hand time how long it takes to pla
481. onnection To see if the connection is successful you can click on the Information button on the Desktop You should see Connection accepted in the EnSight Message Window which comes up You can also check the Connection Details under the Case menu Licensing information should also appear in the Graphics Window If the connection failed please consult Manual Connection Troubleshooting below and Troubleshooting the Connection in the Installation Guide before contacting CEI support ki 2 HowTo Index User Manual Manual Connection Troubleshooting A manual connection can fail for any of several reasons Because of the complexity of networking and customized computing environments we recommend that you consult your local system administrator and or CEI support if the following remedies fail to resolve the problem Unable to telnet into the Telnet service not allowed or not Get system administration help to be able to perform this SERVER HOST machine running on the SERVER HOST operation It may be that your site requires the use of ssh machine or some other equivalent Ensight server does not start on EnSight is not properly installed on Verify the installation on the SERVER HOSTas described SERVER HOST machine the SERVER HOST in the Installation Guide Making sure that the proper environment variables and command path have been set ADVANCED USAGE Command Line Options Command line options can be used to streamline many
482. options and navigation controls A few of them are pointed out for the Acrobat Reader below Please use the Help option for your reader for a more comprehensive description of its options Select Tool Grab and move page 4 Adobe Reader HowTo pdt File Edit Document Tool Wi 2 A 3 a ae Options x D Table of Contents Introduction A Start EnSight D4 Read and Load Data DS Save or Output D5 Manipulate Viewing Parami D4 Manipulate Tools IDS Visualize Data D4 Create and Manipulate Vari FE Query Probe Plot D5 Manipulate Parts DS Animate A Annotate IDS Configure EnSight DS Miscellaneous FE Index A Standard page navigation 3 o Olsa can EEEE Click and zoom in Ctl click to zoom out zen Standard page magnification controls Index Introduction Use the Online Documentation Using The How To Manual EnSight Overview Start EnSight Connect Automatically Connect Manually Command Line Start up Options Use Collaboration Read and Load Data Read Data Use ens checker Load Multiple Datasets Cases Load Transient Data Use Server of Servers Read User Defined Do Structured Extraction Save or Output Save or Restore an Archive Record and Play Command Files Print Save an Image Save Geometric Entities Save Restore Context Save Scenario Output for Povray Manipulate Viewing Parameters Rotate Zoom Translate Scale Set Drawing Mode Line Surface Hid
483. opy does now have the same consequences the resulting copy is basically independent except that it cannot exist without its parent SEE ALSO User Manual Part Operations ha M4 How To Index User Manual Page 285 H OW T O s Q e000 INTRODUCTION In many types of analysis multiple parts are used to distinguish between various components or material types To the extent allowed by the particular data format EnSight maintains this distinction by assigning these entities to separate model parts In many cases however this distinction is no longer useful for postprocessing When manipulating parts you often need to apply the same set of attributes to all of them If the number of parts to be treated identically is large this process can become unwieldy EnSight provides a group operator to combine multiple parts of the same type and case into a single part The selected parts for the group are automatically removed from the user interface leaving only the newly formed group part The operation can be reversed by performing the Ungroup command BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts List X File Edit Query View Tools Case ee een ee eed Gelechall Part feature detail editors Select Flipbook animation editor Delete keyframe animation editor i solution time editor i Transformation editor 2 Select Edit gt Part gt Group or right click in the part
484. or longitude These coordinates are defined relative to the local origin and axis of the tool that created the parent part e g the Cylinder tool The projections are r z 0 z and m 0 The u v scale factors only for 0 z or m 0 projections provide scaling for the coordinates in the listed order For example if the projection is 9 z then u scales 0 and v scales z SEE ALSO How To Create Quadric Clips User Manual Developed Surface Create Update ae M4 ob OP How To Index User Manual Page 221 How To Create Subset Parts Q e000 INTRODUCTION A Subset Part can be created by specifying node and or element label ranges of a model part Subset Parts can only be created from model parts that have node and or element labels The Subset Part feature can be used to isolate specified nodal and element regions of interest in large data sets BASIC OPERATION 1 First click the Subset Parts creation icon 3 Select Elements or Nodes to Show 2 Now for each parent model part enter the part number of the desired parent part in the Add field and press return Er E TI gt a 2 Ain Hs biog Show Elenents Ex 1 35 100 250 TE Case 1 i Computational nesh Fron part Add part a Delete part ees B_ Pick elenents Add elenents fron selection tool Create i Update Advanced Help S 4 Enter the element or node label r
485. or macros with multiple command files How To Index kism Command Exec ution Macros Python border full enc VERSION 6 10 part get_mainpartlist_select part modify begin part elt representation 3D_border_2D full part modify end Command files Key Moaier Description G E ee aaa ee ee E a C C E a E swe cola Of E S E User Manual Page 362 H OW To a Q e000 To change an existing macro definition 1 In the Command Dialog Macros tab File gt w Command Command from the Main Menu click Edit Execution Macros Python border full enc 2 The Edit Macro dialog opens Change any of the reeoneor values in this dialog then click Close a part elt representation 3D border 2D full part modify_end Your changes will not be written to the macro8 define file until you either click Save Changes in the Command dialog Macros tab or close the command dialog and answer Yes to the Save Changes query a message Command files Key Moditier border fullenc ew macro G ns ae es es ae ry es ae ry es ae ry es ae ry es a es se fo S ames w Edit Macro allo x Key B Code fee _ Repeatable Modifier 1 CTRL i Modifier 2 NONE Command Files border full ene OTHER NOTES A common use of tying more than one command file to the same key is to create a toggle Make the first com
486. or the select part s Element visual rep p20 border 2D full Optionally you can have each of the elements Feature angle tf ti indicated by the visual rep be represented as a point and a NOMal 4 e2es2e8 este sete ecceteecus eaten axe gt Load points and normals only 5 If the selected part has Iblanking you __ Doma can build based on the value Inside selects cells where Iblank 1 Outside selects Iblank 0 All selects all cells ignoring Iblanking pa Using node ranges From To 6 You can specify From To and Step IJK values for the selected part s The From and To values are inclusive Structured part y description as Valid values in the From and To fields are numbers ad from selected Createlload all advancing from 1 the min for each part or numbers decreasing from O the max for each part 1 2 3 gt lt 3 2 1 0 mae Iblanked part creation ee EEEE min max NOTE E always 1 varies per part newly created parts until this dialog 1s closed If you specify values that will be outside of the range Close Help of an individual part the proper min or max values for the given part will be used 7 If you desire to extract multiple The Min and Max fields are for reference only surfaces at a constant delta from the 8 If desired enter a name for the part to same zone set one of the directions to use in the Main Pa
487. ormation without transformations by merely creating two keyframes without performing any transformations between them In many instances there will not be enough time steps in the simulation to produce an animation of adequate duration If the simulation does not involve changing geometries EnSight can interpolate between time steps linearly to yield additional frames However keep in mind that your simulated phenomena is almost certainly not linear in nature If you have EnSight generate more than a few interpolating frames between each actual time step the resulting discontinuity at keyframes from the piece wise linear interpolation is quite visible in the resulting video Frame count The total number of frames that EnSight will produce during the animation is the sum of all sub frames plus the number of keyframes This is especially important to keep in mind when synchronizing transient data with animation frames Animated Traces If you display animating particle traces during keyframe animation you may have noticed that the trace animation always resets at the beginning of the keyframe animation However in most cases it is desirable to have the trace animation fully in progress when the animation begins This can be accomplished by creating an additional keyframe at the beginning of the animation Set the number of sub frames between keyframes 1 and 2 to a value high enough to yield the desired tracer saturation When you run the anima
488. ort layout to the preference file an ee SEE ALSO User Manual Edit Menu Functions User Defined Input Variables View A cuit AE HEHE AE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE ESE EE EER EE EE EE KERERE EFT ort preferences sts BE i i ck cta a i ok cts Es cta cta cta ci ok ok ok oo a a kk TON Click here ta start 2 Modify any Vport mode attributes how available For example Background Color constant blended Border Aftrs visibility color Bounds Attrs line width color gradations a s Save defaults to preference file m gt Close Help User Manual Page 380 i WOP How To Index INTRODUCTION EnSight offers user defined input devices that have been specifically designed for but not limited to typical input devices used in VR environments such as the Immersadesk Implementation of these input devices requires adherence to the instructions outlined in the respective reference files listed below BASIC OPERATION Manual Panel Interface 1 Select Edit gt Preferences and click User Defined Input 2 Toggle Macro Panel Interface The Main Graphics window updates the Macro Panel as defined in the file ensight8 macros hum define If you have not created this file an example is provided in SCEI HOME ensight82 src udi HUM hum define on your EnSight Client host system 3 Toggle Part Panel Interface if you desire a part list in the gra
489. ot Yes commercial FEM solver in single or multiple unstructured C binary format Medina bif bof Data written from Medina BIF BOF _ file konfig Ascii PERMAS code commercial Te CEI format for EnSight prior to e geo file res version 5 0 MSC Dytran Data written for Dytran commercial file dat or file arc a ae solver Nastran OP2 Data written for NASTRAN file op2 commercial FEM solver in op2 format Only PDA Patran PARAM POST 1 and SDRC Ideas PARAM POST 2 are supported N3S Data written from N3S commercial _ file geo N3S format file res CFD solver NetCDF Data written for specific file ncase implementation of Unidata NetCDF PLOT3D NASA format for multiblock file x or similar If your solution Q file structured data contains the five standard variables you can use it as the results file If you have a non standard Q file or a function file you must create a special results file to handle PLOT3D variable files See PLOT3D Results File Format RADIOSS x DatawitenforRadoss sober fieanin rsm OO o semu ___ DatawitenforscRvUsower fere o e swt Soot feses o o PaawitennSTLfomet pesse OOo TEGPLOT7x ___ DatawitenforTepotbnay fpe O SU ee e a Vectis Data written Data written for Vectis solver Vectis solver file TRI file POS or file TRI file POS or similar aa User Defined Any letra for which a shared library on reader EE on reader a data reader has been developed on re
490. ot necessarily be great since each server will be reading from the same file but execution will be enhanced by the partitioning We will use the same machines used in the previous example FORMAT type master_server plot3d auto_ distribute on plot3d_iblanked true plot3d_multi_zone false plot3d_dimension 3d plot3d_ source cbin plot3d_grid_ double false plot3d_results double false SERVERS number of servers 3 Server 1 machine id joe executable usr local bin ensight82 bin ensight8 server data_path scratch data casefile post x resfile post q Server 2 machine id sally executable usr local bin ensight82 bin ensight8 server data_path scratch data casefile post x resfile post q S5erver 3 machine id bill executable usr local bin ensight82 bin ensight8 server data_path scratch data casefile post x resfile post q ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual a Li a7 a 5 T F re ga m ae nge Le a a 7 a p mm i z em pa 7 La p m i Cr ce F z l Bi a h i da bs ee a A k gh a a E f f a ri T bm far ieee z Sy dfa ee BL ui Eg ie oF an a aM tag 3 s 4 TEI 4 Pr a na T s F P s m T Li T gee p E a et em d z j pene be T i z i i a oa ola e n BE ws A j ial pe on 1 a i x rl 7 t Pa x gm is z P i er i 4 j a Ju j a p a EL aj Se i ae f r i a z F y S d r ir Ties j z r a i a j Fi r g dir 2 ee el ee ae it r e
491. ou desire more control over the standalone operation or want to take advantage of a distributed operation you have the options described below Necessary Prerequisites EnSight must have been installed the CEI HOME and the command search path set properly If you successfully performed the installation verification as described in the Installation Guide you have verified that these things are correct See SCEI HOME ensight82 doc Manuals Installation pdf if you need this manual SIMPLE STANDALONE OPERATION CONNECTION OCCURS AUTOMATICALLY If you want to run Ensight client and server or SOS on the same machine standalone and you have not changed the default automatic connections to be elsewhere you can simply do the following To Start Ensight Non Windows Windows EnSight 8 2 lt Enve 2 0 EnVideo 8 2 Either double click the EnSight 8 2 R Vista 1 0 A bjn icon on the desktop EnSight 8 2 SOS Session Edit View Bookmarks or OO F bjn sesion Edi View Bookmarks Setin toy bjn ensight a bjn ensightsz Start gt CEI gt EnSight 8 2 At the prompt In a shell window type ensight8 or ensight82 To Start Ensight in SOS mode reminder that you need a gold license key for this Non Windows Windows Start gt CEI gt EnSight 8 2 SOS g Eniten 8 2 Session Edit View Bookmarks Q eEnsight 3 2 a Enve 2 0 de EnVideo 8 2 EE vista 1 0 At the prompt in a shell window type pe Ensight 8 2
492. oudie shina van combinations of such as desired see below Left Selected transform action A Middle mitre _ Right Translate i Left amp middle Nothing Left amp right Nothing Middle amp right Nothing E L L 3 Set the double click action for each mouse see below An Nothing as i thk Double click pick settings Hirit 4 Set the action for the keyboard P key see below O Selected pick action k 4 A Middle Fick part ga Right Pick elements to blank 3 Set desired Zoom Style E aN pe key Selecter pick action Er Automatic slide will zoom based on the direction and distance the mouse is moved To the right or up zooms away while to the left or ore down zooms towards The distance the mouse is dragged Zoom style Automatic slide determines the rate of continuous zoom l save to preference file Manual drag zooms in the same directions but only a distance relative to the distance the mouse is dragged 6 Click Save To Preference File to save your changes if you want these changes to be the default for future sessions of Close EnSight and Close to exit the dialog OO Hep The new settings will take effect as soon as you hit the close E eae aeee button If you clicked Save To Preference Files your changes are also written to a file and automatically loaded during future EnSight sessions I 2 O HowTolndex U
493. ouse button by default in the Graphics Window The icon of the current action will be highlighted e g Rotate is current below Selection Tool Open the Reset Tools and Rubber band Positioning Viewport s dialog Open the Transformation Store Recall Editor dialog stored view yyy yy E LA Reset Transf Fit X Y 2 X Y z Store Recall Undo F Tool tips ny e ey Translate Rubber band zoom So 3m Undo last transformation View from directions Fit to window Select Part or View mode in the Mode Selection area To rotate 1 Click the rotate icon 2 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window 3 Click and hold the left mouse button and e move the mouse left and right to rotate about the screen Y vertical axis or e move the mouse up and down to rotate about the screen X horizontal axis or e hold down the Control key and move the mouse left and right to rotate about the screen Z axis 4 Press the F1 F2 or F3 keys for 45 degree rotation about the X Y or Z axis respectively Hold the Control key down for 45 degree rotation Note cursor must be in the EnSight window for F keys to work 5 Press X to view the scene from the positive X axis looking toward the origin The Y Z X Y Z buttons are similar Press the Last button to get the scene back to the view that existed before any of the XYZ keys were pressed To translate 1 Click the translate icon or use the middle mouse button
494. outside of the texture 0 1 EnSight can either repeat the coordinates e g a texture coordinate of 2 3 is mapped to 0 3 or it can clamp to the border color of the texture If repeat mode is set to repeat the border color of the texture is not used Clamping is often used for logos and explicit texture coordinates see Texture projections The texture mode determines how a texture is combined with the natural coloring scheme in EnSight It has three values Replace Decal and Modulate In replace mode the base colors provided by EnSight are ignored and the texture is used as the only source of color for the part note this has the side effect of disabling any lighting In decal mode the alpha channel of the texture is used to select between the texture color and the base color of the part If the texture alpha value is 0 the base color of the part is displayed while locations where the texture alpha value is 255 the texture color will be used exclusively All alpha values in between 0 and 255 will result in an interpolation between the texture and base colors Note that the default texture uses an alpha channel with values 255 and 80 In modulate mode the base color is multiplied by the texture color and the resulting texture is used Modulate mode is commonly used with a texture that has a color of white and some pattern in the alpha channel This allows the base color to show through but varies the transparency of the part Arbitra
495. oviding the proper visual modifications needed However EnSight can actually modify the geometry on the server according to a displacement variable Server side applied displacements will yield proper volumes and other computed attributes BASIC OPERATION l Cylinder 2 Collar and Base L s lt 1 Select the parent parts 2 Click the Part tab i _ 3 Click the displacement creation icon n n o t P l o t Y p o I t F I a m E X x Et Displace by None ennnen 4 Select the variable to use all os 5 If desired enter a value for the Displacement factor 1 00000e 00 00000e 00 l Displacement Factor and press return Aleja Note that your changes in the Quick Interaction area are immediate Specifying a displacement does not create a new part it merely sets the displacement attributes for the selected parts d COE How To Index User Manual Page 225 i i J i l l d i l 1 d l i Lrj P i F L p m Server Side Displacements 1 First read in your model build the desired parts Feature Detail Editor Model and activate the variable representing File Edit View displacement 2 Open the Feature Detail Editor Model Use Edit gt Part feature detail editors gt Model parts 3 Select the desired parts 20 20cecceeceeeeeeeeee pec 4 Set the desired scale factor for the displacement
496. p is automatically recalculated and redisplayed To perform interactive quadric clips 1 Double click the desired yj tool Cylinder MAE E ET Interactive quadric clip part in the tool parts list Clip extents Finite 2 Toggle on Interactive Tool in the Quick Interaction area Sa 3 Move the mouse into the Create Apply tool change Tool location Advanced Help Graphics Window Click on one of the tool hotpoints see the How to for the applicable tool and drag the tool to the desired location ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 202 Create Quadric Cutting with Quadric Tools A quadric tool can be used to create parts which are the result of a cut of its parent domain into inside and or outside parts These parts contain valid elements of the same order as the original domain parts 1 Select the desired parent parts in the parts list LIK Use tool Domain Intersect Interactive q gt Crinkly taoi 2 Click the Clip feature icon Plane typ pe F Inside Grid pig Line Outside 3 Select the desired Quadric _ Plane J of slice Tool 200 00000002 B M 2 linder 4 Set the Domain to Inside Create Sphere Tool location Advanced Help Outside or In Out both Cone inside and outside Revolution tool Revolve 1D part 5 Hit the Create button l P Crinkly Quadric Clips You
497. parent is the clipping plane and the clipping plane s parent is the 3D domain If the 3D domain is changed e g the time step changes the clipping plane will first be recalculated followed by the contour In this way part coherence is maintained One of the major modes of EnSight is Part Mode Operations in Part Mode performed by clicking one of the icons in the vertical Mode Icon bar operate on the parts currently selected in the Main Parts list See How To Select Parts for more information See the Introduction to Part Creation for more information on parts Online Documentation Documentation for EnSight is available online See How To Use the Online Documentation for more information as well as hyperlinks to the main documents Online documentation is accessed from the Main Help menu in the user interface In addition major dialog windows contain Help buttons that will open a relevant How To article gt 2 HowTotndex User Manual INTRODUCTION EnSight is a distributed application with a client that manages the user interface and graphics and a server that reads data and performs compute intensive calculations The client and server each run as separate processes on one or more computers Before EnSight can do anything useful the client process must be connected to the server process For a simple operation on the same machine standalone the client and server processes will be started and connected for you If y
498. particles as integrated through a vector typically velocity field Profile Plot of a variable along a line the 2D counterpart to an elevated i surface Vector Arrow A part consisting of a set of arrows showing direction and magnitude of a vector variable Subset A part created by node and or element label range s from model part s Tensor Glyph m A part consisting of tensor glyphs showing direction and relative magnitude of the eigenvectors of a tensor variable Material Part A part created according to the intersection of or domains of material values A part consisting of line segments down the center of flow vortices Shock Surface A part consisting of the surface or volume elements where shock is Region i higher than a threshold Particle Trace Separation A part consisting of line segments on a surface where flow Attachment Line De G separation and attachment is occurring ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual ie Introductio Part Creation Part Operations EnSight provides several powerful part operators These operations are accessible from the Edit gt Part submenu Copy The copy operation creates a dependent copy of another part The part is created on the client and is not known to the server The new part has its own set of attributes except for representation but shares geometric and variable data with the original One of the best reasons to create a copy is to show multiple variables on one
499. pass this check will be able to be read by EnSight see Other Notes below If EnSight Gold or EnSight6 data fails to read into Ensight one should run it through this checker to see if any problems are found Ens_ checker makes no attempt to check the validity of floating point values such as coordinates results etc It is just checking the existence and format of such BASIC OPERATION Program invocation If you invoke the program without any arguments it will prompt you for the casefile to read For example Cis iCneCKker KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKK EnSight Data Format Checker Currently i i le MUSE De run from directory in Witch Casefile 1s Located x 2s Handles Bistonte and Ensight Gold formats only 3 Does not process SOS casefiles KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEKKRKKKKKKKKKKKIKIKHK lt Enter casefile name must be in directory containing it gt mydata case You can alternatively invoke the program with the casefile on the command line ene CNSGKer MyGdeld Case Sample runs As ens_ checker works it will be providing feedback This feedback is important in interpreting what is wrong in the files Here is a sample run which was successful GNS COSCKE BOYS Case KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKHK EnSight Data Format Checker 2 Currently i j l Must De run from directory 10 whi
500. pdf reader and print any or all pages or send them to an outside source for printing or order printed copies from our website CONTACTING CEI If you have questions or problems please contact CEI Computational Engineering International Inc 2166 N Salem Street Suite 101 Apex NC 27523 USA Email support ensight com Hotline 800 551 4448 U S 919 363 0883 Non U S Phone 919 363 0883 FAX 919 363 0833 WWW http www ceintl com or _ http www ensight com ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual HOw TO nas m2 e000 INTRODUCTION The How To documentation provides quick access to various topics of interest The topics provide basic and some advanced usage information about a specific tool or feature of EnSight Each topic will provide links to the appropriate section of the EnSight User Manual as well as links to other applicable How To articles When you hit a Help button within the various dialogs in EnSight you will generally be taken to one of the topics in the How To manual Topics typically contain the following sections Introduction Introduction to the topic Basic Operation Quick steps for simple usage Advanced Usage Detailed information on topic Other Notes Other items of interest See Also Links to related topics and documentation See below for how to quickly jump to a specific section using document navigation The header and footer of each article page provides simple navigation
501. pe Cone pee bg E WEEE T EEFE FEFE size Proportional PETRO Projection 4 Set the desired display offset EE E e mst E E E E E E meee eee The display offset is used to displace the vector arrows a short distance away from the surface on which they are defined typically for hardcopy or animation purposes This is typically necessary when a tangential projection is used and the arrows are coincident with the parent part s surface Note that a negative offset may be appropriate depending on orientation OTHER NOTES Vector arrows can be animated by animating the parent part e g a clip plane over space or time using flipbook or keyframe animation See How To Create a Flipbook Animation or How to Create a Keyframe Animation for more information If vector arrows are created on a clip through an unstructured mesh the resulting arrows can be difficult to visualize if the resolution of the underlying mesh varies substantially or is highly irregular One solution is to create the vector arrows on a grid clip rather than the default mesh clip See How to Create Clip Planes for more information User Manual gt 2 O HowTo Index How To Create Vector Arro Q e000 Unlike most part creation operators vector arrows are created from the clients representation of the part not the server s For example if you have a clip plane that is displayed using a feature angle or border representation only those
502. pecification tool called the Box tool When visible the Box tool appears as a typically white wireframe box icon with a triad at one corner The Box tool is used to supply EnSight with a 3D volume specification for example to specify the location for a box clip or cut BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Box tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling Tools gt Box x EMTS eee File Edit Query View Tools Case se vA J _ Region selector _ Cursor Case 1 ine ease l Computational mes Plane ee ee Quadric Tool positions P P Select Delete Sort The Box tool can be placed in two ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog To move the Box Tool with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the origin corner of the tool 22 e eee eee 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the Box to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To stretch the Box Tool with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over any ofthe corner _ points except the origin 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the endpoint to produce the desired Stretched size 4 Release the mouse
503. phere Cone See the How To article on Frames for additional information on how frames effect tools ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 171 INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a 2D screen selection tool called the Selection tool or Region Selector It is different than most of the other tools in that it is not used to create other parts It is basically used for selection purposes For example it can be used to select a screen region to zoom in to It can be used in the part selection process And it can be used for the element blanking operation BASIC OPERATION Zoom to Region To use the selection tool to perform a zoom operation 1 Click the Selection tool rubberband positioning button EnSight File Edit Query View Tools Case USER ath Use tool RTZ S Domain Intersect Interactive Off F 1 Computational mesh al Ee 2 Pete Hin 2 0000e 00 Har 3 0000e 00 Increment 2 5000e 01 Mesh slice X_ Yalue 4 5500e 00 Set to mid range 7 oi alas g Rea ERER EIE Delete List ae gt Een Apply tool change _Too location _Advanced Help A ie E bl A g 2 Click in the graphics window to set one corner and drag to set the opposite corner to place the selection tool oi o F 3 Fine tune the location of the tool if needed by the methods described below EN qw A INNS IE ee e aee
504. phics window 4 Toggle User Defined Input Detailed steps to implement the User Defined Input Device are outlined inthe file ee ett SCEI_ HOME ensight82 src udi README v3 on your EnSight Client host system 5 Set Zoom Using to the appropriate type of input device you are using to record zoom transformations adjusting the Sensitivity as needed i e 0 lt slower lt 1 faster 6 Set Rotate Using to the appropriate type of input device you are using to record rotation transformations adjusting the Sensitivity as needed i e 0 lt slower lt 1 faster SEE ALSO User Manual User Defined Input Preferences ae 2 HowTo Index Mouse and Keyboard Parts Performance Variables SEE AE EE EE EE EE EE EE EEE EE EE EE EE EE EEE EEE OEE EE EE OO OE eee Joer Defined Input preferences PERE SE HE AE AEE EE EE EE EE EE EE EEE EE EE EE EE EE EEE EE EE EE OO OE amp Macro panel interface _ Part panel interface P gt User defined input device Zoom sensitivity 1 000000 Position translation sensitivity 1 00000 Valuator translation sensitivity 1 000000 Rotate using Mixed made i 7 sensitivity 1 goood Save to preference file Close Help User Manual Page 381 INTRODUCTION EnSight allows users to define customized pop up menus for each mode i e Part VPort Annot etc Such menus
505. port Chapter 5 in the User Manual provides additional overview information on the user interface ha COAMA HowTo Index User Manual jht Overview Client Server Architecture To facilitate the handling of large datasets and efficiently use networked resources EnSight was designed to distribute the postprocessing workload Data I O and all compute intensive functions are performed by a server process The server transmits 3D geometry and other information to a client running on a graphics workstation The client handles all user interface interaction and graphic rendering using the workstation s built in graphics hardware Server Server 3D objects host1 Requests Stand alone Operation Distributed Operation The client and server each run as separate processes on one or more computers When distributed between a compute server and a graphics workstation EnSight leverages the strengths of both machines When both tasks reside on the same machine a stand alone capability is achieved The client server architecture allows EnSight to be used effectively even on systems widely separated geographically Before EnSight can be used the client and server must be connected For standalone operation you simply run the ensight8 script and the client and server are started and connected for you For distributed operation as well as for standalone operation when more control is desired there are two metho
506. position it as illustrated The key here is to think of the plane tool as a flashlight that shines down the plane tool s Z axis and the light is bounded by the plane rectangle Once you have the plane positioned click on Get proj from pane OON ene E S E A SEE E E E E EEE a a E R E E E E E E E The logo texture will now be displayed on the body at the location specified by the plane tool k E EES How To Index User Manual Page 311 ADVANCED USAGE How to use textures as palettes EnSight textures can also be used as multi dimensional palettes to allow the user to control the color and opacity of a part based on arbitrary functions of two variables The key to this technique is generating the appropriate texture map In the following example we will use a texture map found in the data directory with the cube model 1 Load the cube model and bring up the variable calculator We will need to create an S and a T variable that will be used to access the texture 2 In the calculator activate all the variables and create a new variable named S with the expression temperature 50 0 this puts S roughly in the range 0 1 3 Create a variable T that is the expression RIMS velocity 222222 ec ereeiea oe reeee oe ete ee eee oe eee 4 Create an xyz clip of the mesh as a Z clip and turn on shaded display 5 With the clip plane part
507. puter on the network to route data between the two clients and the server The initial connection between the originating user s client and server will be redirected through the hub when the connection is made The colleague joins by contacting the hub which then asks the originating user if it is okay for this person to join the collaboration session All communication between the server and client processes will transfer through the hub BASIC OPERATION To start a new session Command 1 Select File gt Collaboration Connect server a amp Collaboration Open Data reader Data part loader Print Save image Record current animation SAVE Restore a Quit Session Control Options 2 Select Session Control gt New Join existing Break off i eS Ponai Pee Bie Pilet Close 3 Enter Your Name _ ___ _ eee a Help Collaboration session start up 4 Enter the Hub Hostname Your Name John Doe seme Hostname Raymachinemycompanscom mymachine mycompany com mycompany cam 5 Enter the Hub Port Number eters ensue cement Hub Part Number a lO ee ee L mmm mmm mmm mmm 6 Select Start Session to start the session and o Start Session allow colleagues to make requests to join 7 When a colleague requests to
508. r from the main menu E Transformation editor 0 20 a P gt Variables editor betas oe ei eel or Preferences 1 00 Opaqueness eee BES OR Fill pattern Fill double click the Color transparency icon in the Part mode icons Or after single clicking the Color transparency icon you can double click on one of the variables in the list of the Part color lighting amp transparency dialog en R io S 1 00 P 1 00 2 Select the variable s you wish to activate oll Sati ha velocity 3 Click the Activate button Coordinates Time OR EA A Edit palette 2 Click the Activate All button to Fue Help activate all variables in the list EEN EE Zz BAY cs Es Z d a Available variable Type Result temperature 2 Benih Scalar l welocity g 3 Gunth Vector Coordinates 2 Bunih Vector Time i Lynth Scalar f af gg The in the variable listing indicates Activate Activate all Deactivate P el variables that the variable is currently loaded k wA How To Index User Manual Page 245 How To Activate Va Q e000 Variable Deactivation Variables are never deactivated automatically To deactivate a variable 1 Open the Feature Detail Editor for Variables You can open this dialog in several ways You can do Edit gt Variables editor from
509. r E pecial String When dynamic updates are enabled the annotations E T ae in the main EnSight window are redrawn with every Symbols a keystroke 3 Constant Variable _ Date Note that this option causes EnSight to record every Geometry Header keystroke into the command stream as well Measured Header Variable Header The Normal Subscript and Superscript radio ___ buttons allow the user to mark sections of the text to be in super or subscript form by inserting the special codes lt no gt lt up gt and lt dn gt into the text stream The Store and Recall radio buttons allow the user to ants SueeCER ue E insert the lt st 1 gt and lt re 1 gt codes into the text string for saving and recalling a text position on the screen See font formatting codes One other thing to note is the Fonts item in the Special String list Selecting this will bring up the Font Selector dialog shown on the previous page Font formatting codes The TrueType rendering system supports a number of special embedded codes These can generally be placed in most any string displayed in the EnSight graphics window e g plot titles axis titles etc When the text string is drawn these special codes are parsed out of the string and they affect any text to the right of the code In general the effects are additive and to turn an effect off insert another code that sets the feature back to its defa
510. r any of the corners 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the corner to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To rubber band a corner of the plane tool while the opposite corner stays fixed do the same as above but hold the Ctrl key down as you click and drag a corner To rotate the Plane tool with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over one of the axis labels X Y or Z rere reer 2 Click and drag to the desired orientation Grabbing the X Y label will rotate around the plane s Y X axis Grabbing the Z label enables free rotation about the Plane s center point Note that the mouse pointer will change when it is over a hotpoint if you are in Part or Frame mode Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the tool transformation Plane moving is restricted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the Plane in another plane rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight Note that the Plane will not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 156 To position the Plane on a part by specifying three points with the p key 1 Click the Pick button in the global area above the graphics window on the desktop Pick part Pick plane tool location M Using 3 p
511. r by any gt ace Dea combination of clicking and dragging while l holding down the CTRL key 2 With the cursor over the marked commands click the right mouse button to bring up the action data_partbuild begin menu then select Copy This will copy the l ata_partbuild data_type unstructured commands to the system clipboard aap Gene data_partbuild description Copy data partbuild create 3 Bring up a text editor and insert the commands asta lpart bulk ww Write append to file using Paste al oi Skip Speed 4 When you are finished building your macro 2 e E command file be sure you save it in the site or g Load home bjn sre ensight_82iclient aaaenc Browse cd local macros directory see above E _ Record P Browse Record part selection by number w name _ Delay refresh Close Goto ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 361 A third way to create a macro command file is by writing appending them directly to a file from the Command Dialog history window dragging in the history window or by any combination of clicking and dragging while holding down the CTRL key 2 With the cursor over the marked commands click the right mouse button to bring up the action menu then select Write append to file 3 A File Selection dialog opens Select or enter the desired file to save commands to and click Save If the file alread
512. r in a formatted report like manner X x sample At line tool over distance Variable 1 plastic ir 2 Nonefoptional 7 Distance Arc length samples Jj To gl loc Value 000e 00 000e 00 53030 01 41500e 01 oUha0e O1 dobe Oe O1 J0560e 01 olh20e O1 Maximum plastic ve Time TimetSim 000e 00 17500e 02 So000e 02 o2500e 02 r 0pgge 02 o o00e Oe 05000e Oe 2en00e Oe 00 O01 oho O D 1 4 d 5 6 009q40e 01 40000e Oe Format Farmatted File nar XY data File select Okay Cancel al Close Save text ta file Clear text Note that previously created and saved query entities are restored through the use of the Read From An External File query Sample option 7 Update the selected query when any of its attributes or have been modified teense For various queries marker visibility as well as size and color can be controlled here as well b4 x Mix R 1 00 G 1 00 B 1 00 Size 1 0000e 00 Clase Do you really want ta delete this query entity Cancel User Manual Page 268 OO HowTo Index Over Distance Queries EnSight can perform queries at uniform points along the line tool or at nodes along a 1D part One dimensional parts include model parts consisting of bar elements 1D Line Clips and particle traces At Line Tool Over Distance After selecting the part to query and clicking the
513. r other transformation methods and click the cursor Get button cee TEE 4 Optionally change the number of Samples defaults to number of time steps and whether to sample by Value of FFT conan 5 Click Create ee At Minimum Over Time After selecting the part to query and clicking the Query Plot icon Query items 540i At mininum over time Minimum plastic vs T p alll plastic Wu 2 None optiional x 1 Select Sample as At Minimum Over Time 45HF sete eee I 000 00 eeictere es ee show Save Delete Barker visibility E Create Update Help Leave Variable 2 as None DSE E E eb eseeeee S E E unless you want a scatter query of two different variables over time 2 Select the variable to query over time in Variable 1 3 Optionally change the number of Samples defaults to number of l time steps and whether to sample by Value of FFT 2 e ctee 4 Click Create 20 22 c20ccccc cee c cece eee e eee erara eee e nescence eee sees eeee eee At Maximum Over Time After selecting the part to query and clicking the Query Plot icon Query items B At maximum over time 7 Maximum plastic vs THE os er l I plastic up 2 None optional x a 1 Select Sample as At Maxi
514. r ring na ei ff 2 Click and drag to the desired radius 4 l f 3 Release the mouse button To rotate the Cylinder with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the end of one of the 2 cenital axes 2cedercco2gctecasenbendeeeeeecptecseeouneedaseameqosinaes ed 2 Click and drag until desired rotation is accomplished 3 Release the mouse button Note that the mouse pointer will change when it is over a Note hotpoint if in Part or Frame mode Selecting the x axis will rotate about the Y axis Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used Selecting the y axis will rotate about the X axis to undo redo the tool transformation Selecting the z axis will rotate in general about the axis origin ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 163 H OW T O aoe Q e000 Cylinder moving and stretching with the mouse is restricted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the Cylinder in another plane either rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight or use the other modes for manipulating the tool Note that the Cylinder will not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer To set the Cylinder by specifying coordinates 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog by m Transformation editor Cylinder tool clicking Transf on the desktop aie Eii n Uaioe Transform action 2 Select Editor Function gt Tools gt
515. raws only the line segments of an object regardless of the whether the lines are polygon edges or not Shaded mode displays all objects consisting of polygons e g element or cell faces as solid filled regions with light source shading enabled These drawing styles can be enhanced by enabling hidden line mode If the current mode is line hidden line will eliminate all those lines that would be invisible if the object were a solid surface If the current mode is shaded hidden line mode will draw lines overlaying face edges In shaded mode hidden line overlays are particularly useful for visualizing computational grids The setting of line or shaded mode is a global toggle You can also set the mode on a per part basis so that some parts are displayed as lines and others as shaded surfaces Each viewport also provides individual controls so that the drawing mode can differ from viewport to viewport Line mode Shaded mode Hidden line mode Hidden line overlay mode BASIC OPERATION The global toggles for shaded and hidden line mode are available from the desktop You can also enable these modes by selected View gt Shaded or View gt Hidden Line To use the desktop toggles 1 Click the Shaded toggle to switch from line to shaded mode or vice versa lt a ae Line Shaded 2 Click the Hidden Line toggle to enable or disable hidden line mode gt A ia Unhidden Hidden If the current mode is Shaded when you toggle on
516. rdinates C Gynth Vector variable Click 4 Time 2 Gynt scalar Activate if it has not f been activated i Activate Activate all Deactivate Extended CFD variables 3 Select Simple SoA Sa ERE deen SDE Sen eG ae eS ees ICI ACG Sonera arenes ttt Palettes are using Texture Map mode Advanced interface tHlaonitude we wf y or Maximum Palette S CO Value slider the Min 0 0000e 00 ___ Mrx 4 8192e 01 white vertical bars Piue 7 Enter new number of and adjust to the EE ee levels 2 to 21 desired location of levels 5 eee es ABB Max 481926401 Min 9 oooge 00 To change the colors associated with the values Get minimax from selected parts Predefined palettes EnSightDefaultPalette a FASTDefaultPalette EnSightColorDef To change the minimum or maximum 4 Grab the Mini rab the Minimum To change the number of levels OF 5 Enter new Minimum 3 614e 4 1 or Maximum 8 Select a new palette and click Restore i Cai Cad a _ a _ mii a _ Or 6 Select the desired parts and click this button to get min max values based on these parts 2 41001 _ _ grayscale lt To undo changes from a 1 205e 01 Ps FAW palette carnation red white ence bobs rainbow 9 Select the palette and i ie i 0 000e 00 Restore a Save click Undo Restore Undo restore ix meaty ne atone fume Flip
517. rdrail supports 14 guardrail supports gt gt 00 J Show components 15 guardrail ri Clear selection a ad Part attribute editor site defined SE ee nE A Ea na Show curve values site defined Toggle node IDs site defined Visibility site defined m Element representation site defined Chet Ranana A Seo r Extract site defined External command driver site detined Internal command driver site defined Presentation tools site defined Fr Show info for this site defined Plotting tools site defined A m Visibility site defined EnSight preferences site defined External command driver site defined Part Mode sample menu Presentation tools site defined Plotting tools site defined Plot Mode sample mMenu The menus shown are samples sent with EnSight but can be customized as explained below ADVANCED USAGE Defining the menus 1 The user defined menu base code looks in two directories to find the menu layout Microsoft Windows a The users individual ensight8 user defined menus directory b SCEI HOME ensightXX site preferences user defined menus Other operating systems Unix Linux Mac OSX etc a SHOME ensight8 user defined menus b SCEI HOME ensightXX site preferences user defined menus Note XxX can be any version gt 82 This feature became available in EnSight 8 2 2 user defined menus main directory contains these directories a ModePart
518. re ia M4 bh How To Index X Preference categories select one Performance Plotter Query User Defined Input Variables View VYiewports 7 ESE AEE HE EE EEE EEE EE EE EE EEE EEE SEE EE ESE EE ESE EEE EE EEE Be a a oi a 1 arable preferences a ok ESE RE EE RE ER EE EE EE EE EE EEE EE EE Y Notify before activating a variable select below to toggle visibility for a general function udm sum Area ORL CfWall BL DispThick BL DistTatValue BL MoameThick RL Thick BRL 1IPlus CaseMap t Coeff Fi Close User Manual wr Save to extended CFD preference file Help Page 378 To Set View Preferences 1 Select View from the Preferences Categories list ETOS SE 2 Turn on if you want the plane tool to be shown as a transparent plane or off if you want it shown in line drawing mode 3 There are two offsets employed in EnSight This one hardware offset is perpendicular to the monitor screen and done in hardware if this toggle is on This will allow for example contour lines to appear closer to the viewer than their parent part so they are visible no matter what orientation the part is viewed FOM rererere E a E sees AE cence The second offset is the display offset The display offset can be set in the feature detail editor for line parts suchas contour lines particle trace lines vector arrows and separation atta
519. reads are used to accelerate the computation of streamlines clips isosurfaces and other compute intensive operations ENSIGHT8 MAX _CTHREADS The maximum number of threads to use for each EnSight client Threads in the client are used to accelerate sorting of transparent surfaces ENSIGHT8 MAX SOSTHREADS The maximum number of threads to use on the server of server in order to start up server pro cesses in parallel rather than serially This is currently disabled OTHER NOTES The number of threads is limited to 2 per client or server with a Standard license while the upper limit for a Gold license is 128 When setting these parameters it is a good idea to take into account the number of processors on the system In general you will not see benefit from setting the parameters higher than the number of total processors Because the server server of servers and client operate in a pipelined fashion it is not necessary to limit one in order to apply more threads to another Compute intensive server operations that make use of shared memory parallel computations include isosurface clipping and particle trace computations Client threaded operations include transparency resort and display list creation ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 390 a Tr a p m at ri A PE ia paar i oe R Pee lea FS 7 ee tes na as z oe Ja rer Sin i at ae ee a na Tep ay ny ie Fel a al E i rz Fo g m 7 e m 1 i pr to eee
520. rent case Select Line 1 or Line 2 Measured Header The first line of the measured discrete data file of the current case Variable Header The first line typically the description line from a variable file Select the desired variable from the Variable s list Part Value The value of a part Currently only works for isosurface parts where the value is the corresponding isovalue Select the isosurface part in the Part s list and select the desired numeric display format from the Number Format list Part Description The description of the part as displayed in the Main Parts list Note that you can change this text by editing the Desc field in the applicable Feature Detail Editor for the part The name and current version number Example EnSight Version 6 0 Delete Annotations Existing annotations can be deleted in the Annotation dialog lib or can be selected and the Delete icon can be clicked p Select All You can select all of the current annotation type by clicking SEE ALSO How To Manipulate Fonts User Manual Annot Mode ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 336 Bie Loe TEF z Li P un es ee a ee ie ET a i w T h GS Pe i ii i full e a Le ya Soe x aL A i ee 2 a ake ll Fe ce es ce es es ag iL a oy oar eT En ei ELT T eget bey ree ul ey P ba ae i a iL lt i E wP B yan r a a oe em e 7 i a ge a a i o a eae a 5 ie he a el ua fe I s ag a s F a Bol el a p
521. rent time step is changed ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 247 H OW T O a n Create New Variables Q e000 Variable Creation Derived variables are easily created using the Feature Detail Editor Variable Calculator To create new variables 1 Double click the Variable Calculator icon in the Feature Icon bar to open the Feature Detail Editor Calculator 3 Select the desired function from the General list or the Math list When you select a function the Variable Name field at the top of the section is loaded with the name of the function This will be the name of the variable as seen in the Main Variables list You can change this name by entering a new value and pressing return A description of the function parameters appears in the feedback section as well as instructions for properly composing the required parameters The expression is built in the Working Expression section As you insert parameters they are automatically added to the expression and the instructions for the next parameter will appear Parameters can be inserted as follows Parts by selecting the desired part s in the Main Parts list and clicking Okay or by entering the part number directly in the Working Expression area Note that the place holder plist appears in the expression denoting the list of currently selected parts Variables by clicking on the desired variable in the Active Variables lis
522. riables will not be loaded for newly created parts until this dialog is closed Clase User Manual INTRODUCTION Given a situation where structured data blocks have been partitioned for analysis on multiple compute nodes and the data can be saved in EnSight Gold format such that a set of cases exists which are contiguous from one set to another the data can be read into Ensight using the casefile Block Continuation capability This allows any number of these contiguous sets to be clustered and visualized together in an EnSight server Furthermore by using this capability combined with Ensight s Server of Servers one can visualize M number of sets with N number of EnSight servers Where m is greater than n Please note that each set must be a standalone EnSight case containing a portion of all the parts The block parts in each of the sets must consist of a valid subset range of each complete block part This will require for example that a given 3D block part will vary in only one dimension throughout the sets Also each set must be the neighboring portion or slice in the set of cases Note the following simple example dir Block Part 1 Block Part 1 advances in the direction Block Part 2 advances in the j direction j dir Each Case or set consists of portions of both parts which are specified using EnSight s block range capability Thus the first case has the red portions The second case
523. ributes for Value A label may be placed on the gauge to indicate the current value of the tracked variable To change any of the value display attributes on the gauge click on the Value tab button Gauge levell Value To change the value label visibility Background Click on the Display toggle MAp 1 00 To change the size and location mmm a a eee Set the font size and the location for the label _ _ Ep 1 00 ian More W Display To change the format You can set the format to floating or exponential format For Size 20 Location Right both formats you can specify the number of decimal places Format Floating point Decimal places 1 to display 2 reer rere rere eee eee eee To change color for the value label Attributes for the Background 2r0rr rrr rrr rere eeeeerees Controls the shading and color of the gauge i To remove the gauge background Saugi level Value Click on the Display toggle When off no gauge background will be displayed the gauge will be in wireframe To change color for the background See instructions under Gauge level SEE ALSO User Manual Annot Mode ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 347 HOw TO nas m2 e000 INTRODUCTION EnSi
524. ries CVF_NO WM_ OVERRIDE Client Graphics Change the behavior of full screen and detached displays so that the OverrideRedirect attribute is not used on the Windows DISPLAY Client Other Do not remote the display from a different machine as this is inefficient and prone to problems Run the client on your local machine and the server remotely and connect them as EnSight is optimized for this configuration ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT ANNOT Specify family to be used for annotation defaults ENSIGHT_FONT_DEFAULT_ANNOT_STYLE Specify style to be used for annotation defaults ENSIGHT_FONT_DEFAULT_OUTLINE Specify family to be used for ID and axis defaults ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT OUTLINE SCALE Client Font Specify the relative scale for the outline font The value 100 0 is the default 200 0 is 2x larger 50 0 is 1 2 size ENSIGHT_FONT_DEFAULT_OUTLINE_STYLE Specify style to be used for ID and axis defaults ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT SYMBOL Specify family to be used instead of the symbol font ENSIGHT_FONT_DEFAULT_SYMBOL_STYLE Specify style to be used with the symbol font Enable Nagle RFC896 network feature on by default Server ENSIGHT PATHREPLACE Client Path Replaces the data path with the path found in this essa Parnes St Pet eironmentvaratie ne ENSIGHT PICK SCALE If gt 1 modifies the scaling of the GL viewport ENSIGHT_WINSOCK11 Client Networking If set then use 1 1 socket interface instead of the default 2 2 Server interface Windows only
525. riginal parts are unchanged If only a single part is selected for the operation merge will create a true copy of the part as opposed to the shallow copy that the Copy operation creates Merging is most often used to combine a series of parts into a single part for ease in handling such as attribute setting See How To Merge Parts for more information Part Attributes All parts have numerous attributes that control behavior and display Although many attributes can be controlled either through the Quick Interaction area or the Part Mode icons complete access is provided by the various Feature Detail Editor dialogs Part attributes and the Feature Detail editors are covered in detail in How To Set Attributes ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Introduction to Part Creation Where Parts Are Created and Maintained Part creation occurs on either the EnSight client or the server Since the data that is available on the client and server are different it is useful to understand where parts are created and where the data is stored For example you can only perform a query operation for parts that are stored on the server The following table provides this information for each part type Elevated Sure ener ve depending on represento yes lsosurface server yes depending on representation Model N A yes depending on representation O Particle Trace server es lt semanas ance ace sne mo Ma
526. rm Define Select All Delete User Manual E Axis Triad Eul Bounding Box F Fast Display Animation Record g Legend i Info Annot Mode Ab Text Creation Line Creation Logo Import Legend Attributes Select All Delete Plot Mode Visibility Plotter Axis Curve Select All Delete Page 396 m2 e000 Numerics 2D shapes annotation 339 3D arrows annotation 341 A acrobat reader 5 7 activating variables 245 Animated GIF output 91 animation flipbook 318 hints and tips 328 keyframe 322 mode shape 227 particle trace 332 recording to video 331 transient data 315 annotation 2D shapes 339 3D arrows 341 color legend 349 dials 343 fonts 352 environment variables 352 formatting codes 353 gauges 346 line 337 logo 348 preferences 365 text 334 Apple Quicktime output options 93 archive restore 83 save 82 arrows vector 215 attachment line 235 attributes displacement 297 general 295 IJK Axis Display 297 node element line 296 part 293 automatic connection 12 on Unix systems 20 on Windows systems 20 auxiliary clipping 121 AVI output 90 B background color 124 image 124 batch mode 25 bitmap logo 348 blanking elements 243 Block Continuation using 70 BMP output 91 border representation 291 boundary layer variables 254 box clip 201 gt 2 OAA HowTo Index tool 161 C calculator 247 camera look at 118 look from 118 projection 114 case adding 5
527. rning this toggle on any clip or isosurface interactively moved during the keyframe will animate Animate Transparency Change By turning this toggle on transparency changes to parts during the definition of the keyframes will be part of the animation The number of sub frames controls the speed with which objects transform between keyframes More sub frames yields slower motion You can insert any valid EnSight command to be executed at a keyframe If your command sequence is more than a few lines it is best to save the sequence in a file and just enter the command play filename There is a special case of executing a command at a keyframe If you insert the command shell filename The file filename which is assumed to be a UNIX executable command will be executed after each sub frame and each surrounding keyframe In addition if you are saving animation frames to disk files the name of the image file just written is passed to the executable as the first argument This capability can be used to postprocess the image files for example to resize and re sample an image or copy it to a different location If this capability is used the shell filename command must be the only command specified ia 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 324 Viewing Window The Keyframe Viewing Window tab allows you to set the size and location of the animation display window Quick Interaction area to bring up the Speed Actions eee Run somite Tr
528. rts list The default the desired non zero delta value decane me Same aS ME ENY E a This is a blade row kind of operation Par ESE soieuinnes Sennaeitowes Sid tewtna wei Please note that this results in an 9 Open this turndown section to create unstructured part instead of a structured one unstructured parts based on boundary 3 Iblanking from any parts created above 10 Click Create load from selected lt 26242 52406 secescc52scs cepescedotestesneteuweteeseesensecnedteeeteswes or Create load all if you want to load all the structured parts 11 Click Close when done For the ESTET format the procedure is similar See ESTET Reader hae 2 HowTo Index User Manual SEE ALSO How To Use ens_ checker User Manual Reader Basics EnSight Case Reader EnSight5 Reader ABAQUS FIL Reader ABAQUS_ ODB Reader Medina BIF BOF PERMAS Reader ANSYS Reader AVUS Reader CFF Reader CFX4 Reader CGNS Reader ESTET Reader EXODUS II Gold Reader FAST UNSTRUCTURED Reader FIDAP NEUTRAL Reader FLUENT Direct Reader FLUENT UNIVERSAL Reader HDF Reader LS DYNA Reader Movie BYU Reader MPGS 4 1 Reader MSC DYTRAN Reader MSC NASTRAN Reader N3S Reader NetCDF Reader PLOT3D Reader RADIOSS Reader SCRYU Reader SILO Reader STL Reader Tecplot Reader Vectis Reader INTRODUCTION This program attempts to check the integrity of the EnSight Gold or EnSight6 file formats Most files that
529. rver 1 machine id joe executable usr local bin ensight82 bin ensight8 server data_path scratch data gold casefile trial case SEE ALSO How To Read Data How To Read User Defined How To Setup for Parallel Computation How To Use Resource Managament User Manual Server of Server Casefile Format ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual ow To i User Defined INTRODUCTION EnSight provides a mechanism for users to write their own readers and have the code automatically link and execute at run time using a shared library This capability is documented in the EnSight Interface Manual As indicated in that manual sample readers as well as the code for several actual readers are provided below the following directory SCEI HOME ensight82 src readers Also as explained in that manual be aware that a udr_checker c file is provided in SCEI_ HOME ensight82 src readers checker directory This can be used to debug your User defined reader before using it with EnSight OTHER NOTES When starting EnSight ensight8 or ensight8 server you can use the command line option readerdbg to echo user defined reader loading status This will allow you to see what readers are actually being loaded Set the environment variable ENSIGHT8 READER to point to the path where additional user defined readers exist SEE ALSO The EnSight Interface Manual as well as How To Read Data ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 63
530. rver LS DYNA3D Use rosourceg on auco Gistribuce on SERVERS number of servers repeat Server 1 ee EEES casefile d plor machine id executable ensight82 server directory tmp login id data path tmp 2 The following resource file my hosts res is created CEITResourceFile 1 0 DOS NOST DOrG SERVER host dronel host drone2 host drone3 host dronel 2 EnSight is started with this command line ensighto res My NOStsS 1res sos The EnSight Client will run on the local workstation the SOS ensight8 sos will run on computer borg 3 In the File gt Open dialog the SOS Case file big data sos is selected and the Load All button is clicked The SOS will start four EnSight Servers on computers dronel drone2 drone3 and dronel Since the number of servers line has the word repeat the servers specified in the SERVERS resource is used to determine the number of servers used and their host names All server subsections after the first in big data sos are ignored due to number of servers repeat Each of the servers will read 1 4 of the data set since the Auto Distribute flag on the SOS tab of the File gt Open dialog is on by default for the LS Dyna reader A PRDIST Example 1 The following resource file my hosts res is created CEIResourceFile 1 0 S00 HOSE DOTG SERVER host dronel host drone2 host drone3
531. ry clipping operations can be set up this way Modulation of the color channels can be confusing as the operation tends to suppress colors but it can be used with a grayscale texture to attenuate o 20000 Texture projections EnSight provides two mechanisms which may be used to define where a texture should appear on a part The first is by projection In this mode it helps to think of the texture as a projected light source like a presentation projector only without divergence i e the light lines are parallel The user places the light source to shine through the scene at some orientation centered at some point Textures are not limited to the exposed surface in EnSight thus any surface that intersects the beam of light is textured The user can enter the values for this projection in the S vector T vector and Offset fields in the dialog These define a vector in the space of the part that will correspond to the directions of the X and Y axis of the texture image as well as a point of focus for the texture Perhaps the simplest method for setting these values is to use the plane tool Place the plane tool in the view to match the desired projection The texture will be scaled to fit in the boundaries of the plane tool with the texture axis aligned with the tool X and Y axis The texture itself is projected along the Z axis of the tool Once the tool has been placed click o
532. s 9 Connectivities for 9 quad4 elements Part 4 Description is 3 x 3 45 Unstructured Part Number of quad4 elements is 9 Connectivities for 9 quad4 elements gt lt gt GEOMETRY section OKAY lt gt a scalar per node scalar at line 8 Filename is 3by3 scl Non transient variable found found round found gt 2 OAA HowTo Index User Manual Opened 3by3 scl successfully Description 3by3 scalar variable Global section 64 Nodal scalar values for unstructured nodes found vector per node vector at line 9 Filename is 3by3 vct Non transient variable Opened 3by3 vct successfully Description 3by3 vector variable Global section 192 Nodal vector values for unstructured nodes found 2S SS SS SS SS a Se SS lt gt VARIABLE section OKAY lt gt lt Pe Hooray gt gt Data Veriticatlion SUCCESSFUL gt gt with No Warnings gt AAAA A And here is a sample run with a problem namely a block line is missing 7 eMs CMSCKGr SOY oS Case KKKKKKKKKKKKKRKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKHK EnSight Data Format Checker Currently 3 Does not process SOS casefiles Casefile to Process 3by3s case Opened successfully Required FORMAT section at line 1 Required GEOMETRY section at line 4 Optional VARIABLE section at line 7 Optional TIME section
533. s The original parts are unchanged If only a single part is selected for the operation merge will create a true copy of the part as opposed to the shallow copy that the Copy operation creates with the only dependence being that the parent must exist If you delete any of the original parts after the merge these components will be deleted from the merged part as well BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts List X CET File Edit Query View Tools Case nar EES EN nj E Select all Part feature detail editors Select Flipbook animation editor Delete keyframe animation editor i solution time editar i Transformation editor it gt gt Merge 2 Select Edit gt Part gt Merge Assign to single new viewport Assign to multiple new viewports Variables editor croup rer Ungroup Preferences A nse ee PO r Merge Select Delete Sort Eb The new merged part is added to the end of the Parts List with the description Merge of parts where are the part numbers of the originally selected parts OTHER NOTES Unlike Copy merge creates true server based parts Unlike Extract merge creates parts based on the full server based representation of the part If you merge a structured IJK part the resulting part will be unstructured SEE ALSO How To Group Parts User Manual Part Operations ae WAP How To I
534. s casefile Example SOS Casefile This example deals with a EnSight Gold dataset that has been partitioned into 3 portions each running on a different machine The machines are named joe sally and bill The executables for all machines are located in similar locations but the data is not Note that the optional data_path line is used on two of the servers but not the third FORMAT type master_server gold SERVERS number of servers 3 Server 1 machine id joe executable usr local bin ensight82 bin ensight8 server data_path usr people john data ha MOAM HowTo Index User Manual H OW T O s Q e000 casefile portion 1 case Server 2 is a Windows machine notice bat extension machine id sally executable C Program Files CEl ensight82 bin ensight8_server bat data_path D john data casefile portion _2 case Server 3 machine id bill executable usr local bin ensight82 bin ensight8 server casefile scratch temp john portion_3 case lf we name this example sos casefile all sos and we run it on yet another machine one named george you would want the data distributed as follows On george all sos On joe in usr people john data portion_1 case and all files referenced by it On sally in scratch sally john data portion _2 case and all files referenced by it On bill in scratch temp john portion_3 case and all file referenced by it By starting EnSight with the sos com
535. s desirable to have EnSight automatically calculate a series of RTZ clips for you These can then be replayed as fast as your graphics hardware will permit using EnSight s Flipbook Animation facility See How To Create a Flipbook Animation for more information OTHER NOTES Inside Outside and In Out cutting are disabled for this clipping type because it has no meaning for T And if you desire this effect for Z or R you can use a plane clip or cylindrical clip instead SEE ALSO Introduction to Part Creation How To Create a Flipbook Animation Other clips How to Create Clip Lines How to Create Clip Planes How to Create Quadric Clips How to Create IJK Clips How to Create XYZ Clips How to Create Box Clips User Manual Clip Create Update ha amp HowTo Index User Manual Page 210 INTRODUCTION A Revolution Tool clip can be made using the surface of revolution tool It can be the surface created by the intersection of the surface of revolution tool and the model the elements intersected by the surface of revolution tool crinkly or the volume of the inside and or the outside domain swept by the revolution tool This clip does not have interactive manipulation capability with a slider or by dragging the tool with the mouse However the tool can be manipulated and the clip updated BASIC OPERATION File Edt Quem View Tools Case HA 5 ee Be DEEA PA EJ Ae Use tool Revolution tool Domain Intersect Cas
536. s provide on screen animation of various dynamic events and in the default setting permit graphic manipulation e g rotation or Zoom while the animation runs 1 Open the Feature Detail Editor for isosurfaces Edit gt Part Detail Editors gt lsosurfaces ___ Feature Detail Editor Isosurfaces __ bei Help CFA EN EE 2 5 a Es HE d a 2 Select the isosurface part 1 01 Isosurface part d Desc Isosurface part Creation attributes variable temperature X 0 0000 Y 0 0000 0 0000 Type Isosurface i 3 In the Creation Attributes section set the Value Animation Delta to an appropriate value and hit 2 4096e 01 Set to Mid Range return For each page frame of the flipbook EET Pe Pi this value will be added to the current value to p yield the new ISOValUG 2 scscnscccr ees te tece tear cesnoed eeseueaeonaeuaed a parent 4 Click the Flipbook icon Edit Query Help T in a z TELI 3 Pn B Sy ees a Case 1 P 1 Computational mesl 2 Isasurface part View Tools Case Record interactive IsofClip gt Start Stop W Regenerate all pages Load 5 Set the Load Type to 6 Set the number of pages Create Data to an appropriate value SER 7 Click Load 8 When loading is complete the flipbook will begin to be displayed You can then control the various run options under the Run tab EnSight can also automatically
537. s with many parts the large part list can be used which will expand the list down the left side of the desktop tnt y gE ph Ti File Edit Query Yiew Tools Case KET 3 Contour 5 ae A Particle tra Change Yisibility 9 Chp plane Copy 6B YWector Ar _ Select Delete List t lt gt sees el If you right click on a selected part or parts in the part list you have access to a number of part operations elete Ungroup Hename Select Delete Li Advanced i i ly M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 176 Show selected parts Introduction to Also Items in the Parts List are selected using standard Motif methods To Do this Details Select an item Select Place the mouse pointer over the item and click the left mouse button The item is or single click highlighted to reflect the selected state Extend a contiguous Select drag Place the mouse pointer over the first item Click and hold the left mouse button as selection you drag over the remaining items to be selected Only contiguous items may be selected in this fashion Extend a possibly long Shift click Select the first item Place the mouse pointer over the last item in the list to be contiguous selection selected Press the shift key and click the left mouse button This action will extend a selection to include all those items sequentially listed bet
538. saved view Only Global transforms are saved restored by these operations not Frame transforms SEE ALSO How to Define and Change Viewports How to Create and Manipulate Frames User Manual Save Restore View ka wA How To Index User Manual Page 133 How To Create and Manipulate nh 2 00e Frames INTRODUCTION By default all parts are assigned to the same frame of reference You can however create additional coordinate frames and assign parts to them These frames and the parts assigned to them can be manipulated rotated translated scaled independently of other frames Some examples of frame usage 1 You wish to create a copy of a part and display a different variable on the copy When you create the copy a new frame is automatically created and the copy is assigned to it The new frame can be translated away from the Original to visualize both variables simultaneously 2 You wish to create an animation of parts moving independently e g for an exploding view or to open a closed object with a hinged door Each dynamic part is assigned to a new frame During keyframe animation the frames are manipulated independently to achieve the desired motion 3 You have a dataset with rotational periodicity but the symmetry axis is not aligned with a major axis A new frame is created and positioned such that one of it s axes is aligned with the symmetry axis 4 You have a dataset that makes correct positio
539. selected open the texture dialog Load the file dual_gradient png included in 3 the directory with the cube dataset into the first slot Notice that this texture is an opacity ramp along the X axis and a color ramp along the Y axis 6 Set the texture mode to Replace and the repeat l mode to Clamp 22cr cert creer erect 7 Now set the Compute texture coordinates by option to Variables and pick S and T as the S and T variable names 52 re creer reer The display will look like the image shown depending on the placement of the clip plane The coloring is relative to the Velocity of the field while the opacity of the plane is relative to the temperature of the plane This type of technique can be used with any two variables the key is generating a 2D texture map that is meaningful for I 2 O HowTolndex User W Feature Detail Editor Calculator File Edit View Help E Feature Detail Editor Calculator File Edit View Help Bt et a NEI NTI HOTZA Available Variable Type Result Available Variable Type Result temperature Ss t Cmp N Sca Gyn N Vector city Gun N Vector Gyn N Scalar Gyn N Vector A Gywn N Scalar lt ded i Extended CFD S Extended CFD Activate All Deactivate ETE Activate All Deacgivate es A gt Variable s Variable t y 4 Work
540. ser Manual Page 358 How ni 5 Q e000 Customize Mouse Each mouse button or combination of mouse buttons can have one of the following associated behaviors Selected transform action Rotate Translate Zoom Rubberband zoom Rubberband selection tool Selected pick action Pick part Pick cursor tool location Pick transf center Pick elements to blank Nothing When this mouse button is clicked and dragged the operation performed will be the currently selected function in the Transformation Control area When this mouse button is clicked and dragged the operation performed will be rotate When this mouse button is clicked and dragged the operation performed will be translate When this mouse button is clicked and dragged if Zoom Style is Manual Drag then a zoom displacement will occur and if Zoom Style is Automatic Slide then a zoom velocity will occur When this mouse button is clicked and dragged the operation performed will be a rubberband ZOOM When this mouse button is clicked and dragged the operation performed will be a rubberband selection tool manipulation When this mouse button is clicked the currently selected pick action as previously selected under the pick icon will be performed When this mouse button is clicked the pick part action will be performed causing the part under the mouse to be selected in the main parts list When this mouse button is clicked the pick cursor to
541. setesceedeenssctecnetcuesces ce Positively about y axis with revolutions of Oy Cn F You can rotate positively or negatively about Positively about Z axis with revolutions of 9 9g al all three axis For each axis you set the isl number of revolutions pel Explode view 8 Toggle Explode View if you want your About origin X 5 7150e 03 Y 1 2859e 03 6 0201e 02 parts to be translated in reference toan T an center ONOI sosro soscsse Ene Erer l 3 Direction _ X _ Distance 5 71 50e 03 You can specify the origin or set the origin to the transformation center Direction sets the explode direction and can Create keyframes Close Help be one of X Y Z translate in the coordinate direction XYZ translate in the dominant coordinate direction Radial translate in the direction from the origin teense 9 Click Create Keyframes to create the Pees ANOUGE ie Pal Center keyframes which will transform according The part that is farthest from the origin to the selections made specified will be transformed Distance units ay Wd How To Index User Manual Page 323 create a Keyframe Animation The following sections provide details on the animation control dialogs opened from Run Attributes in the Keyframing Quick Interaction area Speed Actions The Speed Actions tab allows you to set the number of sub frames between each pair of consecutive keyframes as well as specify run attributes such
542. sh Clip extents Infinite Farii pig orp W a F n E of slices p 1 Delta 5 0000e 01 AW eee eee eee Create Apply tool change Tool location Advanced Help 4 Position the Plane tool as desired see How To Use the Plane Tool a 5 Click Create Note Multiple plane clips with a delta in the normal direction can be created easily by setting these values Interactive Clipping Planes Like the other clipping tools in EnSight intersection clip planes based on the plane tool can be interactive as you drag the Plane tool with the mouse the clipping plane is automatically recalculated and re displayed To perform interactive plane clips 1 Double click the desired magne pan tate Domain Intersect i Interactive parts list Plane type Mesh Clp extents Infinite arn piy prr M n y 7 2 Toggle on Interactive of slices 1 Delta 5 0000e 01 Tool in the Quick Interaction area ESEE Create Apply tool change Tool location Advanced Help 3 Move the mouse into the Graphics Window Click on one of the Plane tool hotpoints centerpoint or axis labels and drag the tool to the desired location M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 197 H OW TO aa Cre ILT Plane C i A 2 2608 ADVANCED USAGE Using 3 Node Ids You can specify three nodes on a plane using their node ids and clip in an infinite manner This method of produc ing a plane
543. signed to Levels between the minimum and maximum Choices are linear the default quadratic x or logarithmic og 9 Type The palette type controls how color is interpolated across part elements and from Level to Level Continuous Color is linearly interpolated across elements Banded Geometry is colored in discrete bands of uniform color where the band boundaries are permitted to cross element faces as controlled by the nodal variable values Constant Each element is colored by the color of the first node of the element Limit Fringes Limit Fringes controls how color is set for nodes outside the range of variable values specified by the palette No Nodes above the range are colored by the maximum color those below by the minimum color By Model Color Nodes outside the range are colored by the underlying part color By Invisible Elements whose nodes are outside the range are not displayed at all Display Controls how coloring is set when the variable value for nodes elements are undefined Undefined By Part Color Color the element by the part color By Invisible Do not display the element The default color palette created for each variable has five Levels with the minimum and maximum set to the range of the variable at the time step selected when the variable was activated a linear scale and is of type Continuous The color ramp is a standard spectrum with the five Levels set to from min to max blue cyan gr
544. sired IJK clip part in the parts list Use tool IJK Domain Intersect Interactive Manual ppa F 2 Change Interactive to Manual to Min oao i M 38 Me ceneni l enable sweeping 7 77 75rqtrttrttreesnnsnnennnungereererrnererrernernennereesensennennnns Mesh slice I _ valasi Limit J K Extents 3 Adjust the slider with the mouse of siisos T Belle H Create Apply tool change TE PNA Pees Advanced Help Changing IJK Step Refinement You can modify block structured model parts to any level of IJK step refinement with proper updating of all dependent parts and variables 1 Select Edit gt Part Feature Detail Editors gt Model Parts to open the Feature Detail Editor Model dialog File Edit View 2 Select the structured part or parts RCL zone 1 IN Mins Maxs 1 1 98 0 1 76 K 1 38 3 In the Creation Attributes area enter values into the From To and Step fields based on their Min and Max limits to update the refinement of the respective I J and or K mesh component directions remember to press Return ttt rrr 7 Creation attributes Using node ranges Clipping Plane Animation Although you can interactively sweep an IJK clip through a mesh it is sometimes desirable to have EnSight automatically calculate a series of IJK clips for you These can then be replayed as fast as your graphics hardware will permit usin
545. sitioning etc iS Oka Cancel from case 1 Reflect Model About Axis allows the model to be reflected as it is read in Pick the axis and specify the origin location 6 Click Okay ___ 22 22 The EnSight client will now start the connection process for the new server If your original connection was automatic the new server will be started automatically If your original connection was manual you will have to manually start another server You can follow the progress of the connection in the Message area See the EnSight Getting Started Manual or How To Connect EnSight Client and Server for more information 2 O HowTolndex User Manual Load Multiple Datasets Cases Replace a Case You can replace an existing case This is most useful when you wish to load a new dataset without having to stop and re start the client To replace a case Using simple File gt Open dialog method Do the same thing you do for adding a case but select the Replace currently loaded data toggle Using File gt Data reader dialog method 1 Select the case you wish to replace in the Case menu Case gt casename 2 Select Case gt Add Replace Delete to open the data reader File Selection dialog 3 If the Case section is not open click the turndown 4 Click Replace You will be asked to confirm the replacement If confirmed the server associated with the selected case is terminated and the EnSi
546. sized by a variable and scaled by the Scale SEs Nene value Sphere detail set via Detail field 7 227 Set tracers head representation Either None or Spheres If Spheres the radius can Get defaults Click to load good default values to the Tracer Time Tracer Delta and Pulse Intervals fields 2Scessedere tees rennen nia a E ERS Toggle on Multiple pulses and set the interval between pulses see below wA How To Index User Manual Page 332 H OW To s m Q e000 Tracer Parameter Descriptions Tracer Time Length Tracer Delta Speed Pulse Interval Record The Tracer Time Length parameter acts as a scaling factor for all tracer lengths the higher the value the longer the tracer Tracer length varies as the local velocity changes along the trace For example the tracer will lengthen as the leading edge of the tracer moves into a higher velocity region The Tracer Delta Speed parameter acts as a scaling factor for the tracer speed the higher the value the faster the tracer The speed of the leading and trailing tracer edges varies as the local velocity changes along the trace The interval between successive tracer emissions when in multiple pulse mode the higher the value the longer the interval between pulses Note that the distance between tracers will increase when the local velocity increases Once animated traces are computed they
547. splayed Border Only unshared faces for 3D parts or unshared edges for 2D parts are displayed 3D Border 2D Full Display 3D parts in Border representation display 2D parts in Full representation This is the default representation for all parts 3D Feature 2D Full Display 3D parts in Feature representation display 2D parts in Full representation 3D nonvisual 2D Full Display 3D parts in Non Visual representation display 2D parts in Full representation Feature Angle Only those edges joining faces in the Border representation for which the angle between the faces is less than some threshold are displayed Feature Angle typically extracts the topological features of interest in a model Non Visual No visual representation exists on the client It is often useful to use Non Visual as the representation for 3D computational domain parts provided you also have some sort of shell part to display the outer surface Bounding Box Displays a bounding box surrounding and in place of the nodes and elements Displacement Attributes In structural mechanics simulations a common output variable is a set of vectors representing the movement or displacement of geometry Each displacement vector specifies a translation of a node from its original position an offset EnSight can display and animate these displacements to help visualize the relative motion of geometry To set Displacement attributes see also How To Display Displacements
548. ss platform fonts embedded into EnSight These include the typefaces Arial Courier New Symbol and Times New Roman If a user restricts font usage to these font families resulting els and other files will be portable If other font families are used EnSight may substitute one of these or other fonts if it cannot find a match on the target system EnSight will also read the installed system fonts on Windows and Power PC based Macs The environmental variable CEI FONTPATH may be set to a list of on Windows separated directory names in which EnSight should also look for tt and ttc files This allows the user to use their own fonts in EnSight on any platform Fonts are always specified in EnSight as a family name and an optional style with a separator For example Arial BoldItalic specifies the Arial family with the styles Bold and Italic applied Style names of Roman Italic Bold and Oblique and combinations are all recognized by EnSight and are mapped against the internal flags in the TrueType files themselves The default fonts styles and sizes used by EnSight can also be set through a collection of environmental variables ENSIGHT FONT DEFAULT SYMBOL family to be used instead of the symbol font default symbol family to be used for ID axis labeling default Arial family to be used for annotations default Times New Roman style to be used with the annotation font E
549. st be a properly routable intranet Internet hostname and or TCP IP address A Connection name can be any name that doesn t include spaces or special characters The connection name and hostname can be identical A Connection name may be specified only once for a server and once for an SOS You may wish to specify multiple Connection names for the same host in a couple of situations You could have multiple Connection names where each specifies a different Working directory but uses the same Hostname Alternatively you could have multiple Connection names where each specifies a different Executable but uses the same Hostname This might be useful to sites that maintain multiple minor versions of EnSight although this use is not common SEE ALSO Chapter 2 of the Getting Started Manual How To Load Multiple Datasets Cases ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual INTRODUCTION There are a number of options that can be included on the command line when starting EnSight The following tables indicate the commands that can be issued for the EnSight script ensight8 the EnSight client ensight8 client the EnSight server ensight8 server or the EnSight server of servers ensight8 sos To see the most current listing for any of these issue one or more of the following Linux Unix Mac Windows ensight8 help ensight8 client help ensight8_client help ensight8 server help ensight8_ server help ensight8 sos help ensight8_ sos help BASIC U
550. st to the desired location Magnitude we wf y To change the number of Levels 4 Enter the desired value between 2 and 21 in Min 0 0000e 00 Max 4 8192e 01 the of Levels field and press return a _ Eser Hane Siep bog i Eat i Note that this will also change the number of contour Tt ie Type P E E loops for any current contour parts that depend on the selected variable Scale Linear pr EFEFEF Tad os 3 614e1 01 PER isha oy ee 2 HEETE TER I To edit individual Levels o ox biticeler of level of cal 4 Select the desired Level either click onthe aoe Peis eee 16 Level label T AEST jg Edit leveli 1 OR enter the Level number into the Edit Level field and press return 5 e Interpolate to level l 5 If you wish to automatically interpolate the variable values at preceding lower Levels toggle on interpolate to Level and enter the desired Level to interpolate to 6 To change the variable value associated with the Level enter the new value in the Value field P _ and press return f S OOO Legend display attributes 7 To change the color associated with the Level at i enter the new color in the RGB fields OR click Close Mix to open a Color Selector SR r ia 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 259 is Je ie ot
551. stant variable as described in the preceding example here named max pres Click or type select pressure from the Active Variable list click or type select max pres from the Active Variable list and click or type 2 Since EnSight can compute only one variable at a time one must break down involved equations into multiple smaller ones using temporary or intermediate variables Calculator limitations include the following 1 The variable name cannot be used in the expression The following is invalid temperature temperature 100 Instead use temperature2 temperature 100 2 The result of a function cannot be used in an expression pressure MAX plist pressure 2 Instead use two steps Define p max as MAX plist pressure then define norm press sqr as pressure p max 2 3 Created parts or changing geometry model parts cannot be used with a time calculation using 4 Calculations occur only on server based parts Client based parts are ignored and variable values may be undefined ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual S Built in Function Reference Although all built in functions are listed here consult the User Manual for the complete definition of a function EnSight provides the following built in general variable calculation functions Function Abbreviation if Description any Ape Surfaco rea Boundary Layer Cf at Wall BL_CfWall Boundary Layer Cf at the wall Displacemen
552. t o right square plane tensor Major W Middle W Minor spherical_tensor Display attributes Create Apply new variable Advanced Help Eo ak e i a T a i a a a a a a a a i a a a A a G a a a a G a a a G a a a a a a a e i a a a a a a e a a a i 1 Select the parent parts l PIET 4 Select which 5 Click Create pos e E E a eigenvectors to display Display Attributes The glyph s attributes to indicate tension or compression can be modified in several ways Click the Display Attributes button to open the Tensor Display Attributes dialog 1 Select the desired tip shape from the Tip Shape pulldown lip Shape Choices _ Color by Part i C l JF E B ompression Color Wix 1 00 0 00 0 00 None No tip default Tension colar Mix Ek 000 E 000 B 100 Line width by Part a fat Normal single wedge Good for 2D problems Compression line width 1 pixel ee Plane of the wedge is based on the Tension line width 3 pixels relative magnitudes of the components Clase Triangles Two intersecting triangles Good for 2D 3D problems 2 The glyph can either be colored by the part color or show a specified color for compressions and tension 3 The glyph can either be shown with the line width attribute of the glyph or show a different line width for tension and compression ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 223
553. t Constants other by typing the desired constant or other text directly into the Working Expression or by clicking the desired item in the Calculator keypad 4 Follow the instructions to build the desired expression and then click Evaluate File Edit View Help Available variable Result Type temperature Gunth Scalar a velocity O Gent Vector Coordinates 2 Gvnoth Vector Time Gvnoth Scalar f d E Activate Activate all Deactivate Extended CFD variables E E Yarliable name Fis Working p onart expression Clear Evaluate General Math Active variahles temperature _ Entrapy part Coordinates he ead an Fl mm ant lt a Eee fe Feedback Okay Plow any 1D or 2D part s velocity 3 Select any 1D or 2D part s and select Okay 3 or enter a part number and select Okay lt i Bie vee espa ee Bey es fae jee e iss Coa al Fees oe o J ee jea l User Manual Page 248 a 2 HowTo Index Create New Variables Examples of Expressions The following examples demonstrate usage of the variable calculator In each case first enter a name in the Variable Name field and click in the Working Expression area to activate it The examples assume that Analysis_ Time a given constant variable if the dataset is transient pressure density and velocity are all given variables Expression Descriptionand Howto Buil
554. t only node based variables will be queried 5 Select Query gt Show Information gt IJK The Query Prompt dialog opens Enter the values for the desired IJK location in the text fields and click Okay The query results will be printed to the EnSight message window which will pop up tceanalso be accessed from the INIO 1COhicsetnecsnnticedemetetaseeecuenereatecetestedcesseeteretecead me i The following shows sample output from an IJK query IJK 2 5 10 Query Information Node Id is 26146 Found in iblanked structured part 1 Coordinates In Frame 0 are 4 72982e 01 1 64710e 01 6 50679e 02 No variables active to show values at the IJK location Show Element Information To show information about a specific element you must have either given or automatically assigned element labels for your data You must also know the number of the element of interest If you do not know the number you can display element labels for the part To show element information 1 If your data is transient set the desired time using the Solution Time Quick Interaction area Edit gt Solution Time Editor 2 If you have multiple Cases select the desired case using Case gt casename 3 Select the desired part s in the Main Parts List The query will only be successful if the specified element is found in a selected part 4 Select the variable s you wish to query in the Main Variables List only element based variables will be queried
555. t BL_DispThick Boundary Layer displacement thickness Thickness Distance to BL_DistToValue Boundary Layer distance to value from the wall Value from Wall Momentum BL MomeThick Boundary Layer momentum thickness Thickness Coetiien coef Complex Cmplx Create complex variable from variables representing the real and imaginary portions Argument Argument of complex variable Conjugate Conjugate of complex variable Imaginary Imaginary portion of complex variable Modulus Modulus of complex variable Real portion of complex variable Transient CmplxTransResp Complex transient response Response Curl i Curl of a vector Dynamic Pressure E J Make node based variable from element based variable via average Enthapy S I a Fluid Shear FluidShear Fluid shear stress Stress Force ir Force Vector Force Vector on 1D part Gradient Ors GoD raion cfavarable SSSCSCS S Tensor GradTensorApprox Linear closed form tensor gradient approximation Approximation HelicityRelative Length Summeditength ofall 1D elements OOOO Logot Densiy DenstytoNom OO O Temperature TemperogNom gt O O O Mach number S O Mach Number FT Mach number Make Scalar at Elements MakeScalElem Scalar created by placing a constant value at each element 2 wA How To Index User Manual Page 250 Create New Variables ee any Max Find spatial max of variable over part s at current time Min Find spatial min of variable over part s
556. t connect to the si n name ls default ii Alt rsh cmd Open the Connection settings dialog e n A Toggle Manual Conn ON 5 55555 21145 Hit the Replace button 2 2 2 Manual Conn The current connection will be broken and you will be prompted to Replace the case and then to start the server SOS manually OR Conn name toy s sS S 2 Start Ensight client only no connection will be coe O o made E E S A Easy on non windows machines Enter Working di ensight8 client instead of ensight8 Login nam i ssi i lt i sSCS Alt rsh emd Open the Connection settings dialog E Use default rsh cmd Toggle Manual Conn ON eden eee eee eee Hit the Connect button Habee You will be prompted to start the server SOS manually ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual How To Connect EnSight gt 2 ee0ee Client and Server When prompted to start the server SOS manually you can do something like the following Note the machine you are running the client on will be referred to as CLENT HOST the machine you desire to run the server on will be referred to as SERVER HOST In a second window log onto the SERVER HOST machine using telnet or ssh or equivalent The SERVER HOST does not have to be of the same type as the CLENT HOST A Example of doing a telnet
557. t state of the art in hardware and software for video production this is the preferred method The images can be further manipulated on disk e g color de saturation or pixel averaging prior to recording If a problem occurred missing or bad frames can be regenerated Tools also exist to convert sequences of image files to popular animation formats such as MPEG and QuickTime 3 EnSight can directly output popular animation formats including MPEG AVI and its own format EnVideo SEE ALSO User Manual Keyframe Animation ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 331 Traces INTRODUCTION EnSight s powerful particle tracing facility can trace particles either steady state or transient through flow fields Animating the resulting traces often promotes intuitive comprehension of the characteristics of the underlying flow field Traces are animated by displaying one or more tracers on all traces of the trace part A tracer moves along the path of a trace with length proportional to the local velocity EnSight provides complete control over all aspects of the tracers including length speed and release interval for multiple pulses This article covers particle trace animation and assumes that you have already created one or more particle trace parts See How To Create Particle Traces for more information BASIC OPERATION To enable particle trace animation and adjust the animation parameters File Edit Query View Tools Case Help
558. tation User Manual Part Operations ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 288 Cut Parts INTRODUCTION It is sometimes desirable to cut parts to for example reveal the interior of a solid or remove unwanted or unneeded portions of a model EnSight can cut any server based part and either keep both sides or discard one Any of the 3D tools Plane Quadric or Box can be used as the cutting surface The cut operation produces dependent copies of the parent part The part s resulting from a cut are completely valid parts consisting of standard element types These parts can be used for any operation including further cuts BASIC OPERATION To cut a part 1 Select the part s in the Main Parts list 2 Click the Clip Feature icon x lt _ Use topl Plane Domain Intersect oipe 3 Select the desired cutting tool Plane Box P ee a i t i tent Cylinder Sphere Cone Surface of Plane tne Mezh i Clip eatents f inside i EEG pir mE K on TE Outside Revolution or Revolve 1D Part D InfOut F of slices 1 Delta 5 0000e 01 4 Position the desired cutting tool in the desired location Create Apply tool change Tool location Advanced Help 5 Select which sides to keep 20 erect eter Inside Keeps inside of quadrics or box and front of plane Outside Keeps outside of quadrics or box and ba
559. te 2 a me i z J Ai ee Poa 2 e a r T u E oe y aie a pe hs c eel n Mi att y ee LTI 3 z T 5 p iu hi ae ae AT wg Tk pe an val uth bet Le ree gs ae A pa Tei ea ee he f ng p ear a a pe rsin Mas A E A Hi F ths y ry A i oe arg z b a 4 n a u Migi la aaam 1 e 5 Pe dme a a 7 4 a i Tor ta h a sey es g r 4 a a r s A Ti ee ee ee r Em m bpb Eh An i alls Fa hU aa PE Ta 8 a ars fey F PR _ Ae pa iin i qi he s Bs pa ala F i i i ihe a ot be a de Nn a ge eg ar eg po j E rA kT rd oe Ls min Di Mikae irga Ta pele ee pe a ee eT ee ae hakea s jim i P n od a ys r F So 5 ae nal a J 4 l k i p y x S 1 fe h i aa mor mre oe A a n ai goaa PrE ii fe oe De a p wT Fy a a i 6 ee a F on aye i 4 r d ac ll 5 p jA oe Lee oe n Fay ee Fa ma g n f Fi n f rus i LE 7 a ee i j a a a oe z 7 ee oil a 8 i me i Pira T ie t i ee SS m a r Oe i h He a e OF aT Fate ae es st r eet ee mee ee ee de ar ite hy iy Dee ok ee he ct ee l s i ip F a ey ite a See ae ae yon a eL N ing ee ee a a a a li y i pa na m SEE Pay aED kpk aeg aia i om P og ay e eee TL es ae eel 4 ls _ gs T a Pa m E f u j q g oy Sg Bo a ule 1 T call age ol r fel HF sE Lares g re r A d Pa 7 1 y i i Ha T HT Ee og r fo De Se Big ee et a eee gee Ps 1 ee og E i n a Lee a tg Loo a a aa a if aoe eS el ag 3 a Tia LE p a Tal a T oT a Fe z a 2 ae ee N
560. te the line with the mouse 1 Place the mouse over the end of one of the tool axes 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the axis endpoint until the line has rotated as desired 4 Release the mouse button Note selecting the X axis endpoint will rotate about the Y axis selecting the Y axis endpoint will rotate about the X axis and selecting the Z axis endpoint will rotate in a general fashion about the centerpoint Note that the mouse pointer will change when it is over a hotpoint if you are in Part or Frame mode Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the tool transformation Line moving and stretching is restricted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the Line in another plane rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight Note that the Line will not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 153 To position the Line on a part with the p key 1 Click the Pick button in the global area above the graphics window on the desktop 2 Select Pick line tool location from the pop up menu Then pick either by 2 points or 2nodes 3 In the Graphics Window place the mouse pointer on a part over the desired location for the first Line endpoint and press the p key or whate
561. ted at the center point The Plane can also have a semi transparent filled center that enhances visibility of the region The Plane tool is used to supply EnSight with a planar specification for example to specify the location for a planar clip or a net for a particle trace BASIC OPERATION In many cases the Plane tool will automatically turn on when performing some function that requires it You can also turn the tool on and off manually by toggling one of the Plane entries in the Tools menu e g Tools gt _ or by clicking the Plane on the Desktop EnSight Pile Edit Query View Tools e Case TE p A 7 _ Region selector _ Cursor qE Line 1 W Plane 4 P are _ Box me Case 1 l Computational mes Quadric Tool positions g Select Delete Sort The Plane tool can be placed in three ways interactively through direct manipulation of tool hotpoints with the mouse by positioning the mouse pointer over a part and typing the p key or precisely positioned by typing coordinates into a dialog To move the Plane with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer over the center of the tool s gt s rrr tr rrr rrr 2 Click and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the Plane to the desired location 4 Release the mouse button To stretch or scale the Plane about the plane s center with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer ove
562. ted parts Selected parts can be written to disk and loaded in a future session Select File gt Save gt Geometric Entities You have the option of saving either in EnSight format VRML format STL format or other user defined formats See How To Save Geometric Entities for more information SEE ALSO User Manual Features Part Operations ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 180 INTRODUCTION A contour is a line of constant value on a two dimensional though not necessarily planar surface The region on one side of the line is larger than the isovalue the region on the other side is less than the isovalue EnSight creates contour lines in groups where the isovalues either correspond to the levels in the palette defined for the contour variable or a user specified range and distribution The main level contour lines can also be labeled with the corresponding palette value BASIC OPERATION pace eee e ee 2 Click the Contours icon File Edit Query View Toolsy Case Help HZ p gt a BY 2 lt Ex a ae Ki mE ee j Pe Select a variable o l Computational mesh Wo Syne to palette W Color by creation variable temperature ar PRERE PERRA i dfeehfgs o fo0 EAP Vari s p W Visible PARRE BAIR p oponent sukblevels W Visible ERiate i awe iiei ELELABMAR Label attributes 2 f Create Apply new variable Advanced Help A Select Delete Sort ao Ble Ae E El F o
563. ted with it This can be done by selecting the part s and either clicking on the appropriate button thumbnail or selecting the number from the Use texture option menu Apply Close F Fe Fe Fe PF Pe lc Tt hlhlUcr lhlUrlUrhtD Save Default Textures The basic information for the currently Selected texture is displayed in the text field below the thumbnails The size of the texture its source border color and the nature of its transparency A channel and border color is displayed All textures have both a color RGB and an opacity A component By default the thumbnail is drawn using the full RGBA pixel value Options at the bottom of the menu allow the user to select which channels to draw The lower row of images in the example dialog above are all the same texture but drawn with a different function The leftmost image is the full RGBA image etre er terete cere eter eet the middle one is just the RGB part of the image 772ee2 ccceeeeeeeeteteee teeter teed and the rightmost one is just the A part of the magar eere eE E E ee Notice how the A channel masks out the black and white pixels in the RGB image This masking can be used to place non rectangular images icons on EnSight parts Users often make use of a common set of textures for many different analyses e g company logos standard palettes etc The Save Default
564. ter over the end of one of the central ON APA fT AMOS seca s eee E is sean ff fens he i fe 7 2 Click and drag until desired rotation is accomplished Pf fof 3 Release the mouse button Note Selecting the x axis will rotate about the Y axis Selecting the y aa will rotate about the X axis _ Note that the mouse pointer will change when it Undo Redo button at the bottom of screen can be used to undo redo the tool transformation Revolution tool moving and stretching is restricted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the Revolution tool in another plane either rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight or use the other modes to manipulate the tool Note that the Revolution tool will not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 169 1 Open the Transformations dialog by clicking Transf on the desktop 2 select Editor Function gt Tools gt Revolution The dialog displays the profile curve as a series of connected line segments with stars positioned at the curve points You can edit the curve by clicking and dragging the points or by manually entering distance radius pairs You can also add or delete points As you make changes the tool in the graphics window updates interactively To edit points with the mouse 1 Click on the point and drag to the
565. terial yes depending on representation In the last column depending on representation means the current visual representation for the part For example if the part s visual representation is Not Loaded then no data is currently present on the client Hints and Tips With some datasets that contain many parts it sometimes becomes difficult to maintain the connection between a part as displayed in the Graphics Window and the corresponding item in the Parts List To see which part s are currently selected in the Parts List select View gt Show Selected Parts This will open a new graphics window titled Part s Selected Viewport that will display only those parts that are currently selected in the Parts List You can rapidly cycle through items in the Parts List using the up down arrow keys on your keyboard Select any item in the list and then press the up arrow to move to previous entries or down arrow to move to subsequent entries This is particularly helpful when used in conjunction with the Part s Selected Viewport window as described above to quickly locate a part of interest You can select parts in the Parts List by picking the part in the Graphics Window In Part Mode select Pick Part from the Pick pull down In the Graphics Window place the mouse pointer over any portion of the desired part and press the p key If you hold down the control key at the same time the part is added to the list of currently selec
566. the suffix py enc ctx the appropriate action will be taken If the suffix does not match one of these three then the file will just be executed In the above example enliten8 and envideos will be executed whereas EnLitenSaveScenario enc and EnVideoSaveAnim enc will be processed via EnSight provides text for tool tip display description provides text for the tool button ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 388 provides an icon for the tool button display mode for button text and icon Both Icon Text d The ToolHelpers directory should contain any class command etc files that are needed by the python command etc files that are in the main user_defined_tools directory If you have created a directory structure for specific tools with a tools define file then these helper files can be in the specific tool directory to make things more self contained SEE ALSO User Manual Edit Menu Functions a M4 bh ob How To Index User Manual Page 389 INTRODUCTION Ensight supports shared memory parallel computation via POSIX threads on all of our supported platforms BASIC OPERATION Configuration Each executable of EnSight can be configured individually to control the number of threads used The following environment variables are used to specify the maximum number of threads that the executable should use for computation ENSIGHT8 MAX THREADS The maximum number of threads to use for each EnSight server Th
567. the tool as desired by clicking at the center and dragging to a new position or clicking on any corner and resizing Note that the aspect ratio will be preserved as indicated by the dotted lines within the tool 6 Click the zoom magnifying glass indicator at the top left of the tool Note that zooming actually changes the location of EnSight s virtual camera or look from point Zooming in moves the camera closer to the object zooming out moves it farther away The look from look at points can also be edited explicitly If you have multiple viewports visible each one can be manipulated independently To transform in a different viewport place the mouse pointer within the bounds of that viewport before you click the left mouse button You can reset transformation parameters as well as tool and frame transforms by clicking the Reset See How To Reset Tools and Viewports for more information The Fit button is useful in causing the currently visible parts to be centered and zoomed to fit within the viewport ADVANCED USAGE All EnSight transformations can be controlled precisely by specifying explicit transforms in the Transformations Editor dialog To open the dialog click the Transf Edit icon on the desktop The slider performs the requested transformation based on the selected transformation action in the selected viewport s File Editor function Help Select the desired z i Transform action tra
568. the variable to use aoe eee a E o If desired enter an Offset value and press return The Offset allows you to shift the elevated surface away from the parent but does not affect the shape 6 If desired toggle Surface or Sidewalls off The Surface is the actual elevated surface You can also have Sidewalls which stretch from the border of the parent to the border of the Surface to enclose the created part teen eeeeen sees 7 Click Create SEE ALSO User Manual Elevated Surface Create Update ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 219 Create Profile Plots INTRODUCTION A profile plot is the 2D counterpart to an elevated surface a projection away from a 1D part based on the value of a variable Profile plots can be created on any 1D part clip lines contours particle traces or model parts consisting of 1D elements BASIC OPERATION 2 Click the profile creation icon pe ee ee e T 3 ED Se ON Select a variable Case 1 La l Computational mesh temperature Offset 000006400 g a aaa aaa aaaea Show orientation Update orientation f Create Apply new variable I ae ae Help mmm mmm mmm mmm mmm mmm aaa ag lt NT 1 Select the parent part 4 Select an appropriate Scale Factor or click Get Default 3 Select the variable to use a 5 If desired enter an Offset value and press return a The Offset allows you to shi
569. then the client will evaluate the environment variable LSB MCPU_ HOSTS for the resources The environment variable specifies a quoted string such aS host1l 5 host2 4 host3 1 which indicates 5 CPUs should be used on host1 4 CPUs should be used on host2 and 1 CPU should be used on host3 The hosts will be used in a round robin fashion The sosres file name command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file This file name is passed to the SOS and processed by it thus the file name must be accessible and readable by the ensight8 sos process If multiple sosres options are specified only the last will be used The chres file name command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file This file name is passed to the CollabHub and processed by it thus the file name must be accessible and readable by the ensight8 collabhub process If multiple chres options are specified only the last will be used The res file name command line option specifies the pathname to a resource file This command line option can be specified multiple times This might be useful when generating resource files dynamically a single file might specify only a particular type of resource e g SERVER Or RENDERER The last occurrence of a particular section takes precedence when multiple res options are given Finally a resource file may be selected in the File gt Open dialog for the SOS to use If multiple resources
570. tically calculate a series of clipping planes for you These can then be replayed as fast as your graphics hardware will permit using EnSight s Flipbook Animation facility The flipbook can animate a series of clipping planes using a starting and ending position for the Plane tool You can also use the Keyframe Animation facility to animate clipping planes For a description of calculating a series of clipping planes with the Flipbook see How To Create a Flipbook Animation For more information on keyframing see How to Create a Keyframe Animation Cutting with Planes A plane can be used to create parts which are the result of a cut of its parent domain into front inside and or back outside parts These parts contain valid elements of the same order as the original domain parts Cutting can be used to slice away portions of a model that are not needed or to create animation effects such as opening closed regions to view the interior 1 Select the desired parent parts in the parts list _ Interactive 2 Click the Clip feature Use tool Plane Domain Intersect oo a icon 7 Crinkly Plane type Mesh Clip extents F ee 3 Select the Plane Tool pis sm s s Y s Outside of slices 1 Delta 5 0000e 01 InfOut 4 Set the Domain to Inside Outside or In Out both inside and Create Apply tool change Tool location Advanced Help outside
571. tically reload the appropriate file and jump to the correct page Note that most pdf readers also consider a change of view e g scrolling or magnification as an event to remember in the back forward list User Manual ka 2 HowTo Index H OW T O aoe Q e000 PRINTING Printing Topics From The PDF Reader You can easily print any topic in the How To manual or pages from the other documentation from within the pdf reader The documents will produce decent hardcopy printouts To print a topic 1 Navigate to the topic you want to print 2 Choose Print from the File menu or hit the printer icon 3 Be sure the Printer Command setting is correct for your environment and then click OK Your document should print to the selected or default printer If you do not have a printer available on your network or you wish to save the PostScript file to disk you can do so click the File button enter a filename and click OK Printing EnSight Manuals You can print all or portions of the EnSight manuals from provided pdf files These files have been print optimized and should produce reasonably high quality hardcopy They have all been formatted for letter size paper These files are located in the doc Manuals directory of the EnSight installation CEIl HOME ensight82 doc Manuals Installation pdf CEIl HOME ensight82 doc Manuals GettingStarted pdf CEIHOME ensight82 doc Manuals HowTo pdf CEIlHOME ensight82 doc Manuals User
572. tion use resources on and auto distribute on The casefile line for each server is brought to the beginning of each subsection FORMAT type master server LS DYNA3D Use Pesoureces On a to digtribuce on SERVERS number of servers 2 Server 1 2a e casefile d3plot machine id executable ensight82 server directory tmp login id data path tmp Server 2 PEN a PEE EEA casefile one enone machine id executable ensight82 server directory tmp EOG acd data path tmp 2 The following resource file my hosts res is created CEITResourceFile 1 0 SOs nost DOr SERVERS host dronel host drone2 host drone3 host dronel 2 EnSight is started with this command line ensignto reg my NOSts te g05 The EnSight Client will run on the local workstation the SOS ensight8 sos will run on computer borg 3 In the File gt Open dialog the SOS Case file big data sos is selected and the Load All button is clicked The SOS will start two EnSight Servers on computers dronel and drone2 Only two servers are used since two casefile lines occur in the SOS Case file The number of servers 2 line is ignored as are the machine id lines Each of the servers will read half of the data set due to the line auto distribute on in big_data sos Another SOS Case File Example 1 The file SOS case file big data sos is mo
573. tion set the Run From field to 2 so that the animation begins generating frames with keyframe 2 At that point the tracer animation process will have executed once for each sub frame between keyframes 1 and 2 ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 329 Create a Keyframe Color The color gamut the range of colors a device is capable of displaying of video especially NTSC is significantly less than that of your workstation monitor The result is that certain colors that look fine on your workstation cannot be reproduced on video Fully saturated colors especially red and blue which bleed across the screen are particularly troublesome However it is quite easy to de saturate your images prior to recording There are actually three ways to do this 1 Modify all of the colors in use to de saturate them For example if a color is pure red 1 0 0 change it to be a more pastel red 85 1 1 2 Modify the saturation factor in the Image Format Options A factor of 0 85 is usually good 3 Create your animation then de saturate the images using an image tool such as the one available from the San Diego Supercomputing Center it s free This will only work of course if you are saving animation images to disk files Dark backgrounds work much better than light backgrounds Black is often the best choice Lines Moving single width lines have a tendency to crawl on video Use a minimum line width of 2 Anti al
574. to default rsh command Enable Nagle RFC896 network feature on by default Server Client Networking If set then use 1 1 socket interface instead of the default 2 2 Server interface Windows only ENSIGHT8 SOCKBUF Client server Networking Sets socket buffer size can be different between client and server DISPLAY Client Other Do not remote the display from a different machine as this is inefficient and prone to problems Run the client on your local machine and the server remotely and connect them as EnSight is optimized for this configuration ENSIGHT8 MAX CTHREADS Client Parallel The maximum number of threads to use for each EnSight client Threads in the client are used to accelerate sorting of transparent surfaces The maximum number of threads to use on the server of server in order to start up server processes in parallel rather than serially This is currently disabled The maximum number of threads to use for each EnSight server Threads are used to accelerate the computation of streamlines clips isosurfaces and other compute intensive operations Resources Specify a resource file name that the client reads Resources Specify quoted strings of space delimited host names e g host1 host2 host1 host3 to be used for EnSight servers The host names are used in the order they occur A host name may occur multiple times If either the use lsf for servers or use lsf for renderers command lin
575. tool transformation Sphere moving and stretching is restricted to the plane perpendicular to your line of sight If you need to move the Sphere in another plane either rotate the model such that the desired translation plane is perpendicular to your new line of sight or use the other modes for manipulating the tool Note that the Sphere will not exactly track the location of the mouse pointer ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 165 H OW T O a n Q 00e To set the Sphere by specifying coordinates 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog by clicking Transf on the desktop Transformation editor Sphere tool File Editor function Transform action ua 2 Select Editor Function gt Tools gt Sphere ims About axis ee oT we vy All 0 0 all E E Which frame Scale settings Coord frame Increment 1 000000 Limit 10 000000 ld ef p Cartesian Coordinates of Sphere Tool in Frame 0 3 Enter the desired coordinates for the Origin location of the center point k YT Fa the Axis direction vector and or the Ong 6 6615e l Sei 5 2080e 01 1 0289 00 Radius and press return Anis 4 0075e 01 2 4968e 01 3 5541e 01 if you are going to create a developed surface from Radius 1 0081 e 00 a spherical clip you need to be aware of how the A a E VF spherical axis orientation affects this operation Close See How To Creat
576. tors as mode shapes to visualize selected vibration modes each represented by a different displacement vector The EnSight Flipbook is used to build and load the animation Once loaded the animation can be replayed while still providing viewing control To create a mode shape flipbook 1 Be sure displacements are active and the Displacement Factor is set to a suitable value as described above 2 Click the Flipbook icon Query View Tools Case Help Current time steptlb 000000 simulation 1 00000e 01 gt 2 BA ES El a SX 4 Load Run l Cylinder T EEEE 3 Load type Mode shapes oad as Objects 2 Collar and Base S Oe ee Number of flipbook pages to create jy e e W Regenerate all pages Load ie 3 Select Mode Shapes from 4 Enter the desired number of the Load Type pulldown Flipbook pages to create 2 5 Click Load 6 Once loading is complete it will automatically change to the Run tab and the animation will be running The first page of the animation shows the full displacement as it is shown in the Graphics Window without the Flipbook while the last page shows full displacement in the opposite direction Intermediate pages show displacements as driven by the cosine function Note that you can create copies or extracts of parts and simultaneously display them with different mode shape variables or to show the initial stat
577. transform reset 138 full representation 291 G gauges annotation 346 general quadric clip 213 general user interface preferences 369 geometry file 35 save in EnSight Gold format 97 save in VRML format 97 grid clip 199 group part 286 H hidden line overlay 112 hidden surface drawing 112 I icon bar customize 356 icons reference 396 IJK changing step refinement 205 clip 204 interactive plane sweep 205 query 262 image output 88 preferences 370 input devices defining 381 interactive clipping IJK 205 line 195 plane 197 quadric 202 RTZ 209 XYZ 208 gt 2 OAA HowTo Index isosurfaces 183 particle traces 189 probe preferences 371 query 264 isosurface animation 184 318 creation 183 interactive 183 isovolume 185 creation 185 J JPEG output 92 K keyboard macros 361 keyframe animation 322 Record 327 Run From To 326 Save and Restore 328 Speed Actions 324 Tips 328 Transient 327 Viewing Window 325 L labels element 298 node 298 legend color 349 light source attributes 131 location 131 lighting attributes 131 model 295 line annotation 337 clip 194 tool 153 logo annotation 348 look at 118 look from 118 M macros 361 Manipulate Fonts 352 map textures 306 material part 239 measured data 228 merge part 287 mode shapes 227 Model Axis 148 Model Extent Bounds 148 mouse buttons customizing 358 preferences 372 MPEG output options 92 N node labels 298 query 261 not loaded represent
578. ts ESSE PPR E ne distributed rendering ENSOMT HOB AROS EPR anen used win totes renderrg nnn when used with distributed rendering ASSETS TRESOMNEASIOST SOE PR nere he main olem eregutes nn where the main client executes ASSO HOB OUTPUT PEPE edwin aemoutearendenng o WON used with distributed rendering ENSIGHT8 RENDERER _ HOSTS Client a space delimited string consisting of the hostnames to use Collab for distributed rendering clients See current client documentation as well Also see the Resources documentation for additional information ENSIGHT8 WORKER APP Collab the executable name for the client when used with distributed rendering ENSIGHT8 WORKER_ARGS Collab a string of arguments passed to the distributed rendering client executable ENSIGHT8 WORKER_CONNBACKHOST Collab the collabhub executable hostname used by distributed rendering clients eee CEI FONT GLYPHCACHESIZE Client Font Number of font characters to keep in memory at a given time default 500 Increasing this number will use more memory but may increase rendering speed if many different characters are in use use only the fonts provided by CEI A list of separated directories on Windows where EnSight looks for ttf and ttc font files ENSIGHT_FONT_DEFAULT_ANNOT_STYLE Specify style to be used for annotation defaults ENSIGHT_FONT_DEFAULT_OUTLINE Specify family to be used for ID and axis defaults Specify the relative scale for the outline font The value
579. ts Use frustrum culling where possible Prints current OpenGL configuration parameter defaults to screen glsw Forces use of software implementation of OpenGL bypassing the hardware graphics card same as X no_frustrum_cul sampling Ei aoe i z a T H i 4 H i m La z i x E s g ri em et im B oe wee ha ey t t z e tof I s EEN uiu am T h G a E a 5 a gt ala alo O Oo1 f 1n a O QO1N m O x lt 5 5 3 Gil N DS IE D o so 3 n2 Q Ls 4 O lt O2 5 VIS O SL 5 A V 4 3 OIO Is 23 3 opgoe 0O ie Oi lt oO M alm 1 I 3 3 CIC Pe Y o 3 3 o o 5 5 QO Q WY i i vcount lt gt Specifies the maximum number of vertices between begin end pairs in a OpenGL display list object This option is useful for certain graphics cards most modern Nvidia based when dealing with large display objects it will usually impact the performance of creating the display list objects Every graphics card driver will be optimal at a different vcount value so testing is necessary to achieve maximum performance Starts the X version of EnSight uses Mesa OpenGL instead of native OpenGL bypassing the hardware graphics card This option is mandatory if the batch option is desired This is the same as glsw Specify number of samples for software multi sampling al5lol gt l gt 3l gt gt A E 12 alol lala OIU mr ge SSS is a lee 0
580. ts a Performance Query User Defined Input Yariables View f ESE AE EE SEE EEE EEE EE EE EE EEE EEE SEE EE EEE EE SEE EEE SE EEE Be a a Platter preferences SEES EEE Ba oe So ets ota ita cts oa os its ts oe ta ts ba itea ta ae a ee EE 2 Modify any Plot mode attributes now available For example Graph Attrs width height background Axis Attra label format line width Curve Attrs type width style gt 2 HowTo Index a Save to preference file Close Help User Manual Page 375 To Set Query Preferences 1 Select Query from the Preferences Categories list 222 02e0e ee p 2 Click this toggle on so that once you create a query it will be automatically plotted 3 If Auto Plot Queries is toggled on then you have the option to check this toggle If on and an existing plot uses the same variables you query will be added to this existing plot Otherwise an new plot will be created 4 Click the Click Here To Start button This will bring up the Query quick interaction area with all query items deselected 5 Set any attribute for example Distance Type and 30 Samples for the Line tool constraint 6 Click here to save the preferences x A Preference categories select one Parts a Performance Plotter User Defined Input Variables View f ESE SEE HE EE EEE EEE EE EE EE EEE EEE SE
581. ts as Povray surface triangular elements This file shouldn t be edited by the user Pid ITI TIT TIT I7 77 same ve Fi lename poy 7 77 777 17777 777777777 rVETSLOM Os 5 include carapov00 inc declare Part 1 mesh2 VETLGxX Vectors i 297 LS Aoao H WUUZ 02Zy SAIS A eN TAa e N a E 0002 lt I3Ls0l5 203 6539 144 5152 740 01 SL or Shoes o e O N T a N loley S122 404 20342160 Ll2 Al sTo la Lo s0007 aeo r a O N a e a r face 1ndices 4 490 lyer lt 1 6 gt gt lt 2 3 17 gt Lap Ory lt 9 e declare Part 2 mesh2 Vertex Vectors 4 2001 sel oor SM LOOZeOZy 24403077 lt 1900e2No 7 1308402 241 140 gt sTo Lelo SL eoU y 220 0 127 face indices 490 Arapa tiles ores y Sirop l gt sAr lenr lt o iro object Part 1 textu ure Part 1 material scale lt 1 1 1 gt object Part 495 text re Part 495 material scale lt 1 1 1 gt k HowTo Index User Manual R ot q t e i Z Oo Translate Scale INTRODUCTION EnSight provides global transformations rotation translation and zooming to permit user manipulation of objects in the Graphics Window The transformations can either be performed interactively with the mouse or precisely by entering explicit values The mouse buttons can be user programmed to perform different transformations BASIC OPERATION The Transformation Control Area controls the operation of the left m
582. ts is deleted the Area variable will automatically be recalculated If you delete a grouped part all parts in the group will be deleted SEE ALSO User Manual Part Operations WAP How To Index User Manual Page 290 H OW To a8 A e000 Representation INTRODUCTION The ability to change part representations is a powerful management tool in EnSight Not only can you select the visual representation that best meets your needs you can also manage memory more effectively Part representations exist on the client the full part is maintained by the server Using simpler representations both reduces your client memory consumption as well as improving graphics display speed EnSight provides five representation modes for parts as well as three modes that are a combination of the five depending on the dimensional order of parts Full Every face and edge of every element is displayed Border Only unshared faces for 3D parts or unshared edges for 2D parts are displayed 3D Border 2D Full Display 3D parts in Border representation display 2D parts in Full representation This is the default representation for all parts 3D Feature 2D Full Display 3D parts in Feature representation display 2D parts in Full representation 3D nonvisual 2D Full Display 3D parts in Non Visual representation display 2D parts in Full representation Feature Angle Only those edges joining faces in the Border representation for which th
583. tup Parallel Rendering Active stereo works by rapidly displaying alternating left and right eye views on the screen An emitter which sits on top of your display monitor sends an infrared signal to special glasses worn by the viewer s The glasses contain liquid crystal shutters that alternately open and close the left and right eye lenses in response to the signal from the emitter in sync with the monitor display The update frequency is such that the viewer effectively fuses the left and right views into a single stereo image Stereo is useful for viewing any type of visually complex geometry It is especially helpful for visualizing amorphous objects such as animating particle traces trace ribbons or discrete particles It has also been noted that management and customers are typically quite impressed by stereo display see the See Also section below for information on purchasing NuVision stereo glasses through CEI BASIC OPERATION In EnSight stereo display is enabled by pressing the F12 key on your keyboard Pressing the F12 key again will return to normal display The stereo separation angle can be controlled by pressing the F10 and F11 keys F10 decreases the angle and F11 increases the angle When EnSight is configured to use a detached display see How To Setup Parallel Rendering these commands affect only the detached display The GUI window remains MOnoscopic Configuring your display On most platforms the display is not
584. ture map to use select the color icon to bring up the Part Color dialog and click on the Edit Textures button to bring up the texture O ee ee re ee ee ee ee ee Right click on the first texture button and select Load p texture Ie ereere enn E E E E a es p Browse to the image file containing your logo image File C Program Files CEl ensight82 freedesktop ensight82 png A good example is the CEI logo found in CEl HOME 3 oe ee ensight82 freedesktop ensight82 png This image includes ae i E an alpha channel that is zero outside of the logo pixels the Texture mode Decal Interpolation Linear IN A Compute texture coordinates by Projection Display Alpha menu option will display only this channel j a E Associate this texture with the part by depressing the icon O BA ne S vector 3 1847e 00 0 0000e 00 1 3288e 02 that has this image on it e e eee eee eee T vector 3 0479e 03 2 125e 00 17 3093e 01 The hypersonic body will get a tiling of CEI logos over it m Set plane tool to proj since we only want a single logo change the Repeat mode ii to Clamp the logos will likely disappear da i ji E ore S variable lt S v none gt const 0 5 T variable lt none gt const 0 5 L Apply Close Save Default Textures Help I 3 Finally we need to set up the transform necessary to place the logo Bring up the plane tool and size
585. type ensight gold GEOMETRY model 1 set_ _ geo changing _coords_only VARLABLE scalar per node 1 set_ _ scl TIME time set number of steps filename start number filename increment time values O uv P BLOCK_CONTINUATION number of sets 2 filename start number 1 filename increment 1 cluster_2 case would contain ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Fra ae e a a eo A e z E F t n igl 2 ee d r a r ee e rT HE T a p ee b e a r a LE p r i z Era ee ai b i dl by a Pa r 7 cn Pas ra p e i onl i 7 a a n a oe m a n i a 2 bead 5 a i Bee a ob es a Ay j r a LFE rr oe d z a tal ie as Feet be ag gt e Co vi eg et ee oe dia se Oe ee 7 i 7 omi s 2 Pell EL a om Le Fee n rs jaa Se a Larr E Ph oa ve eg ji Aati K i T i dT is en a Er aati a lp _ paar te ee Be jomi i iia g a fs e pea i e TEA a ga T gaii ee Ek ee i w Tp J Ar L s Sei a t ee ee de a T ie i k Pss p B k ee Ti t heel y x a i T y gis Be ml gt Pe a oe _ ot a E r t ay ns a J E n E ja a i p ja Be i a a r i aj a 4 fj a i 4 k r a aa fi ete L e Pai Da fa il r i p d te ee Ce ee ee on a LA he 5 a Y E a i of rs g Se ee be i j ps i mre 54 eee Po a ae d F j a og Tene ote oe Te eS iij ee gt Sgt j E ma pee 4 Bs ie ig ay ee ie poe Py ees T i m 7 a i w a pes i x a agi h a a 7 5 s _ ell iy A oy I ge ge Ry De a a j N
586. u will have to manually start another server You can follow the progress of the connection in the Message area See the EnSight Getting Started Manual or How To Connect EnSight Client and Server for more information Once connected EnSight will also load all parts of this new case if you use this method k e O o How To Index User Manual Page 51 Using File gt Data reader dialog method 1 Select Case gt Add Replace Delete to open the data reader File Selection dialog gt d File selection Filter Directories Files usrlocal CETensights0 other data ensicghtiami README ami fusrlocalfCETensights0 other_datafensightiamt ami case ami gen ami res ami sel f f 2 If the Case section is not A iA i open click the turndown iy Case add replace delete 3 Click Add Aaa Replace Delete Add case 4 If desired enter a name for the case other than the default The name will be displayed in the Optional settings Case menu so this case can be yi Create new viewport for this case selected as the current case if Apply context from case 1 5 Set optional settings gt d PRY l a Reflect model about axis Create new viewport for this case will place the new case in a new viewport JX JY JZ Origin X 9 000000e 00 Y 9 0000002 00 Z 9 0000002 00 Apply Context From Case 1 will cause the new case to inherit po
587. uch slower to draw especially for large models since all geometry must be sorted from back to front prior to each redraw Fill Pattern Fill pattern or screen door transparency uses polygon fill patterns to control where polygons are drawn typically a fine grid specifying on and off EnSight provides three patterns that yield varying degrees of pseudo transparency Transparency is not available on all platforms Note Hidden line overlays cannot be displayed while using transparency BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the desired part s in the Parts List PERAR REE EEEE genes 2 Select Part in the Mode Selection area to enter Part mode Part color lighting amp transparency W Apply modifications immediately 3 Click the Part color lighting amp transparency icon to open corresponding dialog se eee ee ee ee ee Seid Shading type Gouraud 6 Highlight shininess 0 00 Highlight intensity 0 20 For true transparency Diffused light 4 Adjust the slider to the desired setting Opaqueness OA Fill patterngs ill 0 Seale alo The Graphics Window will dynamically laaoan 77ors o 7 lze 22 gt update as the slider is adjusted a a 1 OR gt For Fill Pattern transparency a A 4 Select the desired pattern from the n 1 00 1 00 8 1 00 Fill Pattern pulldown
588. ult value The codes are lt no gt The text is drawn in normal mode The text is drawn in superscript mode The text is drawn in subscript mode lt fo family style gt Change the current font family and or style To change just the font family use lt fo newfamily gt To change the style only use lt fo newstyle gt The special case of lt fo gt resets the text family and style to the default lt so scale voff gt Change the current scaling and or vertical line offset To change only the relative fontsize use lt so scale gt where 1 0 is the default size of the text To change only the vertical offset of the next text use lt so offset gt For example lt so 0 5 0 5 gt simulates superscript The special case of lt so gt resets the scale and vertical offset to 1 0 and 0 0 respectively Store the current text position into slot X x is an integer from 1 to 9 lt re X gt Recall the current text position from slot X x is an integer from 1 to 9 The store recall mechanism in conjunction with lt so gt allows for accurate repositioning of text For example it allows overstrike of text and for the generation of simultaneous super and subscripts as well as formatted fractions Note that slot O is reserved for the first character in the current line of text oy Insert a single glyph from the Symbol font at this position Note that 3 decimal digits must follow the lt sy gt text I gt
589. unix See mag Uses larger feature icons in EnSight non Windows only Magnification factor of menus titlebars icons using a float number that is greater than 1 0 on high resolution displays or power wall Windows only Menu font size 4 to 50 Will use text in place of icons section Label color name c string lt 24 chars long sets window attributes based on the screen size of 1024x768 non Windows only Uses smaller feature icons in EnSight default token_wait_for mag Smallscreen I I I I I I I I N N C a s s 3 3 9 3 2 s si g D 3 Q A 5 Q O D O C Doglia 5 V 0 2 0 O Ololx S S O G2 A ap O rdia N V Section 3 EnSight Server Specific Options set element buffer size for Unstructured Auto Distribute passed from client down Print some debugging info for EnSight format geometries passed from client to server Ignore the working directory in the ensight connect default file Turns off maxsize checking passed from client to server Don t produce ghosts in Unstructured Auto Distribute passed from client down Don t print metric for Unstructured Auto Distribute passed from client down Prints user defined reader library loading information in shell window upon startup of server passed from client to server Provide scale factor to scale geometry by passed from client to server Provide scale factor to scale all vectors by passed from client to server set
590. upon the settings in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Keyboard For example given the settings shown one could also set the pick action to Pick element s to blank and either use the keyboard P key or double clicking of the left mouse button Pick part wr Pick plane d pts tool location Pick plane 2 pts tool location Pick plane tool origin Pick plane tool normal wr Pick line tool location Pick curser tool location wr Pick center of transform Pick element s ta blank lt wr Fick lookrat point as D W Element blanking allowed Clear Close Clear all parts General User Interface A Image Saving and Printing Performance Flotter SEER EEE EEE EE EE EE EE EEE EEE EE cts cks obs ots obs thtt Mouse and keyboard preferences Herek HEHEHE AE EEE EEE EE EEE EEE EE EEE EEE EE ots cks obs ots obs Left Selected transform action Middle Zon i Right Translate Left amp middle Nothing L Left amp right Nothing Middle amp right Nothing All Nothing tk Double click pick settings Herr a p Left Selected pick action Middle Pick part i Right Pick elements to blank E i AS t D r key Selected pick action Ei Zoom style Automatic slide Save ta preference file Close Help velocity 1 003e 00 7 526e 01 5 017 01 2 509e 01 0 000e 00 Note the default for element blanking User
591. ur element representation be z replaced by a point and normal only 4 aB 6 If desired you can apply polygon reduction Polygon reduction is designed to speed up visualization processing by thinning out the number of polygons that are rendered There is naturally a trade off in image quality and speed Note that the original model is not modified just its rendered image OTHER NOTES Note that some derived parts Such as contours or vector arrows are based on the client s representation of the parent part If the parent s representation changes the derived parts will change as well You cannot change the representation of a copied part A copy always exhibits the current representation of the Original part A part s representation can be made permanent by creating a new part based on the current representation See How to Extract Part Representations for more information SEE ALSO User Manual Element Representation ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 292 Set Attributes INTRODUCTION Part attributes control the appearance and behavior of parts Much of the power of EnSight derives from the broad range of attributes available and the ease with which they can be changed Attributes are grouped into several classes Creation Creation attributes are unique for each non model part type e g the isovalue of an isosurface Most if not all of the creation attributes for a p
592. urface as a projected circle from the circle in the texture to view parts interior to it The sphere texture provides a smoother clip Experiment with other textures and repeat modes for other effects Remember that each part can have its own texture each with a different set of projection settings for highly expressive visual options Here is an example of a clipping texture applied to dynamic particle traces The tracer pulses are not clipped but the traces are clipped to a projected circle texture as in the example IA j y S PGT SL 7 velocity 1 003 4000 7 526e 001 5 01 7e 001 2 509 001 0 000e 000 k hae 2 M4 bh How To Index User Manual Page 313 i i marre Tm i TE Cak pen T ee a Se aga a z a a Pa k ae F i i d re ny p eye a iFa s gt 3 Fi v a bi Pir 7 A ee eF we oe Bee d i gi R Era oe a ha LE oy fa SLF amS Pi G T F i i i s ya j pina be iTia T ei i a i p rT M o as i e z ee ee p Auri a la J A p y 4 m Ge ar E a E o iz i aa amp i po 4 i a k a d n J Paita ip jj 7 i j i 5 G k E a E 2 I T a 2 ey ae pi Lr BE 5 re 3 i a Caia i ae i Aint meg Rage a sd a k 7 ve y a B j _ p m Tapai o a a i ts a Ka If i pe m 7 R ai T Taz rE bz r pr jt aS a l m i x TT pp ir j igj x g a a p ii 5 i e z p Pa 4 oa J 2 ma m Er a i 5 z E pen e i 5 ee r dl pe z a je 5 i 7 4 a 2 a k n a wi J U co i F i ba oy a
593. v fbs ifbO res stereo The fbconfig utility is a wrapper tool that calls afbconfig ffoconfig depending on the type of graphics adapter 2 Hook up a stereo emitter The Expert3D uses a pin cable ee M4 hw How To Index User Manual Page 145 HOw me Enable Stereo Viewing Q e000 Linux A few OpenGL drivers are known to support stereo OpenGL under Linux including the HP fx 5 fx 10 and the ATI FireGL2 FireGL4 Documentation is included with the drivers which may be downloaded from the card vendors web sites MS Windows Configuration of stereo under Microsoft Windows is dependent upon the graphics card driver which is installed Right click on the background and choose Properties to open to Display Properties dialog Look for a tab which such as OpenGL Properties or Advanced and search for a stereo option In many cases there is a toggle button for enabling stereo display You will usually need to restart the machine in order for changes to take effect If stereo still does not work try changing the display resolution as stereo may not be available at higher resolutions SEE ALSO Most SGI hardware is stereo ready meaning that you need no additional hardware other than glasses and the emitter However check with your local SGI technical representative to be sure The O2 in particular is not stereo ready and additional hardware must be purchased In the U S NuVision hardware glasses and emitters can
594. ve or tedious tasks Command files can be automatically executed on EnSight startup to initialize the system to a desired state Execution of command files can also be bound to keyboard keys for user defined macros BASIC OPERATION During an EnSight session all actions are recorded and saved to a file Known as the default command file This file name typically starts with ensight and is saved in usr tmp on UNIX systems or C Documents and settings lt user gt Local Settings temp on Windows systems unless you have redefined your TMPDIR environment variable The default command file can be saved and renamed when exiting EnSight Recording Commands To record a series of commands 1 Select File gt Command to open Command o x the Command dialog Macros Python History _ Expand playfiles 2 Toggle the Record button on 3 A File Selection dialog opens Select or enter the desired file to save commands to and click Save 4 When you wish to stop recording toggle the Record button off Note As long as the record filename stays the same the record button may be toggled on and off at any time Gl o TT appending more commands to the file o oe e Sk When a new record file is selected Command entry any existing commands in that file will ma E E E A N be overwritten ed Caen z acom Po Browse y Record part selection by number a
595. ver Which parts are unavailable to the UDW Any client based part contours vector arrows particle traces profiles More user defined writers may be distributed with EnSight in the future ADVANCED USAGE If Rigid Body Transformations Present Since EnSight does something special with the model timeset when rigid body information is read via the rigid_body option in the casefile or from a user defined reader with rigid body reading capability you need to be aware of a few important issues EnSight assumes that the rigid body timeset encompasses the normal geometry timeset and it replaces the normal geometry timeset with the rigid body timeset thus the following occurs when using this option 1 If any created parts are in the list to be saved EnSight will save as true changing coordinates Namely a geometry file containing the coordinates for each part will be saved at each time Upon re reading this model you will be able to duplicate all actions but it will be done as a true changing coordinate model In other words the original rigid body file nature will not be duplicated 2 If the original model had static geometry and rigid body file information and you do not have any created parts in the list to be saved saving will preserve the single static geometry and rigid body file nature of the model However if the original model had changing geometry or if variables have been activated the number of geometry variable files s
596. ver mouse button you have set for the Selected Pick Action in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Keyboard 4 Move the mouse pointer to the desired location for Pick part Pick plane tool location pee pe Pick line tool location F gy Using 2 points Pick cursor tool location Using 2 nodes Pick center of transform Pick elementis to blank Pick look at point the second Line endpoint and again press the p key When Using 2 points the endpoints will be place at the pick location When Using 2 nodes the endpoints will be placed at the nearest node and the ids of those nodes will be saved such that the line tool will continue to be attached to these nodes even if they move To set the Line by specifying coordinates 1 Open the Transformation Editor dialog by clicking Transf on the desktop 2 Select Editor Function gt Tools gt Line 3 Enter the desired coordinates for the endpoints into the X Y and Z fields and press return 88s teas citer Hee eee Se eh eee ee 3 Alternatively you can enter the node ids for two nodes in the model This has the effect of keeping the line tool tied to the two nodes even if they move over time Note the Length field which is discussed in Transformation editor Line tool x File Editor function About axis D yY y wv All i T m all mim E Which frame Scale settings
597. vers provide and automatically apply the failed element operations for you An example of this is the LS DYNASD reader provided with EnSight File selection Filter Note the extra GUI option provided by this reader entitled Remove Failed Elements iscratch data ensight ls dyna NASA_Glenn dot Directories ensight ls dynai NASA Glennidot fensight ls dyna NWASA Glenn ddat fensight le dyna NWASA Glenn doticase_failed_elem By checking this option a Delete_Flag variable is created and the failed element feature of EnSight will be automatically on with the conditions and values set that will remove the failed elements that the solver flagged as such Which for LS DYNASD is a value equal to 0 0 in the Delete_Flag variable Ea d Case add replace delete ii j EA is t Pile information t t F t LS DYNAJD Ej arma W Remove Failed Elemg Specify starting time step Z Keyfile IDs MatID Binary files are Big endian HP IBM SGI SUN LS Dyna Put first d3plot file in Geometry Put key file in Params Set Geometry d3plot Set Params Set measured Set boundary rl Path jscratch data ensight ls dyna NASA Ge J o mT Associate file extension ta format Keyfile Name Ea Part failed element settings Elenent variable nts 0 0000e 00 lt a _ Bes _ amp gt 3 Hoehne aches Se
598. viewport and transformations will Part ID eel become 2D limited PULAG PAJ A viewport can be set such that it will track a node number a part centroid or one of the part min or max values Thus as a model changes in time the viewport p Close Apply Help will stay centered on that location See How To Do Viewport Tracking for more information ha COAMA HowTo Index User Manual Page 126 i i To 1 J E ri 4 E Display Selected Parts in Viewports Part visibility can be a set on a per viewport basis such that some parts are visible in some viewports but not in others To set part visibility per viewport 1 Select the desired part s in the Main Parts list 2 Click the Part Visibility in Viewport Toggle icon gt i The Part Visible in Which Viewport dialog displays a X si schematic of the current viewports The part is currently visible in the green viewports but invisible in the black viewports Visible in viewport s 3 Click in a green viewport to disable display of the selected part s in that viewport OR click in a black viewport to enable display of the selected part s in that viewport Note that a similar interface for setting this attribute appears in the General Attributes section of the Feature Detail Editor dialog Set Case Visibility Per Viewport If you have multiple cases in your session of EnSight you can set viewport visibility for all parts associated with a case
599. ving and Printing Preferences To Set Interactive Probe Query Preferences To Set Mouse and Keyboard Preferences To Set Part Preferences To Set Performance Preferences To Set Plotter Preferences To Set Query Preferences To Set User Defined Input Preferences To Set Variable Preferences To Set View Preferences To Set Viewports Preferences ha WAP How To Index User Manual Page 364 To Set Annotation Preferences 1 Select Annotation from the Preference Categories list earn ee eet s 2 Click the Click Here To Start button 3 Click the Select button in the Annot mode icons and click Deselect All Annotations 4 Set any attribute for example line widths to 2 Pixels text to left justification etc 5 You can also define any annotation text line and logo and have it be part of your preferences Legends can also be part of the preferences but these preferences are independent of the variable tied to the legend i e the preference file keeps attributes for the first second third etc visible legends 5 Click Save to Preference File to save the default annotation attributes If you have defined any annotations a pop up will ask you if you want to save this annotation as part of your default or if your intent is to save the default attributes only ae Preferences Command Line Parameters Data General User Interface Image
600. w To Index User Manual Page 274 Change Plot Attributes Create Plotters Plotters are automatically created when you assign a query entity to a new plotter see How To Query Plot for details Select Plotters and Curves When you create a new plotter it automatically becomes the currently selected plotter as shown by the border drawn in the default highlight color Any action to change plotter attributes always operates on the currently selected plotter s or the plotter defaults if none are selected To select plotters 1 Click Plot in the Mode Selection area to enter Plot mode 2 Move the mouse pointer into the Graphics Window and click the left mouse button anywhere within the desired plotter You can add to an existing selection by holding down the Control key as you click in additional plotters since plotters may contain multiple curves it is necessary to select individual curves within a plotter for subsequent action If no curves are selected changes to curve attributes reset the defaults for subsequently created curves To select curves within a plotter 1 Click Plot in the Mode Selection area to enter Plot mode 2 Move the mouse pointer into the graphics window and click the left mouse button on the desired curve You can add to an existing selection by holding down the Control key as you click on additional curves Move and Resize Plotters Plotters can be easily moved and resized You can either reposition a p
601. w many rotations the big hand has made A value of 0 is straight up and can not be changed To change any of the Little hand attributes click on the Little hand tab 2 2 ee eee eee en ee eee eee eens To change the little hand visibility Click on the Display toggle seen eee ee Big hand Value Background To modify the Little hand range Enter a new range value To change color for the little hand See instructions under Big hand 1 717 Attributes for Value The dial may display a value on the dial representing the variable value or the number of rotations the little hand has made To change any of the value display attributes on the dial CICK on the Valge aD pesca catag coerce preg E a E AE er a R To change the value visibility Click on the Display toggle 5 54 4111M Big hand Little hand Value Background a E ep E omen 100 Se ooon To change the size of the font Enter a font size 2 222 eee eee To change the display type set Show as to Revolutions if you wish the value to indicate E the number of revolutions that the Big hand has made or set R Display Size 20 Chow as Revolutions to Value if you want to display the variable value eae Panna P ivpking genet 1 PPantenad aaa f If
602. wA How To Index User Manual Page 144 Enable Stereo Viewing users should be able to use an ESGP emitter with a 5 pin cable HP UX 10 2 11 0 1 Configure the display settings using opt graphics common bin setmon Select a setting which includes Stereo in a Window 2 Connect a 3 pin emitter to the graphic card The NuVision emitter works fine For CrystalEyes a converter cable may be needed IBM AIX 4 3 1 First make sure that the graphics card is properly configured for OpenGL and stereo display See the file usr lpp X11 README for directions on configuring the X server You may need to edit the file usr lpp X11 defaults xserverrc to add a stereo argument similar to i EEE a a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Se ee a ee Load GLX extension to the X server for OpenGL ESE E EE E E ee a a re ee E E E E if f usr lpp OpenGL bin loadGL a f usr lpp X11 bin loadAbx a f usr lpp X11 bin loadDBE then EXTENSIONS SEXTENSIONS x abx x dbe x GLX stereo fi 2 Next you need to set the refresh rate to a stereo capable setting Stereo settings are usually 96 Hz vertical refresh Use the smit tool to see which settings you can use When running smit select Devices gt Graphic Displays gt Select the Display Resolution You will be prompted to select your graphics adapter After selecting your graphics adapter you will see the current setting and you can now query for the available settings Hopefully you wil
603. ween the first selection and this one Extend a non contiguous Control click Place the mouse pointer over the item Press the control key and click the left selection mouse button This action will extend a selection by adding the new item but not those in between any previously selected items De select an item Control click Place the mouse pointer over the selected item Press the control key and click the left mouse button This action will de select the item Open the Quick Double click Place the mouse pointer over the item and click the left mouse button twice in rapid Interaction Area for a part succession Creating Parts The mechanism for creating derived parts is largely the same regardless of part type 1 In the Parts List select the part s to use as parents 2 Click the desired feature icon This will open the corresponding creation section for the part type in the Quick Interaction area 3 If necessary select a variable to use from the Variables List e g for contours or isosurfaces 4 Set the desired creation attributes in the Quick Interaction area IMPORTANT if you change a text field you must press return to have the change take effect 5 Click the Create button in the Quick Interaction area The example below shows Isosurface part creation 2 Click the isosurface 4 Select an appropriate isovalue creation Icon Often there is a sensible default File Edit Query View Tools Cas
604. word Opens a dialog which allows for selections using ae keywords and regular expressions Region Showin Unselects all parts in the list ee Invert Unselect ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 301 H OW T O a n Q e000 Selecting Parts by Picking Parts can also be selected by picking them in the Graphics window To select parts by picking 1 From the Pick pulldown icon select Pick Part oe AR Al EL Note that this is the default and this setting willbe retained p Pick part until explicitly changed Pick plane tool location 2 Position the mouse pointer over the desired part in the Pick line tool location Graphics Window and press the p key or perform the Pick cursor tool location mouse action which has been set to Selected pick action in Edit gt Preferences gt Mouse and Keyboard coe Pick element s See below regarding how parts are identified aaa N mank Pick look at point Note that the picked part is now selected in the Main Parts list Parts are identified for picking as follows If the part as represented on the client consists of surface 2D elements a pick will occur if the mouse cursor is over any portion of the surface even if the part is drawn in line mode and the mouse was over the middle of the element and not over one of the visible lines If the part is drawn as 1D elements e g the part is in f
605. y Gynoth Scalar Momentum 2 Gynt Yector Coordinates Gwrnth Vector Tine Gantt Scalar Fi d Activate Activate all Deactivate Extended CFD ee oo Se ee a variables a Select a variable ane then select the appropriate SET button below MHomentum Coordinates d Density Can be a constant Energy SET 1 2000e 00 SET Momentum SET E Freestteam Mach 1 0000e 00 1 0000e 00 1 0000 00 1 000 0 Energy Total Per Unit Volume Ratio of Specific Heats Can be a constant Momentum ODE Velocity Gas Constant Freestream Density Freestream Speed of Sound Okay Cancel User Manual Page 253 I 2 O HowTo Index INTRODUCTION EnSight can compute the following boundary layer parameters boundary layer thickness named bl thickness displacement thickness bl displ_ thickness momentum thickness bl momen_thickness shape parameter bl shape parameter skin friction coefficient bl_ skin_ friction You must have a 2D surface in a 3D field and specify the 2D surface as the parent part s For a complete description of these variables refer to the User Manual section below BASIC OPERATION 1 Select the 2D parent part s 2 Click the Boundary Layer variable icon File Edit Query View Tools Case ae bod Case 1 P l flew field Det boundary layer dep
606. y available for Fidap Neutral Fluent Universal N3S Estet MPGS4 Movie Ansys Abaqus or FAST Unstructured data Please recognize that your data must be partitioned in some manner hopefully in a way that will be reasonably load balanced in order for this approach to be useful The exception to this is the use of the auto_ distribute capability for structured or unstructured data This option can be used if the data is available to all servers defined It will automatically distribute each portion of the data over the defined servers without the user having to partition the data If you also use resources a SOS casefile is not even needed Please note that currently only EnSight Gold Plot3d and any 1 0 or 2 0 user defined readers can be used for structured auto_distribute and that only EnSight Gold and any 2 08 or greater user defined readers can be used for unstructured auto_distribute Included in the EnSight distribution is an unsupported utility that will take most EnSight Gold binary unstructured datasets and partition it externally for you The source for this utility called chopper can be found in the SCEI HOME ensight82 unsupported partitioner directory Note If you do your own partitioning of data into EnSight6 or EnSight Gold format please be aware that each part must be in each partition but any given part can be empty in any given partition All that is required for an empty part is the part
607. y determine the command for a given action open the Command dialog and watch the list above the current line as you perform various operations Keep in mind that the successful execution of some commands depends on the proper state existing at the time of execution For example creating a part when the parent part as referenced by the part number does not exist will Cause an error Command files can be nested if you have a file that performs a certain task you can call that command file from another file with the play filename command When a play command is executed the command file being played will be expanded in the History window in a different color below the current line Check the Expand playfiles box to expand all played files ahead of time When played files are nested their commands will be shown in red yellow green blue and black respectively An exit command will cause EnSight to quit An interrupt command will cause the command file to pause execution and open the command dialog You can save the command file for the current session when you exit EnSight or you can use File gt Save gt Command from this session to save the commands up to that point Command language can be used to generate macros See How To Define and Use Macros In addition to command files and macros you also access the python interface through this dialog This is explained in detail in the Interface Manual see
608. y displayed A RSet AE chccee ieee tec areca AE Momentum Coordinates _ Show components Clear selection Display results table 5 Enter a value controlling the number of simultaneous probe markers displayed Once this number has been reached the oldest marker is replaced by each new marker Help n CSAs SCR ca nea ETE at 6 If the selected variable is a vector variable you can specify which component or the magnitude of the variable is displayed 7 In addition to having the results displayed on the model in the graphics window youcan open a table that displays the results 8 When done change the Query to None to disable interactive probing Continuous Pick Use p Select variable s Query Surface pick Search Exact items 1 Closest Node Display displayed tei Coordinates Show components Clear selection Display results table Help User Manual Page 264 gt 2 HowTo Index Probe Display Attributes Probes are displayed as a marker Sphere and the query text label The appearance of the marker and label can be changed 1 Click the Display Lien ee eee eee ees Toggle visibility for the id label Attributes button in the Node id element id etc Probe Quick Interaction PER W Display ID area Display expansion factor 0 F Til Toggle visibility for the query text label Togg
609. y exists the selected commands will be appended if it does not it will be created with the selected commands Linking macro command files to keys 1 Mark the desired commands by clicking and Comma ned Execution Macros Python History _ Expand playfiles data_partbuild begin data_partbuild aata_type unstructured data_partbuild select_all data_partbuild description Copy data partbuild create Write append to file data partbuild end BO s command entry Load homeibjn sre ensight_82 client aaa enc Browse oa _ Record P Browse Record part selection by number ae name _ Delay refresh Close Execute Goto To link a command file in the macros directory to a key or mouse button 1 In the Command Dialog Macros tab File gt The New Macro dialog opens 2 Select or type a key 3 Check Repeatable if you want the macro to be repeated while the key is held down 4 Select any modifier keys such as CTRL or ALT 5 Enter a brief description of what the macro does 6 Click Add to add a command file for the macro A File Selection dialog opens 7 Select the desired file and click Save Note you can select a file anywhere on your system and if it is not already in the local macros directory it will be copied there 8 Repeat steps 6 and 7 f
610. y the animation Call this time T We know that it will take 10 seconds to play 300 frames on video Compute the following factor T 10 For example if you find T to be about 12 seconds then factor is 1 2 which means that the rate you see on the screen is 1 2 times slower than what you will see on video 7 lteratively adjust the number of sub frames between keyframe 1 and 2 running the animation after each adjustment until you like the rate you see on the screen 8 Finally adjust the number of sub frames by the factor found in step 6 For example if 150 sub frames were required for a good rate of speed then change the number of sub frames to 150 factor to see the same rate on video 9 Perform steps 3 through 8 for the next set of keyframes Transient Data Animation is particular useful for presenting transient data However since both viewing parameters and time can change simultaneously the potential for confusing viewers is very high In general you should never change both viewing parameters and time simultaneously It is typically much better to use transformations in an opening scene to present the model to the viewer The transformations should end at a vantage point suitable for viewing the transient phenomena At that point the time dependent data can be displayed If you must alter the scene during transient display do so with great care to avoid disorienting viewers Note that you can animate time dependent inf
611. yback 1 values select that no pixel is transparent Interlaced video wt gt 2 HowToindex User Manual Print Save an Imag Options for JPEG Format This is a very portable but lossy compressed format The only option is a notional Quality setting that controls the compression rate 0 100 Print save Image Format Postscript Color Black and White POVRAY Geometry Microsoft AVI movie format SALIDA oe WVindows BitMaP CEI EnVideo movie file Compuserve Animated GIF JPEG Quality 80 JPEG image file Moving Picture Experts Group Portable Network Graphics PNG Portable BitMap PPM PGM PBM Apple QuickTime SGI RGB BW image file LLNL Streaming Movie file TEE imana fila o Cancel Help 7 Options for MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG4 Format MPEG is a very portable standard for animations MPEG1 files are the most portable MPEG2 is essentially the basis of DVDs and requires the licensing of a player codec to play them back although most DVD players include the necessary licensed codecs MPEG4 is the basis of formats like QuickTime and WMV It is not yet a very portable format but it provides much better quality than MPEG1 or MPEG2 for the same bandwidth Print save Image Format Microsoft AVI movie format Color Black and White indows BitMaP CEI EnVideo movie file LULL aL mi Compuserve Animated GIF Frame Rate 30 0 PEG image file Compression method MPEG1 een E seein Str
612. you set the Show as to Value you can also set the format being used by modifying the Format type and the number of 77 gt oUU tte Decimal places To change color for the little hand See INStIUC IONS Under BIG NAN eea ea E E E E E E E EE E E E A samen E E G E E ha wA How To Index User Manual Page 344 ow TO d pg Fg ii j J d i F i j 5 Attributes for the Background 00 220 ce cence nee eee teen tenet e eee e ees Controls the shading and color of the dial To remove the dial background Click on the Display toggle When off no dial background will be displayed the dial will be in wireframe To change color for the background See instructions under Big hand SEE ALSO User Manual Annot Mode ha 2 HowTo Index User Manual Page 345 How To n e000 INTRODUCTION EnSight can display a 2D gauge tied to a constant variable These 2D gauges overlay the Graphics window and are not associated with any viewport RANG OPERATION 1 Click Annot in the Mode Selection Area 2 Click the Gauge icon from the l Mode Icon Bar to bring up the Annotation dialog 3 Create a new gauge in the __ Annotation A i Ca Graphics Window by Ai 3 E 5 j u 5 9 selecting a variable in the err ae Q E al E Constant variable list and 0 Bar sause then clicking the New button Htird AMAT a
613. you want the selected parts to be grouped together 7 7 gt J Load points and normals only If on the New part description field will be used as l J Group these parts the group name group New part 5 If desired enter a name for the part to usein description the Main Parts list 1 NOTE Variables will not be loaded for newly The default name is the same as the entry in this created parts until this dialog is closed Parts List gt Cl Load selected Load all Hel 6 Click Load Selected 41 p go lose Lead selected PAES _Loadall Help 7 Click Close when done z Note that you can re enter the part loader and build more parts later for formats which use this method For ANSYS RESULTS FAST UNSTRUCTURED FIDAP NEUTRAL FLUENT UNIVERSAL Movie and MPGS 4 1 formats All parts defined in the file will be loaded to the EnSight server However you have a choice for the initial visual h Ps representation of some parts as displayed on the client The choice is made with the Load pull down Load All parts All Parts all parts are loaded to the client in the default visual Part 1 only representation typically 3D Border 2D Full All but part 1 Part 1 Only Only the first part is loaded to the client in the default No parts visual representation The other parts will have the NonV
614. zi i E na pea J a a E TE is r D il i T F fa r a oe or Wn a mg gt ein ad pi re ee prea a mage ga Le ee a eee eee TE iia ey eo pif at p b k Ti E Taj ae oe x N a a i z 1 1 a z F A 7 me J Z 1 F j rs i l p7 i F J ct A Nyi an Aaa oe P i z E age ie P Me i i i a ig y ee lt ie Og hk be el iy a al sierra oe a woe CER Pate a an alle e i F x 7h 5 Haj ri ar a E E ee e OTHER NOTES These variables and more are also individually available in the Variable calculator See the Boundary Layer Variables section of Chapter 4 in the User Manual Boundary Layer variables do not work with multiple cases SEE ALSO How To Create New Variables User Manual Boundary Layer Variables Create Update DOM HowTo Index User Manual RAS Edit Color Palettes INTRODUCTION All scalar and vector variables have an associated color palette that defines the mapping from variable values to colors These palettes can be easily edited to customize the mapping Color palettes can also be saved to disk and restored during a subsequent session BASIC OPERATION Color Palettes have five basic components Levels A palette can have up to 21 Levels at which the variable value is specified Note that the number of Levels also controls the number of contour loops created for contour parts that depend on the variable Scale The palette scale controls how variable values are as

introduction

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents